CATALOG 

OF BOOKS ON 

Pure and Applied 

CHEMISTRY 


1920 



PUBLISHED AND FOR SALE BY 

D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY 

*Publishers and {Booksellers 
8 WARREN STREET 


NEW YORK 











PRICES QUOTED IN THIS CATALOG ARE SURJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE. 

No extra charge for postage or expressage 

All Bindings Are Cloth Unless Otherwise Indicated 


SUBJEC 


Acetylene . 97 

Acids-Bases-Salts . 28 

Agricultural Chemistry ..... 114 

Air Analysis .. 37 

Alcohol . 57 

Alkali Industry. 30 

Alloys . 49 

Ammonia . 29 

Analysis 

Blowpipe .. 44 

Cement . ..... 105 

Gas . 95 

Laboratory Work . 39 

Metallurgical . 45 

Qualitative . 41 

Quantitative . 42 

Technical 36 

Water . 55 

Antimony Compounds ...... 30 

Arsenic Compounds . .. 30 

Artificial Dyestuffs. 73 

Asphalts .. 89 

Assaying .. 45 

Bacteriology . 53 

Bases .. 28 

Beryllium. 30 

Beverages .. 57 

Biochemistry . 18 

Blowpipe Analysis .......... 44 

Brickmaking .. 104 

Butter ..... . 118 

Calcium Carbide. 28 

Calculations and Table Books. . 33 

Candles .. 82 

Canning . 60 

Catalysis . 21 

Celluloid . 69 

Cellulose .... . 69 

Cement . .. 105 

Ceramics. 101 

Cheese . 120 

Chlorine . 30 


Continued on 


INDEX 


Coal Tar Products . 72 

Cocoa . 115 

Coffee .117 

Coke . 93 

Colloids ............ - 27 

Colors .. 74 

Concrete . 105 

Confectionery . 60 

Cosmetics . 83 

Cotton . 123 

Cyanimid . 31 

Cyanogen . 31 

Dairy Chemistry .. 118 

Dental Chemistry .......... 51 

Dictionaries. 132 

Distilling ..... . 57 

Drugs .... . 59 

Dyes and Dyeing . 120 

Electrochemical Equivalents . . 34 

Electrochemistry . .. 108 

Electrolysis ............... 108 

Electrometallurgy .. 109 

Electroplating . 103 

Elementary Treatises ....... 3 

Enamels .. Ill 

Enzj'mes . 19 

Essential Oils. 83 

Experiments and Laboratory 

Manuals. 39 

Explosives .. 67 

Fats. 84 

Fermentation... 57 

Fertilizers . 114 

Filter Presses.* . . . 63 

Flavoring Extracts . 83 

Flour Manufacture. 59 

Food Adulterants . 60 

Foods. 59 

Fuels . 92 

Gas Manufacture and Analysis 95 

Gasoline .. . 93 

Gelatine . . .. 79 


three of cover 


We issue special catalogs on other engineering, technical, industrial and 
scientific subjects as well as circulars of important books any of which will 
be sent upon application. Correspondence regarding contents and charac¬ 
ter of books will receive prompt and careful attention. 




















































































ORDER FORM 


This form may be used for ordering books of ALL PUBLISHERS. 
We can supply them promptly from our comprehensive stocks. 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY 


19 


8 Warren Street, New York 


Enclosed find j <*Si k . , for $...for which 

( Money Order ~ 

please send me the following, delivery charges prepaid: 



N ame. 

Street 


City. 



State... 

























- 












* 


r .«*. * • ' 






* *• 




























* « 


;y§. 




















■ 

■ % 

v .. ‘ . - „ - 

\ 

m ■ ' 
















• • 


« t 

- 

* . 







'•J t ;* ’ ' > n» ^ r«" . «' ,« . % ‘‘•’▼'■•sSi • « ■ • • i. V •■ N- 

a • 

, • ■ ■ • ■ .' : 

« 

* 






















: . ' - ^ . r . : 







... ■'"« '" 
r I' * ^ ^ y 

V* V ‘ % / 




V 




9> 


•"* **c* * ♦ 


. 

* 




► * 






■ 7 1 













> ^ > #■ ■ - 






.■% ■ 


- * r 


W V 


> ► 





FORM This form may be used for ordering books of ALL PUBLISHERS. 
■ wlllfl. We can supply them promptly from our comprehensive stocks, 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY 

8 Warren Street, New York 


19 


S Check 

c. ash _ , for $.for which 

Money Order ~ 

please send me the following, delivery charges prepaid: 


COPIES 


AUTHOR AND TITLE 


PRICE 


N ame. 

Street 


City 


CHECKED . 

packed . 


PARCEL POST. 

express . 


date ... 


NO. BOOKS 1 1 



State. 























„ _ • ** - - ' * . \ -•* *.' T.\t * J. r * 

■'■ 


- * 




> 

>> 






« - * . 

V * - • ft «•■,'- '* 




;S\ - 

** 














fA '■ r V*~ *f^' 






4;' 




?>*- 

1 vvj ■** j.-# . 

- § > V A. 1 

t • :’• V. 














* . . W 


■ ’ ** l ,, *’ .: ."' •.. , • 

. . ’ ' • "- ' • 

' '■ - :>- ✓ • -<* 

■ ., . - 1 . \\ t; 

, . V. . r * - * *■ v- ^ , :: * ■. . ;, 











* . *-*• . . -■ • ' 

■ 










\ / 


. * 












v% 


*2 v •' 4? • T 


,i 



























i * 










‘ < 








4 ' 




1 












A 



















Vt J 


\V 











• 













D. Van Nostrand Company’s 

CATALOG OF BOOKS 

on 

Pure and Applied Chemistry 


CHEMICAL HISTORY 


d'Albe, E. E. Fournier. Contemporary 
Chemistry. A survey of the present 
state, methods and tendencies of chem¬ 
ical science. 554 x854- cloth. 188 pp. 
London, 1913. $1.50 

Contents: The Situation, a Retrospect; The 
Molecule; States of Aggregation; Optical Chem¬ 
istry; The Theory of Solutions; Osmotic Pres¬ 
sure; Affinity; Valency; Chemistry and Elec¬ 
tricity; Chemical Analysis; Crystallization; Car¬ 
bon Compounds; Chemistry and Life; Chemistry 
of Metals; Industrial Chemistry; The Atomic 
Theory; Radioactivity; The Chemistry of the 
Future. 

Armitage, F. P. A History of Chemistry. 
5 54 * 7 M- cloth. 286 pp. New York, 
1912. $2.75 

Contents: From Earliest Times to the Down¬ 
fall of “Iatro-Chemistry; Boyle to Lavoisier and 
the Establishment of the Quantitative Method; 
Lavoisier to the Enunciation of the Atomic 
Theory by Dalton; Dalton’s Atomic Theory and 
the Work of Davy; Berzelius and the Develop¬ 
ment of the Atomic System; Fortunes of the 
Atomic Theory Between the Years 1819 and 
1844; Development of Organic Chemistry; Rad¬ 
ical Theory and Discovery of Substitution; 
Constitution of Acids and the Differentiation 
of the Terms Atom. Molecule, and Equivalent; 
Gerhardt’s Unitary System; Valency, the Chem¬ 
ical Nature of Carbon, and the Constitution of 
Organic Compounds; The Development of 
Stereo-Chemistry; Inter-Relationship of Atomic 
Weights; Cannizzaro’s Reform, and the Pe¬ 
riodic Law. 

Brown, James C. A History of Chemis¬ 
try, from the Earliest Times Till the 
Present Day. Portrait. Second Edi¬ 
tion, revised. 106 illustrations. 6x9. 
cloth. 558 pp. London, 1920. $6.00 

Crehore, Albert C. The Mystery of Mat¬ 
ter and Energy. Recent progress as to 


the structure of matter. 5 insert plates, 
4 folding plates. 454 x 654. 172 pp. $1.00 
Crehore, A. C. The Atom. Illustrated. 
5x7^4. cloth. 177 pp. New York. 
1920. $2.00 

Duncan, R. K. Some Chemical Problem* 
of Today. Illustrated. 524 x 8 ^ 4 . cloth. 
260 pp. New York, 1911. $2.25 

Contents: The Prizes of Chemistry; The Ques¬ 
tion of the Atom; The Whitherward of Matter; 
On the Chemical Interpretation of Life; The 
Beginning of Things; On the Trend of Chem¬ 
ical Invention. Camphor: An Industry Revo¬ 
lutionized; Bread; Relation Between Chemistry 
and Manufacture in America; Relation of the 
University of Wisconsin to the State; Progress 
in Industrial Fellowships. 

Duncan, Robert K. The New Knowledge. 
A simple exposition of the new physics 
and the new chemistry in their relation 
to the new theory of matter. 54 illus¬ 
trations. 5^4x854- cloth. 292 pp. 
New York, 1914. $3-°p 

Contents: Current Conceptions; The Periodic 
Law; Gaseous Ions; Natural Radio-activity: a 
New Property of Matter; Resolution of the 
Atom; Inorganic Evolution; The New Knowl¬ 
edge and Old Problems. 

Gibson, Chas. R. Chemistry and its Mys¬ 
teries. The story of what things are 
made of told in simple language. Il¬ 
lustrated. 5 x 754. cloth. 246 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1919. $1.50 

Hale, Harrison. American Chemistry. 
Illustrated. 5 x 754 - cloth. In Press 

Harrow, B. Eminent Chemists of Our 
Time, Their Lives and Work. Illus¬ 
trated. 5 x 754. cloth, about 250 pp. 

In Press 

A non-technical, interestingly written account 
of the more remarkable achievements in the 


This catalog describes the bo'oks of ALL PUBLISHERS and the 
prices quoted are those in effect as the catalog goes to press and are 

subject to change without notice. 






D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY S 


Cyanogen and Its Compounds; Phenols, Qui¬ 
nones; Carbohydrates; Glucosides; Proteins; He. 
terocyclis Compounds, 

Cady, H. P. General Chemistry. Illus¬ 
trated. 5^4x8. cloth. '522 pp. New 
York 1916. $2.75 

Collins, A. F. The Amateur Chemist. 
An extremely simple and thoroughly 
practical chemistry for the home, office, 
shop and farm. 77 illustrations. 
5x714. cloth. 227 pp. New York, 
1919. $1.25 

Dreaper, W. P. Notes on Chemical Re¬ 
search. An account of certain condi¬ 
tions which apply to original investiga¬ 
tions. x 7J4. cloth. 78 pp. Phila¬ 
delphia, 1913. $1.75 

Contents: Historical Review and Nature of 
Research; Preliminary Survey and Selection of 
Subject Matter; General Procedure and Selec¬ 
tion of Methods of Investigation; Chemical and 
General Scientific Investigation; Application of 
Chemical Research to Industry; Research in Re¬ 
lation to Analysis; General Conclusions. 

Dunstan, A. E., and Thole, F. B. Text¬ 
book of Practical Chemistry for Tech¬ 
nical Institutes. 52 illustrations. 5 x 
7J4 cloth. 345 pp. London, 1911. $3.00 

Contents: Dry Tests; Reactions of the Ions; 
Commoner Positive Ions; Commoner Acids and 
Their Negative Ions; “Rare” Elements; Volu¬ 
metric and Gravimetric Analysis; Gravimetric 
Estimation of the Commoner Positive Radicals; 
Of the Commoner Negative Radicals; Complete 
Quantitative Analysis of Mixtures and Com¬ 
pounds; Simple Gasometry; Tests for the Ele¬ 
ments in Organic Compounds; Quantitative Es¬ 
timation of the Elements in Organic Compounds; 
Common Organic Estimations; Common Opera¬ 
tions in Organic Chemistry; Identification of 
Simple Organic Substances; Separation and 
Identification of Mixtures; Physico-Chemical 
Determinations. 

Emery, F. B. Elementary Chemistry. 191 
illustrations. 5 x 714. cloth. 680 pp. 
Easton, 1909. $1.50 

Findlay, Alexander. Chemistry in the 
Service of Man. Second Edition. 3 
portraits, 23 diagrams. 6x9. cloth. 
288 pp. London, 1919. 2.5c 

Contents: Definition and Scope of Chemistry; 
Combustion and the Production of Fire; Chem¬ 
istry of Illuminants; Energy, Fuel, and Explo¬ 
sives; Cellulose and Cellulose Products; Velocity 
of Reactions and Catalysis; Fixation of Atmos¬ 
pheric Nitrogen; Glass, Soda, Soap; Electricity 
and Chemistry; The Colloidal State; Molecular 
Structure; Synthetic Chemistry; Fermentation 
and Enzyme Action. 

Getman, Frederick H. Outlines of Theo¬ 
retical Chemistry. Second Edition, 
thoroughly revised and enlarged, in 
illustrations. s l A x 8. cloth. 552 pp. 
New York, 1918. net, $3.50 

Contents: Fundamental Principles; Oassifica- 
tion of the Elements; The Electron Theory; 


Radioactivity; Atomic Structure; Gases; Li¬ 
quids; Solids; Solutions; Dilute Solutions and 
Osmotic Pressure; Association, Dissociation and 
Solvation; Colloids; Molecular Reality; Thermo¬ 
chemistry; Homogeneous Equilibrium; Hetero¬ 
geneous Equilibrium; Chemical Kinetics; Elec¬ 
trical Conductance; Electrolytic Equilibrium 
and Hydrolysis; Electromotive Force; Electro¬ 
lysis and Polarization; Photochemistry. 

Hale, A. J. Practical Chemistry for En¬ 
gineering Students. With an introduc¬ 
tory note by Professor R. Meldola. 58 
illustrations. 514x8. cloth. 212 pp. 
New York, 1912. $1.30 

Contents: Weighing; The Balance; General 
Practical Methods; Physical Change and Chem¬ 
ical Change; Physical Mixtures and Chemical 
Compounds; Composition of Air and Water; 
Oxidation and Reduction; Oxides and Hydrox¬ 
ides; Bases. Acids, and Salts; Determination of 
Chemical Equivalents; Sulphides; Compounds of 
the Elements with Sulphur; Chlorine and Its 
Compounds; Carbon Dioxide, Carbonates, and 
Carbides; Carbon and Carbonaceous Substances; 
Sulphites and Sulphates, Nitrates and Nitrites; 
Chlorates; Compounds of Phosphorus, Arsenic, 
Silicon, Boron, Chromium, Tungsten, and Man¬ 
ganese; Mineral Substances Used as Pigments; 
Simple Qualitative Analysis; Volumetric Analy¬ 
sis; Quantitative Analysis for Engineers; Tables 
of Useful Data. 

Hart, Edward. Chemistry for Beginners. 
In two volumes. Fourth Edition. Il¬ 
lustrated. 5x7. cloth. Easton, 1911. 
Vol. I. Inorganic. 55 illustrations. 222 
pp. $1.00 

Vol. II. Organic. 11 illustrations. 102 

pp. $0.50 

Hendrick, Ellwood. Everyman’s Chemis¬ 
try. The chemist’s point of view and 
his recent work told for the layman. 
5I4 x 8J4- cloth. 374 pp. New York, 
1917- net, $2.00 

Contents: General and Introductory; Inor¬ 

ganic Chemistry; Organic Chemistry. 

Hildebrand, Joel H. Principles of Chem¬ 
istry. Illustrated. 5 x j l / 2 . cloth. 322 
pp. New York, 1918. $2.00 

Contents.- Kinds of Matter; Gas Laws and the 
Kinetic Theory; Weight Relations in Chemical 
Reactions; Atomic Theory; Volume of Gases; 
[Molecular Weights; Types of Chemical Com¬ 
pounds; Valence; Writing Equations; Chemical 
Nomenclature; Quantitative Relations Involving 
Solutions of Known Concentration; Thermo¬ 
chemistry; Behavior of Substances Dissolved in 
Water; Ionic Theory; Speed of Chemical Reac¬ 
tions; Chemical Equilibrium; The Effect of Con¬ 
centration, Properties which may Affect Concen¬ 
tration, The Effect of Pressure and Temperature; 
Oxidation and Reduction; Periodic System; Con¬ 
stitution of the Atom; Dispersed Systems. 

Hopkins, Nevil M. The Outlook for Re¬ 
search and Invention. With an appen¬ 
dix of problems awaiting solution. Il¬ 
lustrated by seven full-page photo¬ 
gravure portraits. 5 ]/ A x 7^. cloth. 
254 pp. New York, 1919. $2.00 

Contents: The Spirit of Research; Men of Re¬ 
search and Their Development; Some Indiffer- 









CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


5 


ence of the Past; American War Research; The 
Education for Research; Some Borderline Limits; 
Research in the Factory; The Making and Pro¬ 
tecting of Inventions; Appendix: List of Prac¬ 
tical Problems Awaiting Solution. 

Lassar-Cohn, Dr. Chemistry in Daily Life. 
Popular lectures translated by M. M. 
Pattison Muir. Fifth Edition, revised 
and augmented. 25 illustrations. 6x9. 
cloth. 317 pp. London, 1916. $2.50 

Lewes, V. B., and Brame, J. S. S. 

Service Chemistry. Being a short man¬ 
ual of chemistry and metallurgy and 
their application in the naval and mili¬ 
tary services. Fifth Edition. 66 illus¬ 
trations, 6 plates. 5P2 x 8}4. cloth. 592 
pp. London, 1920. $6.75 

Contents: Introductry; Theoretical; Hydrogen; 
Chemistry of the Galvanic Battery; Oxygen; 
Oxides and Salts; Combustion; Water and its 
Pioperties; Impurities in Water; Boiler Incrus¬ 
tations; Carbon and some of its Compounds with 
Hydrogen; Petroleum; Coal Distillation; The 
Oxides of Carbon; Fuel; Nitrogen and its Com¬ 
pounds; The Atmosphere and Ventilation; Ex¬ 
plosives — Gunpowder; Explosives — Gun-cotton 
and Nitro-Glycerin; Smokeless Powders; High 
Explosives, Fulminates and Blasting Explosives; 
Sulphur and Sulphur Compounds; The Halogens; 
Silicon and its Compounds; Phosphorus and Ar¬ 
senic; The Metals; Iron and Steel; Copper; Lead, 
Tin, Zinc, Cadmium, and Mercury; Aluminum, 
Gold, Silver, Platinum; Nickel, Cobalt, Man¬ 
ganese, Chromium, Antimony and Bismuth; 
Metals of the Alkaline Earths; Alloys; Commer¬ 
cial Alloys; The Corrosion of Metals, Protection 
from Corrosion, Fouling of Ships, and its Pre¬ 
vention, Pigments. 

Martin, Geoffrey. Modern Chemistry and 
Its Wonders. A popular account of 
some of the more remarkable recent 
advances in chemical science for gen¬ 
eral readers. 29 illustrations, 36 plates. 
514 x 8 . cloth. 368 pp. New York, 
1915. $300 

Contents: The Wonderland of Modern Chem¬ 
istry; The Romance of Some Simple Nitrogen 
Compounds; The Romance of Explosives; Rad¬ 
ium and the New Chemistry; The Mystery of 
the Periodic Law; The Radio-Elements and the 
Periodic Law; Modern Alchemy; Applications of 
Electricity to Chemistry; The Romance of the 
Hydrocarbons: Of Sugar, of Alcohol, of Coal- 
Tar, of Common Salt, Metallic Firestones; Ar¬ 
tificial Precious Stones. 

Martin, Geoffrey. Researches on the Affin¬ 
ities of the Elements, and on the 
Causes of the Chemical Similarity or 
Dissimilarity of Elements and Com¬ 
pounds. Fully illustrated. 6^2x9^. 
cloth. 302 pp. London, 1905. net, $4.00 

Contents: Method of Describing the Proper¬ 
ties of an Element by Means of a Characteris¬ 
tic Surface; Mechanical Cause of the Chem¬ 
ical Similarity of Elements and Radicles; Bear¬ 
ing of the Preceding Facts on the Theory of 
Solution; Normal Affinity Surfaces of the Ele¬ 
ments; Connection Between the Form of the 
Affinity Surfaces of the Elements and Their 
Chemical Properties and on the Wave Law of 


Affinity in the Periodic System; Theory of the 
Alteration in the Properties of Elements and 
Compounds. 

Martin, G. Triumphs and Wonders of 
Modern Chemistry. A popular treatise 
on modern chemistry and its marvels, 
written in non-technical language for 
general readers and students. 76 illus¬ 
trations. 24 plates. 5*4 x 8^4. cloth. 
378 pp. New York, 1911. $3.00 

Contents: The Mystery of Matter; Under¬ 
world of Atoms; Distribution and Evolution of 
the Elements; Wonders of Chemical Change; 
Water; Element Hydrogen; The Air; Oxygen, 
the Life Supporting Element; The Element 
Nitrogen; Element Carbon; Carbon Dioxide; 
Silicon and its Compounds; Sulphur and its 
Compounds; Phosphorous Group of Elements; 
Fire, Flame and Spectral Analysis. 

Mathewson, C. H. First Principles o£ 
Chemical Theory. 6x9. cloth. 130 pp. 
New York, 1908. $1.00 

Meyer, L. Outlines of Theoretical Chem¬ 
istry. Translated by P. P. Beclson and 
W. C. Williams. Second Edition. Il¬ 
lustrated. 6x9. cloth 254 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1899. $2.75 

Muir, M. M. P. A Course of Practical 
Chemistry. In two parts. Illustrated. 
4V4 x 714 . cloth. 

Part I. Elementary. 319 pp. London, 
1897. $1.50 

Part II. Intermediate 234 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1899. $1.50 

Ostwald, Wilhelm. Introduction to Chem¬ 
istry. Authorized translation by W. T. 
Hall and Robert S. Williams. 74 il¬ 
lustrations. 6x834- cloth. 378 pp. 
New York, 1911. net, $1.50 

Contents: Substances and Mixtures: Physical 
Transformations; Solutions; Chemical Reactions; 
Oxygen and Hydrogen; Halogens and Salts; 
Sulphur and the Alkaline Earth Metals; Nitro¬ 
gen and Related Substances; Carbon; The 
Earth’s Crust; Heavy Metals of the Iron Group; 
Heavy Metals of the Copper Group; Tin, Gold 
and Platinum. 

Ostwald, W. The Fundamental Principles 
of Chemistry. An introduction to all 
textbooks of chemistry. Authorized 
translation by Harry W. Morse. 65 il¬ 
lustrations. 6x9. cloth. 361 pp. New 
York, 1909. $2.40 

Contents: Bodies, Substances, and Properties; 
The Three States; Mixtures, Solutions, and 
Pure Substances; Change of State and Equilib¬ 
rium; Solutions; Elements and Compounds; 
The Law of Combining Weights; Colligative 
Properties; Reaction Velocity and Equilibrium; 
Isomerism; The Ions. 

Ostrwald, W. Outlines of General Chem¬ 
istry. Translated by W. W. Taylor. 
Third Edition. 6x9. cloth. 613 pp. 
London, 1912. $7.50 

Contents: Matter; Laws of Conservation; 



6 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


States of Aggregation; Gases; Specific Heat of 
Gases and the First Law of Energetics; 
Liquids; Solids; Staichiometry; Equivalents and 
Combining Weights; Gay-Lussac’s Law; Dilute 
Solutions; Chemical Constitution; Chemical 
Thermodynamics; Thermochemistry; Chemical 
Kinetics; Chemical Equilibrium of the First 
Order, of the Second Order; Of the Third and 
Higher Order; Electrochemistry; Electrolytic 
Conduction; Ions; Electrolytic Equilibrium; 
Voltaic Cells; Electrolysis) and Polarisation; 
Microchemistry; Theory; Disperse Systems; 
Special Microchemitry; The Kinetic Theory of 
Gases; Photochemistry; Radiant Energy; Chem¬ 
ical Action of Light; Conduction in Gases and 
Radioactivity; Chemical Affinity; Methods Stoich¬ 
iometric Relations. 

Ostwald, W. Scientific Foundations of 
Analytical Chemistry. Translated by 
George McGowan. Third, English Edi¬ 
tion, translated from the Fourth Ger¬ 
man Edition, with further alterations 
• and additions by the author. Illus¬ 
trated. 5 x y l / 2 . cloth. 247 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1908. $2.75 

Palmer, John D. Practical Test-Book of 
- Chemistry. 5 x cloth. 100 pp. 

New York, 1907. $1.50 


Roscoe, H. E. f and Schorlemmer, C. 

A Treatise on Chemistry. In two vol- 
umes. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 

Vol. I., The Non-Metallic Elements. 
Fourth Edition, completely revised with 
the assistance of Dr. J. C. Cain. 226 
illustrations. 967 pp. London, 1911. 

Reprinting 

Contents: Historical Introduction; General 
Principles of the Sciences; Physical Determina¬ 
tion of the Atomic Weight of Monatomic Gases; 
Chemical Nomenclature; The Non-Metallic Ele¬ 
ments; Comparison of Metrical with English 
Measures. 

Vol. IT., The Metals. Fifth Edition, 
completely revised. 259 illustrations. 
1483 PP- London, 1913. $9.00 

Contents: The Metals; Determination of 

Atomic Weights of Metals; Valency of the 
Elements; Crystalline Form and Colloidal Solu¬ 
tions of Metals; Alloys and A.malgams; Consti¬ 
tution of Salts, Acids and Bases; Solubility, 
Fusibility and Volatility of Salts; Generic 
Properties of Salts; Chemical Change and the 
Law of Mass Action; Spectrum Analysis; Crys¬ 
tallography; Systematic Description of the 
Metals and Their Derivatives by Groups; The 
Radioactive Elements. 


Perkin, F. M., and Jaggers, E. M. Text¬ 
book of Elementary Chemistry. 77 il¬ 
lustrations. x 7. cloth. 342 pp. 

London, 1917. $1.00 

Contents: Introduction; Examination of Wa¬ 
ter; Metric System; Distillation; Thermometers; 
Freezing, Boiling and Melting Points; The At¬ 
mosphere; Chemical Properties of the Atmos¬ 
phere; Chemical Properties of Water; Hydro¬ 
gen and Oxygen; Quantitative Examination of 
Chalk; Carbon and Its Oxides and Compounds 
'with Hydrogen; Flame and Combustion; Com¬ 
pounds of Nitrogen; Hydrochloric Acid and the 
Halogens; Sulphur and Its Compounds; Phos¬ 
phorus and Phosphorous Compounds; The 
Metals. 

Pilcher, Richard B. The Profession of 
Chemistry. 5x7^2. cloth. 215 pp. 
London, 1920. S2.00 

Contents; Preliminary Education; Pharmacists 
and Chemists; Professional Training; Prospects 
and Conditions of Practice; Professional Organ¬ 
izations; Public Analysts and Official Agricul¬ 
tural Analysts; Professional Procedure; Indus¬ 
trial Chemistry; Chemistry and the State; 
Teaching to the State; Women in Professional 
Chemistry; Chemists in War. 

Pilcher, R. B., and Jones, F. B. What 
Industry Owes to Chemical Science. 
With an introduction by Sir George 
Beilby. 5x7^. cloth. 150 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1918. $1.50 

Contents: Minerals and Metals; Heavy Chem¬ 
icals and Alkali; Coal and Coal Gas; Dyes, Ex¬ 
plosives, and Cellulose; Oils, Fats and Waxes; 
Leather; Rubber; Mortar and .Cement; Refrac¬ 
tory Materials; Glass and Enamels; Pottery 
and Porcelain; Chemical Products; Photography; 
Agriculture and Food; Brewing; Alcohol, Wines 
and Spirits; Tobacco, Inks, Pencils, etc.; Gases; 
Government Chemistry; Conclusions; Bibliogra¬ 
phy. 


Sadtler, Samuel S. Chemistry of Famil¬ 
iar Things. Second Edition, revised. 
6 illustrations, 23 plates. sH x 
cloth. 334 pp. Phila., 1916. $2.25 

Contents: Brief Chemical Outline; Historical 
Development of Chemistry; Periodic Systems of 
Elements; Chemistry and Production of Light; 
Heat, Combustion, and Insulation; Air, Oxida¬ 
tion, and Ventilation; Water; Alkalies and Salts; 
Metals; Gold and Silver; Chemistry of the 
Earth’s Evolution; Soil and Its Conservation; 
Food Elements and Food Classes; Individual 
Foods; Animal Feeding; Fermentation: Chemis¬ 
try of the Body; Soaps, Solvents, and Paints; 
Paper and Textiles; Leather and Rubber; Sili- 
cious Substances and Glass; A Few Important 
Definitions. 


Smith, Alexander. A Textbook of Ele¬ 
mentary Chemistry. 100 illustrations, 6 
plates. 5 Ya^7 1 /2. cloth. 448 pp. New 
York, 1914. $ I .g 5 


Smith, Alexander. Intermediate Text¬ 
book of Chemistry. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 526 pp. New York, 1919. $2.60 


Smith, Alexander, and Hall, Edwin H. 

The Teaching of Chemistry and 
Physics in the Secondary School. Il¬ 
lustrated. 5 y A x 8. cloth. 377 pp. 
New York, 1919. $1.71- 

Contents: The Teaching of Chemistry in the 
Secondary School; Introduction; Chemistry in 
the ( urriculum; Ihe Introduction of the Subject; 
Instruction in the Laboratory; Instruction in the 
Uass-Koom; Some Constituents of the Course; 
1 lie Laboratory, Equ-pment, and Illustrative Ma¬ 
terial ; J. lie 1 eacher. His Preparation and Develop 
ment; 1 he reaching Q f Physics in the Secondary 
School; Whether to be a Teacher of Physics; 
I reparation for Teaching; The Teacher as 
Student, Observer, and Writer; Problems of 



CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


7 


Laboratory Practice; School Text-Books of 
Physics; Discovery, Verification, or Inquiry?; 
The Technique of Laboratory Management; Lec¬ 
tures and Recitations; Physics in Primary and 
Grammar Schools; Physics in Various Kinds of 
Secondary Schools; On the Presentation of 
Dynamics; Plan and Equipment of a Laboratory; 
Physics Teaching in other Countries; Index. 

Smith, H. Carlton. Lecture-Notes on 
Chemistry for Dental Students. In¬ 
cluding dental chemistry of alloys, 
amalgams, etc., such portions of or¬ 
ganic and physiological chemistry as 
have practical bearing on the subject 
of dentistry. An inorganic qualitative 
analysis with specially adapted blow¬ 
pipe and microscopical tests, and the 
chemical examination of urine and sal¬ 
iva. Third Edition, revised and en¬ 
larged. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 466 
pp. New York, 1917. net, $3.00 

Stewart, Alfred W. Chemistry and Its 
Borderland. Illustrated, 3 plates. 5 x / 2 
x8. cloth. 327 pp. N. Y., 1914. $2.00 

Contents: Ramification of Chemistry; Allies 
of Chemistry Among the Sciences; Relations 
Between Chemistry and Industry; Immuno- 
Chemistry and Some Kindred Problems; Col¬ 
loids and the Ultra-Microscope; Work of the 
Spectroscope; Chemistry in Space; Inert Gases 
and Their Place Among the Elements; Radium; 
Niton; Transmutation; Nature of the Elements; 
Chemical Problems of the Present and Future; 
Methods and Organization of Chemical Research; 
Appendices. 

Tilden, Wm. A. An Introduction to the 
Study of Chemical Philosophy. Illus¬ 
trated. 5x7*4. cloth. 375 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1902. $1.80 

Tillman, S. E. Descriptive General 
Chemistry. A text-book for a short 
course. Fourth Edition, revised. Il¬ 
lustrated. 6x9. cloth. 469 pp. New 
York, 1907. $3.00 

Wadmore, J. M. Elementary Chemical 
Theory. Illustrated. 5 cloth. 

290 pp. New York, 1912. net, $1.50 

Contents: Gravimetric Laws of Chemical Re¬ 
actions; The Atomic Hypothesis; Law of React¬ 
ing Gas Volumes; Avogadro’s Hypothesis; Va¬ 
por Densities—Mo'ecular Weights; Sections of 
Atomic Weights; Dulong and Petit’s Law of 
Specific Heat; Crystalline Shape—Isomorphism; 


The Periodic Law; Constitution of the Ele¬ 
ments; Radio-Activity; Formula and Equations; 
Constitution and Configuration of Compounds; 
The Gas Laws and Kiretie Hypothesis; Critical 
Temperature and Liquefaction of Gases; Proper- 
ties of Pure Liquids; Solutions; Freezing and 
Boiling Points of Solutions—Molecular Weights 
of Dissolved Substances; Liquid Diffusion—Os 
motic Pressure; Electrolysis—Ionization; De 
gree of Ionization—Equilibrium of Electrolytes; 
Atomic Weights. 

Watkins, C. A. Chemistry for the En¬ 
gineer, Electrician and the Practical 
Man. Illustrated. 5 x / 2 x 7^. cloth. 
181 pp. Chicago, 1913. $2.00 

Contents: Air. Its Role in the Development 
of Chemistry; Its Constituents and Their Func 
tions. Water. Its Composition and One of Its 
Constituents; As a Natural Substance; Definite 
Proportions and Chemical Formula; Chemical 
Equation. Carbon. The Element. Fuels. Their 
Combustion; Heating Value; General Principles; 
Calorimetry; Technology of Fuels; Combustion 
of Coal Under the Boiler; Chemical Talk. 

Watts- Dictionary of Chemistry. Revised 
and entirely rewritten by H. F. Mor- 
ley and Pattison Muir. 4 vols. 

Vol I. (A-Ch). 6x9. cloth. 772 pp. 
London, 1911. net, $14.50 

Vol. II. ('Ch-In,). 6x9. cloth. 772 pp. 
London, 1912. net, $14.50 

Vol. III. (In-Ph). 6x9. cloth. 868 
pp. London, 1912. net, $16.00 

Vol. IV. (Ph-Z). 6x9. cloth. 934 pp. 
London, 1914. net, $20.00 

Set complete. $50.00 

Wilson, F. J., and Heilbron, I. M. Chem¬ 
ical Theory and Calculations. An ele¬ 
mentary textbook. Illustrated, 3 fold¬ 
ing plates. 5 x jy A . cloth. 145 pp. $1.75 

Contents: The Metric System; Density and 
Specific Gravity; Thermometry; The Gas Laws; 
Solubility of Gases in Liquids; The Atomic 
Theory; Formulae and Equations; Calculations 
of Percentage Composition of a Compound from 
its Formula; Calculation of Empirical Formula 
from _ Percentage Composition; Equivalents or 
Combining Weights; Atomic Weights; Valency; 
Periodical Classification of the Elements; Law 
of Mass Action; Determination of Vapor Den¬ 
sities; Osmotic Pressure and Molecular Weight 
Determination; Dissociation of Gases; Electro¬ 
lytic Dissociation; Diffusion of Gases; Quanti¬ 
tative Analysis; Thermochemistry. 


INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 


Blanchard, Arthur A. Synthetic Inorganic 
Chemistry. A laboratory course for 
first year college students. Second Edi¬ 
tion with Supplement. Illustrated, dia¬ 
grams. 5 x 7 l / 2 . cloth. 225 pp. New 

York, 1916. $1.50 

Cadv, Hamilton P. Inorganic Chemistry. 

Illustrated. 6x8cloth. 643 pp. 
New York, 1916. $3.00 


Caven, R. M., and Lander, G. D. Sys¬ 
tematic Inorganic Chemistry. A text¬ 
book for advanced students. 6x8^4. 
cloth. 350 pp. N. Y., 1907. $2.25 

After an introductory chapter on the atomic 
and molecular theories and valency, an account 
of the periodic law is given, followed by an 
examination of the successive groups so as to 
show the variation of properties in accordance 
with the provisions of the law; in the descrip- 






8 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


tion of the groups, the elements and their 
analogous compounds are dealt with compara¬ 
tively for the purpose of illustrating the man¬ 
ner of variation. The latest available material 
bas been utilized, and brief accounts are given 
in appendices of the no-valency elements of the 
liel-ium group, of views on the origin of ele¬ 
ments, and of radioactivity. 

Darling, Elton R. Inorganic Chemical 
Synonyms and Other Useful Chemical 
Data. 4'Ax7%. cloth. 109 pp. New 
York, 1919. $1.00 

Contents: Introduction; The Elements; Spe¬ 
cific Gravity and Temperature Comparison; 
Standards of Weights and Measures; Chemical 
Synonyms: Aluminum, Antimony, Arsenic, Bar¬ 
ium, Bismuth, Cadmium, Calcium, Chromium, 
Cobalt, Copper, Iron, Lead (Plumbum), Mag¬ 
nesium, Manganese, Mercury (Hydrargyrum), 
Nickel, Potassium, Silver, Sodium, Zinc, Mis¬ 
cellaneous Synonyms, Hydrogen Compounds; 
Cross Index of Chemical Terms. 

Friend, J. Newton (Editor,). A Text-book 
of Inorganic Chemistry. 88 illustra¬ 
tions. 

Vol. I. An Introduction to Modern 
Inorganic Chemistry. Second Edition, 
revised by J. N. Friend, H. F V. Little 
and W. E. S. Turner. 6^x9. cloth. 
405 pp. London, 1917. $4.50 

Vol. IV. Aluminium and Its Congen¬ 
ers, Including the Rare Earth Metals. 
By H. F. V. Little. 2 plates, 44 illus¬ 
trations. 6j4x9. cloth. 507 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1917. net, $5.00 

Volume V. Carbon and its Allies. By 
R. M. Caven. 15 illustrations. 6% x 
9%. cloth. 489 pp. London, 1917. $5.00 

Vol. VIII. The Halogens and Their 
Allies. By G. Martin and E. A. Dan- 
caster. 30 illustrations. 6j4x9. cloth. 
356 pp. London, 1915. $4.00 

Vol. IX. Part I. Cobalt, Nickel, and 
the Elements of the Platinum Group. 
By J. Newton Friend. 4 illustrations. 
6x9. cloth. 384 pp. London, 1920. $6.00 

In Preparation 

Vol. II. The Alkali Metals and Their 
Congeners. By A. J. Walker. 

Vol. III. The Alkaline Earth Metals 
and Their Associates. By H. V. A. 
Briscoe and E. Sinkinson. 

Vol. VI. Nitrogen and Its Congeners. 
By J. C. Withers and H. F. V. Little. 

Vol. VII. Sulphur and Its Congeners. 
By D. F. Twiss and A. V. Eldridge. 
Hart-Smith, J. Recent Discoveries in In¬ 
organic Chemistry. 6x9. cloth. 91 
pp. New York, 1919. 4Q 

. An account of the more important discoveries 
m inorganic chemistry during the past fifteen 
years. Intended as a supplementary text book. 


Hinds, J. I. D. Inorganic Chemistry. 
Witth the elements of physical and 
theoretical chemistry. Second Edition , 
thoroughly revised. 76 illustrations. 
6x9. cloth. 659 pp. New York, 
1905. $ 3 - 5 <> 

Holleman, A. F., and Cooper, H. C. 
A Text-book of Inorganic Chemistry. 
Fifth Edition, completely revised. 80 
illustrations. 6%x9 T A. cloth. 529 pp. 
New York, 1916. $3.00 

Contents: Physical and Chemical Phenomena; 
Chemical Operations; The Elements; Conserva¬ 
tion of Matter; Compounds and Mixtures; Ex¬ 
planation of the Constant Composition of Com¬ 
pounds; Atomic Theory; Stoichiometrical Cal¬ 
culations; Molecular Weight from the Measure 
ment of the Depression of the Freezing-point 
and Elevation of the Boiling-point; Dissociation; 
Electrolytic Dissociation; Thermochemistry; 
Methods of Determining Atomic Weights; Pe¬ 
riodic System of the Elements; Salt Solutions; 
Acidimetry and Alkalimetry: Spectroscopy; 

Electrochemistry; Metallic State and Interme- 
tallic Compounds; Werner’s Extensions of the 
Notion of Valence; Atomic Structure. 

Howe, J. L. Inorganic Chemistry for 
Schools and Colleges. Second Edition . 
6x9. cloth. 430 pp. Easton. $3.00 

Contents: Hydrogen, Oxygen and Water; Salt, 
Sodium and Chlorin; Classification of the Ele¬ 
ments; The Elements; The Compounds of Hy¬ 
drogen; The Halids; Oxids and Sulfids; Binary 
Compounds of the Compounds of Hydrogen; 
Binary Compounds of the Elements and Classi 
fication of the Elements; Alloys; Outlines of 
Metallurgy. 

Jones, Harry C. Elements of Inorganic 
Chemistry. Third Edition. Illustrated. 

5 t A* 7 3 A cloth. 356 pp. London, 
I 0 O 7 - net, $1.25 

Jones, Harry C. Principles of Inorganic 
Chemistiy. 1 hird Edition. Illustrated 
6x9. cloth. 541pp. N. Y., 1906. $3.50 

Contents: Generalizations; Oxygen; Ozone; 
Hydrogen; Water arid Hydrogen, Dioxide; De¬ 
termination of Relative Atomic Weights; Deter¬ 
mination .of the Molecular Weights of Gases 
and of Dissolved Substances; Osmotic Pressure 
and the Theory of Electrolytic Dissociation; 
Chlorine; The Periodic System; Bromine, Io¬ 
dine, Fluorine; Sulphur; Selenium and Tellu¬ 
rium; Nitrogen; Neutralization of Acids and 
Bases; Atmosphere Air and Certain Rare Ele¬ 
ments Occurring in It; Phosphorus; Arsenic; 
Antimony; Bismuth; Vanadium, Columbium 
Neodymium, Praseodymium, Tantalum; Carbon; 
Silicon; Germanium; Titanium; Zirconium, Ce¬ 
rium and Thorium; Boron; The Metals; The 
Alkali. Metals; Lithium, Sodium, Potassium, 
Rubidium and Caesium; Calcium; Strontium 
and Barium; Magnesium Group; Glucinum, 
Magnesium, Zinc, Cadmium, Mercury; The 
Earth Metals; Iron; Cobalt and Nickel; Man¬ 
ganese; Chromium; Molybdenum; Tungsten; 
Liamum; Copper; Silver and Gold; Lead, Tin; 
Ruthenium; Rhodium, Palladium, Osmittai Iri¬ 
dium, Platinum. 




CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


9 


Kipping, F. S., and Perkin, W. H. 

Inorganic Chemistry Parts I. and II. 
bound in one volume. Illustrated, 2 
folding plates. 5x7^. cloth. 766 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1911. $2.50 

Mellor, J. 'W. Introduction to Modern 
Inorganic Chemistry. A few Edition. 232 
illustrations. $ l / 2 x 7^. cloth. 700 pp. 
New York, 1915. $2.50 

Contents: Physical Properties of Atmospheric 
Air; Chemical Nature of Air; Ice, Water, and 
Steam; Mixtures and Compounds; Three Gases: 
Hydrogen, Oxygen, Nitrogen; Atomic Hypoth¬ 
esis, Composition of Water; Chlorine and Some 
of Its Compounds; Revision of the Atomic Hy¬ 
pothesis; Acids Bases and Salts; Chalk, and 
the Products of its Decomposition; Combustion 
and Flame; Energy and Matter; Relations of 
Chlorine, Iodine, Bromine, and Fluorine; Oxy¬ 
gen Compounds of the 'Halogens; Sulphur and 
its Compounds; Nitric Acid and the Nitrates; 
The Alkaline Earths; Magnesium, Zinc, Cad¬ 
mium, and Mercury; Alkali Metals; Copper, 
Silver and Gold; Ionic Hypothesis; Chromium 
and its Compounds; Manganese and its Com¬ 
pounds; Iron, Nickel, and Cobalt; Boron, Alum¬ 
inium, and Related Elements; Nitrogen Oxides; 
Ammonium and Air; Phosphorus, Arsenic, Anti¬ 
mony and Bismuth; Carbon; Compounds of 
Carbon with Hydrogen and Nitrogen; Com¬ 
pounds of Nitrogen and Carbon; Silicon; Tin 
and Lead; Platinum Metals; Classification of 
the Elements; Some Organic Compounds. 

Mellor, J. W. Modern Inorganic Chemis¬ 
try- 334 illustrations. 534 x834- cloth. 
928 pp. London, 1916. $3-50 

Contents: Introduction; Combination by 

Weight; Water and Hydrogen; Combination by 
Volume; The Physical Properties of Gases; 
Hydrogen; The Kinetic Theory of Atoms and 
Molecules; Oxygen; Water; Crystals and Crys¬ 
tallization; Ozone and Hydrogen Peroxide; Os¬ 
motic Pressure and Related Phenomena; Chlo¬ 
rine and Hydrogen Chloride; Relations of Chlo¬ 
rine, Iodine, Bromine, Fluorine; Oxides and 
Oxyacids of Chlorine, Bromine and Iodine; 
Electrolysis and the Ionic Hypothesis; The Al¬ 
kaline Earths; Beryllum, Mangesium, Zinc, Cad 
mium and Mercury; The Alkali Metals; Elec¬ 
trical. Energy; Copper, Silver, Gold; Sulphur 
and its Hydrogen Compounds; Compounds of 
Sulphur with Oxygen; Chromium, Molybdenum, 
Tungsten, Uranium, Manganese; Iron, Nickel. 
Cobalt; Oxygen Compounds of Nitrogen; Com¬ 
pounds of Nitrogen and Hydrogen; Nitrogen 
and Atmospheric Air; Phosphorus; Oxides and 
Acids of Phosphorus; Arsenic, Antimony and 
Bismuth; Boron, Aluminium and Related Ele¬ 
ments; Platinum Metals; Oxides of Carbon; 
Hydrocarbons; Allotropic Forms of Carbon; 
Combustion and Flame; Compounds Containing 
Carbon and Nitrogen; Silicon; Tin, Lead, and 
Some Related Elements; Classification of the 
Elements; Radioactivity. 

Monographs on Inorganic and Physical 
Chemistry. Edited by A. Findlay. 
SVa x8M- 

Desch, C. H. Intermetallic Compounds. 

Illustrated. n6pp. London, 1914. $1.50 

Dunstan, A. E., and Thole, F. B. The 
Viscosity of Liquids. 91 pp. London, 
1914- $1.50 


Findlay, Alexander. Osmotic Pressure. 
Second Edition. 127 pp. London, 
1919. $2.25 

Le Bas, G. Molecular Volumes of 
Liquid Chemical Compounds. 275 pp. 
London, 1915. $3.00 

Price, T. S. Per-Acids and Their Salts. 
126 pp. London, 1912. $1.40 

Soddy, F. Chemistry of the Radio-Ele¬ 
ments. Part I. Second Edition. 151 
pp. London, 1914. $1.80 

Part II. London, 1914. Reprinting 

Turner, W. E. S. Molecular Association. 
171 pp. London, 1915. $2.25 

Newth, G. S. Elementary Inorganic 
Chemistry. A laboratory manual for 
use in organized science schools. Il¬ 
lustrated. 4 Ya, x 734. cloth. 288 pp. 

London, 1913. $1.30 

Newth, G. S. A Text-book of Inorganic 
Chemistry. Illustrated. 5x7^2. cloth. 
737 pp. London, 1918. $2.75 

Contents: Introductory Outlines; The Study 
of Four Typical Elements; Hydrogen, Oxygen, 
Nitrogen, Carbon, and their More Important 
Compounds; The Systematic Study of the Ele¬ 
ments, Based upon the Periodic Classification. 

Senter, Geo. A Text-Book of Inorganic 
Chemistry. Fourth Edition. 90 illus¬ 
trations. 5x734. cloth. 631 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1918. $3.00 

Contents: Illustrations of Chemical Change; 
Conservation of Mass and Energy; Chemical At¬ 
traction; The Chemical Elements; Hydrogen; 
General Properties of Gases; Oxygen; Combus¬ 
tion;. Water: General Properties of Liquids; 
Solution; Chlorine and Hydrochloric Acid; 
Laws of Chemical Combination; The Atomic 
Theory; Determination of Atomic Weights; 
Combining Weights and Chemical Equivalents; 
Formulae and Equations; Valency; Ozone and 
Hydrogen Peroxide; Thermochemistry; The Hal¬ 
ogen and Halogen Acids; Chemical Equilibrium; 
Thermal Dissociation; Oxides and Oxygen Acids 
of the Halogens; Osmotic Pressure and Mole¬ 
cular Weight in Solution; Nitrogen, the At¬ 
mosphere and the Elements of tlje Helium 
Group; Compounds of Nitrogen with Hydrogen 
and with the Halogens; Oxydes and Oxyacids 
of Nitrogen; Phosphorus; Electrolysis and Elec¬ 
trolytic Dissociation; Sulphur, Selenium and 
Tellurium; Carbon; Combustion and Flame; 
Silicon and Boron; Classification of the Ele¬ 
ments; The Periodic System; General Properties 
of the Metals and Their Compounds; The Al¬ 
kali Metals; Metals of the Copper Group, Al¬ 
kaline Earths, of the Zinc, Aluminum, Tin, 
Arsenis, Chromium. Manganese, Iron and Plat¬ 
inum Groups; Radio-Activity. 

I&egerblom, Wilhelm. Tables of Proper¬ 
ties of Over Fifteen Hundred Common 
Inorganic Substances. Second Edition, 
revised. 6^2x934. cloth. 154 pp. 
Exeter, N. H., 1916. net, $3.00 






D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Senter, G. A Textbook of Inorganic 
Chemistry. 89 illustrations. S l A x 7 l A- 
cloth. 593 pp N. Y., 1912. $3.00 

Contents: Illustrations of Chemical Change; 
Conservation of Mass and Energy; Chemical At¬ 
traction; The Chemical Elements; Hydrogen; 
General Properties of Gases; Oxygen; Combus¬ 
tion; Water; General Properties of Liquids; 
Solution; Chlorine and Hydrochloric Acid; 
Laws of Chemical Combination; The Atomic 
Theory; Determination of Atomic Weights; 
Combining Weights and Chemical Equivalents; 
Formulae and Equations; Valency; Ozone and 
Hydrogen Peroxide; Thermochemistry; The Hal¬ 
ogen and Halogen Acids; Chemical Equilibrium; 
Thermal Dissociation; Oxides and Oxygen Acids 
of the Halogens; Osmotic Pressure and Mole¬ 
cular Weight in Solution; Nitrogen, the At¬ 
mosphere and the Elements of the Helium 
Group; Compounds of Nitrogen with Hydrogen 
and with the Halogens; Oxydes and Oxyacids 
of Nitrogen; ' Phosphorus; Electrolysis and Elec¬ 
trolytic Dissociation; Sulphur, Selenium and 
Tellurium; Carbon; Combustion and Flame; 
Silicon and Boron; Classification of the Ele¬ 
ments; The Periodic System; General Properties 
of the Metals and Their Compounds; The Al- 

ORGANIC 


Alexeyeff, P. General Principles of Or¬ 
ganic Syntheses. Translated and re¬ 
vised by J. M. Matthews. 6x9. cloth. 
254 pp. N. Y., 1906. $3.50 

Contents: Oxidation; Reduction; Substitu¬ 
tion; Removal of Radicals; Direct Fixation of 
Groups; Fixations Accompanied by a Decom¬ 
position of the Molecule; Condensations; Types 
of Syntheses; Isomerization. 

Barnett, E. DeB. The Preparation of 
Organic Compounds. Second Edition. 
54 illustrations. 514x814. cloth. 288 
pp. Philadelphia, 1920. $3-25 

Contents: Apparatus, Methods of Manipulation, 
Reagents; Hydrocarbons; Halogen Compounds; 
Alcohols, Phenols, and Mercaptans; Aldehydes, 
Ketones, Quinones (and Quinoneimides) and 
Some Other Derivatives e of the Same; Ethers 
and Sulphides; Carboxylic Acids, Their Anhy¬ 
drides and Esters; Nitriles or Cyanides; Ni- 
troso and Nitro-Compounds; Amino-Compounds; 
Diazo-, Diazoamino-, Diazoimino-, Azo-, Azoxy- 
and Hydrazo-Compounds: Sulnhinic and Sul- 
phonic Acids; Miscellaneous Types. 

Barrowcliff, M., and Carr, F. H. Organic 

Medicinal Chemicals. 514x834. cloth. 
(Industrial Chemistry Series.) In Press 

Benedict, Francis G. Elementary Organic 
Analysis. The determination of carbon 
and hydrogen. 15 illustrations. $ l / 2 x 8. 
cloth. 87 pp. Easton, 1912. $1.00 

Contents: Preparation of Oxygen; Compressed 
Oxygen; Gasometers or Gasholders; Air; Puri¬ 
fying Apparatus; Rubber Tubing and Stoppers; 
Combustion Furnaces; Combustion Tubes; Oxi¬ 
dizing Agents; Filling the Combustion Tube; 
Boats; Absorbing Agents; Absorbing Apparatus; 
Cleaning and Weighing Absorbing Apparatus; 
Weight of Material Used; Burning Out the 
Combustion Tube; General Process of the Corn- 


kali Metals; Metals of the Copper Group, Al¬ 
kaline Earths, of the Zinc, Aluminum, Tin, 
Arsenis, Chromium, Manganese, Iron and Plat¬ 
inum Groups; Radio-Activity. 

Smith, Alex. Introduction to Inorganic 
Chemistry. Third Edition, rewritten. 
Illustrated, diagrams. 5*4x824. cloth. 
939 pp. New York, 1917. $3.50 

Voge, A. L. The Inorganic Compounds 
(14,000). Clast according to common 
properties by means of a decimal sym¬ 
bolization. In two parts. Part I., In¬ 
troduction, Code, Systematics. Part II., 
Condenst-Formula Index. 6 xi)* 4. cloth. 
726 pp. Zurich, 1911. net, $12.00 

Simplified spelling is used in this work. 

Werner, A. New Ideas on Inorganic 
Chemistry. Translated with the author’s 
sanction from the second German Edi¬ 
tion by E. P. Hedley. 6x0. cloth. 284 
pp. London, 1911. $3.50 

CHEMISTRY 


bustion; Combustion of Nitrogenous Substances; 
Combustion of Bodies Containing the Halogens; 
Combustion of Bodies Containing Sulphur; 
Combustion of Bodies Containing the Alkali 
Metals; Combustion of Difficulty Combust’ble 
Bodies; Combustion of Liquids and Volatile 
Bodies; Combustion of Explosive Bodies; Cal¬ 
culation of Results; Appendix. 

Bernthsen, A. A Textbook of Organic 
Chemistry. Edited and revised to date 
by J. J. Sudborough. Illustrated. 5*4 
x 7V2. cloth. 735 PP- N. Y., 1912. $3.50 

Contents: Aliphatic or Open-Chain Compounds. 
Hydrocarbons; Haloid Substitution Products of 
the Hydrocarbons; Monohydratic Alcohols or 
Alkyl Hydroxides; Derivatives of the Alcohols; 
Aldehydes and Ketones; Monobasic Fatty Acids; 
Acid Derivatives; Polyhydric Alcohols; Hydro 
Monobasic Acids and Compounds Related to 
Them; Dibasic Acids; Polybasic Acids; Cya¬ 
nogen Compounds; Carbonic Acid Derivatives 
Carbohydrates; Chemistry of the Cyclic Com¬ 
pounds. Carbocyclic Compounds. Polymethy¬ 
lene Derivatives; Benzene Derivatives; Benzene 
Hydrocarbons; Halogen Derivatives; Nitro-Stib- 
stitution Products of the Aromatic Hydrocar¬ 
bons; Amino-Derivatives or Arylamines; Diazo- 
and Azo-Compounds; Hydrazines; Aromatic Sul- 
phonic Acids; Phenols; Aromatic Alcohols, Al¬ 
dehydes and Ketones; Aromatic Acids; Com¬ 
pounds Containing Two or More Benzene Nu¬ 
clei; Diphenyl Group; Diphenyl-Methane Group; 
Dibenzyl Group; Triphenyl-Methane Group; 
Compounds with Condensed Benzene Nuclei; 
Anthracene and Phenanthrene Groups. Hetero¬ 
cyclic Compounds. Furane Group; Compounds 
Formed by the Condensation of a Benzene Nu¬ 
cleus with a Furane, Triophene, or Pyrrole 
Ring; Pyrazole Group; Six-Membered Hetero¬ 
cyclic Rings; Quinoline and Acridine Groups; 
Six-Membered Heterocyclic Compounds with 
Four Carbon Atoms in Ring; Alkaloids; Ter- 
penes and Camphors; Resins; Glucosides; Al¬ 
bumins; Physiological Chemistry; Reduction; 
Oxidation; Stereochemistry of Sulphur; Selenion, 






CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


Tin, and Nitrogen Compounds; Relationships be¬ 
tween Physical Properties and Chemical Consti¬ 
tution; Fermentation and Enzyme Action; Cata¬ 
lytic Action of Finely-Divided Metals and Me¬ 
tallic Oxides; Unsaturation; Aliphatic Diazo-and 
Tnazo-Compounds. 

Clarke, H. T. A Handbook of Organic 
Analysis. Qualitative and 'Quantitative. 
With an introduction by J. N. Collie. 
Second Edition. Illustrated. 5x754. 
cloth. 271 pp. N. Y., 1916. $2.00 

Contents: Preliminary Investigation; Exam¬ 
ination for Radicles; Separation of Mixtures of 
Organic Compounds* Classified Tables of Com¬ 
mon Organic Compounds; Quantitative Deter¬ 
mination of Constituent Elements; Quantitative 
Dcternrnation of Radicles; Determination of 
S:nie Physical Properties. 

Clarke, H. T. An Introduction to the 
Study of Organic Chemistry. Dia¬ 
grams. *y A x 724. cloth. 492 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1914. $2.50 

In the writing of text-books of organic chem¬ 
istry there are two distinct and incompatible 
systems. In the one it is the practical aspect 
of the science which is kept in chief view; in 
the other its symmetry and h' mogeneity. The 
one constantly directs attention to detail; the 
other approaches the subjc.i v>ib ihc desrre of 
displaying its oiderly principles and structural 
unity. The latter method is adhered to in this 
book. 

Cohen, Julius B. A Class-book of Organic 
Chemistry. Illustrated. 5x754. cloth. 
352 pp. New York, 1917. $1.75 

Cohen, Julius B. Theoretical Organic 
Chemistry. New Edition. Illustrated. 
5/4x7. cloth. 604 pp. New York, 
1916. $2.75 

Cohen, Julius B. Organic Chemistry for 

Advanced Students. In three parts. 
Second Edition. 524 x 824 -cloth. Lon¬ 
don, 1918. Price per set. $18.00 

Part I. Reaction. 435 pp. $6.00 

Contents: Historical Introduction; Valency of 
Carbon; Nature of Organic Reactions; Dynamics 
of Organic Reactions; Abnormal Reactions. 

Part II. Structure. Illustrated. 435 

PP- $ 6.00 

Contents: Physical Properties and Structure; 
Color and Structure; Isomerism and Stereo¬ 
isomerism ; Stereo-chemistry of Unsaturated and 
Cyclic Compounds; Stereochemistry of Nitrogen; 
Isomeric Change; The Benzene Theory. 

Part III. Synthesis. 378 pp. $6.00 
Contents: The Carbohydrates; Fermentation 
and Enzyme Action; The Purine Group; The 
Proteins; The Terpenes and Camphors; The 
Alkaloids. 

Fischer, Emil. Introduction to the Prep¬ 
aration of Organic Compounds. Trans¬ 
lated with the author’s sanction from 
the new ( Eighth) German Edition by 
R. V. Stanford. 19 illustrations. 5 x 754. 
cloth,. 194 pp. London, 1910. $2.00 

The preparation of 90 compounds are shown 
and these have been selected because of their 


practical nature, such as the cost of materials and 
apparatus, the easiness, shortness and freedom 
from danger of the operations. The work is de¬ 
signed to be of use primarily to chemists and 
secondly to biologists and medicals who desire 
to acquaint themselves with the methods of or¬ 
ganic chemistry. 

Gattermann, Ludwig. The Practical Meth¬ 
ods of Organic Chemistry. Third 
American Edition from- the Eleventh 
German Edition. Translated by W. B. 
Schober and V. S. Babasinian. Illus¬ 
trated. 5^4 x 724 . cloth. 418 pp. New 
York, 1919. $2.00 

Contents: General Part; Organic Analytical 
Methods; Special Part; Aliphatic Series; Transi¬ 
tion from the Aliphatic to the Aromatic Series; 
Aromatic Series; Pyridine and Quinoline Series; 
Inorganic Part. 

Hale, Arthur J. Synthetic Use of Metals 
in Organic Chemistry. 5 x 7*4. cloth. 
169 pp. Philadelphia, 1914. $2.00 

Hart-Smith, J. Recent Discoveries in In¬ 
organic Chemistrjr 6 x 9. cloth. 91 
pp. New York, 1919. $1.40 

An account of the more important discoveries 
in inorganic chemistry during the past fifteen 
years. Intended as a supplementary text book. 

Haskins, Howard D. Organic Chemistry. 
Including certain portions of physical 
chemistry for medical, pharmaceutical, 
and biological students (with practical 
exercises,). Third Edition, thoroughly 
revised. 25 illustrations. 554 x 724 . 
cloth. 485 pp. N. Y., 1917. $2.50 

Holleman, A. F., Walker, A. J., and 
Mott, 0 . E. A Textbook of Organic 
Chemistry. Fourth Edition, partly re¬ 
written. 82 illustrations 6x9. cloth. 
639 pp. New York, 1914. $3.00 

Keane, C. A. Modern Organic Chemistry. 
29 illustrations. 5x8. cloth. 518 pp. 
London, 1909. $1.50 

Contents: Historical; Structure and Classifi¬ 
cation of Organic Compounds; Aliphatic Hydro¬ 
carbons; Cyclic Hydrocarbons; Melting Point 
and Boiling Print of Organic Compounds; 
Sources and Derivatives of Hydrocarbons; Ethe¬ 
real Salts; Derivatives of the Hydrocarbons 
Containing Nitrogen; Laboratory Methods; 
Stereochemistry; Sugars; Isometric Change and 
Dynamic Isomerism; Hetrocyclic and Polycyclic 
Compounds; Synthesis of Physiologically Active 
Organic Compouncls. 

Landolt, H. The Optical Rotating Power 
of Organic Substances and Its Prac¬ 
tical Applications. Translated with 
additions by J. H. Long. Second Edi¬ 
tion. 83 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 771 
pp. Easton, 1902. net, $7.50 

Contents: Part First—General Conditions of 
Optical Activity. Part Second—Physical Laws 
of Circular Polarization. Part Third—Numer¬ 
ical Values for the Rotating Power; Specific 
Rotation. Part Fourth—Apparatus and Meth¬ 
ods for the Determination of the Specific Rota- 






12 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


tion. Part Fifth—Practical Applications of Op¬ 
tical Rotation. Part Sixth—Constants of Rota¬ 
tion of Active Bodies. 

Lassar-Cohn. Application of Some Gen¬ 
eral Reactions to Investigations in Or¬ 
ganic Chemistry. Authorized transla¬ 
tion by J. B. Tingle. 5 x 7^. cloth. 
108 pp. New York, 1904 $1.25 

Lowy, Alexander. Organic Type Form¬ 
ulas. Two color chart. 5x8. paper 
leaflet. New York, 1919. $0.10 

Two charts for use with the usual elementary 
organic chemistry textbook, giving the type 
formulas for both the aromatic and the aliphatic 
series. In benzine rings the single and double 
bonds are differentiated, and various endings, 
type groups, etc., are indicated by the use of 
red type 

McCollum, Elmer V. Organic Chemistry 
for Students of Medicine and Biology. 
5x7^2. cloth. 416 pp. New York, 
1916. $2.60 

Meldola, R. The Chemical Synthesis of 
Vital Products and the Inter-Relations 
Between Organic Compounds. Volume 
I. 634 x 10. cloth. 354 pp. London, 
1904. $6.75 

Contents: Introductory; Hydrocarbons; Al¬ 
cohols and Terpene Alcohols; Ketone Alcohols; 
Glycols and Polyhydric Alcohols; Aromatic Al¬ 
cohols and Phenols; Aldehydes and Ketones; 
Fatty Group; Aromatic Aldehydes and Ketones; 
Carbohydrates and Glucosides; Sulphur Com¬ 
pounds; Cyanogen Compounds; Appendix. 

Meyer, H. Determination of Radicles in 
Carbon Compounds. Third American 
Edition, revised and enlarged. Author 
ized translation by J. Bishop Tingle. 
Illustrated. 5x8. cloth. 232 pp. New 
York, 1908. $2.00 

Moore, F. J. Outlines of Organic Chem¬ 
istry. A book designed especially for 
the general student. Second Edition, 
rewritten. Illustrated, s/a x 7,34. cloth. 
337 PP- New York, 1915. $2.00 

Contents: The Saturated Aliphatic Hydrocar¬ 
bons; Alcohols and Their Derivatives; Acids and 
Their Derivatives; Aldehydes, Ketones, and 
Amines; Unsaturated Compounds; Polyatomic 
Alcohols and Their Derivatives; Hydroxy-Acids; 
Optical Isomerism; The Carbohydrates; Deriva- 
tives of Cyanogen and Carbonic Acid; The 
Amino-Acids and Proteins; Organic Chemistry 
of Certain Vital Processes; Benzene and Its 
Homologues; Aromatic Nitrogen Compounds; 
Aromatic Oxygen Compounds; Some Important 
Dyes; Naphthalene and Anthracene; The Coal- 
Tar Industry; Heterocyclic and Alicyclic Com¬ 
pounds;'The Structure Theory. 

Mulliken, S. P. Identification of Pure 
Organic Compounds. By a systematic 
analytical procedure based on physical 
properties and chemical reactions. In 
four volumes. (3 now ready.; 634 x to 
cloth. 


Vol. I. contains classified descriptions 
of about 2300 of the more important 
compounds of carbon with hydrogen 
and with hydrogen and oxygen. 264 
pp. New York, 1904. $5.00 

Vol. II., containing classified descrip¬ 
tions of about 4000 of the more impor¬ 
tant compounds of carbon with the ele¬ 
ments nitrogen, hydrogen, and oxygen, 
including the alkaloids and many drugs, 
proteolytic products, intermediates of 
the dyestuff industry, etc. 327 pp. New 
York, 1916. net, $5.00 

Vol. Ill Identification of the Com¬ 
mercial Dyestuffs, containing classified 
original descriptions of most of the 
commercially important synthetic and 
natural pure dyestuffs used in the arts, 
arranged for the use of color chemists, 
dyers, and analysts. 274 pp. New 
York 1913. $5.00 


In Preparation 

Vol. IV., containing classified descrip¬ 
tions of the more important organic 
compounds formed by combinations oi 
elements not provided for in the earlier 
volumes. 


Neave, G. B., and Heilbron, I. M. Identi¬ 
fication of Organic Compounds. Sec¬ 
ond Edition. 5x734. cloth. 111 pp. 
New York, 1916. $1.50 

Contents: Preliminary Tests; Group Reac¬ 
tions; Hydrocarbons; Alcohols; Ethers; Phenols; 
Aldehydes; Ketones; Acids; Esters; Quinones; 
Carbohydrates; Glucosides; Amines; Nitro and 
Nitroso Compounds; Nitriles and Isonitriles; 
Isocyanites; Ureas and Ureides; Uric Acid 
Group; Halogen Compounds; Azo Compounds; 
Pyrodine and Quinoline Group; Alkaloids; Sul¬ 
phur Compounds; Terpenes and Allied Com¬ 
pounds; Albumins and Proteids. 


Norris, J. F. The Principles of Organic 
Chemistry. 6 x 8 ^ 4 . cloth. 594 pp. New 
York, 1912. $3.00 

Noyes, A. A., and Mulliken, S. P. Labor¬ 
atory Experiments on the Class Reac¬ 
tions and Identification of Organic 
Substances. Third Edition. 5 x 7. cloth. 
81 pp. Easton, 1915. $0.70 


Noyes, W. A. Organic Chemistry for the 
Laboratory. Third Edition, revised and 
enlarged. 41 illustrations. 6x9. cloth 
303 PP- Easton, 1916. $2.50 

Contents: Analysis of Compounds of Car 
bons; General Operations; Hydrocarbons; Alco¬ 
na T ? l d ' P n n0 - ,S: Others; Aldehydes, Ketones 
and Their Derivatives; Acids, Derivatives oi 
£. 0 + . T7 , oxy and Ketonic Acids; Carbohy- 

A Halogen Compounds; Nitro Compounds; 
nnnna<f- ; Hy d raz o-Nitro and Other Com 

Su ] p h ur . Com P<>unds; Qualitative Ex 
animation of Carnon Compounds. 




CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


13 


Perkins, W. H., and Kipping, F. S. 

Organic Chemistry. Entirely new edi¬ 
tion. Parts I and II bound in one 
volume. 18 illustrations. 5 x 7%. cloth. 
695 pp. London, 1917. $2.50 

Plimmer, R. H. A. Practical Organic and 
Bio-Chemistry. 86 illustrations, 1 color 
plate. 6 X A x 10. cloth. 648 pp. New 
York, 1915. $6.00 

Contents: Recognition of an Organic Com¬ 
pound; Isolation and Preparation of Pure Or¬ 
ganic Compounds; Criteria of Their Purity; 
Composition of Organic Compounds; Identifica¬ 
tion of an Organic Compound, Hydrocarbons; 
Halogen Derivatives of the Hydrocarbons; Al¬ 
cohols; Esters; Ethers; Mercaptans and Sul¬ 
phides; Aldehydes; Ketones; The Fatty Acids; 
Halogen Substitution Derivatives, of the Fatty 
Acids; Acid or Acyl Chlorides; Acid Anhydrides; 
Unsaturated Alcohols, Aldehydes and Fatty Acids; 
Hydroxy-, Keto- and Dybasic Acids; Amines; 
Amides; The Amino Acids; Betaines; Cyano¬ 
gen Compounds; Guanadine and Its Derivatives; 
Di- Tri-, and Polyhydric Alcohols; Fats and 
Ofils; Waxes'; Lecithins; The Carbohydrates; 
Aromatic Compounds; Tannins; Heterocyclic 
Compounds; Ureides; Pyrimidines; Glyoxaline or 
Iminazole Derivatives; Purines; Nucleic Acids; 
Furfurane, or Furane, and Its Derivatives; 
Thiophene and Its Derivatives; Pyrrole and Its 
Derivatives; Pyridine and Its Derivatives; Hy¬ 
droaromatic Compounds: Complex Aromatic Com¬ 
pounds; The Anthoxanthins; The Anthocyans; 
Indole and Its Derivatives; Quinoline and Iso¬ 
quinoline; The Alkaloids; The Proteins; Em 
zymes; Individual Groups of Proteins; The 
Chemical Constitution of Haemin and Haemato- 
porphyrin; The Pigments of Leaves; Metabolism; 
Composition of the Commoner Tissues Used as 
Food-Stuffs for Animals; Analysis of Normal 
Urine; Analysis of Tissues; Tables; List of Re¬ 
agents.® • 

Pope, F. G. Modern Research in Organic 
Chemistry. 261 illustrations. 5^2 x y l A. 
cloth. 336 pp. N. Y., 1913. $3.00 

Contents: List of Abbreviations; The Poly¬ 
methylenes; The Terpenes and the Camphor^; 
Uric Acid or Purine Group; The Alkaloids; The 
Relation between the Color and Constitution of 
Chemical Compounds; Salt Formation Pseudo- 
Acids and Bases; The Pyrones; Ketens, Ozon- 
ides, Triphenylmethyl; The Grignard Reaction. 

Reid, E. Emmet. Introduction to Research 
in Organic Chemistry. In Press 

Contents: Introduction; Definition of Re¬ 
search and General Point of View; Literature; 
How to Find What Has Been Done on a Sub¬ 
ject, etc.; The Stud - of Properties of Known 
Substances as an Object of Research; Study 
of Methods of Preparation of Known Substances 
as an Object of Research; Preparation of New 
Compounds; Study of Structures; Methods of 
Determination; Synthesis; Study of Reactions, 
Limits, Velocities; Intermediate Compounds; 
Study of Quantitative Methods for Estimation 
of Organic Compounds; Publication of Results. 

Remsen, Ira. An Introduction to the 
Study of the Compounds of Carbon or 
Organic Chemistry. Fifth Revision. 
Illustrated. 5x8. cloth. 441 pp. Bos¬ 
ton, 1909. $1.60 


Scudder, Heyward. The Electrical Con¬ 
ductivity and Ionization Constants of 
Organic Compounds. A bibliography 
of the periodical literature from 1889 
to 1910, inclusive, including all impor¬ 
tant work before 1889 and corrected to 
the beginning of 1913. Giving numer¬ 
ical data for the ionization constants at 
all temperatures at which they have 
been measured; and some numerical 
data of the electrical conductivity. 
6^x95^. cloth. 570 pp. New York, 
1914- net, $3.00 

Contents: Explanation; Abbreviation of 

Words; Abbreviations of Journal Titles; Cyclic 
Formulae; Tables: Compounds Arranged Alpha¬ 
betically, with the Ionization Constant, Some 
Data of Conductivity, and All Bibliographical 
References Given Under Each Compound; For¬ 
mula Index; Author List: Bibliography of Au¬ 
thors’ Names Arranged Alphabetically; Subjecr 
Index; Journal List: Names of Journals Ar¬ 
ranged Alphabetically. 

Sherman, Henry C. Methods of Organic 
Analysis Second Edition, rewritten 
and enlarged . Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 
423 pp. New York, 1917. $3.00 

Contents: Alcohols; Aldehydes; Carbohydrates; 
General Methods; Special Methods of Sugar 
Analysis; Starch and Amylase; Vinegar and 
Acetate; Fatty Acids; Oils, Fats, and Waxes; 
General Methods; Analytical Methods; Edible 
Oils and Fats; Drying Oils; Petroleum and 
Lubricating Oils; Fuels; Soap and Glycerin; 
NiPogen Sulphur, and Phosphorus; Proteins 
and Proteases; Grain Products; Milk; Food 
Preservatives. 

Sidgwick, N. V. The Organic Chem¬ 
istry of Nitrogen. Illustrated. 6*4 x 
10. cloth. 426 pp. Oxford, 1910. $5.60 

Contents: Compounds with no Nitrogen di¬ 
rectly attached to Carbon; Bodies containing 
one Nitrogen Atom attached to Carbon; Com¬ 
pounds containing an Open Chain of two or more 
Nitrogen Atoms; Ring Compounds. 

Stewart, Alfred W. Recent Advances in 
Organic Chemistry. With an introduc¬ 
tion by J. N. Collie. Third Edition. 
5 Mx 8 J 4 - cloth. 370 pp. London, 
1918. $4.50 

Contents: Organic Chemistry in the Twentieth 
Century- Monocyclic Trepenes; Dicyclic Trep- 
enes; Olefinic Trepenes; Rubber; The Alkaloids; 
The Polypeptides; The Chlorophyll Problem; 
The Anthocyanins; Some Theories of the Natural 
Synthesis of Vital Products; Some Aromatic 
Derivatives of Arsenic; Trivalent Carbon; Other 
Elements Which Exhibit Abnormal Valency; 
Modern Formulae and Other Failings. 

Sudborough, J. J., and James, J. C. Prac¬ 
tical Organic Chemistry. 92 illustra¬ 
tions. 5 x 754. cloth. 394 pp. London, 

T 909- $3.50 

Contents: Common Methods of Purification; 
Methods for Testing Purity; Solubility of 
Solids in Liquids; Detection of the Common 
Elements Whioh^ Occur in Carbon Compounds; 
intimation cf Comim nly Occurring Elements; 




t 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Determination of the Equivalent of an Acid 
and of a Ba; j ; Determination of Molecular 
Weights by Physical Methods; Hydrocrbons; 
Alcohol and Ethers; Halogen Derivatives; Car¬ 
boxylic Acids; Derivatives of Acids; Noderi¬ 
vatives; Nitration; Sulphonic Acid; Sulphona- 
tion; Phenols and Phenolic Ethers; Amines 
and Quaternary Amonium Compounds; Acetyl 
and Benzol De-natives; Diazont >.m baits and 
Their Uses; Aldehydes and Ketones; Oximes; 
Phenyl-hydrazones and Semicarbazones; Quin¬ 
ones; Claisen’s Condensation; Ethyl Aceton- 
acetate: Its Reactions and Condensations; Ethyl 
Malonate and Its Use as a Synthetical Reagent; 
Reduction, Oxidation, Condensation; Grignard’s 
Reagents; Dyes; Iodine Compounds Containing 
a Polyvalent Iodine Atom; Stereosomeric Acids; 
Molecular Rearrangement; Quantitative Exper¬ 
iments with Carbohydrates; Quantitative Exper¬ 
iments with Acids, Esters, Amines, etc.; Veloc¬ 
ities of Typical Organic Reactions; Electrical 
Conductivity; Examination of Unknown Or¬ 
ganic Substances;' Preparation of Inorganic Re¬ 
agents; Tables. 

Von Richter, Victor. Organic Chemistry 
or Chemistry of the Carbon Com¬ 
pounds. Volume I., Chemistry of the 
Aliphatic Series. Newly translated and 
revised from the German Edition by 
Percy E. Spielmann. Second Edition, 
revised. 6x9. cloth. 735 pp. Phila¬ 
delphia, 1919. $7.00 

Contents: Introduction; Fatty Compounds; 
Aliphatic Substances or Methane Derivatives; 
Chain or Acyclic Carbon Derivatives; Hydro¬ 
carbons; Halogen Derivatives of the Hydrocar¬ 
bons; Oxygen Derivatives of the Methane Hydro¬ 
carbons; The Monohydric Alcohols and Their 
Oxidation Products; Dihydric Alcohols or Gly¬ 
cols, and Their Oxidation Products; Carbonic 
Acid and Its Derivatives; Trihydric Alcohols: 


Glycerols and Their Oxidation Products; Tetra- 
hydric Alcohols and Their Oxidation Products; 
The Pentahydric Alcohols or Pentitols and Their 
Oxidation Products; Hexa- and Poly-IIydric. Al¬ 
cohols and Their Oxidation Products; Animal 
Substances of Unknown Constitution. 

Walker, James. Organic Chemistry for 
Students of Medicine. Second Edition. 
22 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 340 pp. 
New York, 1919. $4.00 

The time allotted in the ordinary medical 
curriculum is usually very short, yet the student, 
when he takes up physiology, pharmacology and 
pathology, is expected to possess a knowledge 
not only of the principles of chemistry, but of 
numerous substances and processes, many _ of 
them very complex. In this book the chemical 
substances considered in the course are selected 
not so much for their importance in systematic 
or synthetic chemistry as for their medical in¬ 
terest, in order that the student study the things 
that will be of some utility to him in the later 
portions of his professional education. The 
work will be found a useful reference volume 
for the physician. 

Weston, Frank E. A Scheme for the 
Detection of the More Common Classes 
of Carbon Compounds. Third Edition. 
Illustrated. 514 x 8 * 4 . flexible cloth. 
108 pp. London, 1912. $1.25 

Wren, Henry. The Organometallic Com¬ 
pounds of Zinc and Magnesium. 5% x 
7kL cloth. 108 pp. (V an Nostrand's 
Chemical Monographs, No. i.J New 
York, 1914. $1.2 j 

Contents: General Notes on Grignard’s Re¬ 
action; Products Formed by the Aid of Grig¬ 
nard’s Reagents; Theoretical; Zinc Organome¬ 
tallic Compounds; Bibliography. 


THEORETICAL and PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 


Ames, Joseph S. The Constitution of 
Matter. 5% x 8. cloth. 254 pp. Bos¬ 
ton, 1914. $1.50 

Contents: General Properties of Matter: 

Mass; Corpuscles and Atoms: Electrical Mass; 
Radioactivity; Gravitation; Radiation: Forma¬ 
tion of Molecules, Elasticity; Properties of 
Metals; Thermionics; Magnetism; Models of 
Atoms; Conclusions. 

Arrhenius, S. Theories of Solutions. 
6x9. cloth. 247 pp. New Haven, 
1912. $2.50 

The lectures included in this volume are not 
a repetition of facts already found in textbooks 
on chemistry, but a review of recent work and 
a definition of our present position on various 
topics concerning theories of solutions, particu¬ 
larly those topics which are at present in a state 
of rapid development. 

Baly, E. C. C. Spectroscopy. Second 
Edition. 180 illustrations. 5 x 7*4. cloth. 
701 pp. London, 1912. $4-75 

Contents: Historical; The Slit, Prisms, and 
Lenses; The Complete Prism Spectroscope; The 
Prism Spectroscope in Practice; The Diffraction 
Grating; Ruled Grating in Practice; The Ex¬ 
treme Infra-red and Ultra-violet Regions of the 


Spectrum; The Application of Interference 
Methods to Spectroscopy; Practical Resolving 

Power of the Spectroscope; Photography of the 
Spectrum; Methods of Illumination; Phosphor¬ 
escence and Fluorescence; Absorption Spectra; 

Nature of Spectra; The Zeeman Effect; Series 
of Lines in Spectra; Change of Wave-Length; 
Appendix. 

Bigelow, S. L. Theoretical and Physical 
Chemistry. 6x9. cloth. 504 pp. New 
York, 1912. $3.50 

Duhem, 0. Thermodynamics and Chem¬ 
istry. A non-mathematical treatise for 
chemists and students of chemistry. 
Authorized translation by Geo. K. Bur¬ 
gess. 140 illustrations. 6x9. doth. 
4 66 pp. New York, 1903. $4.00 

Ellis, C. Ultraviolet Light, Its Applica¬ 
tion in Chemical Arts. Illustrated. 
5x7^2. cloth. J n press 

Ewell, Arthur W. A Textbook of Phys¬ 
ical Chemistry, Theory and Practice. 
102 illustrations, 63 tables. 5x7. cloth. 
379 PP- Philadelphia, 1909. $2.75 






CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


15 


Findlay, Alexander. The Phase Rule and 
Its Applications. 134 illustrations. 5 x 
754 . cloth. 379 pp. London, 1917. $3.00 

Contents: Introduction; The Phase Rule; 
Typical Systems of One Component; General 
Summary; Systems of Two Components; Phe¬ 
nomena of Dissociation; Solutions of Solids in 
Liquids, Only One of the Components Being 
Volatile; Equilibria Between Two Volatile Com¬ 
ponents; Solid Solutions; Mixed Crystals; Equi¬ 
librium Between Dynamic Isomierides; Sum¬ 
mary-Application of the Phase Rule to the 
Study of Systems of Two Components; Systems 
of Three Components; Solutions of Liquids in 
Liquids; Presence of Solid Phases; Isothermal 
Curves and the Space Model; Absence of 
Liquid Phase; Systems of Four Components; 
Experimental Determination of the Transition 
Point. 

Findlay, Alexander. Physical Chemistry,, 
and Its Applications iri Medical and 
Biological Science. Being a course of 
seven lectures delivered in the Univer¬ 


sity of Birmingham. 654 x 924 - cloth. 

68 pp. London, 1905. $0.90 

Findlay, Alex. Osmotic Pressure. Sec¬ 

ond Edition. 10 illustrations. 6x9. 
cloth. 127 pp. London, 1919. $2.25 


Contents: Semi-Permeable Membranes and Os¬ 
motic Pressure; Van Hoff’s Theory of Dilute 
Solutions; Direct Determination of the Osmotic 
Pressure of Concentrated Solutions; Discussion 
of the Recent Determination of Osmotic Pres¬ 
sure and of the Van Hoff Theory; The General 
Theory of Solutions; Discussion of the Osmotic 
Pressure of Aqueous Solutions of Cane Sugar 
in the Light of the Theory of Ideal Solutions; 
Indirect Determination of the Osmotic Pressure; 
Views Regarding the Cause of Osmosis and the 
Action of the Semi-Permeable Membrane; Bib¬ 
liographical References. 

Findlay, Alex. Practical Physical Chem¬ 
istry. 104 illustrations. 5*4 x 724 - 
cloth. 343 pp. London, 1917. $3-00 

Contents: Calculation of Results and Errors; 
Determinations of Weight and Volume; Density 
of Liquids and Gases; Thermostats; Vicosity 
and Surface Tension; Optical Measurements; 
Molar Weight of Substances in Solution; Dis¬ 
tribution of a Substance between two Non- 
Miscible Solvents; Conductivity of Electrolytes; 
Transport Numbers; Measurements of Electro¬ 
motive Force; Velocity of Chemical Reaction in 
Homogeneous Systems; Thermo-Chemistry; De¬ 
termination of Solubility; Determination of 
Transition Points; Appendix. 

Firth, James B. Practical Physical Chem¬ 
istry. 74 illustrations. 5 x 7*4. cloth. 
190 pp. New York, 1916. $1.25 . 

Contents: Thermostats; Density of Gases, 
Liquids, and Vapors; Determination of Viscosity 
and Surface Tension; Determination of Solubil¬ 
ity; Of Molecular Weights; Of Transition 
Points; Osmotic Pressure; Refractivity Measure¬ 
ments; Rotation of the Plane of Polarization; 
Spectrum Analysis; Determination of Partition 
Coefficients; Thermo-Chemical Measurements; 
Determination of Transport Numbers; Electrical 
Conductivity; Electromotive Force; Velocity of 
Chemical Reaction; Quantitative Electrolytic De¬ 
terminations; Electrolytic Preparations; Prepara¬ 
tion of Colloids; Appendix. 


Getman, Frederick H. Outlines of Theo¬ 
retical Chemistry. 104 illustrations. 
524 x 854 . cloth. 479 pp. New York, 
J 9 i 3 - net, $3.50 

, Contents: Fundamental Principles; Classifica¬ 
tion of the Elements; The Electron Theory; 
Gases; Liquids; Solids; Solutions; Dilute Solu¬ 
tions and Osmotic Pressure; Association, Dis¬ 
sociation and Solvation; Colloidal Solutions; 
Thermochemistry; Homogeneous and Heterogen¬ 
eous Equilibrium; Chemical Kinetics; Electrical 
Conductance; Electrolytic Equilibrium and Hy¬ 
drolysis; Electromotive Force; Electrolysis and 
Polarization; Actinochemistry. 

Getman, F. H. Laboratory Exercises in 
Physical Chemistry. Second Edition, 
revised. 115 illustrations. 5x754. cloth. 
295 pp. New York, 1908. $2.00 

Jones, -Harry C. The Freezing-point, 
Boiling-point and Conductivity Meth¬ 
ods. Second Edition. 5x7. cloth. 84 
pp. • Easton, 1912. $1.25 

Jones, Harry C. Introduction to Physical 
Chemistry. Second Edition, revised. 
Illustrated. 554 x 754. cloth. 294 pp. 
New York, 1914. $1.60 

Jones, Harry C. The Elements of Phys¬ 
ical Chemistry. Fourth Edition, re¬ 
vised and enlarged. 78 illustrations. 
6x9. cloth. 686 pp. N. Y., 1918. $4.75 
Contents: Atoms and Molecules; Gases; 

Liquids; Solids; Solutions; Thermochemistry; 
Electrochemistry; Photochemistry; Chemical 
Dynamics and Equilibrium; Measurements of 
Chemical Activity. 

Jones, Harry C. The Nature of Solution. 
With a biographical memoir by Prof. 
E. Emmet Reid and tributes by Pro¬ 
fessors Arrhenius, Ostwald and Wood¬ 
ward and others. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 406 pp. New York. 1917. $3.75 

Contents: Importance of Solution; Earlier 
Views as to the Nature of Solution; The Os¬ 
motic Pressure of Solutions; Relations Between 
Solutions and Gases Demonstrated by Vant 
Hoff; The Theory of Electrolytic Dissociation 
as Announced by Arrhenius; Diffusion in Solu¬ 
tion; Depression of the Vapor-tension of a Sol¬ 
vent by Substance Dissolved in It; Depression 
of Freezing-Point of a Solvent by the Solute; 
Aqueous Solutions of Acids, Bases and Salts— 
Electrolytes; Some Electrical Properties of 
Aqueous Solutions of Electrolytes; Solution in 
Nonaqueous and in Mixed Solvents; Colloidal 
Solutions; Solutions in Solids as Solvents; The 
Newer Hydrate Theory; The Solvate Theory 
of Solutions. 

Jones, Harry C. A New Era in Chemis¬ 
try. Some of the more important de¬ 
velopments in general chemistry during 
the last quarter of a century. Illus¬ 
trated. 6x8. cloth. 338 pp. New 
York, 1913. net. $2.00 

Contents: Condition of Chemistry in 1887; De¬ 
velopment of the Law of Mass Action; Energy 
Changes That Take Place in Chemical Reactions; 
Van’t Hoff, Le Bel, and Guye and the Origin of 




i6 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY'S 


Stereochemistry; Phase Rule of Willard Gibbs; 
Chemical Dynamics of Van’t Hoff and Chemical 
Equilibrium of Le Chatelier; Role of Osmotic 
Pressure in the Analogy between Solutions and 
Gases; Arrhenius and the Theory of Electrolytic 
Dissociation; Solvate Theory of Solution and 
Importance of Solutions for Science in General; 
Work of Wilhelm Ostwald in Inaugurating the 
New Era in Chemistry; Investigations by Stu¬ 
dents and Co-workers of Wilhelm Ostwald; The 
Electron and Radiochemistry; Explanation of 
Radioactive Phenomena; Appendix. 

Kemble, W. F., and Underhill, C. R. The 
Periodic Law and the Hydrogen Spec¬ 
trum. 5 folding plates. 6x9. paper. 
20 pp. New York, 1909. $0.50 

Endeavors to show a connection between the 
possible action of a spiral nebula and the 
Periodic Law as enunciated by Mendeleeff, 
Meyer, Newlands and others. 

Knox, J. Physico-Chemical Calculations. 
5/4x7p2. cloth. 196 pp. New York, 
1912. $1.50 

Kremann, R. The Application of Phys¬ 
ico-chemical Theory to Technical 
Processes and Manufacturing Meth¬ 
ods. Translated from the German by 
Harold E. Potts and edited by Albert 
Mond. 35 illustrations. 534x834. cloth. 
229 pp. New York, 1913. net, $3.00 

Contents: Two Fundamental Laws of the Me¬ 
chanical Theory of Heat; Reaction Velocity and 
Catalytes; Other Special Applications of the Law 
of Mass Action; Influence of Temperature on 
the Equilibrium-Constant; Dissociation Pressure; 
Application of the Phase Rule; Application of 
the Phase Rule to Solid-Liquid Systems; Trans¬ 
formation Phenomena in Hydraulic Binding 
Agents; Other Applications of the Phase Rule; 
The Distribution Law; Adsorption Compounds; 
Reciprocal Pairs of Salts. 

LeBas, Gervaise. The Molecular Volumes 
of Liquid Chemical Compounds. From 
the point of view of Kopp. Illustrated. 
6x9. boards. 287 pp. London, 1916. 3$.oo 
Contents: The Molecular Volumes of Or¬ 
ganic Compounds at the Melting Point; The 
Molecular Volumes of the Hydrocarbons at the 
Boiling-Point; The Molecular Volumes of the 
Halogen Compounds; Of Organic Compounds 
Containing Oxygen; Of Sulphur Compounds* Of 
Nitrogen Compounds; Of Phosphorus Com¬ 
pounds, Etc.; Summary of the Theory of Mole¬ 
cular Volumes; Appendices; Table of References; 
Bibliography. 

Lehfeldt, R. A. A Text-Book of Phys¬ 
ical Chemistry. Illustrated. 4 34 x 7V2. 
cloth. 308 pp. London. $2.75 

Contents: Introduction; Determination of 

Molecular Weight; Physical Constants in Rela¬ 
tion to Chemical Constitution; The Principles ot 
Thermodynamics; Chemical Dynamics of Homo¬ 
geneous Systems; Chemical Dynamics of Hetero¬ 
geneous Systems; Applications of Thermo¬ 
dynamics to Chemical Equilibrium; Electro- 
Chemistry; Index. 

Letts, E. A. Some Fundamental Problems 
in Chemistry: Old and New. 44 illus¬ 
trations. 6x9. cloth. 250 pp. New 


York, 1914. $2.00 

Contents: The Older Chemistry . Ancient 
Theories Regarding the Nature of Matter and 
More Recent Theories as to the Nature of En¬ 
ergy; The Atomic Theory and Atomic Weights; 
The Periodic Law. The Newer Chemistry. The 
Effects of Electrical Discharges on Gases in 
High Vacua; Radioactivity; The Question of 
Inorganic Evolution; Lockyer’s Views and 
Works; The Birth and Death of Worlds; Gravi¬ 
tation and Radiation Pressures; Arrhenius’ 
Views; Continuation of Collie and Patterson’s 
Researches on the Presence of Neon in Hydro¬ 
gen After the Passage of the Electric Discharge 
Through the Latter at Low Pressures. 

Lewis, W. C. M. A System of Physical 
Chemistry. In three volumes. Illus¬ 
trated. 6x9. cloth. 

Vol. I. Kinetic Theory. Second Edi¬ 
tion. 506 pp. London, 1918. $5.00 

Vol. II. Thermodynamics. Second 
Edition. 409 pp. London, 1919. $5.00 
Vol. III. Quantum Theory. Second 
Edition. 217 pp. London, 1919. $2.50 

McClendon, J. F. Physical Chemistry of 
Vital Phenomena. For studefits and 
investigators in the biological and med¬ 
ical sciences. 6x8. cloth. 248 pp. 
Princeton, 1917. $2.00 

Course of lectures and laboratory work given 
in University of Minnesota, where the author is 
assistant professor of physiology. 

Mellor, J. W. Chemical Statics and Dy¬ 
namics. Including the theories of 
chemical catalysis and explosions. 50 
illustrations. 5 x 7J4. cloth. 542 pp. 
London, 1914. Reprinting 

Contents: Introduction; Homogeneous Chem¬ 
ical Reactions; Side Reactions; Opposing Reac¬ 
tions; Consecutive Reactions; Beginnings of a 
Reaction; Heterogenous Reactions; Equilibrum 
and Dissociation; Electrolytic Dissociation; Cat¬ 
alysis and the Theory of Chemical Change Fer¬ 
mentation; Influence of Temperature on Chem¬ 
ical Reactions; Influence of Pressure; Explo¬ 
sions. 

Morgan, J. L. R. Physical Chemistry for 
Electrical Engineers. Second Edition, 
revised. 5 x 7*4. cloth. 259 pp. New 
York, 1909. $1.60 

Morgan, J. Livingston R. The Elements 
of Physical Chemistry. Fifth Edition, 
revised and enlarged. Illustrated. sH 
x 8 l 4 - cloth. 522 p. N. Y., 1914. $3.50 
Contents: The Gaseous State; Liquid and 
Solid States; The Phase Rule; Solutions; 
Thermochemistry; Chemical Change; Electro¬ 
chemistry; Problems; Tables of Logarithms. 

Nernst, W. Theoretical Chemistry from 
the Standpoint of Avogadro’s Rule and 
Thermodynamics. Revised in accord¬ 
ance with the Seventh 'German Edition. 
Fourth English Edition. 6x9. cloth. 
853 pp. New York, 1917. $6.50 

A statement of guiding ideas which gives in¬ 
struction to the student and advice to the in- 



CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


17 


yestigator who seeks to prosecute his researches 
in the light of the more recent chemical theories. 

Partington, Janies R. A Text-book of 
Thermodynamics (with special refer¬ 
ence to Chemistry). 91 diagrams. 6x9. 
cloth. 550 pp. London, 1913. $4.00 

Contents: Thermometry and Calorimetry. The 
First Law of Thermodynamics and Some Appli¬ 
cations. The Second Law of Thermodynamics; 
Entropy. The Thermodynamic Functions and 
Equilibrium. Fluids. Ideal and Permanent 
Gases. Changes of Physical State. Van der 
Waals’ Equation and the Theory of Continuity 
of States. Thermochemistry. Gas Mixtures. 
Elementary Theory of Dilute Solutions. General 
Theory *f Mixtures and Solutions. Capillarity 
and Adsorption. 

Pauli, W. Physical Chemistry in the 
Service of Medicine. Authorized trans¬ 
lation by Martin H. Fischer. 5x7^4. 
cloth. 164 pp. N. Y., 1907. $1.25 

Perrin, Jean. Atoms. ^Translated by D. 
LI. Hammick.) 16 illustrations. 5 24 x 
824 - cloth. 228 pp. New York, 1916. 

net, $2.50 

Contents: Chemistry and the Atomic Theory; 
Molecular Agitation; The Brownian Movement: 
Emulsions; The Laws of the Brownian Move¬ 
ment; Fluctuations; Light and Quanta; The 
Atom of Electricity; The Genesis and Destruc¬ 
tion of Atoms. 

Philip, James C. Physical Chemistry. Its 
Bearing on Biology and Medicine. Sec¬ 
ond Edition. 24 illustrations. ^Va *- 7 1 / 2. 
cloth. 333 pp. N. Y, 1915. $2.75 

Contents: Gas from the Standpoint of Ex¬ 
periment and Theory; Diffusion Phenomena; 
Absorption of Gases by Liquids; Osmotic Pres¬ 
sure; Comparison of Osmotic Pressures; Isot¬ 
onic Solutions; Permeability and Impermeabil¬ 
ity of Membranes; Vapour Pressure, Boiling 
Point and Freezing Point of Solutions; The 
Behaviour of Salts, Acids, and Bases in Aque¬ 
ous Solution; Electrolytic Dissociation; Physical 
and Biological Applications; Colloidal Soltt- 
tions; Separation of Colloids from Their Solu¬ 
tions; Adsorption; Chemical Equilibrium .and 
the Law of Mass Action; Velocity of Chemical 
Reaction; Electromotive Force. 

Prideaux, E. B. R. Problems in Physical 
Chemistry. With practical applications. 
Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 325 pp. New 
York, 1912. net, $2.00 

Contents: Mathematical Methods and For¬ 
mula; Table of Logarithms; List of Symbols 
and Abbreviations; Units and Standards of 
Measurement; Thermochemistry; Systems of 
One Component; Mixtures; Gas Reactions; Re¬ 
actions in Solutions; Electromotive Force; Kin¬ 
etics of Molecular and Radioactive Changes. 

Roth, W. A. Exercises in Physical Chem¬ 
istry. Authorized translation by A. T. 
Cameron. 49 illustrations. 534 x 824 - 
cloth. 208 pp. London, 1909. net, $2.00 

Contents: The Determination of Density; De¬ 
termination of Molecular Weights in Solutions; 
Thermochemistry; The Determination of Op¬ 
tical Constants; The Thermostat; Chemical 
Statics and Dynamics. Electrochemistry. Found¬ 


ations, Electrical Conductivity; Faraday’s Law, 
Transport Numbers; Measurement of Differences 
of Potential; Electrostatics. 

Sackur, Otto. A Text Book of Thermo¬ 
chemistry and Thermodynamics. Trans¬ 
lated and revised by G. E. Gibson. Il¬ 
lustrated. 524 x 8^4. cloth. 455 pp. 
London, 1917. $450 

Schenck, R., and Dean, R. S. The Phys¬ 
ical Chemistry of the Metals. 114 il¬ 
lustrations. 6x9. cloth. 247 pp. New 
York, 1919. $3.00 

Contents: Introduction; Properties of Metals; 
Metallic Solutions and Alloys; Alloys of Metals 
with Carbides, Oxides and Sulfides, Iron and 
Steel, Mattes, Phase Rule; The Metallurgical 
Reactions, Oxidation and Reduction; Decompo¬ 
sition of Carbon Monoxide, Blast Furnace Proc¬ 
ess; The Reactions of Sulfides. 

Senter, G. Outlines of Physical Chemis¬ 
try. Second Edition, revised. 42 il¬ 
lustrations. 5x7^2. cloth. 401 pp. 
New York, 1911. $3.00 

Contents: Fundamental Principles of Chemis¬ 
try; The Atomic Theory; Gases; Liquids; Solu¬ 
tions; Dilute Solutions; Thermochemistry; Equi¬ 
librium in Homogeneous Systems—Law of Mass 
Action; Heterogeneous Equilibrium; The Phase 
Rule. Velocity of Reaction—Catalysis; Electri¬ 
cal Conductivity; Equilibrium in Electrolytes; 
Strength of Acids and Bases; Hydrolysis; Theo¬ 
ries of Solution; Electromotive Force. 

Stewart, Alfred W. Stereochemistry. 
Second Edition. 58 illustrations. 524 x 
824 * cloth. 293 pp. London, 1919. $4.20 
Contents: Stereoisomerism in Carbon Com¬ 
pounds. Optical Activity; Stereoisomerism in 
Carbon Compounds without Optical Activity; 
The Complex Salts. Stereochemical Problems 
Into Which Isomerism Does Not Enter. Con¬ 
clusion; Appendices. 

Thomsen, J. Thermochemistry. Trans¬ 
lated from the Danish by Katharine A. 
Burke. With tables. 5x8. cloth. 495 
pp. London, 1908. $3.00 

The experimental work, consisting of the nu¬ 
merical and theoretical results recorded in the 
following pages, was carried out in the years 
1851 to 1885; the greater part of it, however, 
belongs to the last twenty years of that period 
—Extract from Preface . 

Tower, 0 . F. The Conductivity of 
Liquids. Methods, results, chemical 
applications and theoretical considera¬ 
tions. 20 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 82 
pp. Easton, 1905. $1.50 

Van Deventer, C. M. Physical Chem- 
try for Beginners. Translated by R. A. 
Lehfeldt. Illustrated. 424 x 7V2. cloth. 
146 pp. London. $0.90 

Contents: Definitions; Fundamental Laws of 
Combination; Behaviour of Gases; Some Points 
of Thermo-Chemistry; Solutions; Photochemistry; 
The Periodic System; Index; List of Tables. 




i8 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Van Klooster, Henry S. Lecture Demon¬ 
strations in Physical Chemistry. 83 il¬ 
lustrations. cloth. 202 pp. 

Easton, 1919. $2.00 

Contents: General Properties of Matter in the 
Liquid and Solid State; Diffusion; Osmosis; 
Vapor Pressure and Determination of Mole¬ 
cular Weights; Chemical Equilibrium and the 
Law of Mass Action; Catalysis; Electrochemis¬ 
try and Ionic Theory; Solubility and its 
Changes, Colloids and Adsorption; Actino- 
chemistry; Flame, Combustion and Explosion; 
Liquid Air Experiments; Bibliography. 

Van’t Hoff, J. H. Lectures in Theoretical 
and Physical Chemistry. Translated by 
R. A. Lehfeldt. In three parts. Illus¬ 
trated. 6x9. cloth. London, 1899. 
Price per set. $9.50 

Part I. Chemical Dynamics. Illus¬ 
trated. 254 pp. $4.00 

Part II. Chemical Statics. Illustrated. 
156 pp. $3-oo 

Part III. Relations Between Proper¬ 
ties and Composition. 143 pp. $3.00 

Walker, James. Introduction to Physical 
Chemistry. Eighth Edition. 63 illus¬ 
trations, 514 x 8 ^ 4 . cloth. 446 pp. 
London, 1919. $5-75 

Contents: Units and Standards of Measure¬ 


ment; The Atomic Theory and Atomic Weights; 
Chemical Equations; The Simple Gas Laws; 
Specific Heats; The Periodic Law; Solubility; 
Fusion and Solidification; Vaporisation and Con¬ 
densation; The Kinetic Theory and Van der 
Waal’s Equation; The Phase Rule; Alloys; Hy¬ 
drates; Thermochemical Change; Variation of 
Physical Properties in Homologous Series; Re¬ 
lation of Physical Properties to Composition and 
Constitution; Properties of Dissolved Sub¬ 
stances; Osmotic Pressure and the Gas Laws 
for Dilute Solutions; Methods of Molecular 
Weight Determination; Molecular Complexity; 
Colloidal Solutions; Electrolytes and Electrol- 
sis; Electrolytic Dissociation; Balanced Actions; 
Rate of Chemical Transformation; Relative 
Strengths of Acids and of Bases; Equilibrium 
Between Electrolytes; Neutrality and Salt- 
Hydrolysis; Applications of the Dissociation 
Theory; Electromotive Force; Polarisation and 
Electrolysis; Dimensions of Atoms and Mole¬ 
cules; Atoms and Electrons; Radio-active Trans¬ 
formations - Atomic Number; Thermodynamical 
Proofs. 

Washburn, Edward W. An Introduction 
to the Principles of Physical Chemistry. 
From the standpoint of modern atomis- 
tics and thermodynamics. A course of 
instruction for students intending to en¬ 
ter physics or chemistry as a profession. 
61 illustrations. 6x8%. cloth. 474 pp. 
New York, 1915. net, $3.50 


BIOCHEMISTRY 


Arrhenius, Svante. Immunochemistry. The 
Application of the Principles of Phys¬ 
ical Chemistry to the Study of the Bio¬ 
logical Antibodies. 5% x 7^. cloth. 321 
pp. New York, 1907. $2.00 

Contents: Reversibility of Reactions Between 
Antibodies; Velocity of Reaction; Homogeneous 
Systems; Heterogenous Systems; Equilibria in 
Absorption Processes; Neutralisation of the 
Haemolytic Properties of Bases and of Lysins 
of Bacterial Origin; Of Diphtheria-Toxin, Ricin, 
Saponin, and Snake Venoms; Compound 
Haemolysins; Precipitins and Their Antibodies. 

Arrhenius, Svante. 'Quantitative Laws in 
Biological Chemistry. 36 illustrations. 
524 x 8 ^ 4 . cloth. 176 pp. London, 
1915 . $2.75 

Contents: Necessity of Quantitative Methods.* 
Material Treated; Use of Physico-Chemical 
Methods; Graphical Methods; Enzymes; Toxins; 
Antibodies; Specificity; Velocity of Reactions; 
Influence of Temperature on the Velocity of 
Reactions; Reactions of Cells; Quantitative Laws 
of Digestion and Resorption; Chemical Equi¬ 
libria; Immunization. 


Bayliss, W. M. The Nature of Enzyme 
Action. Fourth Edition, rewsed and 
enlarged. 6x9. cloth. 190 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1919. $2 

Contents: Catalysis in General; Enzymes as 
Catalysis; Physical and Chemical Properties of 
Enzymes; General Methods of Preparation and 
of Investigation; Reversibility of Enzyme Ac- 
tion; The Velocity of Reaction and the Various 
Conditions Affecting It; The Mode of Action 


of Enzymes; Co-Enzymes and Anti-Enzymes; 
Zymogens; Oxidation-Processes and Certain 
Complex Systems; General Conclusions. 


Beatty, James. The Method of Enzyme 
Action. With an introduction by Prof. 
E. H. Starling. 5^x8^. cloth. 153 
pp. Philadelphia, 1917. $2.25 

Contents: Catalysis; General Considerations of 
Enzymes; Colloids; Adsorption; The Properties 
of Enzymes | Chemical Action—Hydrolysis; 
Chemical Action—Oxidation and the Oxidases; 
Reduction and the Reducases; The Method of 
Enzyme Action; Deductions; Conclusions. 


conoids in Biology and 
Medicine. Authorized translation from 
the Second German Edition, with notes 
and emmendations by Jesse G. M. Bul- 
lowa. 54 illustrations. 6% x 9%. cloth. 
478 pp. New York, 1919. $5.00 

UiA° nte y tS T \ ntr ? ducii on to the Study of Col¬ 
loids. Introduction; What Are Colloids? Sur- 
faces; Size of Particles. Molecular Weight, Os- 
motic Pressure, Conductivity; Phenomena of 
FWf i C ?> nslSten - cy of Colloids; Optical and 
» Prope , rtles ° f Colloids; Methods of 
d r R u S t ar J ch - The Biocolloids. Introduc- 
! ^^ Ca .^ bohydrates 5 Lipoids; Proteins; Food 
r»° ndlI ^ ents; En zymes; Immunity Reactions, 
of a S ol }°\ d System- Significance 

J the CoHtuda! Condition for the Organism; 
Metabohsm and the Distribution of Material 
X r , 0 , wt “v Metamorphosis and Development; The 
Cell; The Movements of Organism; Blood, Res- 
P 1 rati on, Circulation and its Disturbances; Ab¬ 
sorption; Secretion and Excretion; The Nerves; 
i^oxmology and Pharmacology; Microscopical 









CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


19 


Burnet, E. Microbes and Toxins With 
a preface by E. Metchnikoff. Trans¬ 
lated from the French by C. Broquet 
and W. M. Scott. 71 illustrations. 
6x8 1 / 2 . cloth. 333 pp. New York. 

1912. net, $2.00 

Cohnheim, 0 . Enzymes. Six lectures de¬ 
livered under the Herter Lectureship 
Foundation at the University and Belle¬ 
vue Hospital Medical College. 5x 
7Ya- cloth. 183 pp. N. Y., 1912. $1.75 

Czapek, F. Chemical Phenomena in Life. 
4^x7. cloth. 162 pp. London, 1911. 

net, $0.75 

Dakin, H. D. Oxidations and Reductions 
in the Animal Body. 6x9^4. boards. 
143 pp. London, 1912. $1.40 

Contents: The Nature of the Oxidizing and 
Reducing Agents of the Body; Methods of In¬ 
vestigation; The Normal Saturated and Un¬ 
saturated Fatty Acids; Fatty Acids with 
Branched Chains; The Dibasic Acids; The a- 
Amino, a-Hydroxy, and a-Ketonic Acids; The 
Oxidation of Phenylalanine, Tyrosine, Trypto¬ 
phane and Related Substances; Oxidation and 
Reduction of Amino Acids by Micro-Organisms; 
The Carbohydrates; The Purine Derivatives; 
Hydrocarbons; Phenols; Alcohols; Aldehydes; 
Amines and Indole Derivatives; Bibliography. 

Effront, Jean. Enzymes and Their Appli¬ 
cations. Translated by S. C. Prescott. 
6x9. 333 pp. N. Y., 1902. $3.00 

Contents: Preface: General Remarks; General 
Properties; Manner of Action of Diastases; In- 
-dividuality of Enzymes;; Sucrase; Fermentation 
of Molasses; Amylase; Chemical Work of Amy¬ 
lase; Amylase of Different Sources; Industrial 
Applications of Amylase; Role of Amylase in 
the Brewery; Manufacture of Maltose; Panary 
Fermentation; Role of Amylase in the Distillery; 
Quantitative Study of Malt; Maltase; Industrial 
Applications of Maltase; Enzymes of Carbohy¬ 
drates; Ferments of Glycerides and Glucosides; 
Zymase; Oxidases. 

Effront, Jean. Biochemical Catalysts in 
Life and Industry. Proteolytix En¬ 
zymes. Translated by Samuel C. Pres¬ 
cott. 6x9. cloth. 763 pp. New York, 
1917. net, $5.00 

Contents: Coagulating Enzymes. Thrombin; 
Myosinase; Rennet. Pepsin. Reversible Action 
of Enzymes; Synthetic Action of Pepsin; JPlas- 
teins. Trypsin. Pancreatic Trypsin; Trypsin of 
Various Origins; Antigens; Antibodies; Comple¬ 
ment. Erepsins. Intestinal Erepsin; Peptolytic 
Enzymes; Enzymes of the Nucleo-Proteins; Ar- 
gmase; Creating-Creatase. Amidases. Applica¬ 
tions. 

Euler, Hans. General Chemistry of the 
Enzymes. Translated from the revised 
German edition by T. H. Pope. 6x9. 
332 pp. New York, 1912. net, $3.00 

Contents: Introduction; Special Chemistry of 
the Enzymes; Physical Properties of the En¬ 
zymes; Activators (Co-enzymes), Paralysors and 
Poisons. Chemical Dynamics of Enzyme Reac¬ 


tions; Influence of Temperature and Radiation 
on Enzymic Reactions; Chemical Statics in En¬ 
zyme; Reactions; Enzymic Syntheses; Specificity 
of Enzyme Action; Appendix; Practical Meth¬ 
ods; Tables for the Estimation of Sugars by 
Bertrand’s Method. 

Fischer, Miartin H. Oedema and Nephritis. 
A critical, experimental and clinical 
study of the pathology of water absorp¬ 
tion in the living organism. Second 
and Enlarged Edition. 160 illustrations. 
6x9. cloth. 705 pp. New York, 1915. 

net, $5.00 

Fowler, Gilbert J. An Introduction to 
Bacteriological and Enzyme Chemistry. 
Illustrated. 5% x 7 l / 2 . cloth. 336 pp. 
New York, 1911. $275 

Maclean, Hugh. Lecithin and Allied Sub¬ 
stances, The Lipins. 6x9 l / 2 . cloth. 
213 pp. London, 1918. $2.60 

Contents: Introduction and Nomenclature; 
The Chemistry of the Phosphatides; The Occur¬ 
rence, Methods of Extraction, Isolation and 
Purification of the Phosphatides; The Cerebro- 
sides; Protagon; Alleged Lipins; Plant Lipins; 
The Function of Lipins. 

Mast, S. 0 . Light and the Behavior of 
Organisms. Illustrated. 5 ^x 8 j 4 . 
cloth. 421 pp. New York, 1911. 

net, $2.50 

Contents: Introduction and Historical Review; 
Experimental Observations and Discussions Bear¬ 
ing on the Question as to How Organisms (Es¬ 
pecially Those Without Eyes) Bend or Turn 
and Move Toward or from a Source of Stimu¬ 
lation; General Consideration of Reactions to 
Light; Adaptation, Formation of Aggregations 
in Regions of a Given Light Intensity and Dif¬ 
ferent Methods of Response in Attaining This 
Region and Remaining in It; Reactions in Light 
of Different Wave-Lengths or Colors; Bibliog¬ 
raphy. 

Monographs on Biochemistry. Edited by 
R. H. A. Plimmer and F. G. Hopkins. 

6*4 x 9 

The editors of these monographs have kept 
two objects in view: firstly, that each author 
should be himself working at the subject with 
which he deals; and secondly, that a bibliog¬ 
raphy, as complete as. possible, should be in¬ 
cluded, in order to avoid cross references which 
are apt to be wrongly cited, and in order that 
each monograph may yield full and independent 
information of the work which has been done 
upon the subject. 

Armstrong, E. F. The Simple Carbohy¬ 
drates and the Glucosides. Third Edi¬ 
tion. 249 pp. London, 1919. $4.20 

Barger, George. The Simple Natural 
Bases. 223 pp. London, 1914. $2.50 

Bayliss, W. M. The Nature of -Enzyme 
Action. Fourth Edition, revised and en¬ 
larged. 188 pp. London, 1919. $2.50 



20 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Cathcart, E. P. The Physiology of Pro¬ 
tein Metabolism. 150 pp. London, 1912. 

Reprinting 

Dakin, H. D. Oxidations and Reductions 
in the Animal Body. 144 pp. New 
York, 1912. Reprinting 

Harden, Arthur. Alcoholic Fermentation 
Second Edition. 8 illustrations. 164 
pp. London, 1914. $1.80 

Jones, Walter. Nucleic Acids. 126 pp. 
London, 1914. $1.60 

Krough, A. The Respiratory Exchange 
of Animals and Man. Illustrated. 181 
pp. London, 1916. $2.50 

Leathes, J. B. The Fats. New edition 
in preparation. 

Osborne, Thomas B. The Vegetable Pro¬ 
teins. 138 pp. London, 1916. $1.80 

Plimmer, R. H. A. The Chemical Constit¬ 
uents of Proteins. Part I., Analysis. 
Second Edition. 175 pp. London. 

1917. $2.25 

Russell, E. J. Soil Conditions and Plant 
Growth. Third Edition. Illustrated. 
251 pp. London, 1918. $2.50 

Schryver, S. B. The General Characters 
of the Proteins. New edition in prep¬ 
aration. 

Hardy. Colloids. In Preparation 

Hopkins. Biological Chemistry. 

In Preparation 

Ling. Carbohydrates. The Polysaccha¬ 
rides. In Preparation 

Osborne, Thos. B. The Vegetable Pro¬ 
teins. 6x9^2. cloth. 138 pp. London, 

1918. $2.00 
Contents: Historical Review; Occurrence ot 

Proteins in the Different Parts of Plants, and 
their General Characteristics; Isolation and Prep¬ 
aration of Seed Proteins; Basic and Acid Proper¬ 
ties of Proteins; Solubility of Vegetable Pro¬ 
teins; Precipitation of Vegetable Proteins; De¬ 
naturing of Vegetable Proteins; Physical Con¬ 
stants of Vegetable Proteins; Products of Hy¬ 
drolysis of Vegetable Proteins; Classification of 
Vegetable Proteins; Some Physiological Rela¬ 
tions of Vegetable Proteins to the Animal Or¬ 
ganism and the Biological Relations of Seed 
Proteins to One Another. 

Pictet, A. The Vegetable Alkaloids. With 
particular reference to their chemical 
constitution. From the Second French 
Edition. Rendered into English, re¬ 
vised and enlarged by H. C. Biddle. 
6x9. cloth. 512 pp. N. Y., 1904. $4.50 

Plimmer, R. H. A. The Chemical Consti¬ 
tution of the Proteins. In three parts. 
Part I. Analysis. Third Edition. Il¬ 


lustrated. 6x 0P/2. boards. 175 pp. 
('Monographs on Biochemistry.,) Lon¬ 
don, 1917. $2.25 

Plimmer, R. H. A. Practical Organic and 
Bio-Chemistry. Illustrated. 6)4 x 10. 
cloth. 647 pp. London, 1915. $ 5 .co 

Contents: Recognition of an Organic Com¬ 
pound Isolation and Preparation of Pure Or¬ 
ganic Compounds; Composition of Organic Com¬ 
pounds; Identification of an Organic Compound; 
Hydrocarbons; Halogen Derivatives of the Hy¬ 
drocarbons; Alcohols; Esters Ethers; Mercaptans 
and Sulphides; Aldehydes; Ketones; Acetone; 
Fatty Acids; Halogen Substitution Derivatives 
of the Fatty Acids; Acid or Acyl Chlorides; 
Acid Anhydrides; Carbohydrated Enzymes Fer¬ 
mentation; Individual Groups of Proteins; Chem¬ 
ical Constitution of Haemin and Haematopor- 
phyrin; Pigments of Leaves; Metabolism; Com¬ 
position of the Commoner Tissues Used as 
Food-Stuffs for Animals. 

Robertson, T. B. The Physical Chemistry 
of the Proteins. 6x9. cloth. 500 pp. 
London, 1918. net, $5.00 

Contents: Chemical Statics in Protein Sys¬ 
tems. Chemical Constitution of the Proteins; 
Preparation of Pure Proteins; Quantitative Es¬ 
timation of the Proteins; Compounds of the 
Proteins. Electrochemistry of the Proteins. 
Formation and Dissociation of Protein Salts; 
Combining-Capacity of the Proteins; Electrical 
Conductivity of Solutions of Protein Salts; 
Electrochemistry of Coagulation. Physical Prop¬ 
erties of Protein Systems. Phenomena Which 
Accompany Changes in the State of Aggregation 
of Proteins; Certain Physical Properties of 
Protein Solutions, etc.; Optical Properties of 
Protein Solutions. Chemical Dynamics in Pro¬ 
tein Systems. Hydrolysis of the Polypeptids; 
Hydrolysis of the Proteins; Enzymatic Synthe¬ 
sis of Proteins; Technique of Electrochemical 
Measurements in Protein Systems. 

Snyder, Harry. The Chemistry of Plant 
and Animal Life. Fourth Revised Edi¬ 
tion. 102 illustrations. 5 x 7*4. cloth. 
410 pp. New York. 1916. $2.25 

Contents: Composition of Matter; Properties 
of Elements and Compounds; Laboratory Manip¬ 
ulation; Oxygen; Nitrogen; Carbon; Water; 
Air; Acids, Bases; Salts, and Neutralization; 
Hydrochloric Acid Chlorin and Chlorids; Nitric 
Acid and Nitrogen Compounds; Phosphorus, Sul¬ 
fur, Silicon and Their Compounds; Oxids of 
Carbon and Carbon Compounds; Writing Equa¬ 
tions; Potassium, Sodium, Calcium, etc., and 
Their Compounds; The Water Content and Ash 
of Plants; The Non-nitrogenous Organic Com¬ 
pounds of Plants; Nitrogenous Organic Com¬ 
pounds of Plants; Chemistry of Plant Growth; : 
Composition of Plants at Different Stages of 
Growth; Factors Which Influence the Composi¬ 
tion and Feeding Value of Crops; Composition 
of Coarse Fodders; Wheat; Maise, Oats, Barley, 
Rye, etc.; Mill and By-products; Roots, Tubers, 
and Fruits; Fermentation; Chemistry of Diges¬ 
tion and Nutrition; Rational Feeding of Ani¬ 
mals; Composition of Animal Bodies; Rational 
Feeding of Men. 

Spiegel, Leopold. Chemical Constitution 
and Physiological Action. Translated 
with additions from the German by C. 
Luedeking and A. C. Boylston. 5^ x 






CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


21 


7$i. »loth. 162 pp. New York, 1915. 

net, $1.25 

Contents: General Considerations; Inorganic 
Compounds; Organic Compounds; Aliphatic Se¬ 
ries; Alachydes and Ketones; Acids and Deriva¬ 
tives; Aromatic Series; Inner Disinfection; Hy¬ 
droaromatic Compounds; Nitrogen Compounds; 
Ammonia and Simple Derivatives; Ammonium 
Bases; Cyclic Bases and Alkaloids; Group Atro¬ 
pine-Cocaine; Opium Alkaloids and Relatives; 
Veronal Group; Quinine and Relatives; Purin 


Group; Hydrazin and H^droxylamin; Hypo- 
nitrous Acid Derivatives; Resume. 

Tashiro, Shiro. A Chemical Sign of Life. 
Illustrated. 5 Va^7 1 /2. cloth. 142 pp. 
Chicago, 1917. $1.00 

Contents: Irritability as a Sign of Life; 
Chemical Signs of Irritability in the Nerve 
Fiber; Excitation and Conduction; Chemical 
Signs of Life; Conclusions; Appendix; The 
Biometer. 


CATALYSIS 


Ellig, Carleton G. The Hydrogenation of 
Oils, Catalyzers and Catalysis and the- 
Generation of Hydrogen and Oxygen. 
Second Edition , thoroughly revised and 
enlarged. 240 illustrations. 6^4 x 9L2. 
cloth. 767 pp. N. Y., 1919. $7.50 

Contents: Methods of Hydrogenation; Cata¬ 
lyzers and Their Role in Hydrogenation Proc¬ 
esses; The Base Metals as Catalyzers; The Oc¬ 
clusion of Hydrogen and the Mechanism of Hy¬ 
drogen Addition; The Analytical Constants of 
Hydrogenated Oils; Edible Hydrogenated Oils; 
Use of Hydrogenated Oils and Their Utilization 
in Soap Making; Uses of Hydrogenated Oils 
and Properties of Certain Hardened Products; 
Hydrogenation Practice; The Hydrogenation of 
Petroleum; The Hydrogen Problem in Oil 
Hardening; Water Gas as a Source of Hydrogen 
and the Replacement of Carbon Monoxide by 
Hydrogen; Liquefaction and Other Methods for 
the Removal of Carbon Monoxide; Hydrogen by 
the Deeomposition of Hydrocarbons; Hydrogen 
by the Action of Steam on Heated Metals; Ac¬ 
tion of Acids on Metals; Miscellaneous Methods 
©f Hydrogen Generation; Hydrogen and Oxygen 
kr Electrolysis of Water; Precautions in Han¬ 
dling Hydrogen; Appendices. 

Henderson, G. G. Catalysis in Industrial 
Chemistry. 5*4 x 8^4. cloth. 211 pp. 
London, 1919. $3-4° 

Contents: Catalysis and Catalysts: General¬ 
ities; Preparation of Active Metals; Hydrogen; 
Chlorine and Chlorine Compounds; Graphite; 
Carbon Tetrachloride and Oxychloride; Carbon 
Disulnhide, Elimination from Coal Gas; Sulphur, 
Sulphuric Acid, Sulphuryl Chloride, Persul- 
phates; Regeneration of Chromic Acid; Am¬ 
monia; Other Compounds of Nitrogen; Nitric 


Acid; Ammonia; Other Compounds of Nitrogen; 
Nitric Acid; Hydrogenation; Dehydrogenation; 
Oxidation, in Gaseous Systems; Oxidation, in 
Liquid Systems; Hydration and Hydrolysis; De¬ 
hydration; Polymerization; Condensation; Prep¬ 
aration of Hydrocarbons; Preparation of Hal¬ 
ogen Derivatives; Sulphonation and Nitration; 
Preparation of Amine Derivatives: Diazo-Com- 
pounds; Preparation of Aldehydes and Ketones; 
Preparation of Sulphur Compounds; Intra¬ 
molecular Rearrangement; Enzymes; Surface 
Combustion; List of Catalysis. 

Jobling, E. Catalysis and Its Industrial 
Applications. 12 illustrations. 5 x 7*4. 
cloth. 128 pp. Phila., 1916. Reprinting 

Contents: Sulphuric Acid Manufacture; Indus¬ 
trial Chlorine, Salt Cake and Sulphur Recovery; 
Fixation of Atmospheric Nitrogen; Surface Ac¬ 
tion; Hydrogenation; Dehydrogenation and Oxi¬ 
dation; Dehydration, Hydrolysis, etc. 

Maxted, Edw. B. Catalytic Hydrogena¬ 
tion and Reduction. 12 -llustrations. 
5x7^4. cloth. 112 pp. Philadelphia, 
1919. * $2.00 
Contents: Historical Introduction; Preparation 
of Catalysis; Methods of Catalytic Hydrogena¬ 
tion; Hydrogenation of Unsaturated Chains; Hy¬ 
drogenation of Unsaturated Rings; Miscellaneous 
Reductions; Dehydrogenation; The Technical 
Hydrogenation of Unsaturated Oils. 

Rideal E. K., and Taylor, H. S. Catalysis 
in Theory and Practice. Illustrated. 
6x9. cloth. 511 pp. N. Y„ 1919. $6.00 
Sabatier, Paul. Catalysis in Organic 
Chemistry. Translated from the French, 
by E. Emmet Reid. In Press 


INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY 


Benson Henry K. Industrial Chemistry 
for Engineering Students. 52 illustra¬ 
tions. 5*4 x 7U- cloth. 445 PP- New 
York, 1915. $2.50 

Contents: General Processes and Apparatus; 
The Atmosphere; Industrial Water; Combustion 
and Destructive Distillation; Solid Fuels; Liquid 
and Gaseous Fuels; Petroleum and Lubricating 
Oils; The Manufacture of Pig Iron; Commer¬ 
cial Forms of Iron and Steel; The Industrial 
Alloys; Clay Products; Hydraulic Cements and 
Lime Products; Paving Materials and Wood 
Preservation; Paint and Varnish Materials; 
Plastics for Electrical Insulation; Cellulose Pro¬ 
ducts; Explosive Materials. 


Blount, B., and Bloxam, A. G. Giemistry 
for Engineers and Manufacturers. A 
practical text-book. In two volumes. 
6 x 8 24. cloth. 

Vol. I. Chemistry of Enginering, Build¬ 
ing, and Metallurgy. Second Edition. 
55 illustrations. 404 pp. London, 1911. 

$5-oo 

Contents: Chemistry of the Chief Materials 
of Construction: Of the Sources of Energy; Of 
Steam Raising; Of Lubricants and Lubrication. 
Metallurgy. Metalliferous Ores and Processes; 
Platinum Groups of Metals; Metals Difficult of 
Reduction. 







22 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Vol. II. Chemistty of Manufacturing 
Processes. Second Edition. 47 illus¬ 
trations. 6 x 8 > 4 - cloth. 528 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1913, net, $5.00 

Contents: Sulphuric Acid Manufacture; Al¬ 
kali and its By-Products; Destructive Distilla¬ 
tion; Artificial Manure Manufacture; . Petro¬ 
leum; Lime and Cement; Clay Industries, and 
Glass; Sugar 1 and Starch; Brewing and Distill¬ 
ing; Oils, Resins, and Varnishes; Soap and 
Candles; Textiles and Bleaching; Coloring Mat¬ 
ters, Dyeing and Printing; Paper and Paste¬ 
board; Pigments and Paints; Manufacture of 
Leather, Glue, and Size; Explosives; Minor 
Chemical Manufactures. 

Bourcart, E. Insecticides, Fungicides and 
Weedkillers. A practical manual on the 
diseases of plants and their remedies, 
for the use of manufacturing chemists, 
agriculturists, arboriculturists and hor¬ 
ticulturists. Translated from the French, 
revised and adapted to British standards 
and practice by Donald Grant. 83 tables, 
12 illustrations. 6x8j4* cloth. 450 pp. 
New York, 1913. $6.00 

Davis, George E. Handbook of Chemical 
Engineering. Second Edition. Two 
volumes. Illustrated. 7 x io} 4 . cloth. 
1059 pp. Manchester, 1904. Reprinting 

Contents: Introduction; The Technical Labor¬ 
atory; Materials Used in Plant Construction; 
Weighing and Measuring; Steam Production and 
Distribution; Power and its Application; Moving 
Solids, Liquids and Gases; Treating and Prepar¬ 
ing Solids; Application of Heat and Cold; Separ¬ 
ating Solubles from Insolubles; Absorbing and 
Compressing Gases; Evaporation and Distillation, 
Crystalization and Dialysis; Electrolysis and 
Electro-Smelting; Construction of Packages; Or- 
ganization and Building; Index. 

Duncan, Robert K. The Chemistry of 
Commerce. A simple interpretation of 
some new chemistry in its relation to 
modern industry. 58 illustrations. $ l A 
x8^. cloth. 275 pp, N. Y., 1907. $2.25 

Contents: Catalysis; Problem of the Fixation 
of Nitrogen; Rare Earths and Some of Their 
Applications; High Temperatures and Modern 
Industry; Modern Chemistry and Glass-making; 
Floral Perfumes; Making of Medicines; New 
Microbe Inoculation; Cellulose; Industrial Fel¬ 
lowships. 

Dyson, S. S. A Manual of Chemical 
Plant. Illustrated. In twelve parts. 
7x10. paper. Dover, England, 1916- 
1919. (Not sold separately) $7.50 

A record of the practical outcome of research 
and experiment as embodied in the range of 
plant which is actually available for the carry¬ 
ing out of the operations and processes of in¬ 
dustrial chemistry. The work therefore places 
in the hands of the chemical engineer, the chem- 
ical manufacturer, the chemical works manager, 
and the student of chemical technology the re¬ 
sults of a long and patient examination of the 
claims of almost every new piece of chemical 
plant that has been introduced during the last 
twenty-five years, together with an exhaustive 
analysis of the patent literature of the same 
period. Each part consists of about forty pages. 


Dyson, S. S., and Clarkson, S. S. Chem¬ 
ical Works, Their Design, Erection and 
Equipment. 80 illustrations, 9 folding 
plates. 6 l /2 x 10. cloth. 220 pp. New 
York, 1912. $9.00 

Contents: Choice of Site; Notes on Materials 
Used in Construction; First Principles in Lay¬ 
ing Out a Works: Arrangement of Buildings; 
Stores; Workshops; The Drainage System; 
Foundations; Retaining Walls; Fire Prevention; 
Ambulance Arrangements. The Power House: 
Boilers; Coal Store; Automatic Weighing Ma¬ 
chines; Chimney; Economizers; Steam Engines; 
Steam Turbines. Sulphuric Acid Plant: Gen¬ 
eral Design; Chambers; Glover Tower; Gay- 
Lussac Tower; Notes on Vitriol Manufacture; 
# Recent Developments in Vitriol Plant Design 
and Working. Hydrochloric Acid Plant; Nitric 
Acid Plant; Notes on High Explosives Plant; 
Sulphate of Ammonia Plant; Notes on Artificial 
Manure Plant; General Plant; On the Chemical 
Engineer; The Saw-Mill and Box-Making De¬ 
partment; The Alkali, etc., Works Regulation 
Act: Alkali Works and Alkali Waste; Sul¬ 

phuric Acid, Muriatic Acid and Other Specified 
Works; Regulation of Works: Inspection; Spe¬ 
cial Rules; Procedure. “Welfare Work” or 
“Prosperity Sharing.” 

Grossman, J. The Elements of Chemical 
Engineering. With a preface by Sir W. 
Ramsay. Second Edition, revised. 50 
illustrations. 5^4 x 8. cloth. 160 pp. 
London, 1913. $2.00 

Contents: The Beaker; Distilling Flasks; Lie¬ 
big Condensers; Fractionating Tubes; Air-Bath; 
The Blowpipe and the Crucible; The Steam 
Boiler and Other Sources of Power; Application 
of Heat in Chemical Engineering; The Funnel; 
The Mortar; Measuring Instruments; Materials 
Used in Chemical Engineering, and Their Mode 
of Application; Technical Research and the De¬ 
signing of Plant; Current Prices of Chemicals 
and Materials. 

Groves, C. E., and Thorp, W. (Editors). 
Chemical Technology. The application 
of chemistry to the arts and manufac¬ 
tures. Each volume sold separately. 

Vol. I. Fuel and Its Applications. By 

E. J. Mills and F. J. Rowan. Illus¬ 
trated. 6x9. half morocco. Phila¬ 
delphia, 1889. $6.00 

Vol. II. Lighting. Candles, Oils, 
Lamps, etc. By W. Y. Dent, L. Field, 
Boverton Redwood and D. A. Louis. 
Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. Philadelphia, 
1895- $5.00 

Vol. III. Gas Lighting. By Chas. 
Hunt. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. Phila¬ 
delphia, 1900. $4.50 

Vol. IV. Electric Lighting and Pho¬ 
tometry. By Arthur G. Cooke and W. 
J. Dibdin. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 
Philadelphia, 1903. $4.50 

Hamlin, M. L. Action of Chemicals on 
Industrial Materials. In Press 












CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


23 


Hinckley, J. W. . Chemical Engineering. 
Notes on grinding, sifting, separating, 
and transporting solids. Illustrated. 
5 x 7. cloth. 103 pp. Phila., 1914. $3.00 

INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY SERIES. 

A new series of handbooks covering 
the many industrial applications of 
chemistry. Each volume is complete in 
itself and gives a general survey of the 
industry, showing how chemical prin¬ 
ciples are applied, and how they affect 
manufacturing processes. 5/2 x 8 1 / 2 . 
cloth. London. Nine volumes now 
ready. 

Whittaker, C. M. The Application of the 
Coal Tar Dyestuffs. The principles in¬ 
volved and the methods employed. 225 
pp. ' $3.00 

Partington, J. R. The Alkali Industry. 

63 illustrations. 318 pp. $3 00 

Collins, S. H. Plant Products and Chem¬ 
ical Fertilizers. 235 pp. $3.00 

Barnett, E. DeB. Coal Tar Dyes and 
Intermediates. 229 pp. $3.50 

Rideal, Eric K. Industrial Electro¬ 
metallurgy, Including Electrolytic and 
Electrothermal Processes. Illustrated. 
259 pp. $3.00 

Greenwood, H. C. Industrial Gases. 23 
illustrations. 388 pp. $5-oo 

Barnett, E. DeB. Explosives. 33 illus¬ 
trations, 256 pp. $5-oo 

Collins, S. H. Chemical Fertilizers and 
Parasiticides. Illustrated. 286 pp. $3.50 
Taylor, H. S. Fuel Production and Util¬ 
ization. Illustrated. 311 pp. $4.00 
Others in Preparation 
Audley, J. A. Silica and the Silicates 
Barnett, E. DeB. Synthetic Dyes. 
Barrowcliff, M., and Carr, F. H. Organic 
Medicinal Chemicals. 

Bennett, H. G. Animal Proteids. 

Gray, H. H. Gas-Works Products. 
Morrell, R. S., Waele, A. E., and Rideal, S. 

Rubber, Resins, Paints and Varnishes. 
Pratt, A. E. Economic Metallurgy. 

Rideal, S. The Carbohydrates. 

Simmons, W. H. Fats, Waxes and Es¬ 
sential Oils. 

Sindall, R. W., and Bacon, W. Wood 
and Cellulose. 

Johnstone, Sydney J. The Rare Earth 
Industry. Including the manufacture of 
incandescent mantles, pyrophoric al¬ 
loys, and electrical glow lamps. To¬ 
gether with a chapter on The Industry 
of Radio-active Substances, by Alexan¬ 
der S. Russell. 42 illustrations. 6 j 4 x 


10. cloth. 144 pp. N. Y., 1915. $4.00 

Contents: The Thorium and Cerium Industry; 
Titanium; Zirconium; Tantalum and Niobium; 
Tungsten; The Incandescent Electric Glow Lamp 
Industry; Uranium; Vanadium; The Industry of 
Radioactive Substances. 

Kremann, R. The Application of Phys¬ 
ico-chemical Theory to Technical 
Processes and Manufacturing Meth¬ 
ods. Translated from the German by 
Harold E. Potts and edited by Albert 
Mond. 35 illustrations. 5^4 x 824 - 
cloth. 229 pp. N. Y., 1913. net. $3.00 

Contents: Two Fundamental Laws of the Me¬ 
chanical Theory of Heat; Reaction Velocity and 
Catalytes; Other Special Applications of the Law 
of Mass Action; Influence of Temperature on 
the Equilibrium-Constant; Dissociation Pres¬ 
sure: Application of the Phase Rule; Application 
of the Phase Rule to Solid-Liquid Systems; 
Transformation Phenomena in Hydraulic Bind¬ 
ing Agents; Other Applications of the Phase 
Rule; The Distribution Law; Adsorption Com¬ 
pounds; Reciprocal Pairs of Salts. 

Lassar-Cohn, Dr. An Introduction to 
Modern Scientific Chemistry. Trans¬ 
lated from the second German edition 
by M. M. Pattison Muir. New Edition. 
58 illustrations. s A x j l / 2 . cloth. 358 
pp. London, 1908. $2.25 

Contents: List of the Elements; Hydrogen Gas; 
Chlorine, Bromine, Iodine, Fluorine, and Their 
Compounds with Hydrogen; Hydrochloric Acid 
Gas; Acids, Bases and Salts; Hydrobromic, Hy- 
driodic and Hydrofluoric Acid; Atoms and Their 
Weights; Calculating Formula from the Results 
of Analyses; Molecules and Their Weights; Ox¬ 
ygen; Sulphur; Sulphuric Acid; Acid Salts; 
Double Salts; Basic Salts; Nitrogen; Nitric 
Acid; Aqua Regia; Explosives; Phosphorus; Vari¬ 
ous Modifications of Certain Elements; Ozone; 
Phosphoretted Hydrogen; Building up of Plants 
from Inorganic Substances; Arsenic; Antimony; 
Carbon; Organic Chemistry; Valencies of the 
Elements; Chemistry of Organized Substances; 
Asymmetric Carbon Atom; Manufacture of Coal- 
Gas; Acetylene Gas; Petroleum; Flame; Silicon; 
The Metals; The Light Metals; Preparation of 
the Light MetaJs by Electricity; Potassium; 
Sodium; Calcium; Magnesium; Aluminum; The 
Systematic Arrangements of the Elements. 

Leighou, Robert B. Chemistry of Mate¬ 
rials of the Machine and Building In¬ 
dustries. Illustrations. sA x 8 l 4 - cloth. 
464 pp. New York, 1917. $3 50 

Levy, S. I. The Rare Earths. Their 
occurrence, chemistry and technology. 
Illustrated. 5^x8^. cloth. New 
York, 1915. $4.00 

Contents: The Occurrence of the Elements in 
Nature. Nature of the Minerals, and Their 

Mode of Occurrence; Silicates; Titano-silicates 

and Titanates; Tantalo-Columbates; Oxidea 
and Carbonates; Phosphates and Halides; Mon- 
azite Sands; Radioactivity of the Minerals. 
Chemistry of the Elements. General Properties 
of the Cerium and Yttrium Groups; General 
Methods of Separation; The Cerium Group; The 
Terbium Group; The Erbium and Ytterbium 

Groups, Yttrium and Scandium; The Group IVa 




24 


D. VAN NO STRAND COMPANY’S 


Elements; Zirconium and Thorium. The Tech¬ 
nology of the Elements. Incandescent Mantle 
industry—Historical and General Introduction; 
Chemical Treatment of Monazite; Manufacture 
of Mantles from Cotton and Ramie; Artificial 
Silk; Other Technological Uses of the Cerium 
and Yttrium Elements with Zirconium and Tho¬ 
rium; Industrial Applications of Titanium and 
Its Compounds. 

McNair, Jas. B. Citrus By-Products. 

In Press 

Contents: Necessity for the Industry; By- 
Products from the Rind, Pulp, Seeds, and where 
the whole Fruit is used; By-Products from the 
Flowers, Leaves and Stems; Cost of By-Prod¬ 
ucts and Market Conditions; The Industry in 
North America, Central America, South America, 
Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia; Appendix. 


Volume IL 498 pp. $14.50 

Contents: Disinfectants and Antiseptic*; In¬ 
secticides, Fungicides and Sheep Dips; Artificial 
Manures; Industry of Aluminium Compounds; 
Artificial Zeolite or Permutite Industry; Artificial 
Gems; Aluminium-Thermics; Calcareous Cements; 
Sorrel Cement; Artificial Stone; Sodium Silicate, 
Water-Glass, Soluble Glass; Lutes and Miscel¬ 
laneous Cements; Clays and Allied Materials; 
Pottery, Earthenware, Porcelain; Stoneware and 
Sanitary Ware; Bricks; Lime-sand Bricks; Tiles; 
Furnace Linings and Other Refractory iMaterials; 
Glass; Enamels; Asbestos Industry; Mica; 
Thorium and Cerium Industry; Titanium, Zir¬ 
conium; Tantalum and Niobium; Tungsten; In¬ 
candescent Electric Glow Lamp Industry; 
Uranium Vanadium; Radioactive Substances; 
Electric Furnace Products Industry; Grinding 
and Polishing Materials; Phosphorus; Matches. 


Martin, G. Industrial and Manufacturing 
Chemistry. Second Revised and En¬ 
larged Edition. In two parts. (3 vol¬ 
umes.) Part I., Organic. 249 illustra¬ 
tions. 6 l / 2 x 10. cloth. 754 pp. New 
York, 1915. $12.50 

Contents: Oil, Fat, Varnish, and Soap Indus¬ 
try; The Sugar Industry; Starch Industry; Cel¬ 
lulose Industry; Fermentation Industry; Char¬ 
coal and _Wood-distilling Industries; Turpentine 
and Resin Industry; Industrial Gums and 
Resins; Rubber Industry; Industry of Aliphatic 
Chemicals; Illuminating Gas Industry; Coal-tar 
and Coal-tar Products; Synthetic Colouring Mat¬ 
ters; Natural Dyestuffs; Ink Industry; Paint 
and Pigment Industry; Textile Fibre, Bleaching 
and Proofing Industries; The Dyeing and Colour- 
printing; Leather and Tanning; Glue, Gelatine 
and Albumen Industries; Modern Synthetic and 
Other Drugs; Modern Explosives Industry; In¬ 
dustry of Photographic Chemicals. 


Part II. Inorganic. In two volumes. 
(Sold separately.) Illustrated. 6 l / 2 x 
10. cloth. N. Y., 1918. Each, $12.50 
Volume I. 516 pp. $12.50 


Contents: SolM Fuels; Manufacture of Bri 
quettes; Liquid Fuels; Furnaces; Coke Ovens 
Surface Combustion; Pyrometry and Pyroscopy 
Refrigeration and Ice-making Machinery; Th 
Liquefaction of Gases; Industrial Oxygen, Hy 
drogen, Nitrogen; Producer Gas; Carbon Dioxin 
Industry; Industrial Ozone; Technology of Wa 
ter; Artificial Mineral Waters; The Sulphu 
Industry; Sulphuric Acid; Manufacture of Sul 
phur Dioxide and Sulphites; Manufacture o 
CI ! Sulphur Compounds; The Salt Industry 
.he Manufacture of Hydrochloric Acid, of Sod 
mm Sulphate; General Survey of the Sodiur 
Carbonate Industry; Manufacture of Sodiur 
Carbonate and Caustic Soda by the Leblan 
I rocess, by the Ammonia Soda Process; Th 
Industry; Potassium Salts; Calciur 

Barium 8 S a e if IUm Cf Sa tS - ; Th ^ G yP sum Industry 
Pn™ m S 1 Strontium Salts; Compounds o 
Boion, Manufacture of Chlorine by the Weldoi 

Alt,!?”? 9 " 5 r0 ^ se ?» Electrolytic Chlorine am 
Alkali, Liquid Chlorine; Manufacture of Chlor 
ates and Perchlorates; Bleaching Powder an< 
Hypochlorites; Bromine Industry; Iodine, Hv 
drofluonc Acid, Peroxides and Peracids; Circu 
lation of Nitrogen in Nature; Nitric Acid In 
dustry; Nitrate Industry; Ammonia and Am 

f«Trv. Sa r S; ^' nthetic , A ™ monia i Cyanamidi 
Industry, Cyanide and Prussiate Industry 
Manufacture of Nitrous Oxide. 


Martin, G., and others. Industrial Gases. 
Including the liquefaction of gases and 
the manufacture of hydrogen, oxygen, 
nitrogen, carbon dioxide, sulphur, diox¬ 
ide, sulphur dioxide, ammonia, pro¬ 
ducer gas, illuminating gas, acetylene, 
ozone, etc. 84 illustrations, 3 folding 
plates. 6]/ 2 x 10. cloth. 158 pp. New 
York, 1916. $4.00 

Contents: The Liquefaction of Gases, includ¬ 
ing the Manufacture of Oxygen, Nitrogen, and 
Hydrogen from Liquefied Gases, by John M. 
Dickson; Industrial Oxygen, by G. Martin; In 
dustrial Nitrogen, by G. Martin; Hydrogen, by 
H. S. Redgrove; Producer Gas, by H. S. Red- 
grove; The Carbon Dioxide (Carbonic Acid) 
Industry, by H. S. Redgrove; Manufacture of 
Nitrous Oxide, by G. Martin; The Ammonia 
and Ammonium Salts Industry, by G. Martin; 
Manufacture of Sulphur Dioxide and Sulphites, 
by G. Martin; Acetylene, by Frank B. Gate¬ 
house; The Illuminating Gas Industry, by Ernest 
A. Dancaster. 

Molinari, E., Treatise on General and 
Industrial Inorganic Chemistry. Second 
Edition, translated from the Fourth 
Revised and Amplified Italian Edition 
by Thomas H. Pope. 330 illustrations. 
6 l / 2 x 10. cloth. 895 pp. Philadelphia, 

\ 9 20 • $12.00 

Contents: GENERAL. Matter, Space, substance, 
Mass; Physical and Chemical Phenomena; His¬ 
tory of Chemistry; Fundamental Laws of Mod¬ 
ern Chemistry; Laws of Matter in the Gaseous 
State; Chemical Equations; Matter in the Liquid 
State; Study of Dilute Solutions; Matter in the 
Solid State; SPECIAL PART. Classification of 
the Elements; Non-Metals; Hydrogen Com- 
pounds of t'ae Halogens; Oxygen Compounds of 
the ilalogena; Oxygen Group; Hydrogen Com¬ 
pounds of the Group; Oxygen, Sulphur, Selenn- J 
mm, Tellurium; Oxygen Compounds of Sul- | 
pluir, Selenium and Tellurium; Nitrogen Group; j 
\ anarium; ^ Columbium; Tantalum; Carbon 
Group; METALS. Electrochemistry; Magnesium 1 
Sub-Group; Group of Copper, Silver and Gold; 1 
Tnvalent Metals; Tetravalent Metals; Platinum ] 
Group. 

Molinari, E. Treatise on General and I 
Industrial Organic Chemistry. Trans- 
lated from the Second Enlarged and 
Revised' Edition, by T. H. Pope. 506 
illustrations. 6/ x 10. cloth. 789 pp. 





CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


Philadelphia, 1913. Reprinting 

Contents: Purification of Organic Compounds; 
Analysis of Organic Compounds; Calculation of 
Empirical Formulae; Determination of Molecular 
Weight by Chemical Means; Polymerism; Val¬ 
ency of Carbon, Constitutional Formulae, Iso¬ 
merism, Metamerism, Pseudoisomerism, Tauto- 
merisin Desmotropy; Stereoisomerism, or Space 
Isomerism; Homology, Isology; Physical Proper¬ 
ties of Organic Compounds in Relation to the 
Chemical Composition and Constitution; Classi¬ 
fication of Organic Compounds; Official Nomen- 
elature; Saturated Hydrocarbons; Unsaturated 
Hydrocarbons; Halogen Derivatives of Hydro¬ 
carbons; Alcohols; Derivatives of Alcohols; Al¬ 
dehydes and Ketones; Derivatives of Polyhydric 
Alcohols; Monobasic Saturated Fatty Acids; 
Monobasic Unsaturated Fatty Acids; Oleric or 
Acrylic Series; Acids with Three Double Link- 
lings; Polybasic Fatty Acids; Unsaturated Di¬ 
basic Acids; Tribasic Acids; Tetrabasic Acids; 
Derivatives of Acids; Cyanogen Compounds; De¬ 
rivatives of Carbonic Acid; Treatment of 
Fats for Oils and Soaps; Aldehydic or Ketonic 
Polyhydric Alcohols; Industrial Preparation of 
Sucrose; Cyclic Compounds; Isocyclic Com¬ 
pounds; Aromatic Hydrocarbons; Halogen Sub¬ 
stitution Derivatives of Benzene; Sulphonic 
Acids; Phenols; Quinones; Nitro-Derivatives of 
Aromatic Hydrocarbons; Amino-Derivatives of 
Aromatic Hydrocarbons; Nitrophenols, Amino- 
phenols and Thiophenols; Azo-Diazo and Diazo- 
amino-compounds and Hydrazines; Aromatic Al¬ 
cohols, Aldehydes and Ketones; Hydroxy-Alco- 
hols-Aldehydes and Ketonic Alcohols; Aromatic 
Acids; Hydrogenated Benzene Compounds; Con¬ 
densed Benzene Nuclei; Heterocyclic Compounds; 
Colouring Matters; Textile Fibres; Quantitative 
Analysis of Mixtures of Textile Fibres; Dyeing 
and Printing Test; Fastness; Theory of Dyeing; 
Proteins; Glucosides and Other Substances. 

Nagel, Oscar. The Mechanical Appliances 
of the Chemical and Metallurgical In¬ 
dustries. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth: 307 
pp. New York, 1908. $2.50 

Contents: General; Steam and Water Power; 
Gas Power; Electric Power; Transportation of 
Solids; Transportation of Liquids; Transporta¬ 
tion of Gases; Grinding; Mixing Machines; Fir¬ 
ing and Furnaces; Separating; Purification of 
Gases; Evaporating, Distilling and Condensing; 
Drying Appliances; Measurement of Tempera¬ 
ture; The Works Chemist as Engineer. A use¬ 
ful book, descriptive rather than analytical and 
•ritical in character. 

Rogers, Allen. Elements of Industrial 
Chemistry. An abridgement of “Man¬ 
ual of Industrial Chemistry,” written by 
forty eminent specialists and edited by 
Allen Rogers. 117 illustrations, 1 fold¬ 
ing plate. 5 l s 4 x 8 . cloth. 521pp. New 
York, 1916. net, $3.00 

Contents: General Processes; Water, Its Uses 
and Purification; Fuels; Sulphuric Acid; Nitric 
Acid; Elements and Inorganic Compounds; Cera¬ 
mic Materials and Products; Pigments; Fertil¬ 
izers; Illuminating Gas; Coal-Tar and Its Dis¬ 
tillation Products; The Petroleum Industry; The 
Destructive Distillation of Wood; Oils, Fats and 
Waxes; Lubricating Oils; Soap, Soap Powder 
and Glycerine; Essential Oils; Resins, Oleo- 
Resins, Gum-Resins, Gums; Varnish; Sugar; 
Starch, Glucose, Dextrin and Gluten; Beer, Wine 
and Liquor; Textiles; Dyestuffs and Their Ap- 

E lieation; The Paper Industry; Explosives; 
.eatker. 


Rogers, Allen. Industrial Chemistry. A 
manual for the student and manufac¬ 
turer. Third Edition, thoroughly re¬ 
vised and enlarged. 377 illustrations. 
6^x924. flexible fabrikoid. 1255 pp. 
New York, 1920. $7.50 

Contents: General Processes, by Allen Rogers; 
Water for Industrial Purposes, by H. Stabler 
and A. A. Chambers; Fuels, by J. C. W. Frazer; 
Sulphuric Acid, by W. M. Grosvenor; Nitric 
Acid, by W. 'ML Grosvenor; Salt and Hydro¬ 
chloric Acid, by O. L. Shinn; Elements and 
Compounds, by Allen Rogers; Chlorine and Al¬ 
lied Products, by W. F. Doerflinger; Electro¬ 
chemical Industries, by W. L. Landis; Lime, 
Cement and Plaster, by Richard K. Meade; 
Clay, Bricks and Pottery, by Allen Rogers; 
Glass, by James Gillinder; White Lead, by 
G. W. Thompson; Zinc Oxide, by George B. 
Heckel; Pigments and Paint Oils, by Maxi¬ 
milian Toch; Mixed Paints, by Henry A. Gard¬ 
ner; The Metallurgy of Iron and Steel, by 
Bradley Stoughton; Fertilizers, by A. G. Still¬ 
well; Commercial Organic Chemicals, by Allen 
Rogers; Illuminating Gas, by W. II. Fulweiler; 
Coal Tar and Its Distillation Products, by F. EL 
Dodge; The Petroleum Industry, by Thomas T. 
Gray; The Destructive Distillation of Wood, by 
W. B. Harper; Oils, Fats and Waxes, by Carlo 
ton Ellis; Linseed Oil, by G. W. Thompson; 
Hydrogenation of Oils, by Carleton Ellis; Lub¬ 
ricating Oils, by Augustus H. Gill; Soaps ana 
Soap Powder, by Lincoln Burrows; Glycerine, 
by A. C. Langmuir; Laundering, by W. F. 
Faragher; Essential Oils, Synthetic Perfumes 
and Flavoring Materials, by Alois von Isako- 
vics; Turpentine and Rosin, by Charles H- 
Herty; Resans, Oleo-Resins, Gum-Resins and 
Gums, by Allen Rogers; Shellac, by A. C- 
Langmuir; Rubber and Allied Gums, by Fred¬ 
eric Dannerth; Varnish, by A. H, Sabin; Sugar, 
by Guilford L. Spencer; Starch, Glucose, Dex¬ 
trin and Gluten, by G. W. Rolfe; Brewing and 
Malting, by Robert Wahl; Wine Making, by L. 
W. Haas; Distilled Liquors, by Gustave L. 
Goob; Textiles, by J. Merritt Matthews; Dye¬ 
stuffs and Their Application, by L. A. Olney; 
The Art of Paper 'Making, by G. F. Lull ; Cellu¬ 
lose Industries, by Jasper E. Crane; Explosives, 
by O. W. Willcox; Leather, by Allen Rogers; 
Glue and Gelatine, by Jerome Alexander; 
Casein, by E. L. Tague; Practical Applications 
•f Colloid Chemical Principles, by Jerome Alex¬ 
ander; Dehydrated, Dried and Evaporated Foods, 
Condensed Foods, by Clarence V. Ekroth; Bak¬ 
ing. by Arnold Wahl. 

Rogers, Allen. Laboratory Guide of In¬ 
dustrial Chemistry. Second Edition, 
entirely rewritten and enlarged. 33 il¬ 
lustrations. 5doth. 223 pp. 
New York, 1917. net, $2.00 

Contents: General Process; Inorganic Prepar¬ 
ations; Organic Preparations; Dyeing of Textile 
Fibres; Pigments and Lakes; Driers, Varnishes, 
Paints and Stains; Soap and Allied Products; 
Leather Manufacture; Wood Fiber. Pulp and 
Paper; Useful Data. 

Sadtler, S. P. Industrial Organic Chem¬ 
istry. Adapted for the use of manufac¬ 
turers, chemists, and all interested in 
the utilization of organic materials in 
the industrial arts. Fourth Edition, re¬ 
vised, enlarged and reset. 122 illustra- 




26 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


tions. 19 diagrams. 7 x 10. cloth. 
Philadelphia, 1912. $6.00 

Contents: Petroleum and Mineral Oil Indus¬ 
try; Industry of the Fats and Fatty Oils; In¬ 
dustry of the Essential Oils and Resins; The 
Cane-Sugar Industry; The Industries of Starch 
and Its Alteration Products; Fermentation In¬ 
dustries—Malt Liquors, Wine, Ardent Spirits, 
Bread, Vinegar; Milk Industries; Vegetable 
Textile Fibres—Paper-Making, Guncotton, etc.; 
Textile Fibres of Animal Origin—Wool, Silk, 
Artificial Silk; Animal Tissues and Their Pro¬ 
ducts—Leather, Glue, etc.; Industries Based 
Upon Destructive Distillation—Wood and Coal; 
The Artificial Coloring Matters; Natural Dye- 
Colors; Bleaching, Dyeing, and Textile Print¬ 
ing; The Metric System; Tables for Determina¬ 
tion of Temperature; Specific Gravity Tables; 
Alcohol Tables; Physical and Chemical Con¬ 
stants of Fixed Oils and Fats. 

Scheele, C. W. A Re-Issue of the Chem¬ 
ical Essays. Translated from the 
Transactions of the Academy of Sci¬ 
ences at Stockholm. With additions. 
First: published in 1786. 554 x 8 . cloth. 

300 pp. London, 1901. $2.50 

Scherer, R. Casein. Its preparation and 
technical utilization. Translated from 
the German by Charles Salter. Second 
Edition, revised and enlarged. Illus¬ 
trated. 5^4 x 824 . cloth. 196 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1911. $3.50 

Contents: Casein: Its Origin, Preparation and 
Properties; Various. Methods of Preparing It; 
Its Composition; Casein Paints; Technics of 
Casein Painting; Adhesives and Putties; Prep¬ 
aration of Plastic Masses from Casein; Uses of 
Casein in the Textile Industry, for Finishing, 
Colour Printing, etc.; Casein Foodstuffs; Sundry 
Applications; Compounds; Recent Patents Granted 
for the Improved Manufacture and Utilization of 
Casein. 

Slosson, Edwin E. Creative Chemistry. 
Descriptive of recent achievements in 
the chemical industries. Illustrated. 
554 x8. cloth. 320 pp. N. Y., 1919. $2.50 

Contents: Three Periods of Progress; Nitro¬ 
gen; Feeding the Soil; Coal-Tar Colors; Syn¬ 
thetic Perfumes and Flavors; Cellulose; Syn¬ 
thetic Plastics; The Race for Rubber; The Rival 
Sugars; What Comes from Corn; Solidified Sun. 
shine; Fighting with Fumes; Products of the 
Electrical Furnace; Metals. Old and New; Read¬ 
ing References. 

Stillman, Thomas B. Engineering Chem¬ 
istry. A manual of quantitative chem¬ 
ical analysis for the use of students, 
chemists and engineers. Fifth Edition. 
149 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 768 pp. 
Easton, 1916. . $6.00 

Contents: Examination and Analysis of Coal, 
Coke, Limestone, Iron Ores, and Pyrites; Com¬ 
mercial Sampling of Iron Ores; Analysis of 
Blast Furnace Slag; Analysis of Manganese 
Ores; Methods for Copper, Lead and Zinc; 
Graphic Method for Blast Furnace Charges; The 
Blast Furnace as a Power Plant; Cast Iron 
Analysis; Foundry Chemistry; Examination and 
Analysis of Steel; Analyses of Tin Plate; Al¬ 
loys; Chemical and Physical Examination of 


Portland and Natural Cements; Concrete; Anal¬ 
ysis of Clay, Kaolin, Fire Sand, Building Stones, 
etc.; Asphalt; Methods of Testing Coal Tar and 
Refined Tars, Oils and Pitches; Examination of 
Lubricating Oils; Remarks on Lubricants and 
Lubrication; Oils Used for Illumination; Linseed 
Oils; Fuel Oils; Ultimate Analysis of Oils; Soap 
Analysis; Paris Green; Paint Analysis; Chem¬ 
ical and Physical Analysis of Paper; Water 
Analysis Filtration; Water for Locomotive Lise: 
Feed Water Heaters; Fuel Economizers; Gas 
Analysis; Flue Gas Analysis; Of Illuminating 
Gas; Gas; Calorimetry; Manufacture of Water 
Gas; Natural Gas; Acetylene; Valuation of Cpal 
for Gas Production; Manufacture of Oil Gas; 
Practical Photometry; Pyrometry; Appendix; 
Analysis of Cylinder Deposits; Cyanides; Wels- 
bach Mantles; Gelatine Dynamite; Tables; De¬ 
termination of Phosphorus Pentoxide; Iron De¬ 
terminations. 


Thorpe, Edward. A Dictionary of Applied 
Chemistry. Revised Edition. 5 vols. 
London, 1916. 

Vol. I. fA-Che,). 208 illustrations. 6x9. 
cloth. 766 pp. $18.00 

Vol. II. fChi-GouJ. 294 illustrations. 
6x9. cloth. 794 pp. $i8.co 

Vol. III. fGr-Oils,). With illustrations. 
6x9. cloth. 797 pp. $18.00 

Vol. IV. ("Oilstone-Soda Nitre,). Illus¬ 
trated. 6x9. cloth. 735 pp. $18.00 
Vol. V. fSodium-Z,). With illustra¬ 
tions. 6x9. cloth. 838 pp. $18.00 


“The appearance of this second completely 
revised and enlarged edition is a matter of im¬ 
portance to the chemical profession. It would 
be difficult to find a more representative set of 
men than those chosen to treat the subjects pre¬ 
sented in this volume. From the standpoint of 
bibliography alone, the work is of inestimable 
value and a careful comparison of individual 
articles shows a consistent and judicious edi¬ 
torial policy. New chapters have been intro¬ 
duced. These, together with the extension of 
other subjects which have increased in import¬ 
ance since the first edition make the book of 
great reference value to the chemist and chem¬ 
ical engineer. The general workmanship on the 
volume is excellent. The paper and binding 
■L Ve ^ a dapted to withstand the hard service 
of the reference, library and laboratory and the 
chemical profession will receive the timely re¬ 
vision and reissue of this well known work with 
gratitude to both editors and publishers.”— 
Journal of Industrial and Engineering Chemistry. 


Thorp, Frank H. Outlines of Industrial 
Chemistry. A text-book for students. 
Third Edition, revised and enlarged bv 
Warren K. Lewis. 137 illustrations. 
0x9. cloth. 690 pp. N. Y., 1918. $3.75 


Vosmaer, A. Ozone, Its Manufacture, 
Properties, and Uses. 75 illustrations. 
0x954. cloth. 210 pp. New York, 
I91 ^* net, $2.50 

Contents: Nature of Ozone. Early History- 
Constitution; Nature; Occurrence; Properties- 
Tests. Manufacture of Ozone. Non-Electrical 
Methods; Electrical Methods; ^Electrical Dis¬ 
charges; Theory; Ozonators; Efficiency. Uses of 
Ozone. Purification of Drinking Water; Puri- 





CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


27 


fication. of Air; Therapeutic Uses; Use in the 
Industries; List of American Patents Bearing on 
Ozone; Bibliography. 

Watson, E. R. Color in Relation to 
Chemical Constitution. 65 illustrations, 
4 colored plates. 5^x8^. cloth. 210 
pp. London, 1918. ^Monographs on 
Industrial Chemistry.) $4.50 


Contents: Early History of the Subject; Dis¬ 
cussion of the Quinonoid Theory—Modifications 
of the Quinonoid Theory; Absorption Spectra— 
Methods of Examining and Recording; Absorp¬ 
tion Spectra of Typical Organic Substances and 
Dye-stuffs; Relationships Between Constitution 
and Depth of Color Theories of the Nature of 
the Vibrations Causing Absorption Bands and 
Color; Infra-Red Absorption Spectra of Or¬ 
ganic Substances; Fluorescence; The Color and 
Spectra of Inorganic Compounds. 


COLLOIDS 


Alexander, Jerome. Colloid Chemistry. 
An introduction, with some practical 
applications. Illustrated. 5x7. cloth. 
95 PP- New York, 1919. $1.00 

Contents: Introduction; Classification of Col¬ 
loids; Consequences of Subdivision; The Ultra¬ 
microscope; General Properties of Colloids; 
Practical Applications of Colloid Chemistry. 

Arndt, Kurt. A Popular Treatise on the 
Colloids in the Industrial Arts. Trans¬ 
lated from the Second Enlarged Ger¬ 
man Edition by Nahum E. Katz. 5X 
7%.. cloth. 80 pp. Easton, Pa., 1914. 

$1.00 

Bechhold, H, Colloids in Biology and 
Medicine. Authorized translation from 
the Second German Edition, with 
Notes and Emmendations by J. G. M. 
Bullowa. 54 illustrations. 6^4 x 954 - 
cloth. 478 pp. N. Y., 1919. $5.00 

Contents: Introduction to the Study of Col¬ 
loids. Introduction; What are Colloids? Sur¬ 
faces; Size of Particles, Molecular Weight, Os¬ 
motic Pressure, Conductivity; Phenomena of 
Motion; Consistency of Colloids; Optical, and 
Electrical Properties of Colloids; Methods of 
Colloid Research. The Biocolloids. Introduc¬ 
tion; Carbohydrates; Lipoids; Proteins; Food 
and Condiments; Enzymes; Immunity Reactions. 
The Organism as a Colloid System. Significance 
of the Colloidal Condition for the Organism; 
Metabolism and the Distribution of Material; 
Growth, Metamorphosis and Development; The 
Cell; The Movements of Organisms; Blood, Re¬ 
spiration, Circulation and its Disturbances; Ab¬ 
sorption; Secretion and Excretion; The Nerves; 
Toxicology and Pharmacology; Microscopical 
Technic. 

Burton, E. F. The Physical Properties of 
Colloidal Solutions. 18 illustrations. 
6x9. cloth. 208 pp. London, 1916. 

Reprinting 

Contents: Preparation and Classification of 
Colloidal Solutions; The Ultramicroscope; The 
Brownian Movement; The Optical Properties of 
Colloidal Solutions; Measurement of the Sizes 
of Ultramicroscopic Particles: Motion of Col¬ 
loidal Particles in an Electric Field, Cataphoresis; 
The Coagulation of Colloids; Theory of the Sta¬ 
bility of Colloids; Practical Applications of the 
Study of Colloidal Solutions. 

Hatschek, Emil. An Introduction to the 
Physics and Chemistry of Colloids. 
Third Edition. 17 illustrations. S/i x 


754 - cloth. 118 pp. Phifa., 1919. $1.75 

Contents: History of the Subject; Methods 
of Investigation as Applied to Elucidation of 
Peculiarities of Colloidal State; Viscosity of 
Liquids; Methods of Preparing Suspensoid Sols; 
Emulsions; Gels; Changes of Concentration of 
Boundary Surfaces; General Conclusions and 
Points of View to be Drawn from Preceding 
Chapters; Experimental Methods of Examination 
and Preparation. 

Hatschek, Emil. Laboratory Manual of 
Elementary Colloid Chemistry. 20 il¬ 
lustrations. 5 x 7V2. cloth. 135 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1920. $2.00 

Contents: General Remarks on Apparatus, Ma¬ 
terials and Procedure; Dialysis; Suspensoid Sols; 
Suspensions; Organosols; Emulsoid Sols and 
Gels; Egg Albumin Sol; Emulsions; Ultra- 
Filtration; Optical Methods of Examination; 
Cataphoresis; Electrolyte Precipitation of Sus¬ 
pensoid Sols; Mutual Precipitation of Suspen¬ 
soid Sols; Protection; Viscosity Measurements; 
Adsorptions; Capillary Analysis; Determination 
of an Adsorption Isotherm; The Liesegang Phe¬ 
nomenon. 

Ostwald, W. An Introduction to Theo¬ 
retical and Applied Colloid Chemistry. 
Translated by M. H. Fischer. 41 illus¬ 
trations. 6x9. cloth. 251 pp. New 
York, 1917. net, $2.50 

Contents: Fundamental Properties of the Col¬ 
loid State; Colloids as Examples of Dispersed 
Systems; Methods of Preparing Colloid Solu¬ 
tions; Classification of the Colloids; The 
Physico-Chemical Properties of the Colloids and 
Their Dependence upon the Degree of Disper¬ 
sion; Changes in State of Colloids; Scientific 
Applications of Colloid Chemistry; Some Tech¬ 
nical Applications of Colloid Chemistry. 

Ostwald, Wolfgang. A Handbook of Col¬ 
loid-Chemistry The recognition of 
coiloids, the theory of colloids, and 
their general physico-chemical proper¬ 
ties. Second Edition. Translated from 
the Third German Edition by Dr. Mar¬ 
tin H. Fischer, with numerous notes 
added by Emil Hatschek. 63 illustra¬ 
tions. 654 x g]/ 2 . cloth. 300 pp. Phila¬ 
delphia, 1919. $4.50 

Contents: Elementary General Colloid Analy¬ 
sis. Elementary Special Colloid Analysis. Gen¬ 
eral Colloid-Chemistry. General Constitution of 
Colloid Systems; Relations Between the Physical 
State and the General Properties of Col¬ 
loid Systems; General Energetics of the Dis- 
persoids; Distribution of the Colloid State and 
the Concept of Colloid Chemistry. Special Col¬ 
loid-Chemistry. Mechanical Properties of Col¬ 
loid Systems. 





D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


»8 


Posch, V. An Introduction to the Chem¬ 
istry of Colloids. A compendium of col¬ 
loidal chemistry for students, teachers 
and works managers. Translated from 
the Second Enlarged German Edition 
by H. H. Hodgson. 5 x 7 } 4 . cloth. 
114 pp. London, 1910. $i-75 

Contents: General Characteristics; Relation of 
Colloidal Solutions to Solutions Proper and to 
Suspensions; Dispersoids and Their Classification; 
Preparation of Colloidal Solutions; Research 
Methods; Ultramicroscopy; Recent Views on the 
Nature of the Colloid State; Importance of 
Colloidal Chemistry to Other Sciences and in 
Chemical Industry and Technology. • 

Rohland, Dr. P. The Colloidal and Crys- 
talloidal State of Matter. Translated 
by W. J. Britland and H. E. Potts. 
5x7^2. cloth. 54 pp. New York, 1912. 

Reprinting 

This subject concerns everyone who is not 
opposed to, or ignorant of, modern natural 
science, whether he is a technologist, indus¬ 
trialist, chemist, physicist, forestry worker, prac¬ 
tical doctor, physiologist, or natural philosopher, 
it will lead to work yielding splendid fruit and 
perhaps to the latent secrets of nature still to 
be disclosed. The book is written for general 
orientation in this field. 

Searle, Alfred B. The Uses of Colloids 
in Health and Disease. With foreword 
by Sir Malcolm Morris. Illustrated. 
6x9. cloth. 127 pp. London, 1920. 

. $3-5w 

Contents: Nature and Properties of Colloids; 
Animal ar.d Vegetable Fluids; Hygienic Uses of 
Colloids; Micro-Organisms and Disease; Poison¬ 
ing; Use of Colloids in Medicine; Preparation 
of Colloidal Sols; Colloids as Germicides and 
Disinfectants; Typical Colloidal Remedies and 
Their Uses; Conclusions. 

Taylor, W. W. The Chemistry of Col¬ 
loids, and Some Technical Applications. 
Illustrated. $ x / 2 x 7*/2. cloth. 336 pp. 
New York, 1915. $2.75 

Contents: General Properties of Colloids. 

General Differences between Suspensoids and 


Emulsions; Diffusion and Dialysis; 

Pressure and Molar Weight; Optical Properties, 
Brownian Movements; Size of Particle* a*J 
Ultra-Filtration; Electrical Properties; Pr w wg uH 
tion; Properties of Gels. Methods of Pre/us* 
tion. Crystallization Methods; Solution Meth¬ 
ods; Electrical Dispersion Methods. Adsorption. 
Surface Phenomena; Surface Concentration. Ap¬ 
plication of Colloid Chemistry. Semt-Coilnids; 
Dyeing; Tanning, The Soil, and Purification of 
Sewage; Applications of Colloid Chemistry 
Biology. 

Zsigmondy, Richard. Colloids and the Ul¬ 
tramicroscope. A manual of colloid 
chemistry and ultramicroscopy. Am- 
thorized translation by Jerome Alexan¬ 
der. Illustrated. 5 l 4 x 8 Li- clotk. 
pp. New York, 1909. $5.00 

Contents: Limitation of the Field; Claecifca¬ 
tion of Hydrosois According to Two Different 
Points of View; History of the Irreversible Col- 
loids; Facts Pointing to the Homogeneity of 
Gold Hydrosois; Development of Ultramicro¬ 
scopy; Description of the Apparatus for MakiBg 
Visible Ultramicroscopic Particles; Ccrtei* 
Terms Often Used Herein; Principles of Ultra- 
microscopic Investigation of Fluids; Preparation 
of Colloidal Gold Solutions; Ultramicroscoj^c 
Examination of the Solutions of Gold; Motion 
of the Gold Particles; Size and Color of the Par¬ 
ticles; Color Change of Colloidal Goldj Precipi¬ 
tation and Protection of Colloidal Gold; 
Filtration Experiments; Size of Gold Particles 
vs. Size of Other Bodies; Superior and Inferior 
Limits to Size of Particles; Amicroscopic Nuclei 
in Colorless Ruby Glass; General Remark* on 
Metal Hydrosois; Ultramicroscopic Examination 
of Certain Solutions and Suspensions; Forma¬ 
tion of Iiydrosol and Hydrogel. 

Zsigmondy, Richard. The Chemistry •£ 
Colloids. Translated by E. B. Spear. 
39 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 295 pp. 
New York, 1917. net, $3.©® 

Contentsr General Considerations; Classifica¬ 
tion, Properties of Colloids; Theory; Inorganic 
Colloids, Colloidal Nonmetals; Colloidal Oxi^os, 
Sulfides and Salts; Organic Colloids; Dycatwfia; 
Protein Bodies; Smoke, Flue Fumes, Li*(«id 
Particles in Gases, Rubber, Tanning, Milk, Col¬ 
loidal Graphite; Clays; Colloids in SanitMioo. 


ACIDS—BASES—SALTS 


Barger, Geo. The Simpler Natural Bases. 
6x9. cloth. 223 pp. London, 1914. 

$2.50 

Bingham, Chas. The Manufacture of Car¬ 
bide of Calcium. 39 illustrations. 5^4 
x8 : /2. cloth. 219 pp. London, 1916. $3.00 

Contents: Chemistry; Choice of Site; Ar¬ 
rangement of the Factory; Equipment; Electric 
Furnaces; Construction of the Furnaces—The 
Body; The Bottom Electrode Holders; The Up¬ 
per Electrode Holders; Crushing Apparatus; 
Screeners for Carbide; Transport Appliances; 
Laboratory; Drum-making Plant; Limekiln; Ma¬ 
terials of Manufacture; Results of Manufacture; 
Power Plant; Limekiln; Furnaces; Heat Losses 
in Furnace; Power Factor; Electrode Consump¬ 
tion; Packing; Testing of the Carbide and Qual¬ 
ity; Tables. 


Calvert, Albert F. Salt and the Salt 
Industry. Illustrated. 5x7^2. doth. 
158 pp. London, 1919. $i.e# 

Contents: The Chemistry and Propertiea ef 
Salt; The Beginnings of the Salt Industry; The 
Cheshire Wiches; Development of Brine Proc¬ 
esses; Formation and Extent of the Cheshire 
Deposits; The Cheshire Subsidences; Lateot 
Methods of Salt-Making; The Salt Market. 

Calvert, Albert F. Salt in Cheshire. Il¬ 
lustrated. 6 % x 9. cloth. 1240 pp. 
London, 1915. $io.o# 

Contents: The Chemistry of Salt. Early His. 
tory of the Cheshire Salt Industry; Salt and 
Salt-Making in the 17th and 18th Centuries; 
The Cheshire Salt Deposits; Theories of the 
Formation of the Deposits; The Area of the 
Cheshire Salt Beds; The Top Rock Mines; Rock- 






CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


29 


Salt Mining in Cheshire; The Growth of the 
Salt Industry; Tapping the Brine; The Cheshire 
Subsidences; The Cheshire Salt Districts Com¬ 
pensation Bills; The River Weaver Navigation; 
The Salt Trade from 1878 to 1912; Salt Asso¬ 
ciation; Salt Union; The Salt Trade of Wins- 
ford; Northwich; Nantwich; Middlewich; Sand- 
bach and Wheelock; Lawton; Lymm; Salt Sta¬ 
tistics; Patents Relating to the Treatment of 
Brine and the Manufacture of Salt. Old Docu¬ 
ments Referring to Salt; The Salt Tax in Eng¬ 
land and Acts of Parliament Relating to Salt; 
Particulars of the DeTabley Sale in Northwich, 
1828; Manufacture of Salt; Ancient Northwich 
Records. 

Calvert, G. T. The Manufacture of Sul¬ 
phate of Ammonia and Crude Am¬ 
monia. Second Edition, revised and en¬ 
larged. 128 illustrations. 554 x 8 ^ 4 - 
cloth. 165 pp. London, 1918. $4.00 

Contents: Sulphate of Ammonia, Its Compo¬ 
sition and Analysis; The Raw Materials, Am- 
moniacal Liquor, Sulphuric Acid and Lime; 
Plant Required for the Manufacture of Sulphate 
of Ammonia; A Detailed Description of the Ap¬ 
paratus and Processes Used; Starting, Working 
and Stopping the Plant, Difficulties and Their 
Remedies; Cost of Manufacture of Sulphate of 
Ammonia; Manufacture of Crude Ammonia or 
Concentrated Ammoniacal Liquor; Manufacture 
of Sulphate of Ammonia in Small Works; De¬ 
sign of a Sulphate of Ammonia House—Com¬ 
parisons of Ammoniacal Liquors—Sulphuric Acid 
Table. 

Claude, G. Liquid Air, Oxygen, Nitro¬ 
gen. Translated by H. E. P. Cottrell. 
151 illustrations. 7J4 x 1054. cloth. 443 
pp. Philadelphia, 1913. Reprinting 

Contents: Liquefaction of Gases; Commercial 
Liquefaction of Air; Preservation and Proper¬ 
ties of Liquid Air. Separation of the Air Into 
Its Elements. Diverse Processes; Particulars of 
the Evaporation of Liquid Air; Recuperation of 
Cold; Various Processes for Progressive Evap¬ 
oration; Accelerated Liquefaction of the Oxy¬ 
gen of the Air; Some Considerations on the 
Liquefaction of Gaseous Mixtures; Application 
of the Antecedent Liquefaction of the Oxygen 
of the Air; Rectification; Grouping of Appa¬ 
ratus; Existing Plants. 

Geschwind, L. Manufacture of Alum and 
Sulphates, and the Sulphates and Other 
Salts of Aluminia and Iron. Trans, 
by Ch^s. Salter. 195 illustrations. 6*4 
xg%. cloth. 390 pp. London, 1901. 

Reprinting 

Contents: Theoretical Study of Aluminum, 
Iron, and Compounds of These Metals; Manu¬ 
facture of Aluminum Sulphates and Sulphates 
©f Iren; Uses of the Sulphates of Aluminum and 
Iron- Uses and Applications of Ferrous Sulphate 
and ’Ferric Sulphates; Chemical Characteristics 
•f Iron and Aluminum; Analysis of Various 
Aluminous or Ferruginous Products; Analysing 
©f Aluminum Products. 

Goosmann, J. C. The Carbonic Acid In¬ 
dustry A comprehensive review of the 
manufacture and uses of C. O.,. The 
commercial production of carbon diox¬ 
ide, design and construction of appa¬ 
ratus and machinery, efficiency for re¬ 


frigerating purposes, mineral waters 
and other beverages, methods of car¬ 
bonating and bottling, utilization of fer¬ 
mentation carbonic acid gas—its collec¬ 
tion in the brewery. With 183 figures 
and diagrams. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 
5^3x824- 356 pp. Chicago, 1908. 

Reprinting 

Grossmann, J. Ammonia and Its Com¬ 
pounds. Illustrated. 5x7. cloth. 151 
pp. London, 1906. $1.50 

Contents: Ammonia; Concentrated Gas-liquor; 
Liquor Ammoniae; Liquid Ammonia; The Car¬ 
bonates, Sulphate, Chloride, Nitrate, Phosphate, 
Sulphides, Fluorides, Sulphocyanide, and Ferro- 
cyanide of Ammonia; Waste Gases and Liquors 
from the Manufacture of the Sulphate; Am¬ 
monia Recovery from Spent Oxide; Tables. 

Keyes, F. G., and Brownlee, R. B. The 
Thermodynamic iProperties of Am¬ 
monia. Computed for the use of en¬ 
gineers from new experimental data 
derived from investigations. 7 illus¬ 
trations, folding plate. 7x10. cloth. 
78 pp. New York, 1916. $1.25 

Knox, Joseph. The Fixation of Atmos¬ 
pheric Nitrogen. Illustrated. 5x754. 
cloth. 120 pp. ('Van Nostrand’s Chem¬ 
ical Monographs, no. 4.) New York. 
1914. net, $1.00 

Contents: Fixation of Atmospheric Nitrogen 
as Nitric and Nitrous Acids, or as Their Salts; 
Synthesis of Ammonia and Ammonium Com¬ 
pounds from Atmospheric Nitrogen; Conversion 
of Atmospheric Nitrogen into Compounds Which 
Readily Yield Ammonia; Bibliography. 

Lunge, George. The Manufacture of Sul¬ 
phuric Acid and Alkali. With the col¬ 
lateral branches. A theoretical and 
practical treatise. In four volumes. 
(Three and one supplement now ready.J 
624 x 9. cloth. 

Vol. I. Sulphuric Acid. In three parts. 
Fourth Edition. 543 illustrations, 11 
folding plates. 1665 pp. New York, 
1913. Reprinting 

Contents: Introduction; Historical and Gen¬ 
eral Notes on the Manufacture of Sulphuric 
Acid; Raw Materials of the Sulphuric Acid 
Manufacture, Including Nitric Acid; Properties 
and Analysis of the Technically Employed Ox¬ 
ides, and Acids of Sulphur; Production of Sul¬ 
phur Dioxide; Construction of the Lead Cham¬ 
bers; Recovery of the Nitrogen Compounds; 
Chamber-Process; Purification of Sulphuric 
Acid; Concentration of Sulphuric Acid; Sul¬ 
phuric Acid Works Arrangement on the Cham¬ 
ber Process; Yields and Costs; Manufacture of 
Nordhausen or Fuming Oil of Vitriol, and of 
Sulphuric Anhydride; Other Processes for Man¬ 
ufacturing Sulphuric Acid; By-Products of the 
Manufacture of Sulphuric Acid; Application of 
Sulphuric Acid and Statistics; Addenda. 

Sulphuric and Nitric Acid.. Supple¬ 
ment to Vol. I. Fourth Edition. Illus- 



30 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


trated. 347 pp. Reprinting 

Since the issue of the fourth edition very 
numerous contributions have been made to the 
industries described, and in response to numer¬ 
ous requests this material has been compiled and 
brought up to date in this supplemental volume. 
The text arrangement is in the form of refer¬ 
ences to the large book, giving the number of 
the page in the subject matter of which needed 
changing or amplification. 

Vol. II. Sulphate of Soda, Hydro¬ 
chloric Acid, Leblanc Soda. Third Edi¬ 
tion, much enlarged. In two parts, not 
sold separately. 335 illustrations. 1044 
pp. London, 1910. Reprinting 

Contents: Properties and Occurrences in Na¬ 
ture of the Raw Materials and Products of the 
Alkali Industry and their Analysis; Manufac¬ 
ture of Sulphate of Soda: from Salt and Sul¬ 
phuric Acid by the process of Hargreaves and 
Robinson. Other Methods; Purification of So¬ 
dium Sulphate; The Condensation of the Hy¬ 
drochloric Acid Produced in the Manufacture 
of Sulphate of Soda; Manufacture of Hy¬ 
drochloric Acid by Other than Ordinary Meth¬ 
ods; Weak Acid; Control of Condensation; 
Yields, Costs, Purification, Pumping and Con¬ 
veyance of Hydrochloric Acid; Notes on Al¬ 
kali Manufacture; Theory of the Leblanc Pro¬ 
cess; The Manufacture of Black-Ash; Black-Ash 
and Tank-Liquor; Manufacture of Finished 
Soda and Bicarbonate; Yield and Costs; Caustic 
Soda; Tank Waste. 

Vol. III. Ammonia Soda, Various 
Processes of Alkali Making and the 
Chlorine Industry. 181 illustrations. 
784 pp. New York, 1911. Reprinting 

Contents: The Ammonia Soda Process. His¬ 
torical and General; The Ammoniacal Solution 
of Salt; The Production of Carbonic Acid for 
the Ammonia Soda Process; Procepitation of 
Sodium Carbonate by the Carbonating Process; 
Filtering, Drying, and Calcining the Bicarbonate; 
Recovery of the Ammonia; Combination of the 
Apparatus, Final Products, Costs, Statistics; 
Other Forms of the Ammonia-Soda Process; 
Manufacture of Commercial Bicarbonate by the 
Ammonia-Soda Process. Various Processes of 
the Alkali Manufacture. The Manufacture of 
Soda from Cryolite; The Manufacture of Soda 
Directly from Sodium Chloride; Manufacture of 
Soda from Sodium Sulphate Without Previous 
Reduction to Sulphide; Manufacture of Soda 
from Sodium Sulphate After Reduction to Sul¬ 
phide; The Manufacture of Soda from Nitrate of 
Soda and Felspar. The Chlorine Industry. 
General Notes on Cliloring; The Manufacture of 
Chlorine by Manganese Ore; The Utilization of 
Still-Liquor-Original Weldon Process; The Dea¬ 
con Process; Other Processes for the Manufac¬ 
ture of Chlorine; Properties and Behavior of the 
Hypochlorites and of Bleaching Powder; The 
Manufacture of Bleaching Powder; Bleach- 
Liquors and Other Bleaching Compounds; The 
Chlorates; Appendices. 

Vol. IV. Electrolytic Methods. Ed¬ 
ited by Professors Askenasy and Haber. 

• In Preparation 

{Martin, Geoffrey. Chlorine and Chlorine 
Products. Including the manufacture 
of bleaching powder, hypochlorites, 
chlorates, etc. With sections on brom¬ 
ide, iodine, and hydrofluoric acid. To¬ 
gether with a chapter on Recent Oxi¬ 


dizing Agents, by G. W. Clough. Man¬ 
uals of Chemical Technology, IV. 46 
illustrations. 6 l / 2 x 10. cloth. 110 pp. 
New York, 1915. $4.00 

Contents: The Manufacture of Chlorine by 
the Weldon and Deacon Processes; Electrolytic 
Chlorine and Alkali; Liquid Chlorine; Manufac¬ 
ture of Chlorates and Perchlorates; Bleaching 
Powder and Hypochlorates; Manufacture of Hy¬ 
drochloric Acid; The Bromine Industry; The 
Iodine Industry; The Hydrofluoric Acid Indus¬ 
try; Peroxide and Per-Acids. 

Martin, G., and Barbour, Wm. Industrial 

Nitrogen Compounds and Explosives. 
A practical treatise on the manufacture, 
properties, and industrial uses of nitric 
acid, nitrates, nitrites, ammonia, am¬ 
monium salts, cyanides, cyanamide. etc., 
including the most recent modern ex¬ 
plosives. Second Edition. Illustrated. 
6 l A x 10. cloth. 125 pp. New York, 
1917. $4.00 

Martin, G., and Foucar, J. L. Sulphuric 
Acid and Sulphur Products. 7 x 10. 
cloth. 80 pp. N. Y., 1916. $4.00 

Martin, Geoffrey, Smith, Stanley, The 

Salt and Alkali Industry; Including 
Potassium Salts and the Stassfurt In¬ 
dustry. 37 illustrations. 6% x 9 V\. 
cloth. 112 pp. New York, 1916. $4.00 

Contents: The Salt Industry; The Manufac¬ 
ture of Hydrochloric Acid; The Manufacture of 
Sodium Sulphate (Salt Cake); General Survey 
of the Sodium Carbonate Industry; The Manu¬ 
facture of the Sodium Carbonate and Caustic 
Soda by the Leblanc Process; Manufacture of 
Sodium Carbonate by the Ammonia Soda Process; 
The Stassfurt industry; Potassium Salts. 

Morgan, Gilbert T. Organic Compounds 
of Arsenic and Antimony. 5^4 x 8%. 
cloth. 400 pp. London, 1918. $5.50 

Contents Cacodyl: Aliphatic Arsenicals and 
Antimonials; Aromatic Arsenicals; Atoxyl; Sal- 
varsan; Neasalvarsan; Aromatic Primary Ar¬ 
sines; Luargol; Aromatic Antimonials; Miscel¬ 
laneous Organic Derivatives of Arsenic and 
Antimony; Appendix. 

Parsons, Charles L. The Chemistry and 
Literature of Beryllium. 6x9. cloth. 
185 pp. Easton. 1909. net, $2.00 

Contents: Introduction; Metallic Beryllium; 
Normal Compounds of Beryllium; Acid Salts of 
Beryllium; Double Salts of Bervllium; Basic 
Compounds of Beryllium; Bibliography. 

Partington, J. R. The Alkali Industry. 
63 illustrations. 5 l AxS l / 2 . cloth. 318 
pp. London, 1918. (Industrial Chem¬ 
istry Series.) $3.00 

Contents: Introduction; The Salt Industry; 
Sulphuric Acid; Natural Soda and the Leblanc 
Process; The Ammonia-Soda Process; Electro¬ 
lytic Processes; Chlorine and Derived Products; 
Nitric Acid;. Ammonia and Ammonium Salts; 

1 he Oxidation of Ammonia; Utilization and 
Economy of Sulphuric Acid; Potassium Salts, 
Iodine, Magnesium. 






CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


3i 


Pranke, E. J. Cyanimid, Manufacture, 
Chemistry and Uses. 8 illustrations. 
6x9. cloth. 118 pp. Easton, 1913. 

$1.50 

Price, T. S. Per-Acids and Their Salts. 
6x9. cloth. 126 pp. London, 1912. 

$1.50 

Contents: Persulphates and Perselenates; Per¬ 
borates; Percarbonates; Pernitric Acids and Per- 
phosphoric Acids; Pertitanates, Perzirconates and 
Perstannates; Pervanadates, Percolumbates and 
Pertantalates; Perchromates; Permolybdates, Per- 
tungstates and Peruranates; Literature Refer¬ 
ence. 

Sullivan, Thomas J. Sulphuric Acid 
Handbook. 5x754 fabrikoid. 252 pp. 
New York, 1918. net, $2.50 

Teied, P. L. The Chemistry and Manu¬ 
facture of Hydrogen. 22 illustrations. 
524 x 824 . cloth. 152 pp. New York, 
1919. $3.40 

Contents: Hydrogen, its Use, Discovery, and 
Occurrence in Nature; The Chemical Properties 
of Hydrogen; The Manufacture of Hydrogen; 
Chemical Methods, Chemico-Physical Methods, 


Physical Methods; Appendix; Physical Con¬ 
stants. 

Vincent, C. Ammonia and Its Com¬ 
pounds: Their Manufacture and Uses. 
Translated by M. J. Salter. 32 illustra¬ 
tions. 654 x 10. cloth. 122 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1901. $2.50 

Contents: General Considerations; Extraction 
of Ammoniacal Products from Sewage; Extrac¬ 
tion of Ammonia from Gas Liquor; Manufac¬ 
ture of Ammoniacal Compounds from Bones, 
Nitrogenous Waste, Beetroot Wash and Peat; 
Manufacture of Caustic Ammonia and Ammo¬ 
nium Chloride, Phosphate and Carbonate; Re¬ 
covery of Ammonia from Ammonia; Soda Mother 
Liquor. 

Williams, Herbert E. The Chemistry of 
Cyanogen Compounds, and Their Man¬ 
ufacture and Estimation. 5^4 x 854 - 
cloth. 434 pp. Philadelphia, 1915. 

$5.00 

Contents: Chemistry of Cyanogen Compounds. 
Cyanogen and the Cyanogen Haloids; Cyanimide 
and Allied Compounds; Simple Cyanides; Iron 
Cyanogen Compounds; Oxycyanogen Compounds; 
Thiocyanates and Selenocyanates. Manufacture 
and Application of Cyanogen Compounds. Anal¬ 
ysis of Cyanogen Compounds; Useful Tables. 


SOLUBILITIES—REAGENTS 


Cohn, A. I. Indicators and Test-papers. 
Their source, preparation, application 
and tests for sensitiveness. Designed 

for the use of chemists, pharmacists, 
and students. Second Revised and en¬ 
larged Edition. 514 x 734. cloth. 276 
pp. New York, 1909. $2.50 

Contents: Introduction, Indicators, Test-Pa¬ 
pers; Tables and Tabular Summary; Appendix. 

Cohn, A. I. Tests and Reagents. Chem¬ 
ical and Microscopical. Known by 

their authors’ names. Together with 
an index of subjects. Compiled for the 
use of chemists, microscopists, pharma¬ 
cists, etc. 6x9. cloth. 383 pp. New 

York, 1916. $3-50 

Falk, K. G. Chemical Reactions: Their 
Theory and Mechanism. Illustrated. 
5x754. cloth. 220 pp. New York, 
1920. $2.50 

Contents; Introduction; Valence; Co-ordina¬ 
tion Number; Acids and Bases; Catalysis; Chem¬ 
ical Reactions, General Considerations; Some 
Chemical Reactions; Olefins and their Reaction 
Products; Oxidation-Reduction; Some Oxidation- 
Reduction Reactions. 

Krauch, C. Chemical Reagents, Their 
Uses, Methods of Testing for Purity 
and Commercial Varieties. Translated 
from the German. Second Edition, re¬ 
vised and enlarged by H. B. Stocks. 
554 x 854 - cloth. 375 pp. London, 
1919. $7.00 

In this edition all the new reagents, such as 
dimethyl-glyoxime, nitron, benzidine, etc., have 


been introduced annd their uses described. Much 
new matter has been added in connection with 
the older reagents. Temperatures are given in 
all cases in degrees centigrade, while the whole 
of the molecular weights have been recalculated 
from the International Atomic Weights for 1918 . 

Murray, B. L. Standards and Tests for 
Reagent Chemicals. 6x9. cloth. 400 
pp. New York, 1920. $3.00 

A new text, giving the latest and trustworthy 
standards of purity for chemicals used in re¬ 
search, analytical and control laboratories. The 
reagent chemicals are listed in alphabetical order, 
and for each one the following points are cov¬ 
ered systematically: Name and Common Syn 
onyms; Chemical Formulas; Molecular Weight; 
Physical Properties such as Color, Odor, Form, 
Melting Point, Boiling Point, Congealing Point, 
Specific Gravity, Solubility and Reactions; Stan¬ 
dard of Purity; Uses as a Reagent; Storage 
Precautions; Tabular Statement of Maximum of 
Allowable Impurities; Methods of Testing; 
Quantitative Methods; References to Literature. 

Prideaux, E. B. R. The Theory and Use 
of Indicators. An account of the 
chemical equilibria of acids, alkalies and 
indicators in aqueous solution, with ap¬ 
plications. diagrams. 554 x 854. cloth. 
382 pp. London, 1917. net, $5.00 

Contents: Equilibria of Acids, Bases _ and 
Salts, and the Physical Methods of Determining 
Acidity and Alkalinity; Light Absorption in the 
Visible Spectrum and Colorimetry; Theories of 
Colour in Their Relation to the Ionic Theory, 
Chemical Constitution and the Formation of 
Salts; Colour of Indicators as a Function of 
Hydrion Concentration; Determination and Use 
of Indicator Constants; Preparation and Use of 






32 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Solutions of Standard Hydrion # Concentration; 
Applications; Course of Neutralisation and the 
Theory of Titration; Solution Equilibrium and 
Titration of Some Acids; List of Principal In¬ 
dicators, with Absorption Spectrp. 

Seidell, Atherton. Solubilities of Inor¬ 
ganic and Organic Compounds. A 
compilation of quantitative solubility 
data from the periodical literature. 
Second Edition, enlarged and thorough¬ 
ly revised. 6x95/2. cloth. 867 pp. 
New York, 1919. $7.50 

The material has been collected in all cases 


where possible directly from the organic sources, 
and all available quantitative solubility data 
upon inorganic and organic compounds included. 
The arrangement of the material is alphabetical 
according to the customary English name by 
which the substance is known. An index is pro¬ 
vided for those cases where a doubt appears as 
to which name is preferable, and also to _ fur¬ 
nish cross references to the tables containing 
results upon more than one substance. 

Tognoli, Edgardo. Reagents and Reac¬ 
tions. Translated from the Italian by 
C. Ainsworth Mitchell. 4^ x 6 $ 4 _. cloth. 
236 pp. Philadelphia, 1918. $2.75 


RECIPES 


Brannt, Wm. T. Metal Worker's Handy- 
Book of Receipts and Processes. Being 
a collection of chemical formulas and 
practical manipulations for the work¬ 
ing of all the metals and alloys, includ¬ 
ing the decoration and beautifying of 
articles manufactured therefrom, as 
well as their preservation. New En¬ 
larged Edition. 82 illustrations. 5 x 
yy 2 . cloth. 582 pp N. Y., 1919. $3.00 

Brannt, Wm. T., and Wahl, Wm. H. 

(Editors). Techno-Chemical Receipt 
Book. Containing several thousand re¬ 
ceipts and processes, covering the latest, 
most important, and most useful dis¬ 
coveries in chemical technology, and 
their practical application in the arts 
and the industries. New Enlarged Edi¬ 
tion. 78 illustrations. 5 x 7^. cloth. 
539 PP- New York, 1919. $2.50 

Griffiths, T. M. Non-Secret Formulas. 
Second Edition. 654x9*4. cloth. 541 
pp. St. Louis, 1910. net, $5.00 

Contains over two thousand formulas of use 
to manufacturers of patent medicines, pharma¬ 
ceuticals, bakers, and confectioners’ supplies, etc. 

Hiscox, G. D. (Editor). Henley’s Twen¬ 
tieth Century Formulas, Recipes and 
Processes. 6 % x 8 / 4 . cloth. *807 pp. 
New York, 1916. $4.00 

Contains more than 10,000 practical recipes 
and formulas for everyday use in business, at 
home, or in the factory. Antiseptics, Water¬ 
proofing, Lubricants, Rust Preventives, Dyes, Fil¬ 
ters, Cleaning Preparations, Enameling, Bever¬ 
ages, Inks, Adhesives, Polishes, Disinfectants, 
Flavorings, Cosmetics, Ceramics, etc., etc. Pho¬ 
tography is treated in all its various branches, 
as are also Plating, Painting, Leather Work, etc. 
Tests for Food Adulterants are fully covered; 
how to make fly paper; to color flowers artifi¬ 
cially; to estimate weight of ice by measurement; 
to make materials fireproof; to work with metals 
—aluminum, brass, etc.; to make anything and 
everything from A to Z. 

Hopkins, Albert A. (Editor). The Scien¬ 
tific American Cyclopedia of Formulas. 
15,000 formulas. 6^x9^. cloth. 1084 
pp. New York, 1915. $ 5 . 50 


Jameson, Lewis. The Manufacturers' 
Practical up-to-date Recipe Book. 
Nearly 3,000 practical up-to-date recipes 
for manufacturing all kinds and qual¬ 
ities of colors, paints, varnishes, jap¬ 
ans, enamels, oils, greases, lubricants, 
soaps, etc., and for all manufactures 
connected with the allied trades. Buy¬ 
ers’ and sellers’ simple and reliable 
tests for materials, adulterations, &c. 
x 8 * 4 - London, 1902-03-04. 4 vols. 

each, $15.00 

Vol. I. Dry Colors, Paints, Paint Oils. 
Paint Mediums. $15.00 

Vol. II. Varnishes and Varnish De¬ 
rivatives. $15.00 

Vol. III. Oils, Fats, Waxes, Tallows, 
Greases for All Purposes. $15.00 

Vol. IV. Soaps, Starches, Inks, Metal 
and Stove Polishes, Blackings, Boot 
Creams, Disinfectants, and Oilmen’s 
Sundries. $15.00 


■Recipes for the Color, Paint, Varnish, 
Oil, Soap and Drysaltery, Trades, 
Compiled by an analytical chemist. 
Second Revised and Enlarged Edition. 
5/2x85/2. cloth. 332 pp. London. 

J 9i2. $ 5 .oo 

Contents: Pigments or Colors for Paints, Lith- 
?f rap j n - and Letterpress Printing Inks, etc.; 
ALxcd Paints, Paint Removers and Preparations 
for Paint Making, Painting, Lime Washing. 
Paper Hanging, etc.; Varnishes for Decorators, 
P“ llders ’ Cabinet Makers, Woodworkers, 
Metal Workers, Photographers, etc.; Soaps for 
Toilet, Cleansing, Polishing, etc.; Perfumes; Lu¬ 
bricating Greases, Oils, etc.; Cements, Pastes. 
Glues and Other Adhesive Preparations; Writ 
¥ ar £ ,ng \.Endorsing, Stencil and Other 
Inks, Sealing Wax and Other Requisites: Prep- 
for the Laundry, Kitchen, Stable and 
General Household Uses; Disinfectant Prepara¬ 
tions and Sheep Dips; Leather Greases, Var- 
Prep eS ’ t P ressmgs ’ Polishes, etc.; Miscellaneous 


worKsnop Receipts, for Manufacturer 
and Scientific Amateurs. New ant 
1 horoughly Revised Edition 5x7 












CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


33 


doth. London, 1909. each, $2.50 

Vol. I. Acetylene Lighting to Drying. 
233 illustrations. 532 pp. 

Vol. II. Dyes and Dyeing to Japans 
and Japanning. 259 illustrations. 540 

pp. 


Vol. III. Jointing Pipes to Pumps 
and Syphons. 250 illustrations. 528 

pp. 

Vol. IV. Rainwater Separators to Wire 
Rope Splicing. 321 illustrations. 540 

pp. 


CHEMICAL CALCULATIONS—TABLES 


Ashley, R. Harmon. Chemical Calcula¬ 
tions. Second Edition, revised. Illus¬ 
trated. 5x cloth. 286 pp. New 

York, 1918. $250 

Contents: Ratios; Approximate Numbers; In¬ 
terpolation; Heat; Specific Gravity; Gas Calcu¬ 
lations; Calculation of Atomic Weights and 
Formulas; Gravimetric Analysis; Volumetric 
Analysis; Use of Specific Gravity Tables and 
Acid Calculations. 

Bayley, Thomas. A Pocket Book for 
Chemists, Chemical Manufacturers, 
Metallurgists, Dyers, Distillers, Brew¬ 
ers, Sugar Refiners, Photographers, 
Students, etc. Edited by R. Ensoll. 
Eighth Edition. 4^4 x 6 * 4 . cloth. 44 1 
pp. London, 1917. $4.00 

Contents: Mathematical; Weights and. Meas¬ 
ures; Physical; General Analysis; Gravimetric 
and Volumetric Analysis; Miscellaneous. 

Biltz, Henry. Practical Methods for De¬ 
termining Molecular Weights. Trans¬ 
lated by H. C. Jones. 44 illustrations. 
534 x 8 . cloth. 244 pp. Easton, 1899. 

net, $2.00 

Contents: Derivation of Molecular Weight 
from Vapor Density; The Gas-Displacement 
Method; Other Methods Based Upon the Gay 
Lussac Principle; Determination of the Densities 
of Gases; Critical Examination of Results; Os¬ 
motic Methods; Determination of the Molecular 
Weight by the Freezing-Point Method; Deter¬ 
mination of the Molecular Weight of Solids; 
Critical Examination of Results; Determination 
of Molecular Weight by the Boiling-Point Meth¬ 
od; Critical Examination of Results; Determina¬ 
tion of Molecular Weight from the Principle of 
Lowering of Solubility; Determination of the 
Molecular Weight of Homogeneous Solids or 
Liquids; Description of the Method of Traube; 
Modification of the Traube Procedure for Solu¬ 
tions; Determination of the Density of a Liquid; 
Tables. 

Castell-Evans, John. Physico-Chemical 
Tables for the Use of Analysts, Physi¬ 
cists, Chemical Manufacturers, and 
Scientific Chemists. In two volumes, 
each complete in itself. 

Vol I. Chemical Engineering and 
Physical Chemistry. 7 * 9 ^- leather. 
548 pp. London, 1902. $9.00 

Contents: Introduction; Notes on the Use of 
the Tables. Mathematical. Mechanics. Physics 
and Physical Chemistry. Heat; Thermometry; 
Correction of Thermometric Readings; Air or 
Gas Thermometers; Measurement of Extreme 
Temperatures; Change of Dimensions Depend¬ 


ent on Variation of Temperature; Calorimetry; 
Specific Gravities and Densities; Barometry; 
Thermal Constants of Gases; Calculations of 
Gaseous Volumes; Determination of Vapor Den¬ 
sities; Specific Gravity of Gases; Fusion; Vapor¬ 
ization; Gases and Vapors; Vapor Tensions and 
Boiling Points. 

Vol. II. Physical and Analytical 
Chemistry. 7x9*4. leather. 700 pp. 
London, 1911. $13.00 

Contents: Physics; Molecular Dynamics, Ki¬ 
netic Theory of Gases, etc.: Molecular Speeds; 
Molecular Volumes, etc., of Liquids; Influence 
of Temperature on Surface Tension; Capil¬ 
larity Constants of Solutions; Crysoscopic or 
Lowering of Freezing Point Method; Vapour 
Tension, and Ebullistic of Boiling Point 
Method; Distillation of Mixed Liquids; Ana¬ 
lytical Chemistry. 

Chauvenet, R. Chemical Arithmetic and 
Calculation of Furnace Charges. 6}4 x 
9 y 2 . cloth. 315 pp. Philadelphia, 1912. 

net, $4.00 

Stoichiometric calculations have formed part 
of chemical exercises in a number of institutions 
in the United States, but have rarely been re¬ 
duced to a systematic course. The present man¬ 
ual may serve either as a textbook, or as a con¬ 
venient reference for the instructor. The author 
has often felt the need of a work covering all 
the elementary subdivisions of the subject, and 
has included in the text all of the problems 
which he was accustomed to present to his 
classes in General Chemistry. 

The Chemists’ Year Book, 1918-1919. 
Edited by F. W. Atack. Assisted by 
L. Whinyates. In two volumes. Illus¬ 
trated. 4x6%. flexible fabrikoid. 
1146 pp. London, 1919. (Not sold 
separately.^ $6.00 

Coward, H. F., and Perkins, W. H. 
Exercises in Chemical Calculation. 6x9. 
cloth. 160 pp. London, 1912. $0.90 

Deming, Horace G. A Manual of Chem¬ 
ical Nomography. Illustrated. 6x9. 
paper. 75 pp. Champaign, Ill.. 1918. 

$1.50 

A rapid calculating chart consisting of eigh¬ 
teen leaves in a flexible binding, so arranged so 
that many of the> calculations of ehemists may 
he mechanically carried out. A pamphlet ex¬ 
plains fully the chart and its uses, especially as 
applied to chemical engineering. 

Foye, James C. Chemical Problems. With 
brief statements of the principles in¬ 
volved. Fifth Edition, revised and en¬ 
larged. 334x6. boards. 141pp. (Van 




34 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Nostrand Science Series, No. 69.) New 
York, 1908. $0.75 

Contents: Weights and Measures; Thermom¬ 
etric Scales; Volume of Gases Under Varying 
Pressure, Temperature, and Pressure and Tem¬ 
perature; Specific Gravity; Molecular Weight of 
Gases; To Find Atonic Weights; Calculation of 
Molecular Weights from the Symbol; Symbol, 
Weight and Volume; Symbol and Composition; 
To Find the Symbol of a Compound, Equation, 
Weight and Volume; Diffusion of Gases; Spe¬ 
cific Heat; Latent Heat; Calorific Power and 
Intensity; Tables. 

Freeman, Nat. H. Baume and Specific 
Gravity Tables. For liquids lighter 
than water, cloth. 4 %x6 l A. 29 pp. 
London, 1914. $0.75 

Hale, William J. The Calculations of 
General Chemistry with Definitions, Ex¬ 
planations, and Problems. Second Edi¬ 
tion, revised. 275 problems. i6mo. 
cloth. 185 pp. N. Y., 1909. $1.50 

Contents: Units of Measurement; Density and 
Specific Gravity; The Effect of Pressure upon 
Gases; The Effect of Temperature upon Gases; 
The Combined Effect of Pressure and Tempera¬ 
ture on Gases; Partial Pressures; Avogadros Hy¬ 
pothesis and Some of Its Applications; The Law 
of Definite Proportions; The Derivation of Chem¬ 
ical Formulae; Calculations Depending upon 
Chemical Equations; Normal Solutions; Combi¬ 
nations between Gases by Volume; Complex Equa¬ 
tions; Tables. 

Hering, C., and Getman, F. H. Standard 
Table of Electrochemical Equivalents 
and Their Derivatives. With explan¬ 
atory text on electrochemical calcula¬ 
tions, solutions of typical practical ex¬ 
amples and introductory notes on elec¬ 
trochemistry. Illustrated. 4 l / 2 x y l / 2 . 
flexible cover. 140 pp. New York, 
I 9 i 7 - net, $2.00 

Contents: Introduction; Fundamental Laws; 
Fundamental Data and Description of the 
Tables; Electrochemical Equivalents by Weight; 
Grams per Ampere-hour in the Order of Magni¬ 
tude; Electrophysical Equivalents by Volume; 
Yalences of the Elements in Their Combina¬ 
tions; Calculations Involving Electrochemical 
Equivalents; Examples; Electrolysis; Theory of 
Electrolytic Dissociation; Faraday’s Law; Coulo. 
meters; Electronic Theory; Valence; Elementary 
Principles of Chemical Reactions and Calcula¬ 
tions; Conversion Factors Used in Electrochem¬ 
ical Calculations; Glossary of Terms. 

Johnson, A. E. Analyst’s Laboratory Com¬ 
panion. A collection of tables and data 
for the use of general analysts, agricul¬ 
tural, brewers, and works’ chemists, and 
students; together with numerous ex¬ 
amples of chemical calculations and 
concise descriptions of several analyt¬ 
ical Processes. Fourth Edition. 5 x 
7 / 4 . cloth. 176 pp. Phila., 1912. $3.50 

Kaye, G. W. C., and Laby, T. H. Tables 
of Physical and Chemical Constants 
and some Mathematical Functions. 


Tird Edition. 6^x9^. flexible cloth. 
160 pp. London, 1918. $2.50 

Contents: General Physics, Astrcnomy ; etc.; 
Heat; Sound; Light; Electricity; Magnetism; 
Radioactivity and Gaseous Ionization; Chemistry; 
Mathematical Tables. 

Knox, J. Physico-Chemical Calculations. 
5 % x y l / 2 . cloth. 196 pp. New York, 
1912. $1.50 

This book is intended for students of phys¬ 
ical chemistry, as a supplement to the theo¬ 
retical matter of lectures and textbooks. Here 
the theory is applied to the solution of practical 
problems. The book contains eleven chapters, 
dealing with the main subdivisions of physical 
chemistry. Each chapter consists of a short 
introduction dealing with the theory required 
for the solution of the problems, a series of 
typical problems with complete solutions, and a 
list of problems for solution with answers. 
Practically all the problems have been taken 
from the original literature of the subject, and 
by a careful study of the solved problems the 
student should learn much. The large collec¬ 
tion of problems for solution should prove use¬ 
ful to teachers. 

Krayer, Peter J. The Use and Care of 
a Balance. 18 illustrations. 5x7. cloth. 
46 pp. Easton, 1913. $1.00 

Contents: A Method of Weighing; Setting Up 
a Balance; Temperature; Testing a Balance for 
Zero Point; Arm Length; Testing a Balance 
for Arm Length; Testing for Sensibility; The 
Rider; Improperly Adjusted Balances—How to 
Adjust Them; To Use a Balance When the 
Arm Length is Incorrect; Rules to be Observed 
When Cleaning Balances; The Effect of an 
Electric Lamp; Vibration; The Staudinger Bal¬ 
ance; Assay Balances; To Replace the Glass 
Base. Weights. Kinds of Weights. Care of 
Weights; Standard for Calibrating Weights; 
Calibrating Weights; Recipe for Lacquer for 
Aluminum, German Silver and Brass. 

Liddell, Donald M. The Metallurgists’ 
and Chemists’ Handbook. A reference 
book of tables and data for the student 
and metallurgist. Second Edition, re¬ 
vised and enlarged. Illustrated. 4% x 7. 
fabrikoid. 665 pp. N. Y., 1918. $5.00 

Meade, Richard K. The Chemist’s Pocket 
Manual. A practical handbook con¬ 
taining tables, formulas, calculations, 
information, physical and analytical 
methods for the use of chemists, chem¬ 
ical engineers, assayers, metallurgists, 
manufacturers and students. Third 
Edition . Illustrated. 4 x 6 * 4 - leather. 
535 PP- Easton, Pa., 1918. $4.00 

Mellor, J. W. Higher Mathematics for 
Students of Chemistry and Physics. 
With special reference to practical 
work. Fourth Edition, enlarged. 189 
diagrams. 554 x 8 ^. cloth. 662 pp. 
London, 1913. $ 7 >00 

Contents: The Differential Calculus; Co-or¬ 
dinate or Analytical; Geometry; Functions with 
singular Properties; The Integral Calculus; In¬ 
finite Series and Their Uses; How to Solve 



CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


35 


Numerical Equations, Differential Equations; 
Fourier’s Theorem; Probability and the Theory 
of Errors; Calculus of Variations; Determinants; 
Collection of Formulae and Tables for Reference. 

Miller, E. H. The Calculations of Ana¬ 
lytical Chemistry. Third Edition, re¬ 
vised and enlarged. 6%. x 9V2. cloth. 
211 pp. New York, 1918. $2.00 

Nernst, W. Experimental and Theoret¬ 
ical Applications of Thermodynamics to 
Chemistry. 5 x 7*4. cloth. 123 pp. 
New Haven, 1913. $1.50 

Partington, J. R. Higher Mathematics 
for Chemical Students. 44 illustrations 
SVa x 7}i, cloth. 278 pp. London, 1911. 

$2.50 

Contents: Functions and Limits; Indefinite 
and Definite Integrals; Application; Differential 
Equations; Quadratic Equations; Solution of 
Systems of Linear Equations by Determinants; 
Approximation Formulae; Exponential and Log¬ 
arithmic Functions. 

Prideaux, E. B. R. Problems in Physical 
Chemistry. With practical applications. 
Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 325 pp. New 
York, 1912. net, $2.00 

Contents: Mathematical Methods and For¬ 
mula; Table of Logarithms; List of Symbols 
and Abbreviations; Units and Standards of 
Measurement; Thermochemistry; Systems of 
One Component; Mixtures; Gas Reactions; Re¬ 
actions in Solutions; Electromotive Force; Kin¬ 
etics of Molecular and Radioactive Changes. 

Redgrove, H. S. Calculation of Thermo- 
Chemical Constants. 534 x 9. cloth. 
102 pp. London, 1909. $1.80 

Contents: Introduction; Thermal Constants of 
the Hydrocarbons; Thermal Constants of Or¬ 
ganic Halogen Compounds; Thermal Constants 
of Organic Oxygen Compounds; Thermo-Chem¬ 
ical Evidence for Von Baeyer’s Strain Theory; 
Thermal Constants of Organic Sulphur Com¬ 
pounds; Thermal Constants of Organic Nitrogen 
Compounds; Appendix; Index of Substances; 
List of Tables. 

Smith, Alex., and Moore, W. C. Calcula¬ 
tions of Inorganic Chemistry and 
Quantitative Analysis. Illustrated. 5x7. 
cloth. 113 pp. N. Y., 1918. net, $1.00 

Spielmann, P. E. Tables of Chemical and 
Physical Constants. Of special interest 
to the light naphtha section of the coal 
tar and coke oven industries, including 
weight-gallonage conversion tables and 
dip-gallonage tables for travelling tank 
wagons. Calculated by Edward G. 
Wheeler. Numerous folding plates. 
554 x 854 - boards. 67 pp. London, 
1918. $2.00 

Tables Annuales de Constantes ed Don- 
nees Numeriques. De Chimie, Phys¬ 
ique, et de Technologie. Publiees sous 
le Patronage de L’Association Interna¬ 


tionales des Academies, par le Comite 
Internationale nomme per la VII Con- 
gres de Chiini.e Applique. Vol. III., 
1912. 8 H x 10/4. 656 pp. Paris, 1914. 

Cloth, net, $7.20 
Paper, net, $6.40 

Thorpe, E. Alcoholometric Tables. 554 
X7k2. doth. 106 pp. London, 1915. $1.20 

Van Nostrand’s Chemical Annual. Edited 
by John C. Olsen. A handbook of use¬ 
ful data for analytical manufacturing 
and investigating chemists and chemical 
students. Fourth Issue, enlarged. 5 x 
714 . flexible fabrikoid. 785 po. New 
York, 1918. $3.00 

Contents: General (14 tables; Calculation of 
Volumetric Analyses (18 tables); Calculation of 
Gas Analyses (8 tables); Physical Constants of 
Chemical Compounds (7 tables); Specific Grav¬ 
ity Tables (25 tables); Alcohol Tables of the 
Bureau of Standards; Density; Volume and 
Vapor Pressure Tables (57 tables); Equivalents 
of Weights and Measures (7 tables); Thermo¬ 
chemistry (27 tables); Stoichiometry; New 
Books. 

Wells, H. L. Text-Book of Chemical 
' Arithmetic. A book designed for stu¬ 
dents of quantitative analysis. It com¬ 
prises problems in weights as related 
to gravimetric analyses, calculations re¬ 
lating to gases and calculations relating 
to volumetric analyses. 5x754. cloth. 
176 pp. New York, 1905. $1.50 

Wells, Horace L. Chemical Calculation 
Tables. For laboratory use. Second 
Edition, revised , with a Double Thumb- 
Indexed Logarithm Table. 654 x 924 - 
cloth. 48 pp. New York, 1919. $1.35 

Contents: Introduction; Atomic Weights; 

Gravimetric Factors; Formula-Weights; Indirect 
Analyses; Reduction of Gas-Volumes; Calcula¬ 
tion of Percentage of Nitrogen from the Gas- 
Volume; Barometer Corrections for Tempera¬ 
ture; Multiples for Organic Compounds; Con¬ 
stants for Molecular-Weight Determinations; 
Weights and Measures; Notes for the Use of 
Logarithms; Logarithms of Numbers. 

Wilson, F. J., and Heilbron, I. M. Chem¬ 
ical Theory and Calculations. An ele¬ 
mentary textbook. Illustrated. 3 fold¬ 
ing plates. 5x7^4. cloth. 145 pp. New 
York 1912. $1.75 

Contents: The Metric System; Density and 
Specific Gravity; Thermometry; The Gas Laws; 
Solubility of Gases in Liquids, The Atomic 
Theory; Formula: and Equations; Calculation 
of Percentage Composition of a Compound from 
its Formula; Calculation of Empirical Formula 
from Percentage Composition; Equivalents or 
Combining Weights; Atomic Weights; Valency; 
Periodical Classification of the Elements; Law 
of Mass Action; Determination of Vapour Den¬ 
sities; Osmotic Pressure and Molecular Weight 
Determination; Dissociation of Gases; Electro¬ 
lytic Dissociation; Diffusion of Gases; Quanti¬ 
tative Analysis; Thermochemistry. 





36 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Young, Sidney. Stoichiometry. With an 
introduction to the Study of Physical 
Chemistry by William Ramsay. Sec¬ 
ond Edition. 93 illustrations. 5 x 7^. 
cloth. 375 pp. London, 1918. $4.20 

Contents: Fundamental Laws of Chemical 


Combination; General Properties of Gases; De¬ 
termination of Atomic Weights; The Periodic 
Law; Dissociation of Gases and Vapours; The 
Properties of Liquids; The Kinetic 1 heory of 
Gases; Properties of Solids; Mixtures; Solubil¬ 
ity and Miscibility; Properties of Dilute Solu¬ 
tions; Dissolution and Vaporization; Determina¬ 
tion of Molecular Weights, 


TECHNICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSIS 


Allen’s Commercial Organic Analysis. A 
treatise on the properties, modes of as¬ 
saying, and proximate analytical exam¬ 
ination of the various organic chem¬ 
icals and products employed in the arts, 
manufactures, medicine, etc. With 
concise methods for the detection and 
estimation of their impurities, adultera¬ 
tions, and products of decomposition. 
9 volumes. Illustrated. 6J/2 x 9JL cloth. 

Vol. I. Fourth Edition, entirely re- 
written, by Henry Leffmann and W. A. 
Davis, editors, and G. C. Jones, E. 
Schlichtig and R. W. Sindall. 85 illus¬ 
trations. 586 pp. Phila., 1909. $7.00 

Contents: Alcohols; Malt and Malt Liquors; 
Wines and Potable Spirits; Yeast; Neutral Al¬ 
coholic Derivatives; Sugars; Starch and Isomers; 
Paper and Paper Making Materials; Acid De¬ 
rivatives of Alcohol. 

Vol. II. Edited by H. Leffmann and 
W. A. Davis. Fourth Edition, entirely 
rewritten. 530 pp. Philadelphia, 1911. 

$7.00 

Contents: Fixed Oils, Fats and Waxes, C. A. 
Mitchell; Special Characters and Methods, L. 
Archbutt; Butter Fat, C. Revis and E. R. Bol¬ 
ton; Lard, C. A. Mitchell; Linseed Oil, C. A. 
Klein; Higher Fatty Acids, W. Robeitson; Soap, 
Henry Leffmann; Glycerol, W. A. Davis; 
Cholesterols, J A. Gardner; Wool-Fat, Cloth 
Oils. A. H. Gill. 

Vol. III. Edited by W. A. Davis and 
S. S. Sadtler. Fourth Edition, entirety 
rewritten. 645 pp. Philadelphia, 1910. 

$7.00 

Contents: Hydrocarbons, F. C. Garrett; Bi¬ 
tumens, S. S. Sadtler; Napthlene and Its De¬ 
rivatives, W. A. Davis; Anthracene and Its As¬ 
sociates, S. S. Sadtler; Phenols, S. S. Sadtler; 
Aromatic Acids, E. Horton; Gallic Acids and 
Its Allies, W. P Dreaper; Phtlalic Acid and 
the Phthaleins, W. A. Davis; Modern Explo¬ 
sives, A. Marshall. Tables. 

Vol. IV. Edited by W. A. Davis and 
S. S. Sadtler. Fourth Edition, entirely 
rewritten. 484 pp, Philadelphia, 1911. 

$7.00 

Contents: Resins, M. B. Blackler; India 
Rubber, Rubber Substitutes and Gutta Percha, 
E. W. Lewis; Hydrocarbons of Essential Oils, 
T. M. Lowry; Ketones of Essential Oils, T. M. 
Lowry; Volatile of Essential Oils, E. C. Parry; 
Special Characters of Essential Oils, H. Leff¬ 
mann and C. H. LaWall. 

Vol. V. Edited by W. A. Davis and 
S. S. Sadtler. Fourth Edition, entirely 


rewritten. 714 pp. Philadelphia, 1911. 

$7.00 

Contents: Tannins, W. P. Dreaper; Analysis 
of Leather, W. P. Dreaper; Dyes and Colouring 
Matters, W. P. Dreaper and E. Feilmann; Dye¬ 
stuffs of Groups 6 to 12, J. T. Hewitt; Colour¬ 
ing Matters of Natural Origin, W. M. Gardner; 
Analysis of Colouring Materials, W. P. Dreaper 
and E. Feilmann; Colouring Matters in Foods, 
A. F. Seeker; Inks, P. H. Walker. 

Vol. VI. Organic Bases, Vegetable Al¬ 
kaloids. Fourth Edition, entirely re¬ 
written. Edited by W. A. Davis and 
S. S. Sadtler. 730 pp. Philadelphia, 
1912. $7.00 

Contents: Amines and Ammonium Bases, W. 
A. Davis; Aniline and Its Allies, S. S. Sadtler; 
Naphthylamines, Pyridine, Quinoline and Acri¬ 
dine Bases, W. II. Glover; Vegetable Alkaloids, 
T. A. Henry; Volatile Bases of Vegetable Ori¬ 
gin, F. O. Taylor; Nicotine and Tobacco, R. 
W. Tonkin; Aconite Alkaloids, F. H. Carr; 
Atropine and Its Allies, F. H. Carr; Cocaine, 
S. S. Sadtler; Opium Alkaloids, F. O. Taylor; 
Strychnos Alkaloids, C. E. Vanderkleed; Cinch¬ 
ona Alkaloids, Oliver Chick; Berberine and Its 
Associates, E. Horton; Caffeine, Tea and Coffee, 
J. J. Fox and P. J. Sageman; Cocoa and Choc¬ 
olate, R. Whymper. 

Vol. VII. Vegetable Alkaloids, Gluco- 
sides, Non-Glucosidal Bitter Principles, 
Animal Bases, Animal Acids, Lactic 
Acid, Cyanogen, and Its Derivatives. 
Fourth Edition, entirely rewritten. Ed¬ 
ited by W. A. Davis and S. S. Sadtler. 
573 PP- Phila., 1913. $7x0 

Contents: Vegetable Alkaloids, G. Barger; 
Glueosides, E. F. Armstrong; Non-Glucosidal 
Bitter Principles, G. C. Jones; Animal Bases, 
A. E. Tay'or; Ptomaines or Putrefaction Bases, 
Animal Acids, J. A. Mandel; Lactic Acid, W. A. 
Davis; Cyanogen and Its Derivatives. 

Vol. VIII., Enzymes, Proteins and 
Albuminoid Substances, Milk and Milk 
Products, Haemoglobin and Blood, 
Proteids, Fibroids. Fourth Edition, 
entirely rewritten. Edited by W. A. 
Davis and Samuel S. Sadtler. 52 il¬ 
lustrations. 706 pp. Philadelphia, 1913. 

$7.00 

Contents: Enzymes, E. Frankland Armstrong; 
The Proteins and Albuminoid Substances, S. B. 
Schrvver; Proteins of Plants, E. F. Armstrong; 
Proteins of Milk, L. L. Van Slyke; Milk, Henry 
Leffmann; Milk Products, Cecil Revis and E. 
Richards Bolton; Meat and Meat Products, W. 
D. Richardson; Digestion Products of the Pro¬ 
teins, S. B. Schryver; Haemoglobin and Its De¬ 
rivatives, J. A. Gardner and G. A. Buckmaster; 
Albuminoids or Scleronroteins, Jerome Alexan¬ 
der; Fibroids, W. P. Dreaper. 







CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


3L 


Vol. IX. Containing new matter bring¬ 
ing all the volumes up-to-date. Com¬ 
plete general index. Author index. 
Appendix on sugars, butter, arginine, 
meat products. Fourth Edition. Illus¬ 
trated. 654 x 954. cloth. 854 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1917. $7.00 

Arup, Paul S. Industrial Organic Analy¬ 
sis. For the use of technical and ana¬ 
lytical chemists and students. With a 
foreword by J. C. Irvine. 14 illustra¬ 
tions. s J A x 7*4. cloth. 352 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1913. $3.50 

Contents: Coal and Coke; Coal Tar and Its 
Distillation Products; Fatty Oils and Fats; Soap; 
Petroleum and Its Distillation Products; Milk 
and Butter; Starch and Its Decomposition Pro¬ 
ducts; Flour, Barley and Malt; Preservatives 
and Artificial Coloring Matters in Foods. 

Baker, F. T. The Spectroscope. Its Uses 
in General Analytical Chemistry. An 
intermediate text-book for practical 
chemists. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 130 
pp. New York, 1907. net, $2.00 

Bruce, Edwin M. Detection of the Com¬ 
mon Food Adulterants. Third Edition, 
revised and enlarged. 5*4 x 7 1 / 2. cloth. 
95 pp. New York, 1917. $1.40 

F*r contents see pog — 

Crookes, Wm. Select Methods in Chem¬ 
ical Analysis. Fourth Edition, rewritten 
end enlarged. 68 illustrations. 6x^. 
cloth. 762 pp. London, 1905. $8.00 

Desch, Cecil H. Intermetallic Compounds. 
17 illustrations. 6 x& 54 . cloth boards. 
122 pp. New York, 1914. $1.45 

Contents: Thermal Analysis; Microscopic 

Structure; Isolation of Intermetallic Com¬ 
pounds; Native Intermetallic Compounds; 
Physical Properties; Existence of Intermetallic 
Compounds in the Liquid State; Relations of 
Intermetallic Compounds to Carbides, Silicates, 
ct«; r J?er»ary Compounds. 

Fischer, Emil. Introduction to the Prep¬ 
aration of Organic Compounds. Trans¬ 
lated from the Eighth German Edition 
ky R. V. Stanford. 19 illustrations. 
5x754. cloth. 194 pp. London, 1910. 

$2.00 

Franzen, Hartwig. Exercises in Gas 
Analysis. Translated from the first 
German Edition ("with corrections and 
additions by the author,) by Thomas 
CaHan. 30 illustrations. 5 x 754. cloth. 
129 pp. New York, 1913. net, $1.00 

Sill, A. H. A Short Handbook of Oil 
Analysis. Revised Eighth Edition. Il¬ 
lustrated. 554 x854- cloth. 209 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1918. $2.50 


Gooch, F. A. Methods in Chemical Anal¬ 
ysis. Originated or developed in the 
Kent Chemical Laboratory of Yale Uni¬ 
versity. Illustrated. 654x954. cloth. 
548 pp. New York, 1912. net, $4.00 

Contents: Appliances and General Procedure; 
Alkali Metals; Copper, Silver, Gold; Beryllium; 
Magnesium; Calcium; Strontium; Barium; Zinc; 
Cadmium; Mercury; Boron; Aluminum; Lau- 
thanum; Thallium; Carbon, Silicon, Titanium, 
Zirconium, Cerium, Tin, Lead; Nitrogen, Phos¬ 
phorus, Arsenic, Antimony; Bismuth, Vanad¬ 
ium; Oxygen, Sulphur, Selenium, Tellurium; 
Chromium, Molybdenum, L T ranium; Fluorine, 
Chlorine, Bromine, Iodine; Manganese, Nickel, 
Cobalt, Iron. 

Haldane, J. S. Methods of Air Analysis. 
Second Edition, revised and enlarged. 
25 illustrations. 5 x 7 l / 2 . cloth. 147 
pp. London, 1918. $2.00 

Contents: Collection of Samples of Air or 
Gas; Apparatus for General Air and Gas Analy¬ 
sis; Calculation and Statement of Results of 
Analyses; Portable Apparatus for Small Per¬ 
centages of Carbon Dioxide; Portable Apparatus 
for Carbon Dioxide, Methane, or Carbon Mon¬ 
oxide in Air of Mines Worked with Naked 
Lights; Portable Apparatus for Routine Fire- 
Damp Estimations; Approximate Estimation of 
Oxygen by Flame Test; Approximate Estimation 
of Methane, etc., by Flame Test; Gravimetric 
Determination of Moisture and Carbon Dioxide; 
Determination of Moisture by Dry and Wet- 
Rule Thermometers; Recognition and Determina¬ 
tion of Small Proportions of Carbon Monoxide; 
Recognition of Other Poisonous Gases; Deter¬ 
mination of Dust in Air. 

Knecht, E., and Hibbert, E. New Reduc¬ 
tion Methods in Volumetric 1 Analysis. 
6x9. cloth. 118 pp. London, 1910. $1.75 

Lunge, G. Techno-Chemical Analysis. 
Authorized translation by Alfred I. 
Cohn. 16 illustrations. 5x754. cloth. 
143 pp. New York, 1905. $1.00 

Lunge, George. Technical Chemists’ Hand¬ 
book. Tables and methods of analysis 
for manufacturers of inorganic chem¬ 
ical products. Second Edition, revised. 
leather. 283 pp. London, 1916. $4.00 

Contents: General Tables; Fuel and Fur¬ 
naces; Sulphuric Acid Manufacture; Saltcake 
and Hydrochloric Acid; Bleaching Powder and 
Chlorate of Potash Manufacture; Soda Ash 
Manufacture by the Leblanc Process; Manufac¬ 
ture of S*da by the Ammonia Process; Caustic 
Soda; Electrolytic Alkaline Liquors; Nitric Acid 
Manufacture; Potassium Salts; Ammonia Manu¬ 
facture; Coal-Gas Manufacture; Calcium Carbide 
and Acetylene; Examination of the Pan Mate¬ 
rials and Products of the Manufacture of Fer¬ 
tilizers; Alumina Preparations; Cement Indus¬ 
try; Preparation of Standard Solutions; Rules 
for Sampling; Comparison of the Hydrometer 
Degrees According to Baume and Twaddell, 
with the Specific Gravities; Value of Alkali 
per Ton. 

Lunge, George. Technical Methods of 
Chemical Analysis. English transla¬ 
tion from the latest German edition, 








38 


D. VAN NO ST RAND COMPANY’S 


adapted to English conditions of man¬ 
ufacture. Edited by Charles A. Keane. 
With the Collaboration of eminent 
specialists. In three volumes. 448 il¬ 
lustrations. 6>2 x 9J/2. cloth. 3494 pp. 
Vol. I. General Methods of Technical 
Analysis. ("In two parts.,) Illustrated. 
1024 pp. New Edition in Press 

Contents: Technical Gas Analysis; Fuel Anal¬ 
ysis; Sulphurous Acid, Nitric Acid and Sul¬ 
phuric Acid; Saltcake and Hydrochloric Acid; 
Sodium Carbonate; The Chlorine Industry; 
Potassium Salts; Cyanogen Compounds; Clay; 
Clay wares, Earthenware and Glazes; Aluminum 
Salts and Alumina; Glass; Calcareous Cements; 
Drinking Water and Water Supplies; Feed Wa¬ 
ter for Boilers and Water for other Technical 
Purposes; Sewage and Effluents; Soils; Air. 

Vol. II. In two parts. 148 illustra¬ 
tions. 1291 pp. New York, 1911. 

New Edition in Press 

Contents: Iron, by P. Aulich, edited by W. J. 
Lambert; Metals other than Iron, and Metallic 
Salts, by Prof. O. Pufahl, Revised by C. O. 
Bannister: Artificial Manures, Prof. O. Bott- 
cher, Revised by A. Smetham; Feeding Stuff?, 
by F. Barnstein, Revised by A. Smetham; Ex¬ 
plosives, O. Guttmann, Revised by the Author; 
Matches and Fireworks, by A. Bujard, Revised 
by E. G. Clayton; Calcium Carbide and Acety¬ 
lene, by Prof. G. Lunge and E. Beri, Revised 
by J. T. Conroy; Illuminating Gas and Ammonia, 
by O. Pfeiffer, revised by H. G. Colman; Coal 
Tar, by H. Kohler, Revised by A. G. Green; 
Organic Dyes, by Prof. R. Gnehm, Revised by 
J. C. Cain. 

Vol. III. In two parts. 98 illustra¬ 
tions. U74 pp. New York, 1914. 

New Edition in Press 

Contents: Mineral Oils; Lubricants; Oils, 
Fats and Waxes; Special Methods of Analysis 
Employed in the Oil and Fat Industries; Re¬ 
sins, Balsams, and Gum-Resins; Drugs and Ga¬ 
lenical Preparations; Essential Oils; Tartaric 
Acid; Citric Acid; Organic Preparations; India 
Rubber and Rubber Goods; Vegetable Tanning 
Materials; Leather; Ink; Sugar; Starch and 
Dextrin; Alcohol, Potable Spirits, and Liquors; 
Vinegar; Wine; Brewing Materials and Beer; 
Paper; Textile Fibres; Inorganic Colors. 

Lunge, George. Technical Gas Analysis. 
143 illustrations. 654x9*4- cloth. 423 
pp. New York, 1914. $4.50 

Melick, C. W. Dairy Laboratory Guide. 
52 illustrations. 5*4 x 7 l / 2 . cloth. 134 
pp. New York, 1907. $1.25 

Contents: Cream Separators; Babcock Tester; 
Lactometer; Acidity of Milk; Pasteurization; 
Starter Making; Curd; Cream Ripening and 
Grading; Churning; Tests on Butter; Cheese; 
Ice Cream; Dairy Bacteriology; Tests for Preser¬ 
vatives and Oleomargarine; Repairing Machinery; 
Milk Preparations; Disinfectants; Refrigeration; 
Bookkeeping. 

Munby, Alan E. Introduction to the 
Chemistry and Physics of Building Ma¬ 
terials. Illustrated. 6 x 8 * 4 - 365 pp. 

London, 1912. ("Van Nostrand’s West¬ 


minster Series.) » . $2.50 

Contents: Elementary Science. Natural Laws 
and Scientific Investigations^ Measurement and 
the Properties of Matter; Air and Combustion; 
Nature and Measurements of Heat and Its Ef¬ 
fects on Materials; Chemical Signs and Calcula¬ 
tions; Water and Its Impurities; Sulphur and 
the Nature of Acids and Bases; Coal and Its 
Products; Outlines of Geology. Building Mate¬ 
rials. The Constituents of Stones; Clays and 
Cementing Materials; Classification; Examination 
and Testing of Stones; Brick and Other Clays; 
Kiln Reactions and the Properties of Burnt 
Clays; Plasters and Limes; Cements; Theories 
upon the Setting of Plasters and Hydraulic 
Materials; Artificial Stone; Oxychloride Ce¬ 
ment; Asphalate; General Properties of Metals; 
Iron and Steel; Other Metals and Alloys; Tim¬ 
ber, Paints; Oils, Thinners and Varnishes; 
Bases, Pigments and Driers. 

Parry, L. The Analysis of Ashes and 
Alloys. 6x9. cloth. 151 pp. London, 
1908. $2.50 

Contents: Determination of Individual Ele¬ 
ments; Analysis of Ashes; Miscellaneous 
Analyses. 

Pickering, Geo. F. Aids in the Commer¬ 
cial Analysis of Oils, Fats, and Their 
Commercial Products. A laboratory 
handbook, with many tables in the text. 
6x9. cloth. 141 pp. London, 1917. $3.00 

Richards, W. A., and North, H. B. 

A Manual of Cement Testing. For 
the use of engineers and chemists in 
colleges and in the field. Illustrated. 
5 ) 4 x 8 . cloth. 147 pp. New York, 
1912. net, $1.50 

Scott, Wilfred W. ("Editor). Standard 
Methods of Chemical Analysis. A man¬ 
ual of analytical methods and general 
reference for the analytical chemist and 
for the advanced student. Second Edi¬ 
tion, revised, with additional tables. 142 
illustrations, 3 color plates. 7x914. 
cloth. 900 pp. N. Y., 1917. $7.50 

(The following specialists have written chap¬ 
ters for this book: H, A. Baker, L. C. Barton, 

F. G. Breyer, B. S. Clark, Wallace G. Derby, 
Wm. F. Doerflinger, D. K. French, H. A. Gard¬ 
ner, A. H. Gill, F. E Hale, R E. Hickman, 

W. B. Hicks, R. K. Meade. J. C. Olsen, R. S. 
Owens, W. L. Saveli, J. A. Schaefer.) 

, Contents: Aluminum; Antimony; Arsenic; Ba¬ 
rium; Bismuth; Boron; Bromine; Cadmium; Cal¬ 
cium; Carbon; Cerium and Other Rare Earths; 
Chlorine; Chromium; Cobalt; Copper; Fluorine; 
Glucinum (Beryllium); Gold; Iodine; Iron; . 
Lead; Magnesium; Manganese; Mercury; Molyb- B 
denum; Nickel; Nitrogen; Phosphorus; Plati¬ 
num; Rarer Elements of the Allied Platinum 
Metals; Potassium, Sodium and Other Alkalies; 
Selenium and Tellurium; Silicon; Silver; Stron¬ 
tium; Sulphur; Thorium; Tin; Titanium; Tung- t 
sten, Tantalum and Columbium; Uranium; Vana¬ 
dium; Zinc; Zirconium. Special Subjects. Acids; 
Water Analysis; Oils, Fats and Waxes; Paints; 
Cement; Special Alloys; Coal; Gas; Assaying of 
Gold, Silver, etc ; Useful Data; Conversion 
lables; Table of Melting Points; Acid Tables; ( 
Books of Reference. k 







CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


39 


Sherman, H. C. Methods of Organic 
Analysis. Second Edition, rewritten and 
enlarged. Illustrated. 6 l / 2 x 9. cloth. 
42S PP- New York, 1912. net, $2.40 
Contents: Alcohols; Aldehydes; Carbohy¬ 
drates; General Methods; Special Methods of 
Sugar Analysis; Starch and Amylase; Vinegar 
and Acetate; Fatty Acids; Oils, Fats and Acids; 
Edible Oils and Fats; Drying, Petroleum and 
Lubricating Oils; Fuels; Soap and Glycerin; 
Nitrogen, Sulphur and Phosphorus; Proteins and 
Proteases; Grain Products; Milk; Food Preserva¬ 
tives. 

Smith, Edgar F. Electro-Analysis. Sixth 
Edition, revised and enlarged. 47 il¬ 
lustrations. 5^x7^. cloth. 357 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1918. $3.50 

For contents see page 

Snell, F. D. Colorimetric Analysis. Illus¬ 
trated. 5x7. cloth. In Press 

Contents: Conditions of Use of Colorimetric 
Methods; Apparatus Used and Methods of Using 
it; Figuring of Results; The Determination of 
Iron; Determination of Copper; Lead, Bismuth 
and Arsenic; Aluminum and Chromium; Nickel, 
Cobalt, Manganese and Zinc; Potassium and 
Magnesium; Gold; Titanium, Vanadium, and 
Tungsten; Fluoorine, Chlorine and Perchlorates; 
Nitric and Nitrous Acids, and Ammonia; Phos¬ 
phorus, Silica and Boron; Oxygen and Hydrogen 
Peroxide; Sulphur, Hydrogen Sulphide and Sel- 
enious Acid; Color of Water; Oils and Dyes; 
Nephelometry, 


Villaecchia, V. Treatise on Applied 
Analytical Chemistry. Methods and 
standards for the chemical analysis of 
the principal industrial and food prod¬ 
ucts. Translated by Thomas H. Pope. 
Illustrated. 6p2 x 10. cloth. Philadel¬ 
phia, 1918. 

Vol. I. 58 illustrations. 491 pp. $7.75 

Vol. II. 105 illustrations. 550 pp. $7.75 

For contents see page — 

Washington, Henry S. Manual of the 
Chemical Analysis of Rocks. Third 
Edition, revised and enlarged. 6x9. 
cloth. 283 pp. New York, 1919. $2.50 
Contents; Introduction; Apparatus and Re¬ 
agents; The Sample; Operations; Methods; Ap¬ 
pendices; Factors for Calculation; Example of 
Analysis; References. 

White, A. H. Technical Fuel and Gas 
Analysis. 47 illustrations. 5^2 x 8. 
cloth. 255 pp. New York, 1913. $2.00 

Woollatt, G. H. Laboratory Arts. A 
teacher’s handbook dealing with mate¬ 
rials and tools used in the construc¬ 
tion, adjustment and repair of scien¬ 
tific instruments with 119 diagrams. 
5x7. cloth. 200 pp. New York, 1908. 

$1.50 


EXPERIMENTS AND LABORATORY MANUALS 


Benedict, F. G. Chemical Lectures. Ex¬ 
periments. 5 x 7J4. cloth. 436 pp. 
New York, 1901. $2.40 

Biltz, H. Introduction to Experimental 
Inorganic Chemistry. Authorized trans¬ 
lation from the German by Wm. T. 
Hall and Jos. W. Phelan. 5 * 7 ^- 
cloth. 191 pp. N. Y., 1909. $125 

Biltz, Heinrich, and Biltz, Wilhelm. Lab¬ 
oratory Methods of Inorganic Chemis¬ 
try. Translated by W. T. Hall and 
A. A. Blanchard. 26 illustrations. 6x9. 
cloth. 273 pp. N. Y., 1909. n*t, $2.50 

Contents: The Elements; Changes of Condi¬ 
tion; Simple Compounds; Compounds Containing 
a Complex Negative Component; Compounds 
Containing a Complex Negative Compound; 
Complex Non-Electrolytes; Preparation of Com¬ 
pounds of the Rare Elements from Their Min¬ 
erals. 

Bingham, E. C., and White, Geo. F. 
A Laboratory Manual of Inorganic 
Chemistry. 5 x 7 J 4 - cloth. 155 pp. 
New York, 1911. $1.50 

Blanchard, Wm. M. Laboratory Exer¬ 
cises in General Chemistry. Second 
Edition. Illustrated. 5 * 7 ^- cloth. 
168 pp. New York, 1918. $1.00 

Contents: Preliminary Operations; Chemical 
Action; Quantitative Relations; Oxygen; Pro¬ 
portion of Oxygen in the Atmosphere; Oxida¬ 


tion and Reduction; Hydrogen; Equivalent 
Weights; Water; Solutions; Influence of Tem¬ 
perature on Solubilitiy; Hydrogen Peroxide; 
Atomic Weights; Chlorine; Hydrogen Chloride 
and Hydrobromic Acid; Iodine; Hydrogen 
Iodide and Hydriodic Acid; Hydrogen Fluoride 
and Hydrofluoric Acid; Oxygen Compounds of 
the Halogens; Acids—Bases—Salts; Sulphur; 
Hydrogen Sulphide; Sulphur Dioxide and Sul¬ 
phurous Acid; Sulphur Trioxide and Sulphuric 
Acid; Nitrogen; Ammonia; Oxides of Nitrogen; 
Nitric Acid and Nitrates; Phosphorus—Phos¬ 
phine—The Chlorides of Phosphorus; Phos¬ 
phorus Pentoxide and the Phosphoric Acids; 
Arsenic; Antimony; Bismuth; Carbon; Hydro¬ 
carbons; Oxides of Carbon; Silicon; Boron; 
Sodium Chloride; Sodium Bicarbonate; Sodium 
Nitrite; Reactions of Potassium Salts; Potassium 
Carbonate; Potassium Hydroxide; Potassium Ni¬ 
trate; Detection of Sodium, Potassium, and Am¬ 
monium Salts; Reactions of Calcium Salts; 
Calcium Hydroxide; Calcium Sulphate; Strontium 
Salts; Barium Salts; Detection of Calcium, 
Strontium, and Barium Salts; Compounds. of 
Copper; Silver Salts; Zinc Salts; Cadmium 
Salts; Mercury Salts; Aluminum 1 Salts; The 
Salts; Lead Salts; Detection of Aluminum, Tin, 
and Lead Salts; Compounds of Chromium; Man¬ 
ganese Compounds; Iron Compounds; Cobalt and 
Nickel Salts; Detection of Chromium, Mangan¬ 
ese, Iren. Cobalt, and Nickel; Vapor Tension 
and Specific Gravity Tables; Solubility Curves; 
Partial List of Elements with Atomic Weights. 

Dull, Chas. E. Laboratory Exercises in 
Chemistry. Illustrated. 6x9. paper. 
224 pp. New York, 1919. $1.24 












D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Ekeley, J. B. A Laboratory Manual of 
Inorganic Chemistry. To accompany A 
Textbook of Inorganic Chemistry, by 
A. F. Holleman. 46 illustrations. 5 l A x 
724 . cloth. 138 pp. N. Y., 1912. $1.25 

Fisher, Harry L. Laboratory Manual of 
Organic Chemistry. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 34B pp. N. Y., 1920. $2.25 

Hale, Wm. J. A Laboratory Manual of 
General Chemistry Illustrated. 5 x 7 ^ 4 . 
cloth. 485 pp. N. Y., 1917. $1.60 

Hart, Edward. Second Year Chemistry. 
A handbook for laboratory and class 
work. 31 illustrations. 5x7. cloth. 
165 pp. Easton, 1905. $1.25 

Holleman, A. F., and Walker, A. J. 
A Laboratory Manual of Organic 
Chemistry for Beginners. Third Edi¬ 
tion. 5 x 7 J 4 - cloth. 100 pp. New 
York, 1913. $1.25 

Hoyt, Wilbur F. Chemistry by Experi¬ 
mentation, Including Qualitative Analy¬ 
sis. A laboratory manual for the first 
year course. 25 illustrations. 524 x 744- 
cloth boards. 176 pp. New York, 1917. 

net, $0.70 

Contents: Laboratory Directions and Emer¬ 
gency Notes; Introduction to the Laboratory; 
States of Matter; Elements, Compounds, Mix¬ 
tures and Radicals; Physical and Chemical 
Changes; Air and Nitrogen; Oxygen and Ozone; 
Water; Hydrogen; Solutions, Solvents, and Crys¬ 
tallization; Removal of Spots and Stains; Com¬ 
bustion; Carbon and Its Oxids; Electrochemis¬ 
try; Acids, Bases and Salts; Hydrochloric and 
Hydrofluoric Acid; Alkali Bases; Alkalin Earth 
Bases and Compounds; Quantitative Measure¬ 
ments; Oxidation and Reduction; Sulfur: Its 
Oxids and Metallic Sulfids; The Halogens; 
Phosphorus and Arsenic; A Chemical Excursion; 
Qualitative Analysis; Principles of Equation 
Writing; Qualitative Analysis of Bases and 
Acids—Reagent Method; Chemistry of Light; 
Hydrocarbons; Carbohydrates; Alcohols, Ethers, 
and Aldehydes; Organic Acids and Esters; Fats, 
Oils and Soap; Textile Fibers; Inks, Dyes and 
Paints: Milk. Butter and Oleomargarine; Ce¬ 
reals, Flour, Bread, and Baking Powder; Adul¬ 
teration of Foods and Drugs; Chemistry of Di¬ 
gestion; Chemistry of Agriculture; Calibration, 
Standard and Normal Solutions; Burette Deter¬ 
mination of Salt, Base and Acid; Estimated Re¬ 
agents for First and Second Parts; Special Re¬ 
agents. 

Lamb, Arthur B. Laboratory Manual of 
General Chemistry. With exercises in 
the preparation of inorganic substances. 
Illustrated. 8x10. cloth. 172 pp. 
Cambridge, Mass., 1916. $1.45 

Moore, F. J. Experiments in Organic 
Chemistry. 5x7^4. cloth. 37 pp. New 
York, 1915. $0.75 

The book is designed as a Laboratory Manual 
t« accompany “Outlines of Organic Chemistry.’* 

Newth, G. S. Chemical Lecture Exper¬ 
iments. Non-Metallic Elements. Illus¬ 


trated. 5 1 A^ 7 1 A‘ cloth. 347 PP- Lon¬ 
don, 1918. $2-25 

Contents: Hydrogen; Hydrogenium; Oxygen; 
Ozone; Water; Hydrogen Peroxide; Chlorine; 
Hydrochloric Acid; Oxides and Acids of Chlor¬ 
ine; Bromine; Hydrobromic Acid; Iodine; Hy- 
driodic Acid; Oxides and Oxyacids of Iodine; 
Fluorine; Hydrofluoric Acid; Silicon Fluoride; 
Nitrogen; Argon; Ammonia; Hydrazoic Acid; 
Nitrous Chloride; Nitrogen Iodide; Oxides of 
Nitrogen; The Atmosphere, Diffusion; Combus¬ 
tion; Carbon Dioxide; Carbon Monoxide; 
Methane (Marsh Gas); Ethylene; Acetylene; 
Flame, and Luminosity of Flame; Silicon; Sil¬ 
icon Hydride; Silicic Acid; Boron; Boric Acid; 
Phosphorus; Phosphoretted Hydrogen; Phos¬ 
phorus Pentoxide; Phosphorus Oxide; Sulphur; 
Sulphuretted Hydrogen; Hydrogen Persulphide; 
Sulphur Dioxide; Sulphur Trioxide; Sulphuric 
Acid; Carbon Disulphide; Arsenic; Arseniuretted 
Hydrogen; Antimony; Antimoniuretted Hydro¬ 
gen; Dissociation; Liquefaction of Gases; Ex¬ 
periments of Electrolysis; Lantern Illustrations; 
Appendix. 

Newth, G. S. Smaller Chemical Analysis. 
15 illustrations. 6x9, cloth. 149 pp. 
London, 1906. $0.75 

Newth, G. S. A Manual of Chemical 
Analysis, Qualitative and Quantitative. 
102 illustrations. 5 x 7 ]/ 2 . cloth. 488 
pp. London, 1918. $2.75 

North, H. B. Laboratory Experiments in 
General Chemistry. Second Edition, 
revised . 37 illustrations. 5 l / 2 x 744- 

cloth. 211 pp. New York, 1914. 

net, $1.00 

Contents: Causes of Chemical Change; Hy¬ 
drogen; Oxygen and Ozone; Water and Hydro¬ 
gen Peroxide; The Halogens; Acids, Bases and 
Salts; Nitrogen; Oxidation and Reduction; Sul¬ 
phur; Carbon; Silicon and Boron; Phosphorus, 
Arsenis, Antimony and Bismuth; The Alkalies 
and Ammonium; The Alkaline Earths; Magne¬ 
sium, Zinc, Cadmium and Mercury; Copper, 
Silver and Gold; Tin and Lead; Aluminum and 
Chromium; Manganese; Iron, Cobalt and 
Nickel; Platinum; Appendix. 

Petty, C. L. Commercial Laboratory 
Notes. 544 x 724 - loose leaf in flexible 
leather binder. 105 pp. Dayton, Ohio, 
1919. $ 5 .oo 

This volume covers the following subjects 
sufficiently well to be of great value to analyt¬ 
ical chemists: Non-Ferrous Alloys, Paint. Oil, 
Rubber, Steel and Iron, as well as a collection 
•f miscellaneous materials. 

Ransom, James H. Experimental General 
Chemistry. Second Edition. Illus¬ 
trated. 424 x 724 - cloth. 191 pp. New 
York, 1917. net, $1.00 

Rockwood, Elbert W. A Laboratory Man¬ 
ual of Physiological Chemistry. Fourth 
Edition, rezhsed and enlarged. Illus¬ 
trated. 5x7^. cloth. 323 pp. Phila¬ 
delphia, 1919. $2.0* 

Silverman, Alex., and Harvey, A. W. 
Laboratory Directions and Study 






CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


41 


Questions in Inorganic Chemistry. Il¬ 
lustrated. 8x10^2. loose leaf, no 
pp. New York, 1919. $2.00 

The directions in this manual have been se¬ 
lected as representative not only of the practical 
applications of chemistry, but as illustrating 
modern theories. Wherever possible the appa¬ 
ratus required has been simplified so as to avoid 
the necessity of having the student use elaborate 
forms. The directions are arranged in loose 
leaf form, so that they may be detached and 
submitted from day to day with results obtained 
in the Laboratory. The study questions which 
form the second part of the book follow closely 
the treatment of Inorganic Chemistry in the 
college texts. 

Smith, Alexander. A Laboratory Outline 
of College Chemistry. Illustrated. 5x7. 
cloth. 211 pp. N. Y., 1916. $i.io 

Smith, Alexander. Experimental Inor¬ 
ganic Chemistry. Fifth Edition . Illus¬ 
trated. 5x7^. 178 pp. New York, 

1917. $1.10 

Steel, Matthew. A Laboratory Manual of 
Organic Chemistry for Medical Stu¬ 
dents. 6% x.9%. cloth. 202 pp. New 


York, 1916. $i- 5 * 

Contents: Qualitative Analysis of Organic 
Compounds; Purification of Organic Substances;' 
The Aliphatic Hydrocarbons; Halogen Deriva¬ 
tives of the Hydrocarbons; Alcohols; Ethers;, 
Aldehydes and Ketones; Fatty Acids; Acid Chlo¬ 
rides, Acid Anhydrides, Esters and Mebcaptans; 
Amines, Amides, and Cyanogen Compounds; 
Lipins; Carbohydrates and Glucosides; Monobasic 
Unsaturated Acids; Saturated Dibasic Acids, 
and Hydroxy Acids; Carbocyclic Compounds; He¬ 
terocyclic Compounds; Vegetable Alkaloids; Pro¬ 
teins ; Appendices. 

Titherley, A. W. Laboratory Course of 
Organic Chemistry, including Qualita¬ 
tive Organic Analysis. Illustrated. 
5^4 x 8^. cloth. 240 pp. London, 
1907. $2.50 

Contents: Solubility; Filtration; Separation; 
Recrystallization; Melting Point; Boiling Point; 
Preparation and Purification of Organic Com¬ 
pounds; Hydrocarbons; Halogen Derivatives; 
Alcohols and Phenols; Aldehydes; Ketones and 
Quinones; Acids; Esters; Glycerides; Carbohy¬ 
drates; Sulphur Compounds; Amines; Diazo¬ 
derivatives; Nitrites; Heterocyclic Bases; 
Amides; Ureides; Alkaloids; Determination of 
Carbon; Hydrogen; Nitrogen; Phosphorus; Sul¬ 
phur and Halogens in Organic Substances; In¬ 
vestigation of Organic Compounds; Character¬ 
istic Qualities of the Main Classes; Tables. 


QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS 


Baskerville, C., and Curtman, L. J. 
A Course in Qualitative Chemical Anal¬ 
ysis. New Edition. 6x9. cloth. 230 
pp. New York, 1916. $1.90 

Contents: The Metals; The Acids; Complete 
Analysis; Appendices. 

Byers, H. G., and Knight, H. G. Notes on 
Qualitative Analysis. 6x9. cloth. 192 
pp. New York, 1912. 

New Edition in Preparation 


Contents: Qualitative Analysis; Basis of 
Identification; Conditions Producing Reactions; 
Properties Used in Identification; Importance 
of various phases of Work; Chemical Prin- 
pies Involved in Qualitative Analysis; Defini¬ 
tions, Kinds, Phenomena and Hydrates in So¬ 
lution; Hydration of Ions; Osmotic Pressure; 
Freezing and Boiling Points, Acids, Bases, and 
Salts in Solutions; Electrolysis; Qualitative Il¬ 
lustrations; Metal Analysis; Acid and Systematic 
Analysis; The Rare Metals; Appendices. 


Eliot, C. W., and Storer, F. H. Com¬ 
pendious Manual of Qualitative Chem¬ 
ical Analysis. As revised by W. R- 
Nichols. Newly revised by W. B. Lind¬ 
say and F. H. Storer. Twenty-second 
Edition. 5x7^. cloth. 209 pp. New 
York, 1909. $I - 5 ° 


Contents: Definition and Scope of Qualitative 
Analysis; Examples of the Separation; Chlorides 
nsoluble in Water and Acids; Sulphides ln- 
oluble in Water, Dilute Acids and Alkalies; 
General and Special Tests for N°n-Metallic 
elements; Treatment of Substances of Unknown 
Composition; Reagents; Solutions of Known 
Composition; Utensils. 


Fresenius, C. R. Manual of Qualitativ® 
Chemical Analysis. Translated by H. 
L. Wells. New Edition, thoroughly re¬ 
vised. Illustrated. 6 ^ 4 x 954 - cloth. 
765 pp. New York, 1915* $ 4 - 5 ° 

Contents: Preliminary Remarks; Reagents; Re¬ 
agents in the Wet Way; In the Dry Way; In¬ 
organic Acids; Organic Acids; Systematic Course 
of Qualitative Analysis; Appendix. 

Gooch, F. A., and Browning, P. E. Out¬ 
lines of Qualitative Chemical Analysis. 
Fourth Edition, revised. 5 J 4 x 8 } 4 .' 
cloth. 159 pp. N. Y., 1917 . net, $1.25 

Contents: Introductory; The Basic Analysis; 
The Acidic Analysis; The Systematic Examina¬ 
tion ; Organic Compounds. 

Hinds, J. I. D. Qualitative Chemical 
Analysis. From the standpoint of sol¬ 
ubilities,' ionization and mass action. 
Second Edition. 6 x 9 . cloth. 274 PP- 
Easton, 1910. $2.50 

Noyes, Arthur A. A Course of ^ Instruc¬ 
tion in the Qualitative Analysis of In¬ 
organic Substances. Seventh Edition, 
partly rewritten. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 133 pp. New York. 1918. $1.90 

Prescott, A. B., and Johnson, 0 . C. 

Qualitative Chemical Analysis. A guide 
in qualitative work, with data for ana¬ 
lytical operations, and laboratory meth¬ 
ods in inorganic chemistry. Seventh 
Edition, thoroughly revised by John C. 







42 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Olsen. 6^x954. cloth. 452 pp. New 
York, 1916. $4.00 

Contents: Principles of Analytical Chemistry. 
The Chemical Elements and Their Atomic 
Weights; Periodic System; Classification of the 
Metals as Bases; Commonly Occurring Acids; 
Operations of Analysis; Solution and Ionization; 
Order of Laboratory Study. The Metals. The 
Silver, Tin, Copper, Iron, Zinc, Calcium and 
Alkali Groups. The Non-Metals. Systematic 
Examinations. 

Prescott, A. B., and Sullivan, E. C. First 
Book in Qualitative Chemistry. For 
studies of water solution and mass ac¬ 
tion. Eleventh Edition, entirely re¬ 
written. 6x9. cloth. 148 pp. New 
York, 1913. net, $1.50 

Contents: Qualitative Chemistry; Equivalent 
Weights; Valence; Chemical Notation and No¬ 
menclature; The Equation; Salts; Acids; Bases; 
Formulas; Reagents; Solutions; Manipulation; 
The Analytical Groups; Electrolytic Dissocia¬ 
tion; Chemical Equilibrium; Methods of Making 
a Reaction Complete; Solubility; The Solubility 
Product; Equilibrium Between Substances with 
a Common Ion; Hydrolysis; The Periodic Sys¬ 
tem of Elements; Tests for the Metals and the 
Non-Metals. 

Scott, W. W. Qualitative Chemical 
Analysis. A laboratory guide. Third 
Edition, completely revised and en¬ 
larged. color plate. 5 x 7^. cloth. 
361 pp. New York, 1918. $3.00 

Contents: Introduction; The Metals; Hydro¬ 
gen Sulphide Group; Ammonium Sulphide 
Group; Ammonium Carbonate Group; Soluble 
Basic Group; The Acids; Silver Nitrate Group; 
Barium Chloride Group; Soluble Acid Group; 
Organic Acids; Systematic Analysis of a Sub¬ 
stance; Preliminary Examination of a Liquid; 


Analysis of the Acids; Table of Reactions of 
the Metals and the Acids; The Less Common 
Elements; Rarer Elements of the Ammonium 
Sulphide Group; The Rare Metals of the Alkali 
Group. 

Treadwell, F. P. Analytical Chemistry. 
Translated and revised by W. T. Hall. 
Fourth Edition. Vol. I., Qualitative 
Analysis. 27 illustrations. 6x9%. 
cloth, ssi pp. N. Y., 1916. $3.50 

Contents: General Principles; Reaction of the 
Metals (Cations); Reaction of the Acid Con¬ 
stituents (Anions); Reaction of Some of the 
Rarer Metals. 

Wells, H. L. A Laboratory Guide in Qual¬ 
itative Chemical Analysis. 6 J 4 x 9 ^ 4 - 
cloth. 196 pp. N. Y., 1913. net, $1.50 

Contents: Analytical Course; Theory; De¬ 
scriptive Part. 

White, George F. A Laboratory and 
Class-room guide to Qualitative Chem¬ 
ical Analysis. 5/4 x 7F2- cloth. 178 pp. 
New York, 1916. $1.40 

Contents: Study of Reactions and Analytical 
Procedures. Introduction; Thories of Solutions; 
General Instructions; Reactions of the Base¬ 
forming Constituents and Basic Analysis; Re¬ 
actions of the Acid-forming Constituents. Sys- 
tematic Analysis of Unknown Substances. Pre¬ 
liminary Tests; Analysis of a Solution; Analysis 
of a Solid Substance for the Base-forming Con¬ 
stituents; Analysis of a Solid Substance for the 
Acid-forming Constituents. Appendix. Analyt¬ 
ical Tables; Directions for the Preparation of 
Reagents and Test Solutions; Solubilities of 
Difficulty Soluble Compounds in Water; Relative 
Solubilities in Water and Acids; Percentage 
Ionization of Acids, Bases, and Salts; Table of 
the Elements Arranged According to the Pe¬ 
riodic System; Table of Atomic Weights. 


QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS 


Blasdale, Walter C. Principles of Quan¬ 
titative Analysis. An introductory 
course. Second Edition, revised and 
enlarged. 70 illustrations. 5*4 x 714. 
cloth. 414 pp. fVan Nostrand’s Text¬ 
books.,) New York, 1917. net, $2.50 

Contents: Introductory Statements and Defini¬ 
tions; Gravimetric Gas Evolution Processes; 
Gravimetric Precipitation Processes; Gravimetric 
Solution and Extraction Processes; Partition 
Processes; General Features of Volumetric Proc¬ 
esses; Volumetric Processes Involving Precipita¬ 
tion; Volumetric Processes Involving Neutraliza¬ 
tion; Volumetric Processes Involving Oxidation; 
Physico-Chemical Processes; Appendices. 

Boone, W. T'. A Complete Course of 
Volumetric Analysis for Middle and 
Higher Forms of Schools. 15 illustra¬ 
tions. 5 x 714 - cloth. 172 pp. London, 
1918. $1.50 

Contents: Introduction; Simple Apparatus for 
Measuring Liquids; Methods of Ascertaining 
when Reactions are Complete; End-Points; Com¬ 
mon Indicators; Standard or Volumetric Solu¬ 
tions; Acidimetry and Alkalimetry; Methods De¬ 
pending on Direct Oxidation and Reduction; 


Methods Involving Indirect Oxidation; Iodo* 
metry; Methods Involving Precipitation; Miscel¬ 
laneous Exercises; Notes on Electrolytic Disso¬ 
ciation and Indicators; Table of Standard Solu¬ 
tions in Common Use; Table of Atomic Weights; 
Notes on the Exercises; Answers to Questions. 

Classen, A., and Cloeren, H. Quantitative 

Analysis by Electrolysis. Revised Eng¬ 
lish translation of the Fifth German 
Edition. 52 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
359 PP- New York, 1919. $3.00 

Contents: Introduction; Electro-Analytical De¬ 
termination; Separation of Metals; Special 
Analysis. 

Clowes, F., and Coleman, J. B. Quantita¬ 
tive Chemical Analysis. Adapted for 
use in the laboratories of colleges and 
schools. Eleventh Ediiion. Illustrated. 
6x9. cloth. 594 pp. Philadelphia, 
1918. • $5.75 

Contents: General Processes; Simple Gravi¬ 
metric Estimations; Volumetric Analysis; 
General Quantitative Analysis; Organic Analy¬ 
sis and Molecular Weights; Volumetric Estima¬ 
tion of Gases; Tables for Reference. 








CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


43 


Cumming, Alexander C., and Kay, Sydney 

A. A Text-Book of Quantitative Chem¬ 
ical Analysis. 96 illustrations. 6*4 x 9. 
cloth. 397 pp. N. Y., 1913. Reprinting 

Contents: General Principles; Volumetric 

Analysis; Gravimetric Analysis; Colorimetric 
Methods; Systematic Quantitative Analysis; The 
Analysis of Simple Ores and Alloys; Gas Analy¬ 
sis; Water Analysis; Quantitative Analysis of 
Organic Substances; The Determination of 
Molecular Weights; Appendix. 

Fresenius, C. R. ‘Quantitative Chemical 
Analysis. Translated from the Sixth 
Revised German Edition by A. I. Cohn. 

2 vols, 280 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
2076 pp. New York, 1912, ’15. 

2 vols., net. $12.50 
The table of factors and their multiples has 
also been entirely recalculated by the translator, 
and the latter has moreover added the logarith¬ 
mic values of the factors. Two new tables of 
weights of gases per litre have been added to 
Table IX by the translator, both calculated, on 
the atomic values used in the book, the object 
being to have all the values in each given table 
agree among themselves, whereby more consistent 
and uniform results may be obtained and fewer 
discrepancies are likely to occur. 

When sold separately. Vol. I. net, $5.50 
Vol. II. net, 7.50 

Gooch, Frank A. Representative Proced¬ 
ures in Quantitative Chemical Analysis. 
36 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 273 pp. 
New York, 1915. $2.50 

Contents: Process of Analysis; Weighing and 
Measuring; Procedures in Gravimetric Analysis; 
Procedures in Columetric Analysis; Systematic 
Analysis. 

Hampshire, C. H. Volumetric Analysis for 
Students of Pharmaceutical and Gen¬ 
eral Chemistry. 5 / 4 x 724 . cloth. 112 
pp. Philadelphia, 1912. $1.50 

Contents: Acidimetry and Alkalimetry; Indi¬ 
cators: Sources of Error; Determinations with 
Sulphuric Acid and with Sodium Hydroxide; 
Determinations Involving Oxidation and Reduc¬ 
tion; Potassium Permanganate; Potassium Di- 
chromate; Iodine; Sodium Thiosulphate; Precipi¬ 
tation; Reactions; Miscellaneous Articles. 

Kingscott, P. C. R., and Knight, R. S. C. 

Methods of Quantitative Organic Anal¬ 
ysis. 51 illustrations. 524x824- cloth. 
299 pp. London, 1914. $2.5° 

Contents: Introduction; International Atomic 
Weights, 1914 ; Determination of Molecular 
Weight, by Physical Methods; Ultimate. Anal¬ 
ysis; Estimation of Typical Groups; Estimation 
of Some Compounds of Technical Importance. 

Mahin, Edward G. Quantitative Analy¬ 
sis. Second Edition, revised and en¬ 
larged . 122 illustrations. 5^4x8. cloth. 

605 pp. New York, 1919. $4.00 

Mellor, J. W. A treatise on Quantitative 
Inorganic Analysis. With special refer¬ 
ence to the analysis of clays, silicates 


and related minerals. Being Vol. I. of 
a Treatise on the Ceramic Industries. 
206 illustrations, 2 colored plates. 6>4 x 
9 ^ 4 . cloth. 810 pp. London, 1913. 

net, 9.00 

Contents: Weighing; Measurement of Vol¬ 
umes; Volumetric Analysis; Colorimetry and 
Turbidimetry; Filtration and Washing; Heating 
and Drying; Pulverisation and Grinding; Sam¬ 
pling; The Reagents. Typical Silicate Analyses 
— Clays. Determination of Volatile Matters; 
Opening up Silicates; Determination of Silica; 
Ammonia Precipitate; Determination of Tita¬ 
nium, of Calcium and Magnesia, and of the 
Alkalies; Abbreviated Analyses and Analytical 
Errors; Electro-Analyses: Analyses of Glasses, 
Glazes, Colors, and Complex Silicates. Special 
Methods. Bases; Acids and Non-Metals; Appen¬ 
dix Tables. 

Olsen, J. C. Textbook of Quantitative 
Chemical Analysis by gravimetric, elec¬ 
trolytic, volumetric and gasometric 
methods. With 74 laboratory exercises 
giving the analysis of pure salts, alloys, 
minerals and technical products. Fifth 
Edition, revised and enlarged. Illus¬ 
trated. 6^4x954. cloth. 576 pp. New 
York, 1916. $400 

Contents: The Balance; General Operations; 
Determination of Water. Determination of 
Metals. As Oxide; As Sulphate and Sulphide; 
As Phosphate, Chromate and Chloride. Deter¬ 
mination of Adds. Halogens, Sulphur and Ni¬ 
trogen; Carbonic, Boric and Phosphoric Acids. 
Analysis of Alloys. Alloys of Silver, Copper, 
Lead, Bismuth, Cadmium and Tin; Of Alloys 
Containing Arsenic, Antimony and Tin; Of Al¬ 
loys Containing Iron, Nickel and Zinc. Analysis 
of Minerals. Minerals Containing Iron, Alum¬ 
inum and Chromium; Sulphides Containing Man¬ 
ganese, Nickel, Cobalt and Mercury; Carbonates 
Containing Calcium, Barium, Strontium and 
Manganese; Silicates; Separation of Sodium and 
Potassium. Electrolytic Methods. The Ionic 
Theory; Apparatus and Manipulation; Determin¬ 
ation of Metals. Volumetric Methods. Calibra¬ 
tion of Apparatus; AcidimetryStandard Acids 
and Alkalies; Titration of Boric and Carbonic 
Acids. Oxidation and Reduction Methods. Po¬ 
tassium Permanganate and Dichromate Solu¬ 
tions; Iodometric Methods. Precipitation Meth¬ 
ods. Determination of Chlorides, Cyanides and 
Silver; Phosphoric Acid. Technical Analysis. 
Iron, Steel, Coal; Water; Oils and Fats; Gas; 
Stoichiometry. 

Schimpf, Henry W. Essentials of Volu¬ 
metric Analysis. An introduction to 
the subject, adapted to the needs of 
students of pharmaceutical chemistry. 
Third Edition, rewritten and enlarged. 
61 illustrations. 5^x8. cloth. 380 
pp. New York, 1917. $2.00 

Contents: General Principles of Chemical Com¬ 
bination; Volumetric or Standard Solutions; In¬ 
dicators; Apparatus; Calculating Results; Anal¬ 
ysis by Neutralization; Precipitation; Oxidation 
and Reduction; Estimation of Alkaloids; Assay¬ 
ing of Vegetable Drugs; Estimations Involving 
Use of Decinormal Bromin V. S.; Technical 
Methods for Fats, Oils and Waxes; Sugars; 
Formaldehyde; Alcohol; Nitrites; Hydrogen 
Dioxide; Soluble Carbonates, Urea. 



44 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Schimpf, Henry \V. A Manual of Volu¬ 
metric Analysis. For the use of phar¬ 
macists, sanitary and food chemists as 
well as students in these branches. 
Fifth Edition, revised and enlarged . 102 
illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 745 pp. 
New York, 1909. Reprinting 

Contents: Abbreviations; List of Elements and 
Their Atomic Weights; Tables of Multiples of 
Atomic Weights, etc.; Part I.—Introduction; 
General Principles; Volumetric or Standards 
Solutions; Indicators; Apparatus Used in Vol¬ 
umetric Analysis; On the Use of Apparatus; 
Weight and Measures Used in Volumetric Anal¬ 
ysis; Methods of Calculating Analyses; _ Some 
Vicarious Volumetric Methods; Neutralization 
Analysis; Analysis by Precipitation; Analysis 
by Oxidation and Reduction. Part II.—Acetic 
Acids and Acetates; Acetic Acid Table; Boric 
Acid and Borates, Carbonic Acid and Carbon¬ 
ates; Chlorin, Bromin, and Iodin; Citric Acid 
and Citrates; Cyanogen and its Compounds; 
Nitrogen and its Compounds; Oxalic Acid and 
Oxalates; Oxygen and the Peroxids; Phosphoric 
Acid and Phosphates; Salicylic Acid and Salicy¬ 
lates; Sulphur and its Compounds; Aluminum; 
Ammonium; Antimony; Arsenic; Barium; Bis¬ 
muth; Calcium; Copper; Gold; Iron; Lead; 
Magnesium; Manganese; Mercury; Silver; Stron¬ 
tium; Tin; Zinc. Part III.—Sanitary Analyses 
and Volumetric Analyses of Organic Medicinal 
Substances; Sanitary Analysis of Water; Milk; 
Butter; Some Technical Examination Methods 
for Fats, Oils, and Waxes; Analysis of Soap; 
Estimation of Starch in Cereals, etc.; Estimation 
of Sugars; Volumetric Estimation of Alkaloids; 
Volumetric Assaying of Vegetable Drugs; Assay 
of Galenical Preparations; Phenol; Glycerin; 
Tannin; Formaldehyde; Chloroform and Chloral 
Hydrate; Assaying Surgical Dressings; Estima¬ 
tion of Compound Ethers; Urine. Part IV.— 
A Few Gasometric Methods; The Nitrometer; 
Assay of Nitrites; Assay of Hydrogen Dioxid; 
Estimation of Soluble Carbonates; Estimation of 
Urea and Uric Acid. 

Scott, Wilfred W. fEditorJ. Standard 
Methods of Chemical Analysis. A man¬ 
ual of analytical methods and general 
reference for the analytical chemist and 
for the advanced student. Second Edi- 

BLOWPIPE 


Butler, G. Montague. Pocket Handbook 
of Blowpipe Analysis. Designed for the 
use of students and prospectors with the 
idea of making oral instruction unneces¬ 
sary. First Edition, corrected. 4% x 7. 
cloth. 85 pp. N. Y., 1916. $1.00 

Contents: Blowpipe Instrument, Reagents and 
Operations; Methods of Testing for the Various 
Elements with the Blowpipe; Outline for Quali¬ 
tative Blowpipe Analysis; Index to all of the 
Tests yielded by the various Elements; The 
Determination of Minerals by means of the 
Blowpipe; The Elementary Principles of Chem¬ 
istry^ Table of Elements with their Symbols and 
Atomic Weights; Index. 

Cornwall, H. B. Manual of Blow-pipe 
Analysis, 'Qualitative and Quantita¬ 
tive. With a complete system 'of deter- 


tion, revised. 142 illustrations, 3 color 
plates. 7x9^4* cloth. 900 pp« New 

York, 1917. # $750 

(The following specialists have written chap¬ 
ters for this book: H. A. Baker, L. C. Barton, 
F. G. Breyer, B. S. Clark, Wallace G. Derby, 
Wm. F. Doerflinger- D. K. French, H. A. Gard¬ 
ner, A. H Gill, /. E. Hale, R. E. Hickman, 
W. B. Hicks, R. K. Meade, J. C. Olsen, R. S. 
Owens, W. L. Saveli, J. A. Schaefer.) 

For contents see page 

Sutton, Francis. A Systematic Handbook 
of Volumetric Analysis; or, the Quan¬ 
titative Determination of Chemical Sub¬ 
stances by Measure, Applied to Liquids, 
Solids and Gases. Tenth Edition, re¬ 
vised throughout, with numerous addi¬ 
tions by W. Lincolne Sutton. 6% x 
8 Y\. cloth. 635 pp. Philadelphia, 1911. 

Reprinting 

Contents: Memorandum; General Principles, Al¬ 
kalimetry; Acidimetry; Analysis by Oxidation or 
Reduction; Analysis by Precipitation; Application 
of the Foregoing Principles of Analysis to Spe¬ 
cial Substances; Urine Analysis; Water and 
Sewage Analysis; Special Index to Processes of 
Water and Sewage Analysis; Volumetric Analysis 
of Gases; Addenda and Corrigenda; List of 
Tables. 

Thornton, Arthur, and Pearson, M. Notes 
on Volumetric Analysis. Illustrated. 
SYa x 9%. paper. 80 pp. London, 1918. 

$0.75 

Contents: Introduction; Apparatus; Conditions 
of Experiment; Neutralization; Oxidation; Ioda- 
metry; Precipitation Methods; Index. 

Treadwell, F. P. Analytical Chemistry. 
Vol. II. Quantitative Analysis. Trans¬ 
lated by William T. Hall. Fourth Edi¬ 
tion, thoroughly revised and enlarged. 
no illustrations. 6J4 x 9^4. cloth. 797 
pp. New York, 1915. 4.00 

Contents: Introduction; Gravimetric Determi¬ 
nation of the Metals; Gravimetric Determination 
of the Metalloids: Volumetric Analysis Alkalimet¬ 
ry and Acidimetry; Oxidation and Reduction 
Methods; Precipitation Methods; Gas Analysis. 

ANALYSIS 


minative mineralogy. 69 illustrations. 
6x9. cloth. 318 pp. N. Y., 1906. $2.50 
Contents: Apparatus; Reagents; Operations; 
General Operations and Examinations in Quali¬ 
tative Blowpipe Analysis; Special Tests Some¬ 
times Necessary; Systematic Blowpipe Analysis; 
Analysis with the Aid of the Wet Way; Spec¬ 
trum Analysis; Assaying; Important Ores and 
Coals Described; Determinative Mineralogy. 

Getman, Frederick H. The Elements of 
Blowpipe Analysis. Illustrated. 5 x 7^. 
cloth. 86 pp. N. Y., 1809. $1.25 

Contents :Apparatus and Reagents; General 
Outline of Blowpipe Analysis; General Reactions 
for the Detection of the Metallic Elements in 
Simple Compounds; Behavior of Some of the 
Principal Ores Before the Blowpipe. Compara- 












CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


45 


Landauer, J. Blowpipe Analysis. Trans¬ 
lated by James Taylor. 19 illustrations. 
5 x7. cloth. 183 pp. London, 1901. $1.75 
Contents: List of Elements and Atomic 
Weights; Historical Sketch of Blowpipe Anal¬ 
ysis; Apparatus and Reagents; The Operations 
of Blowpipe Analysis; Bunsens Flame Reactions; 
Special Examination for Certain Elements in 
Combination; Systematic Examination of Com¬ 
pound Inorganic Substances; Condensed View 
of the Blowpipe Reactions; Tabular View of the 
Behaviour of the Alkalis, Earths and Metallic 
Oxides, Alone and with Reagents Before the 
Blowpipe. 

Martin, F. W. A Laboratory Guide to 
Qualitative Analysis with the Blowpipe. 
5 x 7*4. cloth. 53 pp. N. Y., 1903. $0.60 
Plattner’s Manual of Qualitative and 
'Quantitative Analysis with the Blow¬ 
pipe. Translated by Henry B. Corn¬ 
wall, assisted by John H. Caswell. From 
the Sixth German Edition, by Prof. 
Friederich Kolbeck. Eighth Edition, 
revised. 87 illustrations. 6 % x 954- 
cloth. 463 pp. N. Y., 1912. nst, $4.00 
Contents: Apparatus and Reagents. Qualita¬ 
tive Blowpipe Analysis, General Rules; Exam- 


■'nation of Minerals, Ores and Metallurgical 
Products for Metallic and Non-Metallic Bodies; 
Examples Showing the Method of Detecting the 
Constituents of Various Compounds. Quantita¬ 
tive Blowpipe Assays. Preparation of Sub¬ 
stances; Detailed Description or Assays of Silver; 
Gold; Copper; Lead; Bismuth; Tin; Cobalt and 
Nickel; Mercury and Their Alloys. 

Ross, W. A. The Blowpipe in Chemistry, 
Mineralogy, and Geology. Containing 
all known methods of anhydrous anal¬ 
ysis, many working examples, and in¬ 
structions for making apparatus. Second 
Edition. 120 illustrations. 5 x 754. 
cloth. 220 pp. London, 1912. $2.50 

Contents: Manufacture of Blowing Appa¬ 
ratus; Construction of Pyrological Lamps; Sup¬ 
ports and Apparatus, Auxiliary Apparatus; 
Structure and Management of Pyrocanes; On 
Pyrological Reagents; Reagents and Simple Min¬ 
eral Analyses; First Operations; Aluminium- 
plate; Reactions of Metals and Alloys; On 
Pyrological Mineralogy and a New Specific 
Gravitometer; Inner Calcium; Pyroborate Balls, 
“Chemical Water,” etc.; Rationale of Outer and 
Inner Ball Formation in Boric Acid Before the 
Blowpipe; Freiberg Qualitativs Examples; Ap¬ 
pendix. 


METALLURGICAL ANALYSIS—ASSAYING 


Bauer, 0 M and Deiss, E. The Sampling 
and Chemical Analysis of Iron and 
Steel. Illustrated. 5 x y l / 2 . cloth. 373 
pp. New York, 1915. $3.00 

Blair, Andrew A. The Chemical Analysis 
of Iron. A complete account of all the 
best known methods. Eighth Edition. 
102 illustrations. 6 %xg. cloth. 318 
pp. New York, 1918. $5.00 

Contents: Apparatus; Reagents; Methods for 
the Analysis of Pig-Iron, Bar-Iron, and Steel; 
Alloy-Steels; Ferro-Tungsten and Tungsten 
Metal; Ferro-Molybdenum and Molybdenum 
Metal; Ferro-Vanadium; Ferro-Chrome; Ferro- 
Silicen; Ferro-Manganese and Manganese Metal; 
Ferro-Titanium; Ferro-Phosphorus; Iron Ores; 
Limestone; Clay; Slags; Fire Sands; Coal and 
Coke; Apparatus for the Determination of Met¬ 
als by Electrolyis. 

Brown, Walter Lee. Manual of Assaying. 
Gold, Silver, Lead and Copper. Thir¬ 
teenth Edition. Illustrated. 554 x 754. 
cloth. 590 pp. Chicago, 1914. $2.50 

Contents: Apparatus and Re-agents Used in 
Assaying; Testing of Re-agents; Assaying of 
Gold. Silver, Copper and Lead Ores; Special 
Methods; Lists and References; Tables; Labor¬ 
atory Tests in Connection with the Cyanide 
Process; Estimation of Copper by the Iodide 
Method; Volumetric Estimation of Lead by the 
Molybdate Method; Copper in Gold and Silver 
Ores; Chlorination Tests of Ores; Technical 
Estimation of Zinc. 

Buskett, Evans W. Fire Assaying. A 
practical treatise on the fire assaying 
of gold, silver and lead, including de¬ 
scription of the appliances used. 70 il¬ 


lustrations. 5x7^4. cloth. 112 pp. 
New York, 1907. net, $1.25 

Contents: Sampling; Reagents and Fluxes; 
Assay of Acid Ores; Lead Assay; Bullion As¬ 
say; Methods of Handling Work; Laboratory 
Tests. 

Edwards, C. A. The Physico-Chemical 
Properties of Steel. Second Edition. 

218 illustrations. 654x9. cloth. 281 

pp. London, 1920. $6.00 

Contents: Constitution of Metallic Systems; 
Structure of Metals; Iron; Constitution of the 
Iron-Carbon System; Micro-Structure of Iron- 
Carbon Steels; Solidification of Steel Ingots; 
Iron-Carbon Steels; Phosphorus; Sulphur; Burn¬ 
ing and Overheating of Steel; Deformation and 
Strain-Hardening of Metals; The Properties of 
Cold-Drawn Wire and the Effect of Acid Clean¬ 
ing; Cementation and Case Hardening; Theories 
of Hardening by Quenching; Special Steels; 
Tungsten-Carbon Steels; High-Speed Tool Steel; 
Manganese; Chromium; Aluminum, Silicon and 
Vanadium Steels; Structural Constitution of Spe¬ 
cial Ternary Steels. 

Fulton, Chas. H. Manual of Fire As¬ 
saying. Second Edition, rewritten and 
enlarged , Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 

219 pp. New York, 1911. $2.50 

Giua, M., and Giua-Lollini, C. Chemical 
Combination Among Metals. Trans¬ 
lated by Gilbert W. Robinson. 207 il¬ 
lustrations. 654 x 954. cloth. 355 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1918. $8.00 

Contents: Equilibrium Diagrams; Thermal 
Analysis; The Nature of Intermetallic Com¬ 
pounds; Physical Properties; HOmopolar Inter¬ 
metallic Compounds; Heteropolar Intermetallic 




46 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Compounds; Ternary Intermetallic Compounds; 
Tables. 

Groth, P. An Introduction to Chemical 
Crystallography, Authorized transla¬ 
tion by Hugh Marshall. 6 illustrations. 
5x734 cloth. 134 pp. New York, 
1906. $1.25 

Heath, George L. The Analysis of Cop¬ 
per, and Its Ores and Alloys. 18 illus¬ 
trations, 2 plates. 6%xg%. clSth. 300 
pp. New York, 1916. net, $3.00 

Heess, J. K. Practical Methods for the 
Iron and Steel Works Chemists. 6x 
9%. clth. 65 pp. Easton, 1908. $1.25 

Howe, Henry M. The Metallography of 
Steel and Cast Iron. 122 illustrations, 
28 plates, 38 tables. 7^4 x 10^4. cloth. 
670 pp. New York, 1916. net, $10.00 

Contents: Historical Sketch; Thoughts of the 
Permanence of Our Supply of Iron; Outline of 
the Classification and Manufacture of Iron and 
Steel: Classification and Nomenclature; Outline 
of the Constitution of Iron; Sodium-Nitrate- 
W ater Diagram; Introduction to the Carbon- 
Iron Diagram (Cementite-Austentite or Metas¬ 
table Form) ; The Transformation in Steel; The 
Transformation Cast Iron; Graphitization; The 
Phase Rule; Evidence That the Structure of 
Metals is Crystalline; Further Evidence of the 
Crystalline Structure of Metals; General Con¬ 
siderations on Deformation; Specific Deforma¬ 
tions: Slip Bands; Silhouettes; Slip Bands, Dis¬ 
cussion; Bilby’s Amorphous Theory; Plastic De¬ 
formation in Steel; Twins; The Neumann Bands 
or Mechanical Twins in Ferrite; Mechanism of 
Twinning; The X Bands; The Deformation Lines 
in Hadfield’s Austenitic Manganese Steel; Is 
There Fluid as Well as Crystalline Motion in 
Metals?; Inter-Granular and Trans-Crystalline 
Rupture; Relative Preference of the Path of 
Rupture for Ferrite and Pearlite; Fracture; 
Ghosts and Other Elements of Fibre; Influence 
of Manufacturing Conditions on Fiber; Certain 
Crystalline Intersections; Appendices. 

Ibbotson, Fred, and Aitchison, Leslie. The 
Analysis of Non-Ferrous Alloys. 
Illustrated. 5^4 x 9. cloth. 238 pp. 
New York, 1915. $2.75 

Contents: Apparatus for Electrolytic Analy¬ 
sis; Electrolytic Analysis; Precipitations by 
Means of Hydrogen Sulphide; Lead; Copper; 
Bismuth; Antimony; Tin; Arsenic; Arsenic, 
Antimony, and Tin Separations; Aluminium and 
Chromium; Nickel; Cobalt; Zinc; Analysis of 
Commercial Alloys. 

Johnson, Charles M. Rapid Methods for 
the Chemical Analysis of Special Steels, 
Steel-Making Alloys, and Graphite. 
Second Edition, rewritten. 39 illustra¬ 
tions. 634x93^. 450 pp. New York, 
I9f4- Reprinting 

Contents: Qualitative Tests for Chromium, 
Tungsten, Nickel, Molybdenum, etc.; Vanadium 
Steel and Ferro-Vanadium Analysis; Ferro- 
Titanium and Titanium Steel; Analyses of 
Tungsten Powder; Sampling of Tungsten Ores; 
Tungsten, Sulphur, Silicon, Mlanganese, and 
Phosphorus in Tungsten Steel and Chrome 
Tungsten Steel; Analysis of Low Per Cent 


Tungsten Steel; Molybdenum Powders; Analysis 
of Ferro-Chrome, Chrome Ores, and Carbonless 
Chrome; Aluminum in Steel; Copper in Steel 
and Pig Iron; Determination of Nickel in Pres¬ 
ence of Chromium; Ferro-Manganese; Determin¬ 
ation of Carbon in Iron and Steel; Carbon by 
Color; Uranium in Ferro-Uranium, Carnotite 
Ore, etc.; Qualitative and Quantitative Tests for 
Cobalt and Nickel in Steel; Determination of 
Nitrogen in Steel and Iron; Analysis of Graph¬ 
ite and Graphite Crucibles; Annealing of Steel; 
Complete Analysis of Limestone and Magnesite; 
Testing of Lubricating Oils; Percentage Reduc¬ 
tion of a Substance, etc.; Automatic Steam Wa¬ 
ter Still. 

Lord, N. W., and Demorest, D. J. 

Metallurgical Analysis. Fourth Edi¬ 
tion, revised andj enlarged. Illustrated. 
5^2 x 8. cloth. 342 pp. N. Y., 1916. $3.00 

Low, A. H. Technical Methods of Ore 
Analysis Eighth Edition, revised and 
enlargedl[ 6x9. cloth. 404 pp. New 
York, 1919. $3.25 

Contents: Apparatus; Electrolysis; Loga¬ 

rithms; Aluminum; Antimony; Arsenic; Barium; 
B’smuth: Cadmium; Calcium; Chlorine; Chro¬ 
mium; Copper; Fluorine; Iron; Lead; Mag¬ 
nesium; Manganese; Mercury; Molybdenum; 
Nickel and Cobalt; Phosphorus; Potassium and 
Sodium; Silica; Sulphur; Tin; Titanium; Tung¬ 
sten; Uranium and Vanadium; Zinc; Combining 
Determinations; Boiler Water; Coal and Coke; 
Testing Crude Petroleum; Miscellaneous; Ta¬ 
bles ; Appendix. 

Lodge, Richard W. Notes on Assaying 
and Metallurgical Laboratory Experi¬ 
ments. Third Edition, revised and cor¬ 
rected. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 328 
pp. New York, 1915. $3.50- 

Contents: Apparatus, Reagents and Materials; 
Sampling; Assay of Ores for Silver; Assay of 
Ores for Gold; Assay of Ores for Lead; Bul¬ 
lion; Assay of Ores for Copper and Tin; Plat¬ 
inum and the Platinum Group; Metallurgical 
Laboratory Experiments and Notes; The Effect 
of High Litharge in the Crucible Assay for 
Silver. 

MacFarlane, Walter. Laboratory Notes on 
Iron and Steel Analysis. 25 illustra¬ 
tions. 5 x 7. cloth. London, 1909. 

net, $2.50 

Macfarlane, Walter. A Practical Guide to 
Iron and Steel Works Analyses. Being 
selections from “Laboratory Notes on 
Iron and Steel Analyses.” Illustrated. 

5 x 7/4* cloth. 196 pp. New York, 
I 9 11 - $3.25 

Contents: Analyses of Steel; Estimation of 
Combined Carbon; Estimation of Sillicon; Esti¬ 
mation of Phosphorus; Estimation of Manganese; 
Estimation of Sulphur; Analysis of Pig Iron; 
Estimation of Combined Carbon; Of Graphitic | 
Carbon; Of Sillicon; Of Phosphorus; Of Man¬ 
ganese; Of Sulphur; Analysis of Limestone; I 
Analysis of Calcined Limestone; Analysis of 
Dolomite; Analysis of Solid Fuels; Estimation 
of Iron; General Notes on Laboratory Opera¬ 
tions and Appliances; Notes on Preparing and I 
Storing Solutions. 












CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


47 


Macleod, W. A., and Walker, Chas. 

Metallurgical Analysis and Assaying. 
Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 318 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1903. $4.50 

Morgan, J. J. Tables for (Quantitative 
Metallurgical Analysis. For laboratory 
use. 6x9. cloth. Phila., 1899. $1.75 

Murdock, Joseph. Microscopical Determin¬ 
ation of the Opaque Minerals. An aid 
to the study of ores. 6x9. cloth. 172 
pp. New York, 1916. net, $2.00 

Contents: Importance of the Subject; Previous 
Work; Scope of Present Work; Bibliography. 
Technique of Mineralography. Polishing; Mount 
ing; Examination; Magnification; Photographing; 
Color Comparison; Hardness Determination; 
Micro-chemical Tests. Mineral Composition and 
Identity. Observed Mixtures; Probable Mixtures 
and Doubtful Minerals. Plan of Classification. 
Color; Hardness; Microchemical Tests; Explan¬ 
ation of Tables; Outline of the Classification. 
Tables for Mineral Identification. Miscellaneous 
Tables. Condensed Determinative Table; Odor 
and Streak of Minerals; Minerals Tabulated by 
Elements. 

Park, James. A Textbook of Practical 
Assaying. For the use of mining 
schools, miners and metallurgists. Il¬ 
lustrated. 5 x 7^4. cloth. 355 pp. 
London, 1914. $3.00 

Park, James. Laboratory Instructions in 
Assaying and Practical Chemistry. 
Second Edition. 5^x8^. cloth. 203 
pp. Auckland, 1896. $3.50 

Contents: Practical Assaying; Principles of 
ualitative Analysis; Quantitative Analysis of 
imple and Complex iSubstances; Volumktfcic 
Analysis Tables. 

Phillips, F. C. (Editor). Methods for the 
Analysis of Ores, Pig Iron and Steel, 
in use at the laboratories of iron and 
steel works in the region about Pitts¬ 
burgh, Pa. Contributed by the chem¬ 
ists in charge. Second Edition. Illus¬ 
trated. SYa x 9 - cloth. 177 pp. Eas¬ 
ton, 1915. $1.00 

Pickard, J. A. Modern Steel Analysis. 
A selection of practical methods for 
the chemical analysis of steel. Illus¬ 
trated. 5^x7^. cloth. 136 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1914. $2.25 

Contents: General Procedure; Aluminium; 

Arsenic; Carbon; Chromium; Cobalt; Copper; 
Hydrogen; Manganese; Molybdenum; Nickel; 
Nitrogen; Oxygen; Phosphorus; Silicon; Sul¬ 
phur; Titanium; Tungsten; Uranium; Vana¬ 
dium; Note on the Estimation of Phosphorus in 
Steel Containing Arsenic; Atomic Weights; So¬ 
lutions; Analysis of Different Steels and Al¬ 
loys. 

Pratt, A. E. Economic Metallurgy. 5^2 
x8 24 - cloth. (Industrial Chemistry 
Series.) In Press 


Rhead, E. L., and Sexton, A. H. Assay¬ 
ing and Metallurgical Analysis. For the 
use of students, chemists, and assayers. 
Second Edition. 105 illustrations. 6 j 4 x 
9. cloth. 461 pp. N. Y., 1914. $4.50 

The object which the authors had in view in 
writing the present work was to provide the 
student, chemist, or assayer with a handbook 
sufficiently comprehensive to include the greater 
part of the work likely to be required in the 
Laboratory or Assay Office. Most of the ap¬ 
proved modern methods in general use are in¬ 
cluded. 

Rideal, E. K. The Rare Earths and 
Metals. 5^2x8^. cloth. (Industrial 
Chemistry Series.) In Press 

Sauveur, Albert. The Metallography and 
Heat Treatment of Iron and Steel. 
Second Edition. 438 illustrations. 7^ 
x 10^4. cloth. 502 pp. Cambridge, 
Mass., 1918. $7.00 

Contents: The Industrial Importance of Met¬ 
allography; Apparatus for the Metallographic 
Laboratory; Manipulation; Pure Metals; Pure 
Iron; Wrought Iron; Low Carbon Steel; Med¬ 
ium High and High Carbon Steel; Impurities in 
Steel; The Thermal Critical Points in Iron and 
Steel: Their Causes and Effects; Cast Steel; 
The Mechanical Treatment of Steel; The An¬ 
nealing of Steel; The Hardening of Steel; The 
Tempering of Hardened Steel; Theories of the 
Hardening of Steel; The Cementation and Case 
Hardening of Steel. Special Steels. General 
Considerations; Constitutions, Properties, Treat¬ 
ment, and Uses of Most Important Types; Cast 
Iron; Impurities in Cast Iron; Malleable Cast 
Iron; Constitution of Metallic Alloys; Equilib¬ 
rium Diagram or Iron-Carbon Alloys; The Phase 
Rule; Nomenclature of the Microscopic Con¬ 
stituents. 

Schoeller, W. R. The Analysis of Min¬ 
erals and Ores of the Rarer Elements 
for Analytical Chemists, Metallurgists, 
and Advanced Students. 6x9. cloth. 
249 pp. London, 1919. $5.00 

Contents: Synopsis of Mineral Analysis. Min- 
eralogical, Qualitative Chemical and Complete 
Chemical Analyses; Lithium; Rubidium; Caes¬ 
ium; Berylium; Radium; Scandium; Gallium; 
Indium; Thallium. The Rare Earth Group. 
Cerium; Rare Earth Metals Other Than Cerium; 
Titanium; Zirconium; Thorium; Germanium; 
Vanadium; Columbium; Tantalum; Selenium; 
Tellurium; Molybdenum; Tungsten; Uranium; 
Ruthenium; Rhodium; Palladium; Osmium; 
Iridium; Platinum; International Atomic 
Weights; Gravimetric Factors; Melting-Points; 
Index of Minerals; Index of Separations. 

Seamon, W. H. A Manual for Assayers 
and CLemists. 5% x 8. cloth. 266 pp. 
New York, 1910. net, $2.50 

Contents: Metallic Determinations. Aluminum; 
Antimony; Arsenic; Barium; Bismuth; Cadmium; 
Calcium; Chromium; Copper; Gold and Silver; 
Iron; Lead; Magnesium; Manganese;. Mercury; 
Molybdenum; Nickel and Cobalt; Platinum; Po¬ 
tassium and Sodium; Tin; Tungsten; Uranium 
and Vanadium; Zinc. Non-metallic Determina¬ 
tions. Chlorine; Phosphorus; Selenium andTel- 
lurium; Silica; Sulphur. Miscellaneous. Ce- 




48 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


raents; Clays; Coal and Coke; Slag Analysis; 
Water; Methods of Assaying in Cyanide Plants; 
Analysis of Commercial Cyanide; Combining De¬ 
terminations; Ore Testing; Suggestions for Young 
Assayers; Observations on Technical Methods; 
Ore Contracts and Mexican Taxation on Ore 
Production; Information for Shippers of Ores 
Concerning Processes of Sampling and Making 
Settlements. Tables . 

Sexton, A. H. Chemistry of the Mate¬ 
rials of Engineering. A handbook for 
engineering students. Third Edition. 
35 illustrations. 5*4 x 7*4. cloth. 347 
pp. London, 1909. $3.00 

Contents: The Sources and Chemistry of Iron; 
Pig Iron; Malleable Iron; Manufacture of Pig 
and Malleable Iron; Steel; Hardening and Tem¬ 
pering; Preparation; The Foundry; Working of 
Iron and Steel; Corrosion and Protection; Micro 
Structure; Copper; Lead, Zinc, Tin; Alloys; 
Wood; Stone; Clay; Mortars and Cements; 
Fuel; Water; Lubricants; Paints and Varnishes; 
Minor Materials. 

Smith, Ernest A. The Sampling and As¬ 
say of the Precious Metals. Comprising 
gold, silver, platinum, and the platinum 
group metals in ores, bullion, and' pro¬ 
ducts. 166 illustrations. 6 %xg%. cloth. 
475 PP- London, 1913. $6.00 

Contents: Introductory; The Design and 
Equipment of Assay Offices; Assay Office Rec¬ 
ords; Assay Furnaces; Furnace Implements; 
Apparatus Used in Furnace Operations; Bal¬ 
ances and Weights for Weighing; Gold and Sil¬ 
ver; Physical and Chemical Proerties; Precious 
Metal Ores; Fluxes and Other Materials Em¬ 
ployed; Principles of Fluking; Assay Slags; 
Assay Operations; The Assay of Silver Ores; 
The Assay of Gold Ores; The Assay of Com¬ 
plex Gold and Silver Ores; Special Methods of 
Ore Assay; Bullion; Valuation and Sampling; 
The Assay of Gold Bullion; Assay of Silver 
Bullion; The Assay of Base Bullion (Lead and 
Copper) ; The Assay of Industrial Gold and Sil¬ 
ver Alloys; Assay Offices for Hall Marking; 
Assay of Auriferous and Argentiferous Metal¬ 
lurgical Products; Laboratory Work in a Cya¬ 
nide Mill; Platinum and the Metals of the Plat¬ 
inum Group; The Assay of Platinum; Appendix; 
Index. 

Smith, J. R. Modern Assaying. A con¬ 
cise treatise describing latest methods 
and appliances. Edited by F. W. Braun. 
80 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 145 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1910. $1.50 

Contents: Selection and Preparation of Sam¬ 
ple; Fire Assay for Gold and Silver; Scorifica- 
tion Assay; Assay of Gold Bullion; Fire Assay 
of Lead and Antimony; Weighing; Fluxes; Touch 
Stone and Test Needles; Volumetric Determina¬ 
tion of Copper with Solution of Potassium Cya¬ 
nide; Modification of Kerl’s Swedish Copper 
Assay; Electrolytic Assaying with the Guess; 
Haultain Electrolytic Outfit; Wet Assay of Lead; 
Volumetric Determination of Lead by the Molyb¬ 
date Method; Distilled Water; Mercury Deter¬ 
mination by Distillatiol; Whitton’s Method of 
Mercury Determination; Retorting Amalgam and 
Melting Bullion; Care of Muffle and Furnace; 
Accidents; Oxone; Reference Tables. 


Stoughton, B. Metallurgy of Iron and 
Steel. With numerous tables and 305 
figures and diagrams. Second Edition, 
thoroughly revised and entirely reset. 
6x9. cloth. Illustrated. 549 pp. New 
York, 1913. $4.00 

Contents: Iron and Carbons—Definitions of 
Materials; Manufacture of Pig Iron; Purification 
of Pig Iron in General; Manufacture of Wrought 
Iron and Crucible Steel; Bessemer Process; 
Open Hearth or Siemens-Martin Process; De¬ 
fects in Ingots and Other Castings; Mechanical 
Treatment of Steel; Iron and Steel Founding; 
Solution Theory of Iron and Steel; Constitution 
of Steel; Constitution of Cast Iron; Malleable 
Cast Iron; Heat Treatment of Steel; Alloy 
Steels—Manufacture and Properties; Corrosion 
of Iron and Steel; Electro-Metallurgy of Iron 
and Steel; Metallography of Iron and Steel; 
Chemistry and Physics of Metallurgy. 

White, Charles H. Methods in Metallur¬ 
gical Analysis. 106 illustrations. 554 x 
7 J 4 . cloth. 364 pp. New York, 1915. 

$300 

(Author is assistant professor in mining and 
metallurgy in Harvard University and in the 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.) 

Contents: Definition of the Subject; Sam¬ 
pling; . Necessity for Correct Sampling; The 
Operations of Analysis, Gravimetric, Polumetric 
Analysis; Calorimetry; Methods of Analysis in 
the Metallurgy of Iron and Steel; Moisture; 
Hydroscopic Water; Combined Water; Loss on 
Ignition; Iron in Ores; Silica, Sulphur, Phos¬ 
phorous, Alumina, Manganese, Lime, Magnesia 
and Tibanium in Ore; Analysis of: Iron and 
Steel; Iron Slags; Limestone; Methods of Anal¬ 
ysis in the Metallurgy of Copper, Lead, etc.; 
Copper, Lead, Zinc and Arsenio in Ore; Analysis 
of: Copper Matte; Chilled Blast Furnace Slags; 
Reverberatory Slags, Briquettes and other Cop¬ 
per Bearing Products; Copper Bullion; Alloys; 
Methods of Analysis in the Production of the 
Precious Metals; Analysis of Fluxes; Analysis 
of Fuels; Analysis of Clay; Methods for the De¬ 
termination of Some of the Minor Metals; Meth¬ 
ods for the Determination of Some of the Rarer 
Metals; Testing of Lubricating Oils; Examina- 
Uon of Boiler Water; Detection of the Metals; 
Tables; General References. 

Williams, Robt. S. Principles of Metal¬ 
lography. 75 illustrations. 5^4 x 8*4. 
cloth. 167 pp. N. Y., 1920. $2.00 

Wraight, E. A. Assaying. In theory and 
practice. 68 illustrations. 5% x 8%. 
doth. 336 pp. New York, 1914. $3.40 

Contents: Numerical Data, Laboratories and 
Their Equipment, and Table of Minerals; Dry 
Assaing; Wet Assaying; Cyanide and Mill 
Tests. 

Wysor, Henry. Analysis of Metallurgi¬ 
cal and Engineering Materials. A sys¬ 
tematic arrangement of laboratory 
methods. Illustrated. 8^4 x 10*4. cloth. 

82 pp. Easton, 1912. net, $2.00 

Ziegel, Henry. Brief Course in Metallur¬ 
gical Analysis. 7 x 10. cloth. 78 pp. i 
Easton, 1915. 



49 


_ CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 

~ --- 

ALLOYS 


Brannt, W. T. The Metallic Alloys. A 
practical guide to the manufacture of 
all kinds of alloys, amalgams, and sol¬ 
ders used by metal-workers; together 
with their chemical and physical prop¬ 
erties and their applications in rhe arts 
and the industries; with an appendix on 
the coloring of alloys and the recovery 
of waste metals. With 45 engravings. 
Third Edition, thoroughly revised and 
enlarged. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 

1 549 PP- Philadelphia, 1908. $5.00 

Buchanan, John F. Practical Alloying. A 
compendium of alloys and processes for 
brass founders, metal workers and en¬ 
gineers. Illustrated. 654 x 9. cloth. 20s. 
PP- Cleveland, 1910. $2.50 

Contents ; Metal Refining—Ancient and Mod¬ 
ern; History and the Peculiarities of Alloys; 
The Properties of Alloys; Some Difficulties of 
Alloying; Methods of Making Alloys; Color of 
Alloys; TJie Notation of Alloys; Standard Al¬ 
loys; Foundry Mixtures; White Metals; Solders; 
Novelty Metals, etc.; Fluxes for Alloys; Gates 
and Risers for Alloys; About Crucibles; Testing 
Alloys; Tables. 

Gulliver, G. H. Metallic Alloys: Their 
Structure and Constitution. Third 
Edition. 310 illustrations. 554 x 8 . 
cloth. 436 pp. London, 1919. $3.75 

Contents: Methods of Investigation; The 
Physico-Chemical Equilibrium of Mixed Sub¬ 
stances; Binary Alloys in which no Definite 
Chemical Compounds are Formed; Binary Alloys 
w h’ch Show Evidence of the Formation of 
Definite Chemical Compounds; Transformations 
which take Place in Completely Solid Metals 
and Alloys; Equilibrium Conditions in Metallic 
Mixtures; The Structure of Metals and Alloys; 
The Bronzes, The Brasses, and Other Alloys of 
. Copper, Steel and Other Alloys of Iron; Alloys 
of More Than Two Metals; The Microscope in 
' Engineering Practice. 

Hibbard, Henry D. Manufacture and 
Uses of Alloy Steels. 554 x 8 . cloth, 
no pp. New York, 1919. $1.25 

Contents: Introduction; List of Useful Alloy 
Steels; Simple Tungsten Steel; Simple Chro¬ 
mium Steel; Manganese Steel; Simple Nickel 
Steels; Silicon Steels; High-Speed Tool Steels; 
Chromium Vanadium Steels. 


MEDICAL AND 


Ibderhalden, E. Text-Book of Physio¬ 
logical Chemistry, in Thirty Lectures. 
Translated by William T. Hall and 
George Defren. 6x9. cloth. 722 pp. 
New York, 1908. net, $5.00 

lutenrieth, W., and Warren, W. H. Lab¬ 
oratory Manual for the Detection of 
1 Poisons and Powerful Drugs. Fifth 


Law, Edward F. Alloys and Their In¬ 
dustrial Applications. Fourth Edition. 
Illustrated, folding plate. 
cloth. 385 pp. London, 1919. $5.00 

Contents: Introduction; Properties of Alloys; 
Methods of Investigation; Constitution; Influ¬ 
ence of Temperature on Properties; Corrosion 
of Alloys; Copper Alloys (Bronze); Copper Al¬ 
loys (Brass); Copper Alloys (Special Bronzes 
and Brasses); German Silver and Miscellaneous 
Copper Alloys; Antifriction Alloys; Aluminum 
Alloys; Silver and Gold Alloys; Iron Alloys; 
Miscellaneous Alloys. 

Parry L. The Analysis of Ashes and 
Alloys. 6x9. cloth. 151 pp. London, 
1908. $2.50 

Contents: Determination of Individual Ele¬ 
ments; Analysis of Ashes; Miscellaneous Anal¬ 
yses. 

Parry, L. Notes on Alloys. 554 x 754 . 
cloth. 60 pp. London, 1906. $3.50 

Contents: Introduction; General Information 
About Metals and Alloys; Classification and 
Tabulation of Alloys; Analysis of Alloys; The 
Systematic Treatment of Metalliferous Waste. 

Price, W. B., and Meade, R. K. Technical 
Analysis of Brass and the Non-Ferrous 
Alloys. Second Edition, revised and 
enlarged. Illustrated. 554 x 7^4. cloth. 
385 pp. New York, 1917. net, $3.00 
Contents: Engineering Alloys; Apparatus for 
Electrochemical Analysis; Determination of the 
Metals; Some Applied Examples of Alloy Analy¬ 
sis; Control and Analysis of Plating Solutions; 
Tables. 

Sexton, A. H. Alloys ^Non-Ferrous,). 137 
illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 298 pp. 
Manchester, 1909. $3.50 

Contents: Properties of Alloys as Related to 
Those of Their Constituents; The Phenomena 
of Solidification; What the Microscope Can 
Teach; Changes in the Structure of Alloys in 
the Solid Condition; Metals Used in the Prepar¬ 
ation of Alloys; The Brasses; The Bronzes; 
Machinery Brasses and Bronzes; Bearing 
Bronzes; Other Copper Alloys; White Alloys; 
White Antifriction Alloys; Light Alloys; Fus¬ 
ible Alloys; Nickel Alloys; Alloys of the Prec¬ 
ious Metals; Preparation of Alloys. 


PHYSIOLOGICAL 


Edition. In Preparation 

Contents: Test for Phosphorus and Other Poi¬ 
sons Volatile with Steam from Acid Solution; 
Detection of Those Organic Substances Which 
Are Not Volatile with Steam from Acid Solu¬ 
tion; Examination for Metallic Poisons; Exam¬ 
ination for Those Poisons Which Do Not Belong 
to the Three M.ain^ Groups of Poisons; Special 
Methods; Quantitative Examination of Alkaloids 
and Other Powerful Substances in Raw Materials 
and in Their Preparations; Detection of Carbon. 
Monoxide Blood, Blood Stains and Human 
Blood; Preparation of Reagents. 















50 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Barrowcliff, M., and Carr, F. H. Organic 
Medicinal Chemicals. 554 x 824 - cloth. 
(Industrial Chemistry Series.) 

In Press 


Fuller, H. C. The Qualitative Analysis 
of Medicinal Preparations. 3 folding 
diagrams. 554 x 7 1 / 2. cloth. 142 pp. 

New York, 1912. $1.50 


Bechhold, H. Colloids in Biology and 
Medicine. Authorized translation from 
the Second German Edition, with notes 
and emmendations by Jesse G. M. Bul- 
lowa. 54 illustrations. 654 x 954- cloth. 
478 pp. New York, 1919. $5.00 

Contents: Introduction to the Study of Col¬ 
loids. Introduction; What Are Colloids? Sur¬ 
faces; Size of Particles, Molecular Weights, Os¬ 
motic Pressure, Conductivity; Phenomena of 
Motion; Consistency of Colloids; Optical and 
Electrical Properties of Colloids; Methods of 
Colloid Research. The Biocolloids. Introduc¬ 
tion; Carbohydrates; Lipoids; Proteins; Food 
and Condiments; Enzymes; Immunity Reactions. 
The Organism as a Colloid System. Significance 
of the Colloidal Condition for the Organism; 
Metabolism and the Distribution of Material; 
Growth, Metamorphosis and Development; The 
Cell; The Movements of Organism; Blood, Res¬ 
piration, Circulation and its Disturbances; Ab¬ 
sorption; Secretion and Excretion; The Nerves; 
Toxicology and Pharmacology; Microscopical 
Technic. 

Blyth, A. W., and Blyth, M. W. Poisons: 
Their Effects and Detection. Fourth 
Edition, revised and rewritten. 21 il¬ 
lustrations. 7x954. cloth. 804 pp. 
London, 1906. Reprinting 

Contents: Introductory; Classification; Poison, 
ous Gases; Carbon Monoxide; Chlorine; Hydric 
Sulphide; Acids and Alkalies; Volatile Poison¬ 
ous Substances Separable by Distillation from 
Nentral or Acid Liquids; Alkaloids and Poison¬ 
ous Vegetable Principles Separated by Alcoholic 
Solvents; Poisons Derived from Living or Dead 
Animal Substances; Oxalic Acid Groups of Poi¬ 
sons; Inorganic Poisons; Appendix. 

Brundage, A. H. A Manual of Toxicol¬ 
ogy. A concise presentation of the prin¬ 
cipal facts relating to poisons, with de¬ 
tailed directions for the treatment of 
poisoning. Also a table of doses of the 
principal and many new remedies. 
Eleventh Edition, revised and profusely 
illustrated. 454 x 7 A. cloth. 445 pp. 
New York, 1920. $3.00 

Chittenden, R. H. ('Editor). Studies in 
Physiological Chemistry. Being re¬ 
prints of the more important studies is¬ 
sued from the Laboratory of Physio¬ 
logical Chemistry.. Sheffield Scientific 
School of Yale University. 6x9. cloth. 
441 pp. New York, 1901. net, $4.00 

Fischer, Martin H. Fats and Fatty De¬ 
generation. A physico-chemical study 
of emulsions and the normal and ab¬ 
normal Distribution of fat in proto¬ 
plasm. 65 figures. 6x9. cloth. 155 
pp. New York, 1917. net, $2.00 


Contents: Separation of Subjects into Groups; 
Tests for Individuals; Tables of Reactions of 
Anesthetics and Opium Alkaloids; Methods of 
Analysis; Scheme of Analysis for Rapid Detec¬ 
tion of Inhibited Drugs; Reagents. 

Halliburton, W. D. The Essentials of 
Chemical Physiology. For the use of 
students. Tenth Edition. 72 illustra¬ 
tions. 5 J 41 x 824 . cloth. 335 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1919. $2.50 


Hammarsten, 0 ., Hedin, S. G., and Mandel, 
John A. A Textbook of Physiological 
Chemistry. Seventh Edition. 654 x 
9}$. cloth. 1034 pp. N. Y., 1914. $4.50 

Contents: General and Physico-Chemical; The 
Proteins; The Carbohydrates; Animal Fats and 
Phospatides; The Blood; Chyle, Lymph, Trans¬ 
udates and Exudates; The Liver; Digestion; 
Tissues of the Connective Substances; The Mus¬ 
cles; Brain and Nerves; Organs of Generation; 
The Milk; The Urine; The Skin and Its Secre¬ 
tions; Respiration and Oxidation; Metabolism. 

Hawk, Philip B. Practical Physiological 
Chemistry. A book designed for use 
in courses in practical physiological 
chemistry in schools of medicine and 
of science. Sixth Edition, revised and 
enlarged. 185 illustrations. 6 % x 954 . 
cloth. 675 pp. Philadelphia, 1918. $4.50 

Jago, William. A Manual of Forensic 
Chemistry, dealing especially with Chem¬ 
ical Evidence, its Preparation and Ad¬ 
duction. 5J 4 x 724 . cloth. 264 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1909. net, $2.00 47 

Contents; Introductory Matter; Adulteration T 
of Food; Adulteration of Drugs; Use or Non- 
Use of New Manufacturing Processes; Use ol | 5n 
Preservatives and Colouring Matters; More im 
portant. Criminal Matters; Chemical Evidence 011 
in Civil Actions; Practice. ?dna: 

-rine 

Lucas, A. Legal Chemistry and Scien- ; a ^ 
tific Criminal Investigation. 5 / 4 x 824 *; 
cloth. 189 pp. London, 1920. $3.4(1^ 

Contents.- Introduction; Notes on Gases; Alrjf ! 31 
coholic Liquors; Antiquities; Blood Stains; Build ],' 
ing Materials; Bullets and Other Projectiles fo p 
Firearms; Clothing; Counterfeit Coins; Damag y, 0 
to Crops; Documents; Dust and Dirt; Explosive^ 1 
and Explosions; Fibres; Finger Prints; Fire? » s . 
Firearms; Foods and Drugs; Gold and Silve t». , 
Wares; Hashish; Poisons; Pollution of W r atf ’ 11 
by Sewage; Robbery from Letters and Parcels % 
Stains and Marks; String and Rope; Textile,’ 
rabrics; Tobacco; Traps for Criminals. J 


Nelson, Burt E. Introduction to the anah 
sis of Drugs and Medicines. An eh 
mentary handbook for the beginne 
5x754. cloth. 396 pp. New Yor 
I 9 I <>. net, $3.1 











CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


51 


Contents: Introduction; Apparatus and Opera¬ 
tion; Ultimate Inorganic Analysis; Ultimate Or¬ 
ganic Analysis; Determination of Molecular 
Weights; Conniron Radicles, and Chemical For¬ 
mulas; Principles of Drug Analysis—Methods; 
Analysis of Medicines Generally; The Principles 
of Microscopical Drug Analysis; Systematic Mi¬ 
croscopical Drug Analysis; Assays of Chemicals, 
Crude Drugs, and Pharmaceutical Preparations; 
Pharmacological Methods. 

Oppenheimer, Carl. Toxines and Anti- 
toxines. Translated from the German 
by C. Ainsworth Mitchell. 5 x 7 1 /2. 
cloth. 274 pp. Phila., 1906. $2.75 


Plimmer, R. H. A. Practical Physiological 
> Chemistry. 49 illustrations. 6^4 x 9 24 
cloth. 278 pp. London, 1910. net, $1.80 

1 Rambousek, J. Industrial Poisoning from 
1 fumes, gases and poisons of manufac- 
5 turing processes. Translated and ed- 
. ited by Thomas M. Legge. 59 illustra- 
i tions. 524 * 824 . cloth. 374 pp. Lon- 
J don, 1913. $ 5 .oo 

l Contents: Description of the Industries and 
Processes Attended with Risk of Poisoning; In- 
:t . fidence of Such Poisoning; Pathology and 
Treatment of Industrial Poisoning; Preventive 
Measures Against Industrial Poisoning. 


a! Lockwood, Elbert W. A Laboratory 
Manual of Physiological Chemistry. 
Fourth Edition, revised and enlarged. 
Illustrated- sx( 7 J 4 ;. cloth. 323 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1919. $2.00 

ialkowski, E. A Laboratory Manual of 
Physiological and Pathological Chem- 
5 ir istry for Students of Medicine. Au- 
$ thorized translation from the Second 
\d Revised and Enlarged German Edition. 
D n 10 illustrations, 1 plate. 6 x 9J4- cloth. 
-273 PP- New York, 1904. net, $2.50 

Contents: Examination of Milk; Examination 
f Muscular Tissue; Gastric Digestion; Examina- 
on of Blood; Pathological Transudates, Cystic 
luids; Saliva and Salivary Digestion; Examina- 
on of the Pancreas; Examination of Bile; Ex- 
uination of Biliary Calculi; Examination of the 
Trine; Examination of Urinary Calculi; Exam- 
lation of the Liver; Examination of Bone; Ex- 
mination of Adipose Tissue; Yolk and White 
c the Egg; Examination of the Products of the 
p utrefaction of Proteids; Quantitative Analysis 
r some Inorganic Compounds; Analysis of the 
j rine; Analysis of the Faeces; Analysis of Meat; 
fl i nalysis of Milk; Analysis of Bread; Analysis 
. Blood; Determination of Hydrochloric Acid 
m ? the Gastric Juice; Quantitative Digestion Ex¬ 
periments; Determination of Glycogen; Appen- 
ces; List of Reagents; Tables of Specific Grav- 
•jl es; International Atomic Weights. 

’ c J. mith, J. G. Lecture Notes on Chemis- 
ex try for Dental Students. Including 


Dental Chemistry of Alloys, Amalgams, 
etc. Such portions of organic and phys¬ 
iological chemistry as have practical 
bearing on the subject of dentistry. 
Qualitatiye analysis with specially adapt¬ 
ed blowpipe and microscopical tests, and 
the chemical examination of urine and 
saliva. 32 illustrations, 10 plates. 6'/ 2 x 
9 / 4 - cloth. 412 pp. N. Y.. 1912. $3.50 

Contents: Qualitative Analysis; Dental Metal¬ 
lurgy; Volumetric Analysis; Microchemical 
Analysis; Organic Chemistry; Physiological 
Chemistry; Digestion; Urine. 

Spiegel, Leopold. Chemical Constitution 
and Physiological Action. Translated 
with additions from the German by C. 
Luedeking and A. C. Boylston. 554 x 
724 - cloth. 162 pp. New York, 1915. 

net, $1.25 

Contents: Inorganic Compounds. Organic 

Compounds. Apiphatic Series. Aldehydes and 
Ketones; Acids and Derivatives. Aromatic Se¬ 
ries.. Hydroaromatic Compounds; Inner Disin¬ 
fection. Nitrogen Compounds. Ammonia and 
Simpler Derivatives; Ainminium Bases; Cyclic 
Bases and Alkaloids; Atropine-Cocaine Group; 
Apium Alkaloids and Relatives; Veronal Group; 
Quinine and Relatives; Purine Group; Hydra- 
une and Hydroxylamine; Hyponitrous Acid De¬ 
rivatives. 

Underhill, Frank P. The Physiology of 
the Amino Acids. 13 illustrations, 1 
plate. 5 ^ 4 x 754 - cloth. 182 pp. New 
Haven, Conn., 1915. net, $1.50 

Contents: The Proteins and Their Derivatives; 
The Amino Acids; Digestion and Bacterial Ac¬ 
tivity in Relation to the Amino Acids; The Ab¬ 
sorption of Proteins and Amino Acids; In What 
Form Does Ingested Protein Enter Circulation?; 
Theories of Protein Metabolism; The Further 
Fate of the Amino Acids; The Amino Acids in 
Relation to the Specific Dynamic Action of Pro¬ 
teins; The Amino Acids and Simpler Nitrogen¬ 
ous Compounds as Foodstuffs; The Specific 
Role of Amino Acids in Nutrition and Growth. 

Walker, James. Organic Chemistry for 
Students of Medicine. 22 illustrations. 
6x9. cloth. 340 pp. N. Y., 1914. $4.00 

The time allotted in the ordinary medical 
curriculum is usually very short, yet the student, 
when he takes up physiology, pharmacology and 
pathology, is expected to possess a knowledge 
not only of the principles of chemistry, but of 
numerous substances and processes, many of 
them very complex. In this book the chemical 
substances considered in the course are selected 
not so much for their importance in systematic 
or synthetic chemistry as for their medical in¬ 
terest, in order that the student study the things 
that will be of some utility to him in the later 
portions of his professional education. The 
work will be found a useful reference volume 
for the physician. 












52 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY'S 


PHARMACY—PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY 


Alpers, Wm, C., and Kennedy, E. J. 

The Era Formulary for Manufacturers, 
Druggists, Physicians, Hospitals, House¬ 
hold Use and for Industrial Workers. 
New and Enlarged Edition. 6x9. 
cloth. 521 pp. New York, 1920. $6.00 

Griffiths, T. M. Non-Secret Formulas. 
Second Edition. 6%. x 9 / 4 - cloth. 54 1 
pp. St. Louis, 1910. net, $5.00 

Contains over two thousand formulas of use 
to manufacturers of patent medicines, pharma¬ 
ceuticals, bakers and confectioners, supplies, etc. 

Hampshire, C. H. Volumetric Analysis 
for Students of Pharmaceutical and 
General Chemistry. 5 54 x 7 3 A- cloth. 
112 pp. Phila., 1912. net, $1.25 

Hiss, A. E., and Ebert, A. E. The New 
Standard Formulary. 6x9. cloth. 
1256 pp. Chicago, 1915. $ 5 -o° 

Kraemer, Henry. Scientific and Appllied 
Pharmacognosy. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 857 PP- N. Y., 1915. $5-00 

May, Percy. The Chemistry of Synthetic 
Drugs. Second Edition, revised and 
enlarged. 6x9. cloth. 262 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1918. $ 3 - 5 <> 

Contents: The Theory of the Action of Syn¬ 
thetic Drugs; The Effect of Various Elements 
and Radicles; The Chemical Changes of Drugs 
in the Organism; Narcotics and General 
Anaesthetics; Antipyretics and Analgesics; Alka¬ 
loids; Atropine and the Tropeines; Morphine 
Group and Isoquinoline Groups of Alkaloids; 
Adrenaline and Other Derivatives of Ethyla- 
mine; Derivatives of Phenol; Other Organic 
Antiseptics, Excluding Halogen Compounds; 
Halogen Antiseptics and Other Halogen Com¬ 
pounds; Inorganic Antiseptics and Metallic 
Compounds; Arsenic and Antimony Compounds; 
Purine Derivatives and Other Uric Acid Elim- 
inants; Purgatives and Other Substances Acting 
on the Gastro-Intestinal Tract; Various Other 
Compounds of Interest. 

Remington, Joseph P. The Practice of 
Pharmacy. A treatise on the modes of 
making and dispensing official, unofficial, 
and extemporaneous preparations, with 
descriptions of medicinal substances, 
their properties, uses and doses. In¬ 
tended as a handbook for pharmacists 
and physicians and a textbook for stu¬ 
dents. Sixth Edition. Assisted by E. 
F. Cook. Illustrated. 6 x 954 - cloth. 
1987 pp. Philadelphia, 1917. $8.00 

Ruddiman, E. A. Pharmacy, Theoretical 
and Practical. Including arithmetic and 
pharmacy. 554 x 8 . cloth. 273 pp. 
New York, 1917. $2.25 

Contents: Arithmetic of Pharmacy; Metrology; 
Theoretical Pharmacy; Definitions; Practical 
Pharmacy: Liquid Preparations for Local Ap¬ 


plication; Solid Preparations for Local Applica¬ 
tion; Solid Preparations for Internal Administra¬ 
tion. Liquid Preparations Containing Undis¬ 
solved Matter; Water and Glycerin Solutions; 
Alcoholic Solutions; Miscellaneous. 


Ruddiman, E. A. Whys in Pharmacy. 
A compilation of reasons underlying 
the principles of pharmacy, supple¬ 
mented by a table of equations. Second 
Edition, rewritten. 554 x 8. cloth. j88 
pp. New York, 1917. $i- 5 ° 


Ruddiman, Edsel A. Incompatibilities in 
Prescriptions. For students in phar¬ 
macy and medicine, and practicing 
pharmacists and physicians. Fourth 
Edition, thoroughly revised. 6x9. 
cloth. 317 pp. N. Y., 1917. $2.5° 


Sadtler, Samuel P., and Coblentz, V. 
A Text-book of Chemistry. For phar¬ 
maceutical and medical students. Fifth 
Edition. 6x9. cloth. 765 pp. Phila¬ 
delphia, 1918. $5-50 

Stevens, A. B. Arithmetic of Pharmacy. 
Fourth Edition, revised and enlarged. 
5x7^4. cloth, no pp. New York, 
1920. $1.50 

Contents: Weights and Measures; Thermom¬ 
eters—Temperature; Specific Gravity; Specific 
Volume; Percentage Solutions; Alligation; 
Atomic and Molecular Weights; Volumetric Anal¬ 
ysis; Measurements of Gases; Tables. 

Pharmacopeia of the United States of 
America. Ninth Decennial Revision. 
Prepared by the Committee of Revisi 
and published by the Board of Trustej 
of the United States Pharmacopei 
Convention. 654 x 954. 808 pp. Phila 
delphia, 1916. 

cloth. $3.7 


Pr: 


United States Dispensatory. Thoroughlj • 
revised and largely rewritten, on th< c 
basis of the new United States Phar 1 
macopoeia and the last edition of th< 
British Pharmacopoeia. It is up-to-date r 
filled with information of a kind needed 
in the every-day work of the pharma? 
cist, and includes the pure food arnlj 
drugs act decisions. Twentieth Edition 
6x9. buckram. 2012 pp. Philade j 
phia, 1918. $i2.c, 


The National Formulary, American PhaiL'? 11 
maceutical Association. Fourth Ed ' ' 
tion. 6x9. 349 pp. Chicago, 1916 Mat,- 
muslin, plain, $3-c|| Jicatl 
buckram, plain. $3.;^/; 
buckram, interleaved, $4.; - 


The official formulary to be used with t tof; 
U. S. Pharmacopeia. 


ac tei 


















CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


53 


MICROSCOPY—BACTERIOLOGY 


Barnard, J. E. Practical Photo-Micro¬ 
graphy. 77 illustrations. 77 plates. 

5 H x 7 Va- cloth. 334 pp. London, 
1911. $ 5-75 

Contents: Introductory; The Microscope: The 
Optical Equipment: Objectives and Oculars— 
Condensers and Collecting-Lenses; Sources of 
Illumination; The Photo-micrographic Camera; 
The Use and Manipulation of the Microscope; 
General Preliminary Preparations; Colour- 
Screens—Plates—Exposures; Photographic Pro¬ 
cesses; Some Special Processes; Some Progres¬ 
sive Examples; Appendices. 

Buchanan, E. D. and R. E. Household 
Bacteriology. For students in domestic 
science. 360 illustrations. 5^2 x 7^. 
cloth. 552 pp. New York, 1913. $2.25 

Carpenter, Wm. B. The Microscope and 
its Revelations. Eighth Edition, re¬ 
vised and enlarged by W. H. Dallinger. 
900 illustrations, 22 plates. 6x9. cloth. 
1200 pp. London, 1901. $13.00 

Contents: Elementary Principles of Micro¬ 
scopical Optics; Principles and Theory of Vision 
with the Compound Microscope; History and De¬ 
velopment of the Microscope; Accessory Ap¬ 
paratus; Objectives, Eye-Pieces, the Apertometer; 
k Practical Microscope; Manipulation and Preser¬ 
vation of the Microscope; Preparation, Mounting, 
and Collection of Objects; Microscopic Forms of 
Vegetable Life; Fungi; Microscopic Structure 
•f the Higher Cryptogams; of the Microscopic 
Structure of Phanerogamic Plants; Microscopical 
Forms of Animal Life; Animalcules-Infusoria 
and Rotifera; Foraminifera and Radiolaria; 
Sponges and Zoophytes; Echinoderma; Polyzoa 
Ul and Tunicata; Mollusca and Brachiopoda; 
ft Worms; Crustacea; Insects and Arachnida; Ver- 
ioj tebrated Animals; Application of the Micro¬ 
scope to Geological Investigation; Crystalliza¬ 
tion, Polarization, Molecular Coalescence. 

[; Chamot, E. M. Elementary Chemical Mi¬ 
croscopy. 136 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
422 pp. New York, 1917. $3-5° 

Contents: Objectives and Oculars—the Condi¬ 
tions Affecting Their Selection for Use; Micro¬ 
ti scopes for General Purposes; Illumination of 
.Tbjects; Illuminating Devices; Dark Ground II- 
13 umination—the Study of Ultra-microscopic Par- 
t :icles; Ultramicroscopes; The Examination of 
la )paque Objects; Vertical Illuminators; Metallo- 
j graphs; Microscope Accessories; Equipment of 
he Laboratory; Work Tables; Radiants; Microm- 
U 1 try; Micrometer Microscopes; Micrometric 
a Methods; Polarized Light; Simple Polarizing Mi- 
roscope; Application to Qualitative Analysis; 
)eterminations of Refractive Indices by Means 
10 f the Microscope; Quantitative Microscopic 
12 analysis; Determination of Melting Points; 
ubliming Points, Molecular Weights; Handling 

a linute Amounts of Material; Testing for Solu- 
ility; Decantation; Filtration; Sublimation; 
»ualitative Microchemical Analysis—Methods— 
16 implications—Reagents; Preparing Opaque Ob 
»cts for Examination; Appendix; Tables of 
rystal Forms, Refractive Index, Melting Points, 
c. 

: t jj urtia, H. J. The Essentials of Practical 
Bacteriology. An elementary labora¬ 


tory book for students and practitioners. 
Illustrated. 5^4 x & 14 * cloth. 291 pp. 
London, 1900. $3.00 

Contents: Manufacture of the Nutrient Media 
and General Technique; Systematic Study of 
Micro-Organisms; Non-Pathogenic Organisms; 
Pathogenic Organisms; Appendices. 

Fowler, Gilbert J. An Introduction to 
Bacteriological and Enzyme Chemistry. 
4 plates. 5 *x 7 J 4 . cloth. 335 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1911. $2.75 

Contents: Character of Chemical Action in 
Living Matter; Outlines of Bacteriological Tech¬ 
nique; Some Leading Conceptions in Organic 
Chemistry; Space—Isomerism and the Chemis¬ 
try of the Sugars; The Hydrolysis of Starch by 
Amylase; Conditions of Formation of Amylase 
in the Living Cell; Invertase and Maltase; 
Alcoholic Fermentation of Grape Sugar; Acid 
Fermentation of Alcohols and Carbohydrates; 
Fermentation of Cellulose and Allied Bodies; 
Miscellaneous Fermentations, Fat-splitting En¬ 
zymes, Oxidases, Clotting Enzymes; Outlines of 
the Chemistry of Albumins or Proteins; The 
Nitrogen Cycle; The Sulphur Cycle; Fermenta¬ 
tion of Indigo, Tea, Cocoa, Coffee, and Tobacco; 
Bacteriological and Enzyme Chemistry in Rela¬ 
tion to Agriculture; Chemistry of Sewage Puri¬ 
fication ; Bibliography. 

Gage, Simon H. The Microscope. An 
introduction to microscopic methods and 
to histology. Twelfth Edition. 250 il¬ 
lustrations. 6J4x9l4- cloth. 481 pp. 
Ithaca, 1917. $3.00 

Contents: Introduction; The Microscope and 
its Parts; Practical Work with the Parts of the 
Microscope; Adjustable and Immersion Objec¬ 
tives; Binocular Microscopes; Care of the Micro¬ 
scope and of the Eyes; Interpretation of Ap¬ 
pearances Under the Microscope; Magnification 
and Micrometry with the Microscope; Drawing 
and Class Demonstrations with the Microscope 
and Projection Microscope; Photography with the 
Microscope and with Projection Apparatus; The 
Spectroscope and Pfolariscope and their Use 
with the Microscope; Some Optical Principles 
Involved in the Construction and Use of the 
Microscope; Materials of Microscopy; Mounting 
and Storing Microscopic Specimens; Fixing, Im¬ 
bedding, Sectioning, Staining; Serial Selections 
and Models; Brief History of Lenses and Micro¬ 
scopes. 

Giltner, Ward. Laboratory Manual in 
General Microbiology. 72 illustrations. 
S l A x 7^. cloth. 434 pp. New York, 
1917. net, $2.50 

Contents: Part I, General Morphological and 
Cultural Methods; Part II, Physiology of Micro¬ 
organisms; Part III, Applied Microbiology. 

Hall, C. A. How to Use the Microscope. 
A guide for the novice. 25 illustrations, 
20 plates. sA x 7^- cloth. 98 pp. 
London, 1912. $0.75 

Hanausek, T. F. The Microscopy of Tech¬ 
nical Products. Revised and trans¬ 
lated by A. L. and K. B. Winton. 276 











D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPAN Y’S 


illustrations. 7 x 9 24 - cloth. 482 pp. 
New York, 1916. $5.00 

Contents: Apparatus and Methods. The Mi¬ 
croscope; Microscopic Accessories; Micro-Tech¬ 
nique—Reagents. Microscopy of the Most Im¬ 
portant Types of Technical Raw Materials. 
Starch, Inulin; Vegetable Fibers; Animal Fi¬ 
bers, Mineral Fibers, Textiles; Stems and Roots; 
Leaves; Flowers and Parts of Flowers; Fruits 
and Seeds; Teeth, Bone, Horn, etc.; Micro¬ 
chemical Analysis. 

Hind, H. Lloyd, and Randles, W. Brough. 

Handbook of Photomicrography. 44 
plates, 8 three-color reproductions, 71 
illusttrations. 6x824. cloth. 304 pp. 
London, 1914. $4.00 

Contents: Phatomicrographic Apparatus; The 
Microscope; Objectives and Eyepieces; Lamps 
and Illunilnants; Condensers; Experiments on Il¬ 
lumination; Law Power Photomicrography; Crit 
leal Photomicrography; Color Screens and Color 
Sensitive Plates; Exposure; Oblique and Dark- 
Ground Illumination; Opaque Objects; Metal¬ 
lography; Colar Photomicrography; Photo¬ 
graphic Operations; Some Applications of Pho¬ 
tomicrography; Appendix of Formula, etc.; 
Plates. 

Heinemann, P. G. A Laboratory Guide 
in Bacteriology. Second Edition. 35 
illustrations. 5% x 7V2 . cloth. 225 pp. 
Chicago, 1912. net, $1.50 

Contents: Bacteriological Technic; General 
Bacteriology; Important Pathogenic Bacteria; 
The Bacteriological Examination of Water, Milk 
and Soil; Molds, Yeasts, Torulae, and .Acetic; 
Acid Bacteria; Tables. 

Howe, Henry M. The Metallography of 
Steel and Cast Iron. 122 illustrations, 
28 plates, 38 tables. 724 x io 24 - cloth. 
670 pp. New York, 1916. net, $10.00 

Jordan, E. 0 . General Bacteriology. New 
Sixth Edition. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 
691 pp. Philadelphia, 1918. $4.00 

Treats fully of the bacteriology of plants, milk 
and milk products, dairying, agriculture, water, 
food preservation; also of leather tanning, vin¬ 
egar making, tobacco curing; household admin¬ 
istration and sanitary engineering. 

Lee, Arthur Bolles. The Microtomist’s 
Vade-Mecum. A hand-book of the 
methods of microscopic anatomy. Sev¬ 
enth Edition. Illustrated. 6 xg%. 
cloth. 536 pp. Philadelphia, 1914. 

net, $4.00 

Microbiology. Laboratory Manual. Pre¬ 
pared by the Laboratory of Bacteriol¬ 
ogy, Hygiene and Pathology, Michigan 
Agricultural College. 73 illustrations. 
5^4x8. 436 pp. N. Y., 1916. net, $2.50 

Contents: General Morphological and Cultural 
Methods; Physiology . of Micro-organisms; Ap¬ 
plied Microbiology; Air Microbiology; Dairy Mi¬ 
crobiology; Plant Microbiology; Animal Diseases 
and Immunity; Appendix. 

Marshall, C. E. (Editor.) Microbiology 
for Agricultural and Domestic Science 


Students. 128 illustrations. 5)4x8. 
cloth. 746 pp. Phila., 1911. $ 3 -o° 

Contents: Morphology and Culture of Micro¬ 
organisms. Physiology of Microorganisms. Nu¬ 
trition and Metabolism; Physical Influences; 
Chemical Influences; Mutual Influences; Micro¬ 
biology of Air; Of Water and Sewage; Of Soil; 

Of Milk and Milk Products; Of Special Indus¬ 
tries; Of the Diseases of Man and Animals; 
Microbial Diseases of Plants. 

Muir, Robert, and Ritchie, Jas. Manual 

of ’Bacteriology. Seventh Edition. 200 
illustrations, 6 color plates. 5x754. 
cloth. 777 pp. London, 1919. $6.50 

Contents: General Morphology and Biology; 
Methods of Cultivation of Bacteria; Microscopic 
Methods; Examination of Serum; Bacteria in 
Air, Soil, Water, Milk; Relations of Bacteria 
to Disease; Inflammatory and Suppurative Condi- I 
tions; Gonorrhoea and Soft Sore; Tuberculosis; 
Leprosy; Glanders and Rhinoscleroma; Actin- 
mycosis and Allied Diseases; Anthrax; Typheid 
Fever; Diphtheria; Tetanus; Cholera; Influenza, 
Whooping-Cough, Plague, Malta Fever; Diseases 
Due to Spirochaetes; Pathogenic Fungi; Im¬ 
munity; Appendices. 


Osmund, Floris. The Microscopic Anal¬ 
ysis of Metals. Edited by J. E. Stead. 
Revised and corrected by L. P. Sidney. 
Second Edition, revised. 195 illustra¬ 
tions. 6x8. cloth. 313 PP- London, 
1913. $ 3 -°° 

. \h 


Contents: Metallography Considered as a 
Method of Assay; Definition; Subdivisions of r . 
Metallography; Anatomical Metallography; Bio 
logical Metallography; Pathological Metallogra 
phy; The Science of Polishing; Grinding; Pene «, 
tration; Scratches; Finishing; Scaling; The Mi • 
crographic Analysis of Carbon Steels; Rougr j 
Polishing;'Fine Polishing; Apparatus > Employee t j 
for Photomicrography; Practical Applications 0 
Metallography; Primary Constituents of Carboi 
Steels; Micrographic Identification of Constit 
uents; Detailed Examination of Selected Steels' 
Segregation in Steel and the Phenomena o 
Burning, Overheating; The Macrostructure o : 
Steel, Sulphur Printing and Heat-Tinting; C01 ^ 
elusions, Theoretical and Practical; Pure Electro [ 
Deposited Ferrite; The Nomenclature of th 1 
Microscopic Substances and Structures of Ste 
and Cast-Iron. 


Sauveur, Albert. The Metallography an 0l 
Heat Treatment of Iron and Stee 
Second Edition. 438 illustrations. 72 
x io 24 - cloth. 468 pp. Cambridg 
Mass., 1918. $7- c 

Tanner, Fred W. Bacteriology and M; 
cology of Foods. 97 illustration^ 

6x9. cloth. 400 pp. New Yor 

1919. $6.4 


Contents: Bacteriological Apparatus; Gene 
Technique; Enumeration of Bacteria, Anaerol 
Methods; The Microscope and Microsco 
Methods; Media and Their Preparation; Staini 
Technique; Classification and Description of B 
teria; Sterilization and Disinfection; Prote 
and Carbohydrates; Yeasts and Molds; Intesti; 
Bacteria; Bacterial Examination of Air; Wa 
Hygiene; Milk and Milk Products; Bacterioh 
of Eggs; Meat and Meat Products; Food Pi 
ervation; Epidemiology; Appendix. 


















CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


55 


Whipple, George C. The Microscopy of 
Drinking Water. With a chapter on 
the use of the microscope. Third Edi¬ 
tion, rewritten and enlarged. 73 illus¬ 
trations, 7 plates, 19 colored plates. 


6/4 x 9^2. cloth. 460 pp. New York, 
1914. net, $4.00 

Winslow, Chas. E. Elements of Applied 
Microscopy. A textbook for beginners. 
60 illustrations. 5x754. cloth. 190 pp. 
New York, 1905. $1-50 


WATER PURIFICATION 


American Public Health Association. 
Standard Methods for the Examination 
of Water and Sewage. Third Edition, 
revised by the Association. 7 x 10. 
cloth. 131 pp. Boston, 1917. net, $1.25 


Booth, William H. Water Softening and 
Treatment, Condensing Plant, Feed 

1 Pumps and Heaters for .Steam Users 

and Manufacturers. Second Edition. 

s 92 illustrations. sH x cloth. 308 

1 pp. London, 1920. $3-5° 


Contents: The Treatment of Water by Soft¬ 
ening, OH Separation and Filtration. Natural 
VVaters; Water, Its Sources and Impurities; 
Salts in Water; Reactions of Salts in Solution; 
The Less Usual Reagents; Scale and Its Ef- 
ects; Water Analysis; Apparatus in Commercial 
Use; Detartarizeis; Filters; Boiler Compounds; 
q C Corrosion; Incrustation of Pipes; Oil Separation; 
VIechanical Boiler Cleaners; Pure Water. Air 
3 umps, Condensers, and Circulating Pumps. 
7 eed Heating-Stage Heating. Water Cooling. 
7 eed Pumps, Injectors. 

Christie, W. W. Water. Its purification 
and use in the industries. 79 illustra¬ 
tions. 2 colored plates. 554x8. cloth. 
230 pp. New York, 1912. $3-°° 

Contents: Sources of Water; Impurities; Uses; 
ilteagents; Water Softening; Cold and Hot Proc¬ 
ss Systems; Results Accomplished by Soften- 
ag Systems; Pressure Filters; Aeration; Steril- 
zation; Ozone; Ice; Drinking Water; Open 
ilters; Alum; Chloride of Lime; Tannin; 
leasurement of Water; Oil Filters; Boiler Wa- 
; Miscellaneous Tables. 


De La Coux, H. Industrial Uses of Water. 
Translated from the French and re¬ 
vised by Arthur Morris. 135 illustra¬ 
tions. 654x9 24 . cloth. 362 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1903. $5.00 

Contents: Water. Chemical Action of water 
in Nature and in Industrial Use; Composition of 
Waters-Origin of the Substances They Contain; 
Solubility of Certain Salts in Water Considered 
from the Industrial Point of View; Effects on 
the Boiling of Water. Effects of Water in the 
Industries. Difficulties with Water; Appropriate 
Remedies; Feed Water for Boilers; Water in 
Dye-Works, Print-Works and Bleach-Works; 
Water in the Textile Industries and in Condi¬ 
tioning; Water in Soap-Works; Water in Laun¬ 
dries and Warehouses; Water in Tanning; Water 
in Preparing Tannin and Dye-Wood Extracts; 
Water in Paper-Making; Water in Photography; 
Water in Sugar Refining; Water in Making Ice 
and Beverages; Water in Cider-Making; Water 
in Brewing; Water in Distilling. Preliminary 
Treatment and Apparatus. Substances Used for 
Preliminary Chemical Purification; Commercial 
Anti-Incrustors and their Use; Precipitation of 
Matters in. Suspension in Water; Apparatus for 
the Preliminary Chemical Purification of Water; 
Industrial Filters; Industrial Sterilization of 
Water. Residuary Waters and Their Purification. 
Soil Filtration; Purification by Chemical Pro¬ 
cesses; Recovery of Glycerine. Analysis. Qual¬ 
itative Analysis of Substances in Solution in 
Water; Hydrotimetric Analysis; Quantification 
of Substances in Solution in Water. 

Don, John, and Chisholm, John. Modern 
Methods of Water Purification. Sec¬ 
ond Revised and Enlarged Edition. 106 
illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 390 pp. 
London, 1913. $5.75 


oles-Finch, W. Water, Its Origin and 
Use. Fully illustrated. 6x9 cloth. 540 
pp. London, 1908. $3-5° 

Contents: Heat; Atmosphere; Clouds; Rain; 
/ater; F'orms of Water, etc.; Snow; Ice; 
$7 laciers; Springs; Rivers; Waterfalls; Lakes; 
cean and Sea: Mountains and Volcanoes; 
halk; Denudation; Water, How Obtained; Use, 
buse and Waste; Lessons from Nature. 

ollet, H. Water Softening and Purifica¬ 
tion. The softening and clarification of 
hard and diity waters. Second Edition, 
revised. i2mo. doth. 170 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1908. $2.50 

Contents: Water Supplies; Water for Steam 
oilers; Water for Manufacturing and Tech- 
cal Processes; Chemistry of Water Softening; 
sagents for Softening and Clarifying Water; 
iarification; Drinking Water; Testing Water; 
ibles; Index. 


Contents: Introductory; Sources of Supply; 
Storage; Construction of Reservoirs and Care of 
Filtered Water; Sand Filtration; The Manage¬ 
ment of Sand Filters; Mechanical Filters; Puri¬ 
fication by Ozone; Water-softening and House¬ 
hold Appliances; The Testing of Water; The 
Problems of Distribution; Useful Constants and 
Data Relating to Water Filtration and Measure¬ 
ments. 

Ellms, Joseph W. Water Purification. 
Illustrated. 654x954. doth. 495 pp. 
New York, 1917. $6.00 

Jackson, Percy G. Boiler Feed Water. 
A concise handbook of water for boiler 
feeding purposes, its effects, treatment, 
and analysis. 3x754. cloth, in pp. 
London, 1919. $2.00 

Contents: Introductory; Mineral Constituents; 
Corrosion; Softening; Selection of Softening 
Plants; Priming; Scale, Grease, and Overheat¬ 
ing; Methods of Analysis; Analysis of Scale; 










56 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Control Tests for Water Softening; Sampling; 
Solutions; Appendix: List of Factors; List of 
Atomic Weights; Clark’s Table of Hardnesses. 

Mason, Wm. P. Examination of Water. 
Fifth Edition . revised. Illustrated. 

5 x7 l A. cloth. 192 pp. New York, 

I9I7- $i-5 0 

Contents: Introductry; Chemical Examination 
of Water; Bacteriological Examination of Water; 
Appendix A: Interpretation of Water Examina¬ 
tion; Appendix B: Method of treating Oysters 
for B; C®li. 

Mitchell, C. A. Mineral and Aerated 
Waters, in illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
244 pp. New York, 1913. net, $3.00 

Contents: Origin and Properties of Natural 
Mineral Waters; Gases in Natural Waters; Holy 
Wells; The Zem-Zem Well at Mecca; Spas and 
Their Springs; Natural Mineral Table Waters; 
Thermal Springs and Radioactivity; Tempera¬ 
tures; Helium and Niton in Mineral Waters; 
Measurement of Radioactivity Artificial Radio¬ 
active Mineral Waters; Carbon ^ Dioxide, Its 
Preparation, Properties and Uses in the Mineral 
Water Factory; Artificial Mineral Waters; Early 
Forms of Carbonating Waters; The Machinery 
of To-day; Arrangement of a Soda Water Fac¬ 
tory; Bottles and Bottling Machinery; Making 
of Ginger Beer; Examination of Mineral Wa¬ 
ters; Bibliography. 

Parr, S. W. The Chemical Examination 
of Water, Fuel, Flue Gases and Lubri¬ 
cants. A course for engineering stu¬ 
dents. 26 illustrations, 24 tables. 6*4 x 
9*4. cloth. 130 pp. Urbana, Ill., 1916. 

net, $1.50 

Contents: Lectures. Boiler Waters; Fuels; 
Flue Gases, Types and Properties of Lubricants. 
Laboratory Methods. Standard Solutions; Boiler 
Water Analysis; Proximate Fuel Analysis; Ulti¬ 
mate Analysis; Flue Gas Analysis; Oil Examina¬ 
tion. 

Paul, J. H. Boiler Chemistry and Feed 
Water Supplies. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 251 pp. London, 1919. $4.50 

Contents: Earth, Air and Water; Acids, Bases 
and Salts; Constituents of Natural Waters; 
Scales and Deposits; Softening; Soluble Salts; 
Iron; Carbonic Acid; Concentration of Waters 
Containing Carbonate of Soda; Action of Car¬ 
bonic Acid on Iron; Corrosion; Condensed Wa¬ 
ters; The Superheater; Priming; External De¬ 
posits; Failure of Clean Tubes; Water Supplies; 
Appendix; Carbonic Acid in London Waters. 

Prescott, Samuel C., and Winslow, Charles- 
Edward A. Elements of Water Bacte¬ 
riology. With special reference to sani¬ 
tary water analysis. Third Edition, re¬ 
vised. Illustrated. 554 x 814 - cloth. 332 
pp. New York, 1913. $2.25 

Contents: The Bacteria in Natural Waters; 
Quantitative Bacteriological Examination of Wa¬ 
ter and Its Interpretation; Determination of the 
Number of Organisms Developing at the Body 
Temperature; Isolation of Specific Pathogenes 
from Water; Colon Group of Bacilli and Meth¬ 
ods for Their Isolation; Significance of the 
Presence of the Colon Group in Water; Va¬ 
rieties of Colon Bacilli and Their Special Sig¬ 
nificance; Other Intestinal Bacteria; Significance 
and Applicability of the Bacteriological Examina¬ 


tion; Bacteriology of Sewage and Sewage Af¬ 
fluents; Bacteriological Examination of Shellnsn. 

Purvis, J. E., and Hodgson, T. R. The 
Chemical Examination of Water, Sew¬ 
age, Foods and Other Substances. 5 H 
x 9. cloth. 236 pp. Cambridge. $3.00 
Contents: Water; Sewage; Sewage Affluents; 
Milk, Cream; Condensed Milk; Butter; Marga¬ 
rine; Lard, Dripping, Suet; Cheese; Edible Oils; 
Tea; Coffee; Chicory; Cocoa; Wheat Flour; 
Bread; Rice; Starches; Pepper; Nutmeg; Cane 
Sugar; Golden Syrup and Treacle; Honey; Jam; 
Alcoholic Beverages; Vinegar; Lime and Lemon 
Juice; Poisonous Metals in Foods; Preserva¬ 
tives; Disinfectants; Air; Coal Gas: Other 
Gases; Rag-Flock; Urine; Bibliography; Addenda. 

Race, Joseph. Chlorination of Water. 20 
illustrations. 514 x 8 . cloth. 166 pp. 
New York, 1918. $i- 5 ° 

Contents: Historical; Modus Operandi; Dos¬ 
age; Bacteria Surviving Chlorination; Com¬ 
plaints; Bleach Treatment; Liquid Chlorine; 
Electrolytic Chlorine and Hypochlorites; Chlor¬ 
amine; Results Obtained; Appendix. 



Richards, Ellen H. Laboratory Notes on 
Industrial Water Analysis. A survey 
course for engineers. Second Edition, 
revised, with additions. 6x9. cloth. 59 
pp. New York, 1910. Reprinting 

Contents: Introduction; Boiler Waters and 
Waters for General Use; Dyeing, Textile Indus¬ 
tries, Laundries, etc.; Chemical Manufacturing, 
Medicinal Preparations, Soda Water, etc., Pre¬ 
liminary Sanitary Analysis; Action on Metals; 
Improvement of Unsatisfactory Waters; Notes on 
Mineral Waters; Standard Solutions; Computa¬ 
tion of Hypothetical Combinations; Percentage 
Composition of Salinity in Various Waters; Ta¬ 
bles; Convenient Data; Some Useful References. 

Savage, William G. The Bacteriological 

Examination of Food and Water. 


Bn 


ial 

ate 


la 

A 


ppiri 

<rn 


Ian: 

rhe 


Second Edition. Illustrated. 554 x 854 -; t 


cloth. 200 pp. Cambridge, 1917. $2.00 


tr® 


Contents: General Methods for the Isolation 
and Identification of Indicator Organisms; Wa¬ 
ter, Soil and Sewage; Shellfish; Milk; Modified 
Milk and Milk Products; The Bacteriology of 
Meat and Meat Products; Air; Determination ofl^‘‘ 
Antiseptic and Germicidal Power; Appendix. 


re 


'TOP t 

aniin 


Stein, Milton F. Water Purification ( c 
Plants and Their Operation. Second 
Edition. 95 illustrations, 11 charts. rC j 
6x9. cloth. 255 pp. N. Y., 1920. $3.o<j J 

Contents: Water and its Impurities; Types o 
Purification Plants; Physical and Chemica Prej 
Tests; Bacterial Tests; Interpretation of Tests! of 
Coagulation and Sterilization; Water Softening q.- 
Sedimentation; Filtration and General Operation 
Appendix A. Analysis of Coagulants; B, Stan 
ard Solutions; C, Specifications for Lime, Sod 
Ash and Aluminum Sulphate; D, Weir Table. 


Stocks, H. B. Water Analysis for Sa 
itary and Technical Purposes. Illu 
trated. 5*4 x 8 . cloth. 144 pp. Lo 
don, 1912. $2.1 


If* 


and 

butti 

toiisi 

; fi$h 


°* 9 h 
; roi; 


PP- 


Contents: Physical Examination; Chemical I 
animation; Quantitative Analysis for Sanita 
Purposes; Quantitative Analysis of the Mine: 
Constituents; Deleterious Metals; Gases Cc 
tained in Solution; Appendices. 















CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


57 



Wanklyn, J. A. Water Analysis. A 
practical treatise on the examination of 
potable water. Eleventh Edition. Re¬ 
vised by W. J. Cooper. Illustrated. Re- 
754 * cloth. 240 pp. London. $2.00 

Whipple, George C. Value of Pure Water. 
554 x 8. 92 pp. N. Y., 1907. net, $1.00 

Contents: Introduction; Pure and Wholesome 
Water; Sanitary Qualities; Attractiveness; Hard- 
mess; Temperature; Summary of Formulae; Ap¬ 
plication of Formulae; Effect of Contamination; 
Effect of Turbidity, Color, and Odor; Effect of 
Hardness; Benefits of Filtration: Sanitary Qual¬ 
ity, Physical Quality, Water-softening; Cost of 
Filtration; Summary; Pure and Wholesome Wa- 
) ter; Difficulty in Defining; Epithets Especially 
1 Applicable to Waters in a Natural State; Epi- 
' thets Applicable to Water with Artificial Sub- 
5 stances Admixed; The Disadvantages of Hard 
* Water: Hard Waters, Use of Hard Water in 
the Household, Use of Hard Water in the In- 
dustries; Use of Hard Water in Steam-making, 
r ‘ Financial Loss from the Use of Hard Boiler 
Water. 

Ill 


Whipple, George C. The Microscopy of 
Drinking Water. With a chapter on 
the use of the microscope. Third Edi¬ 
tion, rewritten and enlarged. 73 illus¬ 
trations, 7 plates, 19 colored plates. 654 
X 9 T 4 . cloth. 460 pp. New York. 1014. 

net. $4.00 

Contents: Object of the Microscopical Exam¬ 
ination; Collection of Samples; Methods of Mi¬ 
croscopical Examination; Microscope and Its 
Use; Microscopic Organisms in Water from 
Different Sources; Limnology; Dissolved Gases 
and Their Relations to the Microscopic Organ¬ 
isms; Occurrence of Microscopic Organisms in 
Lakes and Reservoirs; Seasonal Horizontal and 
Vertical Distribution of Microscopic Organisms; 
Odors in Water Supplies; Storage of Surface 
Waters; Soil Stripping; Storage of Ground Wa¬ 
ter; Copper Treatment for Algae; Purification 
of Water Containing Algae; Growth of Organ¬ 
isms in Water Pipes; Classification of the Mi¬ 
croscopic Organisms; Diatomaceae; Schizomy- 
cetes; The Iron Bacteria; Cyanophycese; Chloro- 
phyceae; Fungi; Protozoa; Rotifera; Crustacea; 
Bryozoa, or Polyzoa; Spongidae; Miscellaneous 
Organisms; Glossary; Tables and Formula. 


FERMENTATION—DISTILLING—BEVERAGES 


Brachvogel, John K. Industrial Alcohol, 
Its Manufacture and Uses. A practical 
treatise. 107 illustrations. 6x854. 
cloth. 528 pp. New York, 1907. 

Reprinting 
Contents: Industrial Value of Tax-free Alco- 
jti 10I and What it Means for Our Agricultural 
j» nterests; Summary of the Processes in Spirit 
^.Manufacture; Starch, How it is Formed, its 
Characteristics, and Changes it Undergoes in 
Spirit Manufacture; The Enzymes; Products of 
fermentation; Starchy Raw Materials in Spirit 
Manufacture; Sacchariferous Raw Materials; 
The Preparation of the Malt; Steaming the Raw 
Materials; Mashing Process and Apparatus; 
Preparation of Artificial Yeast in the Distillery; 
Fermentation in Practice; Distillation and Rec- 
ification; Arrangement of the Distillery; Alcohol 
'or the Production of Power; Heating and II- 
uminating with Alcohol; Statistics of Alcohol 
Production; Appendix. 

kauut, William T. A Practical Treatise 
on the Manufacture of Vinegar. With 
special consideration of wood vinegar 
and other by-products obtained in the 
destructive distillation of wood; the 
r preparation of acetates; manufacture 
”5 of cider and fruit wines; preservation 
nii of fruits and vegetables by Canning 
ti( and evaporation; preparation of fruit- 
1 butters, jellies, marmalades, pickles, 
mustards, etc.; preservation . of meat, 
fish and eggs. Third Edition, thor¬ 
oughly revised and largely rewritten. 
101 illustrations. 654 x 954* cloth. 567 
pp. Philadelphia, 1914. <net, $6.00 

Contents: Vinegar; Manufacture of Ciders, 
ruit Wines, etc.; Canning and Evaporation of 
ruit; Manufacture of Ketchups, Fruit Butters, 

( armalades, Jellies, Pickles and Mustards; Pre- 
rvation of Meats, Fruit and Eggs; Appendix. 


Dumesny, P., and Noyer, J. Wood Pro¬ 
ducts Distillates and Extracts. Trans¬ 
lated from the French by Donald Grant. 
170 illustrations, 59 tables. 6x9. cloth. 
337 pp. London, 1913. $5.00 

Contents: The Distillation of Wood. General- 
ties; Principal Methods of Carbonizing or “Coal¬ 
ing” Wood; The Acetic Acid Industry; Second¬ 
ary Products of Wood Distillation; Analysis of 
Raw Materials and Finished Products; Destruc¬ 
tive Distillation of Olive Oil Residuals; Table 
•f Density of Methyl Alcohol. Manufacture and 
Testing of Tan Wood in Extracts and Their 
Utilisation in Modern Tanneries . Chestnut 
Wood Extract; Specifications of a Model Type 
•f Extract Factory; Capital Required; Number 
and Capacity of Extract Factories; Method of 
Using Chestnut Wood Extracts in Tanning; 
Manufacture and Use of Oak Wood, Quebracho, 
and Sumac Extracts; Khaki Substitute for Que¬ 
bracho; Extracts from Various Tanning Sub¬ 
stances and Their Uses: Divi-Divi, Valonia, 
Chinese Galls, Myrobolam, Palmetto, Mimosa, 
Tara, Mangrove, Manufacture and Use of Log¬ 
wood Extract, Analysis of Tanning Substances. 

Gienandt, F. L. The Twentieth Century 
Book for the; Progressive Baker, Hotel 
Confectioner, Ornamenter and Ice 
Cream Maker. The most up-to-date 
and practical book ©f its kind. Third 
Edition, revised and enlarged. Illus¬ 
trated. 7x1054. cloth. 280 pp. Bos¬ 
ton, 1919. $6.00 

Harden, Arthur. Alcoholic Fermentation. 
With tables. Second Edition. Illus¬ 
trated. 6x9^4. boards. 164 pp. New 
York, 1914. $1.80 

Hart, Richard N. Leavening Agents. 13 









5 § 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 94 pp. Eas¬ 
ton, 1914. $1.5° 

Contents: Yeast; Fermentation and Its Cause; 
Life and Characteristics of Yeast; Activities of 
Yeast—Breathing, Nutrition, Fermentation; Se¬ 
lection—Hansen’s Pure Culture; Keeping of 
Yeast; Tests for Yeast; Manufacture of Com¬ 
pressed Yeast; Old Vienna Process—Materials, 
Disturbance in Fermentation; Aeration Process— 
Materials, Disturbances in Fermentation; Yeast 
in Bread; Leaven and Homemade Yeasts; Salt- 
Rising Fermentation; Baking Powders; General; 
The Alkali; The Acid—Cream of Tartar, Phos¬ 
phate, Aluminum Salts; Starch; General; Kind 
of Flour; Care of Baking Powders; Miscel¬ 
laneous Substitutes; Residues in the Bread; 
Manufacture; Analysis; General; Aerated Bread; 
Milk Powder. 

Hassack, Paul. Vinegar Bulletin. The 
manufacture of fermented vinegar. A 
complete illustrated encyclopedia cover¬ 
ing all phases in the manufacture of 
spirit, cider, malt and grape vinegar. 
130 illustrations. 9 x 12. half morocco. 
250 pp. New York, 1918. $18.75 

Contents: Theoretical Versa Practical Yield 
in the Oxydation of Alcohol into Acetic Acid 
by Fermentation; A Modern Automatic Device 
for Vinegar Generators of Large Diameter; 
Melon-Vinegar; The Manufacture of Malt Vin¬ 
egar; The Utilization of the Apple; Acid Re¬ 
sisting Material Important in the Manufacture 
of Cider, Wine, Vinegar, the Canning, Preserv¬ 
ing and Chemical Industries; The Manufacture 
of Spirit Vinegar; Wine or Grape Vinegar; 
Natural Fermented Syrup and Molasses Vin¬ 
egar; Vinegar Specialties; Conclusion. 

Herrick, R. F. Denatured or Industrial 
Alcohol. A treatise on the history, 
manufacture, composition, uses, and 
possibilities of industrial alcohol in the 
various countries permitting its use, 
and the laws and regulations governing 
the same, including the United States, 
with concise tables, methods and notes 
for the use of the engineer, chemist, 
manufacturers of alcohol and alcohol 
making and using apparatus, including 
alcohol motors, engines, illuminating 
lamps, and heating and cooking stoves. 
163 illustrations. 6x9. 521 pp. New 

York, 1907. Reprinting 

Contents: Composition, History and Use of 
Denatured Alcohol; The Manufacture of Alco¬ 
hol; Distillation and Rectification; Alcoholom- 
etry; Cost of Alcohol and of Alcohol-distilling 
Plants; Alcohol as an Illuminant; The Fuel 
Value of Alcohol Compared with the Other 
Usual Liquid Fuels; Laws and Regulations for 
Denatured Alcohol; Denatured Alcohol in the 
United States; Appendix. 

Jorgensen, Alfred. Micro-organisms and 
Fermentation. Translated by S. H. 
Davis. Fourth Edition, completely re¬ 
vised. 101 illustrations. 6x8. cloth. 
489 pp. London, 1906. $6.00 

Contents: Microscopical and Physiological Ex¬ 
amination; Biological Examination of Air and 
Water, Bacteria, Moulds, Yeasts; The Pure Cul¬ 
ture of Yeast on a Large Scale; Bibliography. 


Klocker, Alb. Fermentation Organisms. 
A laboratory handbook. Translated by 
G. E. Allen and J. H. Millar. Revised 
by the author. 146 illustrations. sH x 
8 ^ 4 . cloth. 412 pp. London, 1903. $5.00 

Contents: Introduction; The Laboratory; Nu¬ 
trient Media, Methods; Micro-organisms of Most 
Importance in the bermentation Industry; I rue 
Funge; The Higher Funge; bission bunge. 


Lafar, Franz. Technical Mycology : The 
utilization of micro-organisms in the 
arts and manufactures. Translated by 
Charles T. C. Salter. In two volumes. 
Vol. I. Schrzomycetic Fermentation. 99 
illustrations, 1 plate. 6^4 x 9^2- cloth. 
312 pp. London, 1910. $ 5 .00 

Vol. II. Eumycetic Fermentation. 11S 
illustrations. 6-)4 X9J/2. cloth. 566 pp. 
London, 1911. $8.00 

A practical handbook on fermentation and 
fermentative processes for the use of brewer3 
and distillers, analysts, technical and agricultural 
chemists, pharmacists, and all interested in 
the industries dependent on fermentation. 


McIntosh, J. G. Industrial Alcohol. The 

production and use of alcohol for in¬ 
dustrial purposes, and as a source of 
motive power. 75 illustrations, 25 
tables. 6x9. cloth. 260 pp. London, 
1907. $ 3-50 

Contents: Alcohol and Its Properties; Con¬ 
tinuous Aseptic and Antiseptic Fermentation and 
Sterilization in Industrial Alcohol Manufacture; 
Manufacture of Industrial Alcohol from: Beets, 
Grain, Potatoes; Wine, Spoilt Wine, Wine 
Mares and Fruits; Sugar Cane and Sugar Cane , 
Molasses; Plant for Manufacturing Alcohol; < 

Uses of Alcohol in Industries; Manufacture and I 
Uses of Various Alcohol Derivatives; Alcohol 1 


for Lighting; Heating and Motive Power. 

Matthews, Charles G. Manual of Alco- 


Air 


holic Fermentation, and the Allied In¬ 
dustries. Illustrated. 5 x y l / 2 . cloth. 311 
pp. London, 1901. Reprinting 

Contents: Alcoholic Fermentation; General 
Considerations Leading to Special Ones; Alco¬ 
holic Fermentation as a Property of Living 
Cells; The Saccharomycetes and Other Organ¬ 
isms Acting as Alcoholic Ferments; Effects of 
Physical and Chemical Influences on the Yeast 
Organism; Chemical Science; The Carbohy¬ 
drates; Nitrogenous Substances and the Nutri 
tion of Yeast; Wine—a Sketch of its Produc 
tion, the Maladies That it is Subject to an 
Some Notes on Fruit Wines Generally; Intro 
duction to the Malting and Brewing Processe 
and Description of the Malting Process; Th 
Brewing Process; Manufacture of Spirit an 
Compressed Yeast; Sketch of the Lager Bee 
Process; Appendix. 

Mitchell, C. A. Vinegar: 
ture and Examination, 
illustrations. 5*4 x 7^4* 

London, 1916. 

Contents: Historical Introduction; Theories* T'J 1 
Acetic Fermentation; Acetic Bacteria; Chemic v ; 


Its Manufac 
5 plates, 4 |j 

217 pi L 
$3-5 i'y 1 

)r 


cloth. 


ic £ 

Reaction in Acetification; Acetic Acid; Prepar 
tion of the Gyle; Acetification of the GylflL' 


'"ifi, 















CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


59 


Treatment of the Crude Vinegar; Methods of 
Examination; Characteristics of Different Vine¬ 
gars. 

Morris, G. S. The Bottlers’ Formulary. 
Practical recipes, formulas and proc¬ 
esses for making the Soluble flavors 
used in the manufacture of carbonated 


beverages. 5^x 7J4- cloth. 87 pp. 

Kansas City, 1910. $5.00 

Norton, C. Book on Modern Yeasting 

and Distillation. Illustrated. 6 x 8 j 4 - 

cloth. 68 pp. Chicago, 1911. $10.00 


Contents: Construction of Plants; Mashing; 
Yeasting; Fermentations; Distillation; Feed; 
Laboratory; Mycology. 

Nowak, Carl A. New Fields for Brewers, 
and Others Active in the Fermentation 
and Allied Industries. Illustrated. 5 J 4 
x 7^4. cloth. 300 pp. St. Louis, 1917. 

net, $3.00 

Contents: Low Alcoholic Beers; Non-Malt 
Beverages and Fruit Juices; The Yeast Industry 
and Its Products; Vinegar; Malt Flour; Malt 
Extract and Diastatic Preparations; Industry of 
Breakfast Foods; Commercial Feeding Stuffs; 
Dairy Industry; Industrial Alcohol; Mechanical 
Appliances; Bibliography. 

Oppenheimer, Carl. Ferments and Their 
Actions. Translated by C. A. Mitchell. 
514 x 7 J 4 - cloth. 357 pp. London, 
1901. $3-°° 

Contents: General Part. Introduction; Defini¬ 
tion of the Conception of a Ferment; The 
Chemical Nature of Ferments; The Influence of 
External Factors upon Ferments; The Mode of 
Action of Ferments; The Physiological Action 
of Ferments; The Secretion of Ferments; The 
Importance of Ferments to the Vital Process. 
The Hydrolytic Ferments. The Proteolytic Fer¬ 
ments; Trypsin; Bacteriolytic and Haemolytic 
Ferments; Proteolytic Vegetable Ferments; Co¬ 
agulating Ferments; The Saccharifying Fer¬ 
ments; Animal Diastases; Ferments of the Poly¬ 
saccharides, Resembling Diastase; Enzymes of 
the Dissacharides; Ferments Which Decompose 
Glucosides; Other Hydrolytic Ferments; The 
Lactic Acid Fermentation. The Oxidizing Fer¬ 
ments. Alcoholic Fermentation; The Biology of 
Alcoholic Fermentation; The Oxydases; Oxidiz¬ 


ing Fermentations; Systematic Bibliography; 
Table of Abbreviations; Indices. 

Plimmer, R. H. A. The Chemical Changes 
and Products Resulting from Fermen¬ 
tation. 6x9. cloth. 190 pp. London, 
1903. $2.50 

The chief object of this book is to demon¬ 
strate the various processes which take place in 
fermentation. Also a short account of fermenta¬ 
tion and the theories concerning action of fer¬ 
ments. 

Walter, Erich. Manual for the Essence 
Industry. Illustrated. 6*4 x9*4. cloth. 
431 pp. N. Y., 1916. net, $4.00 

Contents: The Taste, and the Transfer of 
Flavor to Foods and Beverages; The Raw Ma¬ 
terials Yielding the Different Tastes; Laboratory 
Practice; Non-Alcoholic Beverages; The Manu¬ 
facture of Liquors, Licqueurs, Spirits and Other 
Alcoholic Beverages; Confectionery, Bakery and 
Culinary Essences; Coloring Matters for Foods 
and Drinks; Cosmetic Essences. 

Wiley, Harvey W. Beverages and Their 
Adulteration. The origin, composition, 
manufacture, natural, artificial, fer¬ 
mented, distilled, alkaloidal and fruit 
juices. 42 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
436 pp. Philadelphia, 1919. $5.00 

Contents: Introduction; Waters; Mineral Wa¬ 
ters; Soft Drinks; Fruit Juices; Coffee; Tea; 
Cocoa and Chocolate; Wine; Beer, Ale, Porter 
and Stout; Whiskey; Brandy; Rum; Gin; Cor¬ 
dials and Liqueurs; Alcoholic Remedies; Bev¬ 
erages Containing Cocaine. 

Wright, F. B. Distillation of Alcohol from 
Farm Products and De-Naturing. Sec¬ 
ond Edition. 60 illustrations. 5x7. 
cloth. 281 pp. N. Y., 1907. net, $1.50 
Contents: Alcohol, its Various Forms and 
Sources; The Preparation of Mashes and Fer¬ 
mentation; Simple Distilling Apparatus; Modern 
Distilling Apparatus; Rectification; Malting; Al¬ 
cohol from Potatoes; Alcohol from Grain, Corn, 
Wheat, Rice and Other Cereals; Alcohol from 
Beets; Alcohol from Molasses and Sugar Cane; 
Alcoholometry; Distilling Plants; Their General 
Arrangement and Equipment; De-natured Alcohol 
and U. S. Authorized De-naturing Formulae; 
De-naturing Regulations in the United States. 


FOOD—DRUGS 


Amos, P. A. Processes of Flour Manu¬ 
facture. 112 illustrations. 5 14 x 754 . 
cloth. 290 pp. London, 1912. $2.20 

Contents: Milling Conditions in England Past 
and Present; History of Flour Milling; The 
Wheat Berry; The World’s Wheats and Wheat 
Lands; Parcels for Wheat Mixtures; Mill Plan¬ 
ning and Construction; Grain Intake nd Stock 
Handling; Preliminary Cleaning of Wheat, Dust 
Collecting and Dust Extract Plants; Wheat Stor¬ 
age; Screening, Dressing; Grading Mediums; 
Dry Cleaning of Wheat; Washing and Whizzing; 
Drying and Conditioning; Handling of Screen¬ 
ings; Blends and Mixtures; Gradual Reduction 
Svsteins; Break System; Scalping and Grad;i<r; 
Sifters and Plansifters: Flow Sheet Design; 
Purification, Reduction; Flour Dressing; Flour; 


Offals, Grading and Packing «f All Stocks; Mill 
Staffing and Management; Rules, Regulations 
and Accidents; Power and Power Transmission; 
Fire Risks and Safeguards; Capacities and Speed 
of Machines; General Data. 

Bailey, E. H. S. The Source, Chemistry, 
and Use of Food Products. 75 illus¬ 
trations. 6x8. cloth. 538 pp. Phila¬ 
delphia, 1915. $2.00 

Contents: Sources and Constituents of Foods; 
Composition of Cereals and the Manufacture of 
Starch; Bread and Other Cereal Products; Sugar 
and Other Saccharine Substances; Alcoholic 
Beverages; Roots, Tubers, Vegetables; Legumes; 
Cultivation, Preservation and Use of Fruits and 
Berries; Orchard and Vine Fruit; Berries; Gar¬ 
den and Miscellaneous Fruits; Mushrooms, 





6o 


D. VAN NO ST RAND COMPANY’S 


Truffles, Algae and Lichens; Animal and Veg¬ 
etable Fats and Oils; Nuts and Nut Products; 
Meat and Meat Products; Fish and Shell Fish; 
Milk and Dairy Products; Egg and Egg Pro¬ 
ducts; Spices and Other Condiments; Non- 
Intoxicating Beverages; Water and Effervescing 
Beverages. 

Bennett, H. G. Animal Proteids. 5V2 x 
8 ^ 4 - cloth. (Industrial Chemistry 
Series.) In Press 

Blyth, A. W., and Blyth, M. W. Foods: 
Their Composition and Analysis. A 
manual for the use of analytical chem¬ 
ists and others. With an introductory 
essay on the history of adulteration. 
Sixth Edition, thoroughly revised, en¬ 
larged and rewritten. Illustrated. 6 J 4 
X954. cloth. 645 pp. London, 1909. 

$8.50 

Contents: History of Adulteration in Various 
Countries; Introductory; Carbo-Hydrates; Milk, 
Cream, Butter, Cheese; Tea, Coffee, Cocoa; Al¬ 
cohol, Spirits, Fermented Liquors, Wine; Vin¬ 
egar; Mustard, Pepper, Spices, Condiments; Ex¬ 
amination and Water Analysis. 

Bolton, E. R., and Revis, C. Fatty Foods. 
Their practical examination. A hand¬ 
book for the use of analytical and tech¬ 
nical chemists. 36 illustrations, 7 plates, 
one colored. 6x8^4. cloth. 384 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1913. $450 

Contents: Objects of Analysis of Oils, Fats 
and Fatty Foods; General Analytical Methods; 
Analytical Procedure and Its Interpretation; 
Beef Fat, Lard, Butter and Margarine, Ghee, 
Vegetable Oils and Fats; Rancidity; Cocoa, 
Chocolate and Milk Chocolate; Feeding Stuffs; 
Milk; Appendices. 

Bruce, Edwin M. Detection of the Com¬ 
mon Food Adulterants. Third Edition, 
revised and enlarged. 5^4 x 7 l / 2 . cloth. 
95 PP- New York, 1917. $1.40 

Contents: Dairy Products; Meat and Eggs; 
Cereal Products; Leavening Materials; Canned 
and Bottled Vegetables; Fruits and Fruit Pro¬ 
ducts; Flavoring Extracts; Spices; Vinegar; 
Fats and Oils; Beverages. 

Canning. A Complete Course in Can¬ 
ning. Being a thorough exposition of 
the best practical methods of hermet¬ 
ically sealing canned foods, and pre¬ 
serving fruits and vegetables. Orig¬ 
inally republished from the serial ar¬ 
ticles appearing in “The Canning 
Trade.” Fourth Edition, completely re¬ 
vised up-to-date. Illustrated. 6 % x gV 2 . 
cloth. 272 pp. Baltimore, Md., 1919. $5.00 

Carrell, T. M. A Manual of Canning and 
Preserving. 5 x y l / 2 . cloth. 108 pp. 
New York, 1919. $1.50 

Dowd, M. T., and Jameson, J. D. Food, 
Its Composition and Preparation. A 
textbook for classes in household sci¬ 
ence. Illustrated. 514 x 7 f 4 - cloth. 
181 pp. New York, 1918. $1.50 


Dunn, C. W. Pure Food and Drug Legal 
Manual. Federal, State and Territorial 
general and special food, drug, paint, 
oil, and turpentine laws, rules and reg¬ 
ulations, food standards, food inspection 
decisions, and leading decisions of the 
courts. Uniformly classified and ar¬ 
ranged cyclopedia of information. Two 
volumes. 6^4 x g l / 2 . 

Vol. I. is complete in itself. 2378 pp. 
cloth. New York, 1912. Iia.oo 

Vol. II. In preparation. 

Edelmann, R. Textbook of Meat Hygiene 
with Special Consideration of Ante¬ 
mortem and Postmortem Inspection of 
Food Producing Animals. Fourth Re¬ 
vised Edition by John R. Mohler and 
Adolph Eichhorn. 161 illustrations, 5 
color plates. 6J4 x g l / 2 . cloth. 472 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1919. $4-75 

Foot, F. N. Baking Powder and Other 
Leavening Agents. 5x7. cloth. 88 pp. 
New York, 1908. $1.50 

Frandsen, J. H., and Markham, E. A. 

The Manufacture of Ice Creams and 
Ices. 101 illustrations. 5 % x 7J 4 - cloth. 
329 pp. New York, 1916. net, $2.00 

Contents: Origin of Frozen Desserts; The 
Cream Supply; Bacteriology of Ice Cream; Care 
of Milk and Cream at the Factory; Condensed 
Milk, Milk Powder, and Homogenized Cream; 
Stabilizers; Flavoring; Standardizing the Ice 
Cream Mixture; Preparing the Ice Cream Mix¬ 
ture; Classification of Ice Cream; Formulas; 
Water Ices and Sherbets; Fancy Molded Ice 
Creams and Ices; Freezing Process; Refrigera¬ 
tion; Economical Operation of the Refrigerating 
Plant; Scoring Ice Creams and Ices; The Ice 
Cream Factory, Its Location and Equipment; 
Factory Management; By-Products and Side 
Lines; Ice Cream as a Side Line in the Local 
Creamery; Appendix. 

Friedman, Jacob. Common-sense Candy 
Teacher. With a supplement by Wra. 
H. Kennedy. Second Edition. 6 x 8 j 4 . 
cloth. 391 pp. Chicago, 1911. net, $10.00 
Contents: Common-Sense Talks; Talks on Ma¬ 
terial; Formulas; Cream Work; Gum Work; Ice 
Cream, Ices, Sherbets, etc.; Sensible Sugges¬ 
tions. 

Gibbs, W. M. Spices and How to Know 
Them. Illustrated. Colored plates. 6^4 
x 9 ? 4 . cloth. 179 pp. Buffalo, N. Y., 
1909. net, $3.50 

Contents : Introduction; Early History of 
Spices; Adulteration. of Spices: How to Detect 
Adulteration in Spices: their Formation and 
Analysis; Black Pepper; White Pepper; Long 
Pepper; Capsicum, or Cayenne; Pimento, or 
Allspice; Cinnamon and Cassia; Cloves; Ginger; 
Nutmegs; Mace; Mustard; Herbs. 

Grant, J. The Chemistry of Breadmak¬ 
ing. Second Edition. 47 illustrations 
and 4 plates. 5x7^2. cloth. 234 pp. 
New York, 1917. $ 2 .o» 







CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


61 


Greenish, H. G. Microscopical Examina¬ 
tion of Foods and Drugs. A practical 
introduction to the methods adopted in 
the microscopical examination of foods 
and drugs, in the entire, crushed and 
powdered states. Third Edition. 

In Preparation 
Contents: Starch; Hairs and Textile Fibres; 
Spores and Glands; Ergot; Woods; Stems; 
Leaves; Flowers; Barks; Seeds; Fruits Rhiz¬ 
omes; Roots; Adulterants of Powdered Foods 
and Drugs; Appendix. 

Bausner, A. The Manufacture of Pre¬ 
served Foods and Sweetmeats. Trans¬ 
lated from the German of the third en¬ 
larged edition. Second Edition. 28 il¬ 
lustrations. S J A x 7 x /i. cloth. 246 pp. 
London, 1912. $3.50 

A handbook of all the processes for the preser¬ 
vation of flesh, fruit and vegetables, and for the 
preparation of dried fruit, dried vegetables, mar¬ 
malades, fruit-syrups and fermented beverages, 
and of all kinds of candies, candied fruits, 
sweetmeats, rocks, drops, dragees, pralines, etc. 

Jank, Jos. K. Spices: Their Botanical 
Origin; Their Chemical Composition, 
and Commercial Use. Seeds, herbs, 
leaves, etc. Their botanical origin and 
commercial use and technical advices 
and tables. 5 A x &/4 - cloth. 122 pp. 
New York, 1915. net, $1.50 

Kozmin, Peter A. Flour Milling. A theo¬ 
retical and practical handbook of flour 
manufacture. For millers, millwrights, 
flour-milling engineers and others en¬ 
gaged in the flour-milling industry. 
Translated by M. Falkner and T. 
Fjelstrup. 543 illustrations. 7x10. 
cloth. 596 pp. London, 1917. $8.50 

Contents: Historical Outline of Flour Mill¬ 
ing; General Ideas of Raw Materials for Flour 
f Production; Preparation of Grain for Grinding; 
t Grinding the Grain; Grading the Product Ac¬ 
cording to Size; Grading According to Specific 
Gravity; Accessory Appliances and Mechanisms; 

;i Milling Diagrams; Construction of Mill Build- 
1! ings; Cost of Erecting and of Working Mills. 

A 

s Leach, Albert E. Food Inspection and 
Analysis; for the use of public anal- 
nj ysts, health officers, sanitary chemists, 
] and food economists. Fourth Edition, 
| revised and enlarged by Andrew L. 

I Winton. 278 illustrations. x 10. 

cloth. 1109 pp. N. Y., 1920. $8.50 

Contents: Food Analysis and Official Control; 
The Laboratory and Its Equipment; Food, Its 
f Functions, Proximate Components, and Nutri¬ 
tive Value; General Analytical Methods; The 
: Microscope in Food Analysis; The Refracto- 
meter; Milk and Milk Products; Flesh Foods; 
Eggs; Cereals and Their Products, Legumes, 

I Vegetables and Fruits; Tea, Coffee, and Cocoa; 
1 Spices; Edible Oils and Fats; Sugar and Sac- 
i charine Products; Alcoholic Beverages; Vinegar; 

Artificial Food Colors; Food Preservatives; Ar- 
’ tificial Sweeteners; Flavoring Extracts and Their 


Substitutes; Vegetable and Fruit Products; De¬ 
termination of Acidity by Means of the Hydro¬ 
gen Electrode; Appendix. 

McCollum, E. V. The Newer Knowledge 
of Nutrition. The use of food for the 
preservation of vitality and health. Il¬ 
lustrated. 5 x 7 J 4 . cloth. 208 pp. New 
York, 1919. $1.50 

Macewen, Hugh A. Food Inspection. A 
practical handbook. Illustrated. 8vo. 
cloth. 264 pp. Lond., 1910. net, $2.50 

Contents: The Inspection of Meat, and the 
Diseases Commonly Met with in the Abattoir; The 
Construction and Management of Slaughter 
Houses and Public Abattoirs, and the Law Re¬ 
lating to Slaughter Houses and Markets; The 
Inspection of Fish, Poultry, Game, Vegetables, 
Fruit, etc., Considered from a Hygienic Stand¬ 
point and the Law Relating to Unsound Foods; 
Preservation and Storage of Meat and other 
Foods, and the Causes of Unwholesomeness in 
Food. 

Moor, C. G., and Partridge, W. Aids to 
the Anaysis of Food and Drugs. Fourth 
Edition. 5 x 7. cloth. 279 pp. New 
York, 1918. $1.50 

Muir, Robert, and Ritchie, Jas. Manual 

of Bacteriology. Seventh Edition. 200 
illustrations, 6 color plates. 5 x 7F2. 
cloth. 777 pp. London, 1919. $6.50 

Olsen, John C. Pure Foods. Their adul¬ 
teration, nutritive value, and cost. 30 
illustrations. 5 x 7*4. cloth. 215 pp. 
New York, 1911. net, $1.00 

Contents: What is Food?; Pure Food; Stand¬ 
ard Rations and the Cost of Food; Milk Bac¬ 
teria in Milk; Fats and Oils; Butter and its 
Substitutes; Meats; Carbohydrates; Candies; 
Food Colors; Preservation of Foods; Fruits, 
Jams, Jellies; French and Canned Vegetables; 
Breads, Cereals; Spices, Flavoring Extracts. 

Parry, E. J. Foods and Drugs. In two 
volumes. 6]/ 2 x 10. cloth. London, 1911. 
Vol. I. The Analysis of Foods and 
Drugs. 59 illustrations. 752 pp. $9.00 

Contents: Food: Tea, Cocoa, Chocolate, Cocoa 
Butter and Coffee; Milk, Cheese, Butter, Lard, 
Suet, Olive Oil; The Carbohydrate Foods; 
Spices, Flavoring Essences, etc.; Alcoholic Bev¬ 
erages; Flesh Foods, Extract of Meat, Gelatine; 
Microscopical Analysis. Drugs: Crude drugs; 
Drugs Containing Alkaloids, etc.; Capable Ap¬ 
proximate Determination; Essential Oils, and 
the Fixed Oils, Fats, Waxes of the British 
Pharmacopoeia; Chemicals of Pharmacopoeia; 
Table of Chemicals. 

Vol. II. The Sale of Food and Drugs 
Acts, 1875-1907. 184 pp. $3.50 

Contents: Introduction; The Sale of Food* 
and Drugs Act, 1875; Amendment Act of 1879; 
Act of 1899; The Margarine Act, 1887; The 
Butter and Margarine Act, 1907. 

Rideal, S. The Carbohydrates. 5 l 4 x 8 j£- 
cloth. (Industrial Chemistry Series.) 

In Press 







62 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY'S 


Sherman, Henry C. Food Products. 36 
illustrations. 5 Y\ x 7^. cloth. 606 

pp. New York, 1914. $2.40 

Contents: Principal Constituents and Func¬ 
tions of Foods; Food Legislation; Milk; Cheese 
and Miscellaneous Milk Products; Eggs; Meats 
and Meat Products; Poultry, Game, Fish, and 
Shellfish; Grain Products; Vegetables, Fruits, 
and Nuts; Edible Fats and Oils; Sugars, Sirups, 
and Confectionery; Food Adjuncts and Un¬ 
classified Food Materials; Rules and Regula¬ 
tions for the Enforcement of the Food and Drug 
Act; Food Inspection Decisions. 

Sherman, H. Clapp. Chemistry of Food 
and Nutrition. Second Edition, re¬ 
written and enlarged. Illustrated. 5x7. 
cloth. 558 pp. N. Y., 1918. $2.10 

Thresh, J. C., and Porter, A. E. Preserva¬ 
tives in Food and Food Examination. 
8 plates. 6 % x 9*4. cloth. 499 pp. 
London, 1906. $6.00 

Contents: Preservation of Food; Chemical 
Preservatives; Boron Compounds; Salicylic and 
Benzoic Acids, etc.; Milk; Cream; Butter; Al¬ 
coholic Beverages; Fruit, Jams, and Vegetables; 
Meat, Game, Eggs, and Fish; Colouring Matters 
Used in Food and Drink; Mineral Poisons; 
Laws Relating to Food ^ Inspection; Unsound 
Food; Animal Parasites; Fish; Milk and Dairy 
Products; Unsound Fruit; Examination of Food 
Suspected of Causing Disease, etc. 

Vacher, Francis. The Food Inspector’s 
Handbook. A practical guide for med¬ 
ical officers of health, meat inspectors, 
army officers, students, and others. 
Seventh Edition, thoroughly revised and 
greatly enlarged. In Preparation 

Villavecchia, V. Treatise on Applied 
Analytical Chemistry. Methods and 
standards for the chemical analysis of 
the principal industrial and food prod¬ 
ucts. Translated by Thomas H. Pope, 
University of Birmingham. 

Vol. I. 58 illustrations. 6 l / 2 x 10. cloth. 
491 pp. Philadelphia, 1918. $7-75 

Contents: Meat and Its Preparations; Milk 
and Its Products; Flour, Starch,and Derived 
Products; Sugar and Products Containing Them; 
Beer; Wine; Spirits and Liqueurs; Essential 
Oils; Turpentine and Its Products; Varnishes; 
Rubber and Guttapercha; Tanning Products; 
Inks; Leather; Coloring Matters; Textile Fi¬ 
bres, Yarns, Fabrics. 

Vol. II. 105 illustrations. 6 l / 2 x 10. 
cloth. 550 pp. Philadelphia, 1918. 87.7s 

Contents: Waters; Chemical Products; Fertil¬ 
izers; Cement Materials; Metals and Alloys; 
Fuels; Coal-tar and its Products; Minenral Oils 
and Their Derivatives; Fatty Substances; In¬ 
dustrial Products from the Treatment of Fatty 
Matters. 

Vulte, H. T. Household Chemistry. For 
the use of students in household arts. 
Second Edition. 5 x j l / 2 . cloth. 249 
pp. Easton, 1917. $1.50 

Contents: Introductory; Atmosphere and Ven¬ 
tilation; Water; Metals; Glass, Pottery, and Por¬ 
celain; Fuels; Carbohydrates; Fruits and Fruit 


Juices; Fats; Proteins; Baking Powders; Tea, 
Coffee, Chocolate and Cocoa; Ferments and 
Preservatives; Disinfectants and Disinfection; 
Cleansing Agents; Volumetric and Gravimetric 
Analysis; Reagents; Appendix. 

Vulte, Hermann T., and Vanderbilt, Sadie 
B. Food Industries. An elementary 
text-book on the production and man¬ 
ufacture of staple foods. Designed for ; 
use m high schools and colleges. Sec- 1 
ond Edition. 80 illustrations. 6 l A x 9. 
cloth. 337 pp. Easton, Pa., 1916. $2.00 

Wagner, E. Recipes for the Preserving 
of Fruit, Vegetables and Meat. Trans¬ 
lated from the German by Chas. Salter. , 
14 illustrations. 5x7. cloth. 119 pp. 
London, 1908. net, $2.50 

Contents. Preserved Fruits. Canned Fruits; 
Glazed and Candied Fruits; Marmalades, Jams, 
and Fruit Juices; Fruit Jellies; Fruit Pulp for 
Ices; Preserved Vegetables; Preserved Meats. 

Whymper, R. Cocoa and Chocolate. Their 
chemistry and manufacture. 19 illustra¬ 
tions. 3 plates. 7 Va x ioJ 4 - cloth. 330 
pp. Philadelphia, 1912. Reprinting 
Contents: History, Botany, and Agriculture of 
Cacao; Manufacture of Chocolates and Cocoa 
Powders; Chemistry of Cacao; Survey of the 
Components of Cacao and Chocolate; Methods 
of Analysis. 

Wiley, Harvey W. Foods and Their 
Adulteration. Origin, manufacture, and 
composition of food products: infants’ 
and invalids’; detection of common 
adulterations, and food standards. Third 
Edition, revised. 87 illustrations, 11 
colored plates. 6^4 xgH. cloth. 653 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1917. $6.00 

Contents: Introduction; Meats and Meat Pro¬ 
ducts; Poultry and Eggs and Game Birds; Fish 
Foods; Milk and Milk Products and Oleomarga¬ 
rine; Cereal Foods Vegetables, Condiments and 
Fruits; Vegetable Oils and Fats, and Nuts; 
Fungi as Foods; Sugar, Sirup, Confectionery and 
Honey; Miscellaneous; Infants’ and Invalids’ 
Foods; Simple Methods for Detecting Food 
Adulterations; Food Standards. 

Wiley, Harvey. 1001 Tests of Foods, 
Beverages and Toilet Accessories, Good 
and Otherwise. Why are they so? Re¬ 
used Edition. 5 x y l / 2 . cloth. 344 pp. 
New York, 1916. $0.75 

Winton, A. L., and others. The Micro¬ 
scopy of Vegetable Foods. 589 illus¬ 
trations. 6 ^ 4 xio. cloth. 717 pp. New 
York, 1916. net, $6.50 

Contents: Equipment, Methods, and General, 
Principles; Introduction, Apparatus, Reagent?, 
Collections, Preparation of Materials, Principal 
Histological Elements; Grain: Its Products and’ 
Impurities; Flour, Cattle Foods, Cereals, Buck¬ 
wheats; Weed Seeds; Fungus Impurities; Oil 
Seeds and Oil Cakes, Legunmes; Nuts; Fruit 
and Fruit Products, Vegetables; Alkaloidal Pro¬ 
ducts (Tea, Coffee, Cocoa, Tobacco, etc.), and 
Their Substitutes; Spices and Condiments; Com- 
mercial Starches. 








CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


63 


Winton, Andrew L. A Course in Food 
AnalysiV 107 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
261 pp. \New York, 1917. $2.00 

Contents: \lntroduction; Dairy Products; 
Meat and I‘isn; Natural Vegetable Foods and 
Mill Products; \ Microscopic Examination of 
Vegetable Foods;\Saccharine Products; Fats and 
Oils; Fruits; Fruits Products; Liquors and Vin¬ 
egars; Flavoring Extracts; Coffee, Tea, and 
Cocoa; Calculation Tables; Lists. 

Woodman, A. G. Food Analysis. Typical 
Methods and the Interpretation of Re¬ 
sults. 108 illustrations. 5^4 x cloth. 
520 pp. New York, 1915. $3.50 

Contents: General Methods; Microscopical Ex¬ 
amination of Foods; Food Colors and Preserva¬ 
tives; Milk and Cream; Edible Fats and Oils; 
Carbohydrate Foods; Cocoa and Chocolate; 
Spices; Cider Vinegar; Flavoring Extracts; Al¬ 
coholic Foods. 


Zavella, Justo P. The Canning of Fruits 
and Vegetables. Based on the Methods 
in use in California, with notes on the 
control of the microorganisms effecting 
spoilage. 67 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
226 pp. N. Y., 1916. net, $3.25 

Zipperer, Paul. The Manufacture of Cho¬ 
colate, and other Cacao Preparations. 
Third Edition, rearranged, thoroughly 
revised, and largely rewritten. Edited 
by Phil. Herm. Schaeffer. 132 illustra¬ 
tions, 21 tables, 3 plates. 7 x 10. leather. 
345 PP- New York, 1915. $7.50 

Contents: The Cocoa Tree; The Manufacture 
of Cacao Preparations; Ingredients Used in the 
Manufacture of Chocolate; Examination and 
Analysis of Cacao Preparations; Installation of 
a Chocolate and Cacao Powder Factory. 


SUGAR 


Abraham, K. Steam Economy in the 
Sugar Factory. Translated from the 
German edition by E. J. Boyle. 5*4 x 
7 ^ 4 . cloth. 101 pp. Interleaved. New 
York, 1912. net, $1.50 

Contents: Steam Consumption of Individual 
Stations; The Distribution of Steam in the 
Factory. 

Armstrong, E. F. The Simple Carbohy¬ 
drates and the Glucosides. Third Edi¬ 
tion. 6x9*4. boards. 249 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1919. $4.20 

Contents: Introduction; Glucose; The Chem¬ 
ical Properties of Glucose and the Hexoses; 
The Hexoses, Pentoses and the Carbohydrate 
Alcohols; The Disaccharides; The Relation Be¬ 
tween Configuration and Properties; Hydrolysis 
and Synthesis; Natural Glucosides; The Syn¬ 
thetic Glucosides; The Function of Carbohy¬ 
drates and Glucosides in Plants. 

Browne, C. A. Handbook of Sugar Analy¬ 
sis. A practical and descriptive treatise 
for use in research, technical and con¬ 
trol laboratories. 200 illustrations, 25 
tables. 6 J 4 x g l / 2 : cloth. 980 pp. New 
York, 1912. net, $6.00 

Contents: Physical and Chemical Methods of 
Sugar Analysis. Sampling of Sugar and Sugar 
Products; Determination of Moisture by Methods 
of Drying; Densimetric Methods of Analysis; 
Principles and Uses of the Refractcmeter; Polar¬ 
ized Light, Theory and Description of Polari- 
meters and Saccharimeters; Polariscope Acces¬ 
sories; Specific Rotation of Sugars; Methods of 
Simple and Invert or Double Polarization; Spe¬ 
cial Methods of Saccharimetry; Miscellanepus 
Physical Methods as Applied to the Examination 
of Sugars; Qualitative Methods for the Identi¬ 
fication of Sugars; Reduction Methods for De¬ 
termining Sugars; Special Quantitative Methods; 
Combined Methods and the Analysis of Sugar 
Mixtures; Miscellaneous Applications. The Oc¬ 
currence. Methods of Preparation, Properties and 
Principal Reactions of the Sugars and Allied 
Derivatwes. Classification of the Sugars and 
Their Formation in Nature; The Monosaccha¬ 
rides; Disaccharides; Trisaccharides and Tetra- 


saccharides; Amino Sugars and the Cycloses; 
The Sugar Alcohols and Sugar Acids; Appendix 
ot Sugar Tables. 

Browne, C. A. Sugar Tables for Labor¬ 
atory Use. 6x9. cloth, no pp. New 
York, 1912. $1.25 

Buehler, F. A. Filters and Filter Presses 
for the Separation of Liquids and 
Solids. With additional matter relat¬ 
ing to The Theory of Filtration and 
Filtration in Sugar Factories and Re¬ 
fineries, by John J. Eastwick. 327 illus¬ 
trations. 714 x 924 - cloth. 192 pp. 
London, 1914. net, $4.50 

Contents: Filters with Loose Filtering Lay¬ 
er; Filters with Woven or Felted Filtering Me¬ 
diums; Filters with Rigid Filtering Layer; Sep¬ 
arating Apparatus Without Filtering Layer; 
Presses for the Separation of Liquids and Solids; 
Filtration and Aids to Filtration as Applied to 
the Sugar Industry; Specifications of Sundry 
Filter Press Patents. 

Classen, H. Beet-Sugar Manufacture. 
Translated by W. T. Hall and G. W. 
Rolfe. Second Edition. 6x9. cloth. 
358 pp. . New York, 1910. $3.50 

Contents: Preface; Introduction; The Deliv¬ 
ery,Receiving and Storage of Beets; Transporta¬ 
tion and Washing the Beets; Weighing and Slic¬ 
ing Beets; Juice Extraction; Drying the Spent 
Chips; Diffusor Juice, its Preliminary Purifica¬ 
tion and Warming; Defecation; Carbonation; 
Treatment of the Sludge or Scums; Final Car¬ 
bonation and Filtration; Other Purifying and 
Clarifying Agents; Evaporation; The Condensa¬ 
tion of the Evaporation Vapors; Carbonation and 
Filtration of the Concentrated Juice or Sirup; 
Sugar-boiling; Working up the Massecuite; The 
Centrifugal Work; Raw Sugar and its Prepara¬ 
tion; The Preparation of Sugar Crystals; Work¬ 
ing up Centrifugal Sugar into After-products; 
The Purification of Centrifugal Sirup; Molasses 
and Utilization; The Boiler-house; The Lime¬ 
kilns; Heat Losses During the Process; Factory 
Control and Determination of Sugar-losses; Gen¬ 
eral Suggestions Concerning the Fitting Up and 






6 4 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Running of a Beet-sugar Factory; The Utiliza¬ 
tion and Disposal of the Waste Products and 
Sweet Waters; Analysis of Beets, Sirup, and 
Sugar Products; Formulae, Tables, and Numer¬ 
ical Data; Calculations for an Evaporating Plant 
and for the Steam Consumption in Working Up 
100 Pounds of Beets; Comparison of Steam and 
Coal; Consumption in Different Systems of 
Evaporating and Heating. 

Deerr, Noel. Cane Sugar. A text-book 
on the agriculture of the sugar cane, the 
manufacture of cane sugar, and the 
analysis of sugar house products; to¬ 
gether with a chapter on the fermenta¬ 
tion of molasses. 280 illustrations. 22 
plates. 6 %. x 9*4. cloth. 607 pp. Man¬ 
chester, 1911. Reprinting 

Contents: The Cane; Composition of the Cane; 
Range and Climate; Varieties of the Cane; 
Sugar Cane Soils; Manuring, Irrigation, Hus¬ 
bandry, Pests and Diseases, and Harvesting of 
the. Cane; Extraction of Juice by Mills; Dif¬ 
fusion Process; Clarification and Defecation of 
the Juice; Carbonation Process; Filtration of the 
Juice; Evaporation of the Juice to Syrup; Con¬ 
centration of the Syrup to Massecuite; Separa¬ 
tion of the Crystals; Molasses; Megass as Fuel; 
Polariscope as Applied to Sugar Analysis; Op- 
t : cal Assay of Sugars; Determination of Reduc¬ 
ing Sugars; Assay of Sugar House Products; 
Control of the Factory; Fermentation with Spe¬ 
cial Reference to the Sugar House; Appendix; 
Tables; Additional Notes Relating to Certain 
Portions of the Text. 


Geerligs, H. C. Prinsen. Chemical Con¬ 
trol in Cane Sugar Factories. Revised 
and Enlarged Edition. Illustrated, 
tables. 614 x 1054. cloth. 152 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1917. $ 5 .oo 


Contents: Analytical Methods. Cane; Ba¬ 
gasse; Mill Juices; Raw Juice; Clarified Juice. 
Szveet-Waters from the Filter-Presses. Filter- 
Press Cake; Syrup; Massecuites; Green Mo¬ 
lasses; Final Molasses; First and Second Sugars; 
Molasses Sugar; Recapitulation of the Necessary 
Analyses. Determination of Quantities. Weights 
Directly Ascertained; Weights That Are Calcu¬ 
lated. Stocktaking. Calculated Percentages. 
Various Calculations. Final Account of Sucrose 
Extracted and Lost. Native Assistance. Factory 
and Laboratory Instruments. Verification of 
Weighbridges, Measuring Tanks, and Instru¬ 
ments; Instruments and Utensils Required: 
Tables; Models of Books. 


Geerligs, H. C. P. Practical White Sugar 
Manufacture. Or the manufacture of 
plantation white sugar directly from the 
sugar cane. 28 illustrations. 6 % x 10%. 
cloth. 196 pp. London, 1915. net, $5.00 

Contents: Clarification of the Cane Juice. 
Color and Clearness of the Juice; Decomposi¬ 
tion of Sucrose by Ac«'ds and Ferments; Re¬ 
quirements for the Various Processes of Clarifi¬ 
cation. Defecation Methods. Sulphitation; 
Clarification with the Aid of Phosphoric Acid 
and Tts Salts: Heating the Tempered Juice to 
the Boiling Point; Separation of the Precipi¬ 
tated Impurities from the Clarified Tuice. Car- 
bonatation Methods. Methods in Which the Glu¬ 
cose is Left Intact as Far as Possible; Method 
in Which the Glucose is Destroyed; Separation 
of the Clarified Juice and the Scums. Special 
Methods. Methods for the Purification of the 


Molasses; Advantages and Disadvantages of the 
Different Processes; Costs and Yields of the 
Different Clarification Processes; Foiling, Cur¬ 
ing and Finishing White Sugar; Schemes for 
the Manufacture of White Sugar of Different 
Descriptions, and the Necessary Capacity of the 
Plant Required. Materials Employed in the 
Manufacture of Plantation Wfate Sugar. Lime; 
Milk-of-Lime; Limestone; Coke; Carbonic Acid; 
Sulphur; Sulphurous Acid Gas; “Blankit” or 
Sodium Hydrosulphite; Phosphoric Acid and Its 
Preparation; Sodium Phosphate; Animal Char¬ 
coal or Bone Black; Decolorizing Carbons; Hy¬ 
drochloric Acid; Caustic Soda; Sodium Carbon¬ 
ate; Ultramarine; Indanthrene. 

Geerligs, H. C. P. Cane Sugar and Its 
Manufacture. 7x10. cloth. 377 pp. 
Manchester, 1909. $6.00 

Contents: The Razo Material. Constituents 
of Sugar Cane; Proportion and Distribution of 
the Constituents of Cane Sugar. Sugar Manu¬ 
facture. Extraction of the Juice; Clarification; 
Concentration of the Juice; Curing Exhausted 
Molasses. 

Geerligs, H. C. P. The World’s Cane 
Sugar Industry, Past and Present. Il¬ 
lustrated. maps. 7 J 4 x ioI 4- cloth. 420 
pp. New York, 1912. $6.00 

Contents: General History of the Cane Sugar 
Industry; General Survey of the History of the 
Cane Sugar Industry from the Beginning Down 
to the Present Day; Condition of the Cane 
Sugar Industry in the Different Countries of 
Production; In British India; Straits Settle¬ 
ments; Cochin China; China; Japan; The Philip¬ 
pines; Java; Spain; United States of America; 
Mexico; Cuba; Santo Domingo; Porto Rico; 
British West Indian Islands; French Antilles; 
St. Croix; Central America; South America; 
Africa; Commonwealth of Anstralia; Hawaiian 
Islands; Fiji Islands; Tahiti; Text of the Brus¬ 
sels Sugar Convention; Appendix. 

Given, A. Methods for Sugar Analysis 
and Allied Determinations. Illustrated. 
6/4 x 9 t / 4 . cloth. 85 pp. Philadelphia. 
1912. $2.50 

The methods here presented are not set forth 
as the only methods applicable, but as those 
which the author, from practice on a very large 
variety of substances, considers to be best adapt¬ 
ed for the purposes in hand. 

Harloff, W. H. Th., and Schmidt, H. 

Plantation White Sugar Manufacture. 
Translated, from the Second Revised 
Dutch Edition by J. P. Ogilvie. 534 x 
8 / 4 - cloth. 146 pp. London, 1913. $3.00 
Contents: Chemistry of White Sugar Manu¬ 
facture. Influence of Alkalies and Alkaline 
Larths on the Constituents of Cane Juice; In¬ 
fluence of Acids on the Constituents of Sugar 
Lane; Influence of Heating on the Constituents 
0t j tl I ulce > Coloring Substances of the Cane 
and Ihose Produced During Process of Manu¬ 
facture;. The Different Fermentations That May 
Uccur in the Sugar Factory. Manufacture of 
H lute Sugar. Carbonic-Acid Saturation (Car- 
bonatatior.); The Acid Thin-Juice Process; Raw 
Juice Sulphitation cr Sulphurous Acid Satura¬ 
tion. 

Harris, F. S. The Sugar-Beet in Amer¬ 
ica. Illustrated. 5 x 7*4. cloth. 36# 
PP- New York, 1919. $2.25 




CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


65 


Hind, R. R. Heat Conservation in Cane 
Sugar Factories. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 150 pp. Honolulu, 1919. $2.00 

Hawaiian Chemists’ Association. Methods 
of Chemical Control in Cane Sugar 
Factories. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 
103 pp. Honolulu, 1916. $3.00 

Koppeschaar Edward. Evaporation in 
the Cane and Beet Sugar Factory. A 
theoretical and practical treatise. 31 il¬ 
lustrations, 9 plates. 6 l A x 10. cloth. 
126 pp. New York, 1914. $2.50 

Contents: Study of Steam; Its Application to 
Evaporation in General, and to Multiple Effect 
Evaporation in Particular; Historical Develop¬ 
ment of Evaporation in the Cane and Beet Su¬ 
gar Factory; Comparative Study of Evaporation; 
Multiple Effect Evaporating Apparatus; Funda¬ 
mental Parts and Accessories of Evaporating Ap¬ 
paratus; The Control of the Evaporating Appa¬ 
ratus; Special Designs; Evaporating and Crys¬ 
tallization in Vacuum Pans; Tables. 

McIntosh, John G. The Technology of 
Sugar. Third Edition, raised and en¬ 
larged. 244 illustrations. 6x8j4- cloth. 
540 pp. London, 1916. $6.00 

Contents: Beet Sugar. A Criticism of the 
Arguments of Present-Day Beet-Sugar Pioneers; 
Valuation and Purchase of Sugar Beets; Pre¬ 
liminary Treatment; Diffusion; Carbonatation 
and Filtration; Concentration of Beet Juice to 
Syrup in Multiple Effect Evaporation Vessels; 
Boiling Beet Syrup to Strike Point in Vertical 
and Horizontal Vacuum Pans; Centrifuging of 
Beet-Sugar; Extraction of All Available Sugar 
from Beet-Sugar Molasses. Cane Sugar. The 
Sugar Cane and Its Cultivation; Sugar-Cane 
Diffusion; Sugar Refining; The Chemistry of 
Sugars—Analysis of Commercial Sugars and of 
Merchandise, etc., Containing Sugars. 

Mackenzie, John E. The Sugars and 
Their Simple Derivatives. Illustrated. 
6 J 4 x 9 cloth. 258 pp. Philadelphia, 
1914. $ 3 - 5 ° 

Contents . General Properties of Sugars; Syn¬ 
thetic Methods of Preparation; Occurrence of 
Physical and Chemical Properties. of Sucrose, 
Maltose, Lactose; Occurrence, Chemical and Phys¬ 
ical Properties of Glucose; Glucosamine: Con¬ 
figuration; Dioses, Trioses and Tetroses; Pen¬ 
toses; Methylpentoses; Aldohexoses; Ketohexose, 
DisaccharicLesv Trisaccarides, Tetrasaecharides; 
Glucosides; Fermentation; Metabolism. 

Maxwell, Francis. Sulphitation in White 
Sugar Manufacture. Illustrated. 5^2 x 
8 ? 4 . cloth. 84 pp. London, 1916. $4.00 

Contents: Sulphur and Its Compounds in the 
Manufacture of Sugar; Sulphur; Sulphurous 
Acid, Generating Plants and Sulphitation Ves¬ 
sels: Control of the Sulphurous Acid Gas Gener¬ 
ating Station; Analysis of Gas; Action of Acid 
on Juices; Principles of the Application of Sul¬ 
phitation to Juice; Sulphitation of Syrups and 
Molasses; Sulphitation Process; Processes Adopt¬ 
ed, Summary. 

Mittelstaedt, Otto. Technical Calculations 
for Sugar Works. Translated from 
the Third German Edition by C. J. 
Bourbakis. i2mo. cloth. 128 pp. New 


York, 1910. net, $1.50 

Contents: Fundamental Notions; General Meth¬ 
ods of Calculation; Theoretical Calculation of 
the Work of a Raw Sugar Factory; Calculation 
of the Work of a Refinery; The Sugar Inven¬ 
tory. 

Moeller-Krause, Werner. Practical Hand¬ 
book for Beet-Sugar Chemists. Rapid 
methods of technico-chemical analysis 
of the products and by-products and of 
material used in the manufacture of 
beet-sugar. 19 illustrations, 7 tables. 
6 % x 9. cloth. 140 pp. Easton, Pa., 

1914- $1-50 

iMiorste, Irving H. Calculations Used in 
Cane Sugar Factories. A practical sys¬ 
tem of chemical control for Louisiana 
sugar-houses and cane-producing coun¬ 
tries. Second Edition. 4x6^4. leather. 
82 pp. New York, 1917. net, $2.00 

Contents: The Sampling and Analysis of the 
Sugar Products; The Formula for Available 
Sugar-Mill Control; Calculations Used in the 
Manufacturing Processes; Stock on Hand Cal¬ 
culations; Laboratory Reports; The Calculated 
Commercial Yield per Ton of Cane; Manufactur¬ 
ing Economics; The Purchase of Cane by the 
“Unit” Method. 

Newlands, J. A. R., and Newlands, B. E. R. 

Sugar. A handbook for planters and 
refiners. Illustrated. Many folding 
plates. 6x9. cloth. 912 pp. London, 
1909. $8.00 

A comprehensive treatise on the culture of 
sugar yielding plants, and the manufacture, re¬ 
fining and analysis of cane, beet, palm, maple, 
melon, sorghum, and starch sugars, with copious 
statistics of their production and commerce, and 
a chapter on the distillation of rum. 

Nikaido, Y. Beet-Sugar Making and Its 
Chemical Control. 65 illustrations. 6x9. 
cloth. 366 pp. Easton, Pa., 1909 $3.50 

Contents: Definitions of Chemical Terms; Non. 
Metallic Elements; Metallic Elements; Organic 
Chemistry; Cane-Sugar; Polariscope and Its Ac¬ 
cessories; Chemical Apparatus and General. Meth; 
ods for Sugar Analysis; . Practical Operation of 
Beet Sugar House; Special Analysis; Appendix. 

Rolfe, G. W. The Polariscope in the 
Chemical Laboratory. An introduction 
to polarimetry and related methods. 
Illustrated. 5 ^ 4 x 7 J 4 - cloth. 327 pp. 
London, 1905. net, $1.90 

Contents: Fundamental Principles; The Polari- 
ecope; The Saccharimeter; Accuracy of Sacchar- 
imeter Measurements; General Notes on Appa¬ 
ratus, and Laboratory Manipulation; Notes Ap¬ 
plying to Special Instruments; Polarization of 
Cane Sugar—General Commercial Methods; De¬ 
termination of Sucrose in Presence of Other 
Optically Active Substances; Sugarhouse and 
Refinery Methods; Chemical Methods of Deter¬ 
mining Sugars; Starch and Starch Products; 
Miscellaneous Saccharine Products; Application 
of the Polariscope in Scientific Research; In 
Chemical Analysis; Other Than Carbohydrate 
Determinations. 




66 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Rolph, Geo. N. Something About Sugar. 
Its history, growth, manufacture and 
distribution. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 
341 pp. San Francisco, 1917. $5.00 

Gives a history of the commodity and its pro¬ 
duction in different parts of the world, and 
shows the various steps by which sugar from 
cane or beets is prepared for the consumer. 

Spencer, G. L. A Handbook for Cane- 
Sugar Manufactures and Their Chem¬ 
ists. Sixth Edition, enlarged. 97 il¬ 
lustrations. 4x6^. flexible fabrikoid. 
576 pp. New York, 1917. $4.00 

Contents: Manufacture of Cane-Sugar; Ex¬ 
traction of the Juice; Purification of the Juice; 
Filtration of the Juice and Scums; Chemical Re¬ 
agents used in Purifying the Juice; Evaporation 
of the Juice; Preservation of the Juice and 
Syrup; Crystallization of the Sugar; Curing the 
Sugars; Composition of the Sugar-Cane and 
Molasses; General Analytical Work. 

Spencer, G. L. A Handbook for Chemists 
of Beet-Sugar Houses. 74 illustrations. 
4 x 6 j 4 . fabrikoid. 485 pp. New York, 
1910. $4.00 

Contents: Sugar-house Control; Weights and 
Measures; Estimation of Losses of Sucrose; 
Sugar Analysis, Optical Methods; Sugar Anal¬ 
ysis, Chemical Methods; Sampling and Averag¬ 
ing; Density Determinations, Apparatus and 
Methods; Analysis of the Beet; Analysis of the 
Juice; Analysis of the Sirup; Analysis of the 
Massecuites and Molasses; Analysis of Sugar; 
Analysis of Filter Press-cake; Residues from 
the Mechanical Filters; Analysis of the Wash 
and Waste Waters; Analysis of the Ex¬ 
hausted Cossettes; Definitions of the Coefficients 
and Terms Used in Sugar Analysis; Deter¬ 
mination of the Marc; Viscosity of Sugar-house 
Products; Control of the Osmosis Process; Anal¬ 
ysis of Saccharates; Examination of Bone-black; 
Analysis of the Lime-kiln and Chimney-gases; 
Analysis of Limestone; Analysis of Lime; Anal- 
vsis of Sulphur; Analysis of Coke; Lubricating 
Oils; Analysis and Purification of Water; Seed- 
selection; Seed-testing; Miscellaneous Notes; 
Sugar-house Notes; Special Reagents; Reference 
Tables; Blank Forms for Use in Sugar-house 
Work. 

Spencer, G. L. Manual de Fabricantes 
De Azucar De Cana Y Quimicos Azu- 
careros. Traduccion Autorizada de la 
6a. Edicion Inglesa por el Dr. Gaston 
A. Cuadrado. Illustrated. 4 x 6 J 4 - 
leather. 617 pp. New York, 1918. 

net, $5.00 

This is a translation into Spanish of Spen¬ 
cer’s “A Handbook for Cane Sugar Manufac¬ 
turers and Their Chemists.” 

Surface, George T. The Story of Sugar. 
Illustrated. 4^ x 7J/2. cloth. 238 pp. 
New York, 1910. net, $1.00 

Tucker, J. H. A Manual of Sugar Anal¬ 
ysis. Including the applications in gen¬ 
eral of analytical methods to the sugar 
industry. Seventh Edition. 42 illus¬ 
trations. 6x9. cloth. 353 pp. New 


York, 1912. nett, $3.50 

Contents: Chemistry of Sugars as a Class; 
Cane Sugar or Saccharose; Dextrose, Levulose 
and Invert Sugar; Lactose or Milk Sugar; De¬ 
termination of Specific GravityOptical and 
Chemical Methods of Determining of Cane 
Sugar; Determination of Dextrose and Invert 
Sugar; Analysis of Raw Sugar, Molasses and 
Syrups, Cane and Cane Juice, Beet and Beet 
Juice, Waste Products, Commercial Glucose or 
Starch Sugar; Estimation of Milk Sugar; Es¬ 
timation of Dextrose in Diabetic Urine; The 
Chemistry and Analysis of Animal Charcoal. 

Wallis-Tayler, A. J. Sugar Machinery. 
A descriptive treatise devoted to the 
machinery and apparatus used in the 
manufacture of cane and beet sugar. 
Second Edition, revised and enlarged. 
56 illustrations. 5J/2 x y]/ 2 . 390 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1912. $3.00 

Contents: Complete Factories; Extraction of 
the Juice from the Raw Material; Raising or 
Pumping and Weighing the Juice or Liquor; 
Heating and Clarification or Defecation of the 
Juice or Liquor; Mechanical Purification of the 
Liquor; Evaporation, Concentration, and Gran¬ 
ulation under Atmospheric Pressure and in 
Vacuo; Evaporation and Concentration in 
Vacuo; Curing or Extracting the Molasses from 
the Sugar; Extraction of the Waste Sugar from 
the Molasses; Formation of Crystals from Sugar 
Solutions; Treatment of Saccharine Liquids by 
Electricity; Tests; Transport of Canes; Repairs 
and Renewals; Specimen Forms for Use in 
Sugar Factories; Useful Tables, Memoranda, 
etc.; Technology of Sucrose. 


Ware, Lewis S. Beet Sugar Manufacture 

and Refining. 2 vols. 

Vol. I. Extraction and Epuration. 
262 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 569 pp. 
New York, 1905* Reprinting 

Contents: Practical Considerations Respecting 
the Beet-sugar Industry; Explanations Relating 
to the Abbreviations Used. Preliminaries. De¬ 
livery, Unloading and Tare Estimation; Siloing 
and Changes During Keeping; Transportation 
(Flumes); Beet-washing—Waste-water; Weigh¬ 
ing of Beets. Extraction. Beet-slicers—Knives; 
Diffusion—Slice-carriers, Diffusors, Calorizators; 
Diffusion Battery; Water in Diffusion; Working 
of a Diffusion Battery—Continuous Diffusion, 
Testing the Working of a Battery; Perturbations 
in the Working of a Diffusion Battery; Exhaus¬ 
tion of Cossettes and Their Drying; Preliminary 
Epuration and Heating of Diffusion Juices. 
Epuration.' Limestone and Limekilns; Liming; 
Carbonatation; Filter-presses; Second Carbona- 
tation; Mechanical Filtration of Juices and 
Syrups; Sulphuring of Juices and Syrups; Other 
Lpurating Agents; Electrical Epurating Proc¬ 
esses. 


Vol. II. Evaporation, Graining and 
Factory Control. 225 illustrations. 6x9. 
cloth. 653 pp. N. Y., 1907. net, $5.00 

. Contents: Evaporation; General Considera¬ 
te 118 ; Evaporators; Multiple Effects; Multiple- 
effect Accessories; Condensation; Air Pumps; 
Multiple Reheating; Practical Considerations; 
Perturbations; Stoppage and Cleaning of a Mul¬ 
tiple Effect; Calculations Relating to the Evap¬ 
oration; Calculations Relating to Multiple-effect 
Reheating; Calculations Relating to Various Por- 
tions of a Multiple Effect; Condensers; Manu¬ 
facture of Raw Sugar; Graining; Vacuum Pans; 







CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


Crystallization; Preparing of the Massecuite for 
Curing; Curing; Trausportation and Storage of 
Sugar; Working After-products; Crystallizing 
Tanks; Crystallization in Motion; Graining 
After-product; Epuration and Return of After¬ 
product into the Juices; Return of After product 
into the Graining Pan and Crystallizators; Cur¬ 
ing After-products; Manufacture of White Su¬ 
gar; Granulated Sugar; Loaf-sugar Manufacture; 
Sugar in Cakes and Bars; Sawing, Breaking, 
and Crushing Sugar; After-products and Sugar 
Losses by Refining; Utilization of Residues; 
Extraction of Sugar from Molasses by Osmosis; 
Elution; Substitution and Separation; Strontia 
and Baryta Processes for Desugarization of Mo¬ 
lasses; Desugarization of Molasses by Means of 
Lead Salt and Electrolysis; Other Modes of 
Molasses Utilization; Residuary Water; Steam 
Economy; Boilers; Steam Engines and Central¬ 
ization of Motive Power; Heat Losses; Practical 
Work of a Beet-sugar Factory; Hints Respecting 
General Management; Controls; Slicing Stations; 
Summer Work; Calculations for a Beet-sugar 


67 


Factory, and Formulae; Some of the Factories 
Visited; Appendix; Tables. 

Wiechmann, Ferdinand G*. Sugar Analy¬ 
sis. For Cane-Sugar and Beet-Sugar 
Houses, Refineries and Experimental 
Stations, and as a handbook of instruc¬ 
tion in school of chemical technology. 
Third Edition, rewritten. 5^4 x 8 * 4 - 
cloth. 321 pp. N. Y., 1914. net, $3.00 

Contents: Instruments Used in Sugar Labor¬ 
atories; Polariscopes and Accessories; Sucrose 
Determination of Optical and Chemical Analy¬ 
sis; Sucrose Determination by Optical and Chem¬ 
ical; Constituents of Sugar Other Than Sucrose; 
Materials Used in the Sugar Industries; Analyt¬ 
ical Control in Cane-Sugar and Beet-Sugar Man¬ 
ufacture; Analytical Control in Refineries; 
Resume of the Work of the International Com¬ 
mission for Uniform Methods of Sugar 
Analysis. 


EXPLOSIVES 


Barnett, E. deB. Explosives. 33 illus¬ 
trations. 5J4 x 8^2. cloth. 256 pp. 

London, 1919. (Industrial Chemistry 
Series.) $5.00 

Contents: Introduction; Gunpowder; Explosive 
Compounds; Smokeless Propellants; Blasting Ex¬ 
plosives; Safety Coal Mine Explosives; Percus¬ 
sion Caps, Detonators and Fuzes; Matches, Pyro 
phoric Alloys and Pyrotechny; Explosive Prop¬ 
erties; Sensitiveness and Stability. 

Bernadou, John B. Smokeless Powder, 
Nitro-Cellulose and Theory of the Cel¬ 
lulose Molecule. Illustrated. 5% x 7 ) 4 . 
cloth. 210 pp. N. Y., 1908. net, $2.50 

Contents: Origin; Nomenclature, Definitions, 
Earlier Views as to Nitro-Cellulose Composition 
and Constitution; Conception of Progression in 
Relation to Composition and Constitution; Solu¬ 
tions of Nitro-Cellulose; Theory of the Cellulose 
Molecule; Researches Upon the Nitration of 
Cotton, by M. Vielle; Pyrocollodion Smokeless 
Powders, by D. Mendeleef; Nitration of Cotton, 
by M. Bruley; Development of Smokeless Pow¬ 
der. 

Berthelot, M. Explosives and Their Pow¬ 
ers. Translated and condensed from 
the French by C. Napier Hake and 
William MacNab. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 563 pp. London, 1892. $12.00 

The translation of this well known work of 
the celebrated French. chemist. M. Berthelot, 
president of the Commission des Substances Ex- 
plosifs, is published with his sanction. 

Bichel, C. E. New Methods of Testing 
Explosives. Translated and edited by 
Axel Larsen. 19 illustrations. 6 r A x 9 
cloth. 62 pp. London, 1905. $2.75 

Contents: Testing-stations; Power-Gauges; 

Products of Combustion; Heat of Decomposition; 
Rate of Detonation; Length and Duration of 
Flame; After-flame Ratio; Transmission of Ex¬ 
plosion; Conclusions; Efficiency. 

Brunswig, H. Explosives. A synoptic 
and critical treatment of the literature 


of the subject as gathered from various 
sources. Translated and annotated by 
C. E. Munroe and A. L. Kibler. 45 il¬ 
lustrations. 6 x8A- cloth. 365 pp. 
London, 1912. $3-75 

Contents: General Behavior of Explosive Sys¬ 
tems; Velocity of Explosive Reactions; Explo¬ 
sions Pressure; Temperature of Explosions; 
Gases from Explosive Reactions; Explosions by 
Influence; Flame of an Explosion; Characteris¬ 
tics of Particular Explosives; Propellants; Blast¬ 
ing Explosives. 

Chalon, P. F. Les Explosifs Modernes. 
Third Edition. 217 illustrations. 7x 
9^4. cloth. 789 pp. Paris, 1911. 

net, $7.50 

Colver, E. deW. S. High Explosives. A 
practical manual. 155 illustrations. 
OA x 10. cloth. 850 pp. London, 
1918. $12.50 

Contents: Historical; The Raw Materials; Re¬ 
covery of the Simple Aromatic Hydrocarbons 
from Coal-Tar; Recovery of the Phenols; Re¬ 
sorcin; Naphthol; Recovery of the Amines; 
American and Russian Petroleum; Testing and 
Analysing the Raw Materials; Nitration of 
Aromatic Compounds in General; Specific Grav¬ 
ities and Concentrations of the Nitric and Sul¬ 
phuric Acids as Used for the Purposes of Ni¬ 
tration; Testing and Analysis of Nitric Acid; 
Analysis of Sulphuric Acid and Oleum; Testing 
Waste Acid; Regeneration of the Waste Acid; 
Recovery of the Nitrous Fumes as Nitric Acid; 
Nitrobenzene; Dinitrobenzene; Trinitrobenzene; 
Nitrotoluene; Dinitrotoluene; Trinitrotoluene; 
Nitro Compounds of the Higher Homologues of 
Benezene; Nitronaphthalene; Dinitronaphtha- 
lene; Trinitronaphthalene; Tetranitronaphtha- 
lene; Properties and Uses of the Nitronaphtha- 
lenes: Nitrophenol; Dinitrophenol; Picric Acid; 
Derivatives of Picric Acid; Nitrocresols; Nitrore- 
sorcins and Nitronaphthols; Hexanitrodiphenyla- 
mine, Polynitroanilines; Nitro Aromatic Com¬ 
pounds of Various Compositions; Nitroparaffins; 
Rules and Regulations Regarding the Manufacture 
of Nitro Compounds; The Toxic Effect of Nitrous 
Fumes, Nitrohydrocarbons and Picric Acid, and 




68 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Its Prevention During the Manufacture of Ex¬ 
plosives; Methods of Manipulation; Use and 
Application of Explosives; Projectiles; Deton¬ 
ators and Ignition; Products of Explosion; Poi¬ 
sonous Action of the Products of Explosion; 
General Properties of Explosives; Pressure of 
the Gases of Explosion; Heat of Combustion 
and Temperature of Explosion; Velocity of De¬ 
tonation; Sensitivity of Explosives; Character 
and Duration of Flame; The Energy of Explo¬ 
sives; Appendix: Review of Patents Dealing 
with Nitro Compounds; Specifications. 

Daniel, D. J. Poudres et Explosifs. Dic- 
tionaire des Matieres Explosives. Pref¬ 
ace de M. Berthelot. Illustrated. 6^/2 x 
9 y 2 . cloth. 825 pp. Paris, 1902. 

net, $10.50 

Durnford, E. Manufacture of Nitro-Lig- 
nin and Sporting Powder. Illustrated. 
5 $4 x 9. cloth. 90 pp. London, 1912. 

net, $1.90 

The book is divided into parts which deal 
briefly with the Manufacture of Nitro-Lignin, 
as a base for sporting powder, and the Manufac¬ 
ture of Sporting Powder, respectively. 

Eissler, Manual. Modern High Explosives. 
Nitro-Glycerine and Dynamite. Their 
manufacture, use, and application to 
mining and military engineering. Py- 
roxyline, or Gun-cotton. Fulminates, 
Picrates and Chlorates. Third Edition. 
6x9. cloth. 406 pp. N. Y., 1914. $5.00 

Contents: Chemistry and Analysis of Various 
Bodies Which Enter Into the Manufacture of 
the High Explosives; Nitro-glycerine: Its Manu¬ 
facture, Chemical and Physical Properties; The 
Various High Explosives Prepared with Nitro¬ 
glycerine, and Their Properties; Other Varieties 
of High Explosives; Pyroxyline, Gun-cotton, 
Nitro-cellulose; Fulminating Compounds; Anal¬ 
ysis of Nitroglycerine Compounds; Directions 
for Using the High Explosives; Electricity as 
Applied to Blasting Operations; Principles of 
Blasting Force and Effect of Explosive Bodies; 
Mining and Engineering Problems; Large Mines; 
Destruction of Walls, Obstructions to Navigation, 
Iron Plates, and Cannons;; The Application of 
High Explosives in Agriculture; Blasting of 
Trees, Grubbing of Stumps, Blasting of Piles; 
Submarine Mines; The Application of the High 
Explosives for Military Purposes; Appendix: 
Questions Relating to the Preservation of Nitro¬ 
glycerine Compounds; Proofs of Stability; Dy¬ 
namite with Nitrate of Ammonium Base; Nitro- 
gelatme; Gun-cotton; The Qualities of Explosive 
Bodies; Explosions by Influence; The Origin 
of the Nitrates. 


Guttmann, Oscar. The Manufacture oi 
Explosives. A theoretical and practi 
cal treatise on the history, the physica 
and chemical properties, and the manu 
facture of explosives. 2 vols. 328 il¬ 
lustrations. 6x9. cloth. 819 pp. Lon 
don, 1895. $20.oc 

Contents: Prime Materials and Ingredients o 
Explosives; General Properties of Explosives 
Black Powder; Explosives Related to Black Pow 
der; Absorbing Powders for Dynamite; Genera 
Remarks on Black Powder Factories; Propertic 
of Black Powder; Gun-cotton; Other Kinds ot 
Nrtro-cellulose; Explosives Derived from Sugars 


Nitro glycerin; Explosives from Aromatic Hydro¬ 
carbons; Fulminate of Mercury, of Silver, of 
Gold; Utilization of Waste Acids; Dynamite; 
Blasting Gelatine and Gelatine Dynamite; Spren- 
gel’s Explosives and Safety Blasting Materials; 
Smokeless Powders; Caps and Detonators; Fuses; 
Apparatus for the Examination of Explosives; 
Storage and Carriage of Explosives; Heat Tests 
as Applied to Explosives of the Nitro-compound 
Class; Electric Lighting of Factories and Maga¬ 
zines for Explosives. 

Guttmann, Oscar. The Manufacture of 
Explosives. Twenty years’ progress. 
Four Cantor lectures delivered at the 
Royal Society of Arts in 1908. 12 il¬ 

lustrations. 6x9. cloth. 92 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1909. $2.00 

Koppe, S. W. Glycerine. Its introduc¬ 
tion, uses and examination. For chem¬ 
ists, perfumers, soapmakers, pharma¬ 
cists, and explosives technologists. 7 
illustrations. 5% x 7^. cloth. 260 pp. 
New York, 1915. $3.50 

Contents: Chemical Properties of Glycerine; 
Compounds and Decomposition Products of Gly¬ 
cerine; Products and Properties of Glycerine; 
Nitro-Glycerine; Properties of Nitro-Glycerine; 
Dynamite; Lead Glyceride (Glycerine Cement); 
Glycerine as a Softening Substance; Preparations 
of Glycerine and Glue; Glycerine Applied to the 
Manufacture of Inks; Glycerine as a Solvent; 
Various Applications of Glycerine; Chemical 
Analysis of Glycerine; Investigation of Nitro- 
Glycerine and Dynamite. 

MacDonald, G. W. Historical Papers on 
Modern Explosives. With an introduc¬ 
tory by Sir Andrew Noble. Illustrated. 
5/4 x 8*4. cloth. 200 pp. London, 1912. 

net, $2.75 

Contents: Howard’s Discovery of Fulminate 
of Mercury; Beaconnot’s Discovery of Nitro- 
starch; Schonbein’s Discovery of Guncotton; 
Guncotton in France, Scotland and England; 
The Patents of Schonbein, Tonkin, and Abel; 
Letters from Berzelius, Hall and Schonbein on 
Guncotton; The British Association Committee 
on Guncotton; The Manufacture of Guncotton 
m Austria and at Waltham Abbey; Abel’s Work 
on Guncotton; Sobrero’s Discovery of Nitro- 
? e r, in: _^* tr °Ely ce rin in Holland and England; 
■Nobel s Patents for the Manufacture of Nitro¬ 
glycerin, Dynamite, Straight Dynamite, Blasting 
gelatine and Gelignite and Ballistic; The Analy¬ 
sis and Composition of Nitroglycerin; The De¬ 
composition of Nitroglycerin by Caustic Potash; 
glycerin Chemical Decomposition of Nitro- 


Mamiall, Arthur. Explosives. Second 
Edition. 2 vols. 157 illustrations. 7^ 
x 10. cloth. 518 pp. Philadelphia, 

•J? 1 /’ T - $22.00 

Vol. I, History and Manufacture. 

Historical; Early History; Develop- 

the Eivh^^ POW ^ C 1 WT- Progress of Explosives in 
fart.ir? ht Jrf *1 ?* Dd N,ncte « n th Centuries; Manu. 
Manu fan?, f S f t /B Ctre * C harcoal and Sulphur; 
Mxtd nH W Gunpowder; Acids; Nitric Acid; 
Es?ers SVSlK? / Clds; Manipulation; Nitric 

of clllul os ? r?n y ? rateS \, Theor y of Nitration 
011 v-eilulose; Cellulose; Manufacture of Kitra. 

Cellulose; Stabilization of Nitro-Cellulose; 




CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 




tric Esters of Other Carbohydrates; Nitric Esters 
of Glycerine; Manufacture of Nitro-Glycerine; 
Low-freezing Nitro-Glycerine; Nitro-Aromatic 
Compounds; By-products of Coal Distillation; 
Nitro-Denvatives of Aromatic Hydrocarbons; 
Other Nitro Aromatic Compounds; Smokeless 
Powders; Slow-Burning Smokeless Powders; Re¬ 
quirements of a Slow-Burning Smokeless Pow¬ 
der; Fast-Burning Smokeless Powders; Solvents; 
Blasting Explosives; Nitro-Glycerine High Ex¬ 
plosives; Chlorate Explosives; Ammonium Ni¬ 
trate Explosives. 

Vol. II. Properties and Tests. 

Contents: Properties of Explosives; Physical 
Characters and Tests; The Pressure and Heat of 
Explosion; Power and Violence of Explosion; 
Ignition and Detonation; Some Special Explo¬ 
sives, etc.; Fuses; Naval and Military Explo¬ 
sives; Commercial High Explosives; Coal-Mine 
Explosives; Fireworks; Stability Buildings; Sta¬ 
bility Tests; Materials and Their Analysis; Ap¬ 
pendices. 

Marshall, Arthur. A Short Account of 
Explosives. 29 illustrations. 754 x 10. 
cloth. 104 pp. Phila., 1917. $1.75 

Contents: Introductory; Black Powder and 
Similar__ Mixtures; Nitrocellulose; Nitroglycerine 
and Nitroglycerine Explosives; Military High 
Explosives; Commercial High Explosives; Smoke¬ 
less Powders; Fireworks; Properties of Explo¬ 
sives; Ignition and Detonation; Precautions. 

Marshall, John A. The Manufacture and 
Testing of Military Explosives. 59 il¬ 
lustrations. 554 x 854- cloth. 270 pp. 
New York, 1919. $3.00 

Martin, G., and Barbour, Wm. Industrial 
Nitrogen Compounds and Explosives. 
A practical treatise on the manufacture, 
properties, and industrial uses of nitric 
acid, nitrates, nitrites, ammonia, am¬ 
monium salts, cyanides, cyanamide, etc., 
including the most recent modern ex¬ 
plosives. Second Edition. Illustrated. 

x 10. cloth. 125 pp. New York, 
1917. $4.00 

Ramsay, A. R. J., and Weston, H. C. 
A Manual of Explosives. Illustrated. 
5x7. cloth. 127 pp. New York, 1916. 

net, $1.00 

CELLULOSE- 


Sockmann, F. Celluloid; Its Raw Mate¬ 
rial, Manufacture, Properties and Uses. 
A handbook for manufacturers of cel¬ 
luloid and celluloid articles, and all in¬ 
dustries using celluloid; also for den¬ 
tists and teeth specialists. Translated 
from the Third Revised German Edi¬ 
tion. 49 illustrations. 654 x 954- cloth. 
120 pp. London, 1907. $2.50 

Contents: Raw Materials for the Manufacture 
if Celluloid; The Manufacture of Celluloid; 
Employment of Pyroxylin for Artificial Silk; 


Rise and Progress of the British Explo¬ 
sives Industry. Published under the 
auspices of the Seventh International 
Congress of Applied Chemistry by its 
Explosives Section. Illustrated. 10 x 
12. cloth. 432 pp. London, 1909. 

net, $5.25 

Sanford, P. G. Nitro-Explosives. A prac¬ 
tical treatise concerning the properties, 
manufacture, and analysis of nitrated 
substances, including the fulminates, 
smokeless powders and celluloid. Sec¬ 
ond Edition, revised and enlarged. 60 
illustrations. 6x8^4. cloth. 312 pp. 
London, 1906. net, $4.00 

Contents: Introduction; Nitro-Glycerine; Nitro¬ 
celluloseDynamite; Nitro-Benzol; Roburite, 
Bellite, Picric Acid; Smokeless Powders in Gen¬ 
eral; Analysis of Explosives; Firing Point of 
Explosives; Heat Tests; The Determination of 
the Relative Strength of Explosives. 

Schwartz, Dr. Von. Fire and Explosion 
Risks. Translated by C. T. C. Salter. 
654x9. cloth. 378 pp. London, 1917. 

$6.00 

__ A handbook dealing with the Detection, Inves¬ 
tigation and Prevention of Dangers Arising from 
Fires and Explosions of Chemico-Technical Sub¬ 
stances and Establishments. 

Smith, G. Carlton. Trinitrotoluenes and 
Mono- and Dinitrotoluenes. Their 
manufacture and properties. 554 x 8 . 
cloth. 140 pp. N. Y., 1918. $2.00 

Contents: Introduction; Historical; The The¬ 
ory of the Nitration of Toluene; The Manufac¬ 
ture of TNT; The Purification of TNT; Inspec¬ 
tion and Testing of TNT; Properties of the 
Trinitrotoluenes; Properties of the Mono- and 
Dinitrotoluenes; Accidents in TNT Plants; TNT 
Diseases. 

Weaver, E. M. Notes on Military Ex¬ 
plosives. Fourth Edition, revised and 
enlarged. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 
390 pp. New York, 1917. $3-75 

Contents: Principles of Chemistry; Substances 
Used in the Manufacture of Explosives; General 
Remarks on Explosives; Progressive Explosives; 
Service Tests of Explosives; Storage of Explo- 
ives; Handling High Explosives; Demolitions; 
Appendix. 

CELLULOID 


Properties of Celluloid; Testing; Application and 
Treatment. 

Cross, C. F., and others. Cellulose. An 
outline of the chemistry of the struc¬ 
tural elements of plants. With refer¬ 
ence to their natural history and indus¬ 
trial uses. New Edition. Illustrated, 
plates. 6x9. cloth. 344 pp. New 
York, 1916. $5.50 

Contents: Typical Cellulose and the Cellulose 
Group; Compound Celluloses; Experimental and 
Applied; Appendix, I Photo-Micrographs; Appen¬ 
dix, II Index by Author and by Subjects. 












70 


D. VAN NO ST RAND COMPANY’S 


Cross, C. F., and Bevan, E. J. Researches 
on Cellulose. Second Edition. 3 vols. 
Vol. I. ('1895-1900J. 5 > 4 x 8 . cloth. 

192 pp. London, 1907. Reprinting 
Vol. II. (T900-1905). 5 J 4 x 8 . cloth. 

195 pp. London, 1913. $ 3- 2 5 

Vol. III. ("1905-1910,). 5^x8. cloth. 

183 pp. London, 1912. $3.25 

Masselon, Roberts et Cillard. Le Cellu¬ 
loid, Fabrication, Applications Substi- 
tuts. 159 illustrations, 7 plates. S l A x 9- 
hf. morocco. 534 pp. Paris, 1911. 

net, $6.75 

Masselon, Roberts and Cillard. Celluloid. 
Its manufacture, applications and sub¬ 
stitutes. Translated from the French by 
H. H. Hodgson. 160 illustrations, 7 
plates. 6^2 x 9. cloth. 367 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1912. Reprinting 

Contents: Manufacture. Composition, Ori¬ 
gin and Properties; Nitrocellulose; Commercial 
Nitration Processes; Rationale of Nitration; 
Bleaching of Nitrocellulose Used in Celluloid 
Manufacture; Drying of Nitrocellulose; Steep¬ 
ing the Nitrocellulose; Staining of Celluloid; 
Rolling, Compression, Cutting and Dressing; 
Manufacture of Tubes; Utilization of Waste; 
General Organization of a Celluloid Works; 
Analysis Required in a Celluloid Works; Me¬ 
chanical Tests on Celluloid; Effect of External 
Influences on Celluloid; Inflammability; Precau¬ 
tions to be Exercised in Celluloid Works. 
Applications of Celluloid. Manufacture of Cel¬ 
luloid Combs; Handles of Sticks and Um¬ 
brellas; Manufacture of Hollow Articles; Cellu¬ 
loid Linen; Printers’ Blocks; Stamps; Artificial 
Teeth; Phonographic Cylinders; Beads and But¬ 
tons; Celluloid Solutions and Lacquers; Coat¬ 
ing of Objects with Celluloid; Use of Celluloid 
in Photography; Decoration and Various Uses 
of Celluloid. Unflammable Celluloids and Sub¬ 
stitutes. Replacement of Camphor; Acetates of 
Cellulose. 

Sindall, R. W., and Bacon, W. Wood 
and Cellulose. 5^x8^. cloth. (In¬ 
dustrial Chemistry Series.) In Press 
Worden, Edward C. Nitrocellulose In¬ 
dustry. A compendium of the history, 
chemistry manufacture, commercial ap¬ 
plication and analysis of nitrates, ace¬ 
tates and xanthates of cellulose as ap¬ 


plied to the peaceful arts with a chap¬ 
ter on gun cotton, smokeless powder 
and explosive cellulose nitrates. Two 
volumes. 324 illustrations. 6 l / 2 x g l / 2 . 
cloth. 1239 pp. net, $10.00 

Contents: Cellulose; The Cellulose Nitrates 
(Theory); Nitration of Cellulose (Practice); 
Cellulose Nitrate Solvents and Non-solvents; 
Fusel Oil, Natural and Synthetic; Amyl Al¬ 
cohols; Manufacture and Properties of Amyl 
Acetat; Natural, Artificial, Synthetic Camphor; 
Camphor Substitutes; Paint Removers; Turpen¬ 
tine Substitutes; Pyroxylin Solutions; Pyroxy¬ 
lin Lacquers; Bronzing Liquids; Waterproofing 
Compositions; Artificial Leather, Fur, Skin, 
Feathers, Rubber; Pyroxylin-Coated Leather 
and Splits; Patent and Enameled Leather; Cel¬ 
luloid, Pyralin, Xylonite, Viscoloid; Pyroxylin 
Plastics; Celloidin and Cellulose Nitrates in 
Microscopy; Collodion and Celluloid Nitrates 
in Pharmacy, Medicine; Film Manufacture and 
Photography; Artificial Silk, Whalebone, Gorse, 
Horsehair; The Cellulose Acetates; Gun Cotton 
and the Explosive Cellular Nitrates; Viscose, 
Viscoid, and the Cellulose Xanthates; Dena¬ 
tured Ethyl Alcohol; Patent, Author, and Sub¬ 
ject Index. 

Worden, Edward C. Technology of Cel¬ 
lulose Esters. A theoretical and prac¬ 
tical treatise on the origin, history, 
chemistry, manufacture, technical appli¬ 
cation and analysis of the products of 
acylation and alkylation of normal and 
modified cellulose. Including Nitrocel¬ 
lulose, Celluloid, Pyroxylin, Collodion, 
Celloidin, Guncotton, Acetylcellulose 
and Viscose, as applied to Technology, 
Pharmacy, Microscopy, Medicine, Pho¬ 
tography and the Warlike and the 
Peaceful Arts. In ten volumes. Each 
sold separately. 

Vol. VIII., Carbohydrate Carboxy- 
lates (Cellulose Acetate). Illustrated. 
6^2x9!^. cloth. 611 pp. New York, 
1916- net, $5.00 

Contents: Raw Materials; Manufacture of Cel¬ 
lulose Esters; Cellulose Acetate Solvents, Non- 
Solvents, and Plastic Ihducing Bodies; Com¬ 
mercial Application of the Uninflammable Cel- 
lulose Esters; Analysis of the Uninflammable 
Cellulose Esters. 

In Preparation. 

Vols. I. to VII., and Vols. IX. and X. 


PAPER 


Andes, L. E. Treatment of Paper for 
Special Purposes. A practical intro¬ 
duction to the preparation of paper 
products for a great variety of pur¬ 
poses. Translated from the German 
by Charles Salter. 48 illustrations. 
5x7. cloth. 239 pp. London, 1908. $3.00 

Contents: Parchment Paper. Vegetable Parch¬ 
ment; Paper for Transfer Pictures (Metachro¬ 
motypes) ; For Preserving and Packing Pur¬ 
poses, Grained Transfer and Fireproof and Anti¬ 


falsification Paper, Paper Articles; Gummed, 
Hectograph, Insecticide, Chalk and Leather, 
Luminous, Blue Print, Blotting; Metal and Med¬ 
icated, Marbled, Tracing and Copying, Photo¬ 
graphic, Fumigating and Test Papers; Papers 
for Cleaning and Polishing Purposes; Litho- 
grap hic Transfer, Sundry Special and -Water¬ 
proof Papers; The Characteristics of Paper— 
Paper Testing. 

Beadle, Clayton. Chapters on Paper¬ 
making. Second Edition. 5 vols. 
A z /a x 7 / 4 - 









CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


7 ] 


Vol. I. Comprising a Series of Lec¬ 
tures delivered on behalf of the Bat¬ 
tersea Institute. 152 pp. London, 1908. 

$2.50 

Vol. II. Answers to Questions on 
Papermaking. 182 pp. $2.50 

Vol. III. A short Treatise in which 
Boiling, Bleaching, Loading, etc., are 

discussed. 142 pp. $2.50 

Vol. IV. Water Supplies and the Man¬ 
agement of the Paper Machine, etc. 
164 pp. $2.50 

Vol. V. Concerning the Theory and 
Practice of Beating. 189 pp. $2.50 

Beveridge, James. The Papermakers’ 
Pocketbook. Specially compiled for 
paper mill operatives, engineers, chem¬ 
ists, and office officials. Second and 
Enlarged Edition. Illustrated. 414 x 

6*4. cloth. 270 pp. London, 1911. 

net, $4.00 

The book in its present form contains much 
new matter of a technical character, especially 
that relating to the preparation of paper-making 
fibres from wood and other raw plants by the 
sulphite, soda, and sulphate processes. That 
part dealing with the Soda Recovery and the 
preparation and the composition of the Soda 
lyes has been greatly amplified. A new chap¬ 
ter has been added on the subject of loadings 
and their properties, etc. Special care has been 
devoted to the technical data culled from differ¬ 
ent sources, and only those items have been 
given which have been found to be reliable. 

Bromley, Henry A. Outlines of Station¬ 
ery Testing. A practical manual. Il¬ 
lustrated, 6 plates. 4*4 x 7. cloth. 82 
pp. London, 1915. $1.25 

Contents: Paper: Its Physical, Microscopical, 
and Chemical Examination; Characteristics and 
Requirements of Special Papers; Parchments, 
Vellums, and Leather; Writing Inks; Sealing 
Waxes, Gums, and Office Paste; Miscellaneous 
Articles of Stationery. 

Chalmers, T. W. Paper Making and its 
Machinery. Including chapters on the 
tub sizing of paper, the coating and fin¬ 
ishing of art paper and the coating of 
photographic paper. 144 illustrations, 
folding plates. 8x11. cloth. 190 pp. 
London, 1920. $8.00 

Contents: Introductory; Cutting, Cleaning and 
Boiling; Washing, Breaking and Bleaching; Pur¬ 
ifying and Pulping; Beating; Refining; The 
Fourdrinier Machine; Fourdrinier Driving Ar¬ 
rangement; Details of Fourdrinier; Pulp Strain¬ 
ers- Tub Sizing; Calendering, Cutting and 
Winding; Wood Pulp; The Coating of Art Pa¬ 
per; The Finishing of Coated Art Paper; The 
Coating of Photographic Paper. 

Clapperton, George. Practical Paper- 
Making. A manual for paper-makers 
and owners and managers of paper 
mills. With useful tables, calculations, 
etc. Second Edition, revised and en¬ 
larged. 15 illustrations. 5 x 7k2. cloth. 


236 pp. London, 1907. Reprinting 

Contents: Chemical and Physical Properties of 
Various Fibers; Cutting and Boiling of Rags; 
Jute Boiling and Bleaching; Wet Picking; Wash 
ing, Breaking and Bleaching; Electrolytic Bleach¬ 
ing; Antichlor; Cellulose; Wood Pulp; Esparto 
and Straw; Beating; Loading; Starch; Coloring 
Matter; Resin Size and Sizing; Fourdrinier Ma¬ 
chine; Animal Sizing; Drying; Glazing; Burnish, 
ing; Cutting; Finishing; Microscopical Examina¬ 
tion; Tests; Recovery of Soda. 

Cross, C. F., and Bevan, E. J. A Text- 
Book of Paper-making. Fourth Edi¬ 
tion, with collaboration of J. F. Briggs. 
16 plates, 99 illustrations. 524 x 824- 
cloth. 516 pp. N. Y., 1916. Reprinting 

Contents: Introductory; Cellulose, Physical 
Structure of Fibres, Scheme for the Diagnosis 
and Chemical Analysis of Plant Substances; An 
Account of the Chemical and Physical Charac¬ 
teristics of the Principal Raw Materials; Special 
Treatment of Various Fibres; Boilers, Boiling 
Processes, etc.- Bleaching, Beating, Sizing; 
Loading, The Colouring of Paper Pulp, Paper 
Machines; Hand Made Paper, Calendering; Cut¬ 
ting, etc.; Caustic Soda, Recovered Soda, etc.; 
The Qualities of Paper Referred to the Struc¬ 
tural and Chemical Characters of its Fibres, 
Paper Testing, General Chemical Analysis for 
Paper Makers, Site for Paper Mill; Water Sup¬ 
ply; Water Purification, etc., Special Manufac¬ 
tures, Statistics, Bibliography. 

Cross, C. F., Bevan, E. J., and Sindall, 

R. W., with the collaboration of W. N. 
Bacon. Wood Pulp and Its Uses. 
Second Edition. 25 illustrations. 524 
xSy 2 . cloth. 275 pp. N. Y.. 1918. $3.50 

Contents: The Structural Elements of Wood; 
Cellulose as a Chemical Individual and Typical 
Colloid; Sources of Supply of Wood Pulps; 
Manufacture of Mechanical Wood Pulp; Chem¬ 
ical Wood-Pulp; News and Printings; Wood 
Pulp Boards; Utilization of Wood Waste; 
Pulp for Moisture; Wood Pulps and The Tex¬ 
tile Industries; Specimen Pages and Various 
Types of Paper; Bibliography. 

Dawe, Edward A. Paper and Its Uses. 
A treatise for printers, stationers and 
others. With 34 samples of paper. 
524 x 7 l A. cloth. 238 pp. New York, 
1914. $4.00 

Maddox, H. A. Paper; Its History, 
Sources, and Manufacture. Illustrated, 
tables. 5x7. cloth. 167 pp. New 
York, 1916. $1.00 

Sindall, R. W. Paper Technology. An 
Elementary manual on the manufac¬ 
ture, physical qualities and chemical 
constituents of paper and of paper¬ 
making fibres. Second Editon, revised. 
13 plates, 158 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
284 pp. London, 1910. Reprinting 

Contents: Introduction; Technical Difficulties 
Relating to Paper; Rag Papers; Esparto; Straw; 
Notes on Beating; Wood Pulp; Wood Pulp Pa¬ 
pers; Packing Papers; “Art” Papers; Physical 
Qualities of Paper; Chemical Constituents of 
Paper; Microscopes; Fibrous Materials Used in 
Paper-Making; Analysis of a Sheet of Paper; 
The C. B. S. Units; Cellulose and its Deriva¬ 
tives. 



D. VAN NO STRAND COMPANY'S 


Sindall, R. W. The Manufacture of Paper. 
58 illustrations. 5*4 x 8j4. cloth. 285 
pp.( New York, 1919. $3.00 

Contents: Historical Notice; Cellulose and 
Paper-making Fibres; The Manufacture of Paper 
from Rags; Esparto and Straw; Wood Pulp and 
Wood Pulp Papers; Brown Papers and Boards; 
Special Kinds of Paper; Chemicals Used in 
Paper-making; The Process of “Beating”; The 
Dyeing and Coloring of Paper Pulp; Paper-mill 
Machinery; The Deterioration of Paper; Bib¬ 
liography of Works Relating to Cellulose and 
Paper-making. 

Sindall, R. W, and Bacon, W. N. The 
Testing of Wood Pulp. A practical 
handbook for the pulp and paper trades. 
Illustrated. 524 x 824 - Cloth. 150 pp. 
London, 1912. net, $2.50 

Contents: Moisture in Wood Pulp. Selec¬ 
tion of Boles: Methods of Sampling; “Wedge” 
System; Systems Used in Other Countries; 
Some Experimental Results; Measurement of 
Probable Errors; Apparatus for Testing Pulp; 
Wood Pulp Contract Notes of Various Coun¬ 
tries; Useful Tables. Bleaching Qualities of 
Wood Pulp. Post Samples and Trial Deliveries; 
Mill Practice and Deliveries; Other Conditions 
Which Affect Bleach Consumption; Laboratory 
Methods and Experiments; Question of a Stand¬ 
ard Color; Measurement of Color; The Tinto¬ 
meter; Standard Methods of Testing; Chemis¬ 
try of Bleaching Powder; Bleach Liquors; Oxi¬ 
dation of Cellulose. 

Sindall,^ R. W., and Bacon, W. Wood 
and Cellulose. 5^2 x 8 / 4 - cloth. (In¬ 
dustrial Chemistry Series.) In Press 

Stevens, Henry P. The Paper Mill Chem¬ 
ist. Second Edition, revised and en¬ 
larged. 67 illustrations. 4J4 x 6^. 
cloth. 325 pp. London, 1919. $4.00 

Contents: English and Metrical Systems of 
Weights and Measures; Methods of Chemical 
Analysis; Fuels; Water; Raw Materials and De¬ 
tection of Adulterants; Fibrous Raw Materials— 
Half-Stuffs and Their Treatment; Paper Anal¬ 
ysis and Paper Testing; Sizes and Weights of 
Papers; Paper Trade Customs. 

Strachan, James. The Recovery and Re- 
Manufacture of Waste-Paper. A prac¬ 


tical treatise. Illustrated. 6V2 x 10. 
cloth. 167 pp. Aberdeen, Scotland, 
1918. $500 

Contents: Recovery of Waste-Paper Stock. 
Historical; The Advantages and Disadvantages 
of Waste-Paper as a Raw Material; Sources of 
Supply; Sorting and Grading of Waste-Paper; 
Standard Grades of Waste Paper; Packing and 
Stocking of Waste Paper; Waste Paper Prices 
and Values. Re-Manufacture—Mechanical Treat¬ 
ment. General Principles; Dusting and Clean¬ 
ing of Waste Paper; Disintegration of Waste 
Paper; Beating and Refining of Waste 
Paper; Consumption of Power and Steam in 
Treatment of Waste Paper; Composition and 
Treatment of Various Grades; Special Treatment 
of Miscellaneous Waste-Paper; Furnishing 
Waste-Paper Stock. Re-Manufacture—Chemical 
Treatment. Removal. of Ink and Color from 
Waste-Paper; Historical, Various Processes; 
Theoretical Considerations, Choice of Plant and 
Process. Re-Manufacture — Miscellaneous. Typ¬ 
ical Waste-Paper Furnishes; Manipulation of 
Waste Paper Stock on the Paper Machine; Mill 
Control in the Re-Manufacture of Waste Paper; 
Miscellaneous Applications of Waste-Paper; 
Analysis of Paper Containing Waste-Paper 
Stock. 

Thomas, C. W. Paper Makers’ Handbook. 
New York, 1917. In Press 

Watt, Alexander. The Art of Paper- 
Making. With a description of the 
machinery and appliances used. Fourth 
Edition. 82 illustrations. 554 x 724 - 
cloth. 272 pp. London, 1911. $4.00 

Contents: Cellulose; Materials Used in Paper¬ 
making; Treatment of Rags; Treatment of Es¬ 
parto; Treatment of .Wood; Treatment of Var¬ 
ious Fibres; Bleaching; Beating or Refining; 
Loading; Sizing; Coloring; Making Paper by 
Hand; Making Paper by Machinery; Calender¬ 
ing, Cutting, and Finishing; Colored Papers; 
Miscellaneous Papers; Machinery Used in Paper¬ 
making; Recovery of Soda from Spent Liquors; 
Determining the Real Value or Percentage of 
Commercial Sodas, Chloride of Lime, etc.; Use¬ 
ful Notes and Tables. 

Weichelt, August. Buntpapier Fabrika- 
tion. 178 illustrations. 6*4x9^. cloth. 
33i PP- Berlin, 1919. $5.00 


COAL TAR DYES AND PRODUCTS 


Barnett, E. D. Coal Tar Dyes and Inter¬ 
mediates. 5/4 x 8^4. cloth. 229 pp. 
London, 1919. (Industrial Chemistry 
Senes.) $ 

Contents: Introduction. The Intermediate 
Compounds. Nitration; Amidation; Sulphona- 
™ n; £ydroxylation; Miscellaneous Intermediates. 
The Dyestuffs. The Nitroso-Dyes; The Nitro- 
Dyes; The Azo-Dyes; The Diphenylmethane 
Dyes; The Triphenylmethane Dyes; The Inda- 
mines and Indophenols; The Azines; The Oxa- 
*T es; * T , he T !» ,azi nes; The Indigoid Dyestuffs; 
The Anthraquinone Dyes; The Quinoline Dyes; 
The Acridine Dyes; The Sulphur or Sulphide 


Barnett, E. DeB. Synthetic Dyes. 554 x 
834. cloth. (Industrial Chemistry Ser- 
1CS -) In Press 


Beacall, T., Challenger, F., Martin, G., and 
Sand, H. J. S. Dyestuffs and Coal-Tar 
Products. Their chemistry, manufac¬ 
ture and application. 29 illustrations. 
6}4 x 10. cloth. 166 pp. New York, 

$5.00 


T xnuusiry 01 coal -1 ar and Coal-T 

; 'rl ndU T St 7 ° f the S y n thetic Colorii 
Matters, The Industry of Natural Dyestuff 

err, Py® 10 ® c an d Color-Printing Industry; Mo 

Chemiriu’. T Sacc *™e and Other Sweetenii 
TnJ «. 1 s, Industry of Modern Synthetic Drug 
Industry of Photographic Chemicals. S 


Cain, John C. The Manufacture of In¬ 
termediate Products for Dyes. Second 






CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


73 


Edition. 25 illustrations. 5^4 x 8 ^ 4 . 284 
PP- London, 1919. ‘ $3.75 

In the short period since this book was first 
published considerable additions have been made 
to the scientific and technical literature of the 
subject, particularly in America. These have 

been incorporated in the present revision of the 
book. Several of the descriptions have also been 
expanded, and some useful suggestions made by 
the reviewers have been adopted. 

Christopher, J. E. Coal Distillation Gas- 
sification and By-Products. 41 illus¬ 
trations. 5 J 4 x 8 > 4 . cloth. 98 pp. 
London, 1915. $2.00 

Contents: Coal Distillation; Manufacture of 
Coal Gas; Coke Manufacture; Producer Gas; By. 
products; Tar; Ammonia; Benzol; By-products 
from Blast Furnaces. 

Fay, Irving W. The Chemistry of Coal- 
Tar Dyes. Second Edition, revised and 
enlarged. 6x9. cloth. 500 pp. New 
York, 1919. $5.00 

Contents: Introduction; Coal-Tar and Its 
Products; Hydrocarbons and Their Derivatives; 
Nitro and Nitroso Dyes; Triphenylmethane 
Dyes; Classification of the Coal-Tar Dyes; The 
Azo Dyes; The Seven Food Colors; The Py- 
ronines; The Indamines, Indophenols, Thia- 
zines, Oxazines; The Eurhodines and Safra- 
nines; The Quinoxaline, Quinoline, and Acridine 
Dyes; Aniline Black; The Alizarin Dyestuffs; 
Indigo; The Sulphur Dyes; Mordants; Vat 
Dyes; Thiazol Dyes; Experimental Work. 

Findlay, Alexander. The Treasures of 
. Coal Tar. Illustrated. 5x7^2- cloth. 
137 pp. New York, 1917. $2.00 

Contents: The Production of Coal Tar; The 
Distillation of Coal Tar; The Constituents of 
Coal Tar and Their Applications in the Raw 
State; Molecular Architecture; The Production 
of Dyes from Coal Tar; Azo Dyes; Anthracene 
Dyes and Vat Dyes; Indigo and Its Derivatives; 
Drugs; Perfumes and Photographic Developers; 
Explosives. 

Gardner, Walter M. The British Coal- 
Tar Industry. Its origin, development 
and decline. Illustrated. 6 x 8 j 4 . cloth. 
446 pp. Philadelphia, 1915. $ 3-75 

Contents: Aniline or Coal-Tar Colors; Arti¬ 
ficial Production of Alizarine; History of Ali¬ 
zarine and Allied Coloring Matters; Newer Ar¬ 
tificial Coloring Matters Derived from Benzine; 
Indigo and Its Artificial Production; Coloring 
Matters Produced from Coal-Tar; Recent Pro¬ 
gress in the Coal-Tar Industry; Scientific Devel¬ 
opment of the Coal-Tar Color Industry; Origin 
of the Coal-Tar Color Industry, and the Contri¬ 
bution of Hoffman and His Pupils; The Synthe¬ 
sis of Indigo; Relative Progress of the Coal-Tar 
Industry in England and Germany _ During the 
Past Fifteen Years; The Indigo Crisis; Applied 
Chemistry, English and Foreign; The Relation 
Between Scientific Research and Chemical Indus¬ 
try; History of the Coal-Tar Color Industry Be¬ 
tween 1870 and 1885 ; Note on the Perkin Jubi¬ 
lee; Perkin Obituary Notice; The Founding of 
the Coal-Tar Color Industry; Letter from Prof. 
H. Caro to Prof. R. Meldola; Tinctorial Chem¬ 
istry; Patent Law in Relation to the Dyeing 
Industry; The Coal-Tar Color Industry of Eng¬ 
land; The Artificial Color Industry and Its Po¬ 
sition in This Country; The Supply of Chemical 
to Britain and Her Dependencies; Britain and 


Germany in Relation to the Chemical Trade; 
The Manufacture of Aniline Dyes in England; 
German Chemical Industry Thirty Years Ago; 
The Manufacture of Dyestuffs in Britain; The 
Chemical Industries of Germany; Patent Law 
Reform; The Supply of Dyewares; The Position 
of the Organic Chemical Industry; Index of 
Names; Index of Coloring Matters; Tabular and 
Statistical Information. 

Lange, K. R. The By-Products of Coal- 
Gas Manufacture. Translated by Chas. 
Salter. 13 illustrations. 5 x 714 . cloth. 
162 pp. London, 1915. $2.5© 

Contents: Production of Coal Gas; Coke; Re¬ 
tort Graphite; Gas Tar; The Gas Liquor; Treat¬ 
ment of the Gas-Purifying Agents; Treating the 
Cyanogen Sludge; Treating the Crude Liquors; 
Treatment of the Crude Ammonium Thiocyanate 
and Cuprous Thiocyanate; Potassium Ferricyan- 
ide; The Cyanogen Pigments; Sulphur and Sul¬ 
phuric Acid. 

Lunge, George. Coal-Tar and Ammonia. 
Fifth and Enlarged Edition. Three 
volumes, not sold separately. Illus¬ 
trated. 6x9. 1687 pp. New York, 

1916. $25.0© 

Abridged Contents: Coal Tar. Introductory; 
Processes for Obtaining Coal-Tar; The Proper¬ 
ties of Coal-Tar and Its Constituents; The Ap¬ 
plications of Coal-Tar Without Distillation; The 
First Distillation of Coal-Tar; Pitch; Anthra¬ 
cene Oil; Creosote Oil; Carbolic Oil (Middle 
Oil); Light Oil; Working-Up the Light Naphtha 
into Final Products. Ammonia. Historical 
Notes on Ammonia; Sources from Which Am¬ 
monia is Obtained; The Composition and Anal¬ 
ysis of Ammoniacal Liquor, and Properties of 
Its Constituents; The Working-Up of Ammon¬ 
iacal Liquor into Concentrated Liquor and Liquid 
Ammonia; Manufacture of Sulphate of Am¬ 
monia; Other Technically Important Ammonium 
Salts. 

Nickals, Benj. Coal Tar Products. Ge¬ 
nealogical tree, showing the more im¬ 
portant compounds existing in and 
derived from coal tar. Revised by 
Wallace C. Nickals. 24J4 x 33. Chart, 
Mounted on buckram. London, 1915. 

$3.00 

Ramsey, A. R. J., and Weston, H. C. 
Artificial Dye-Stuffs, Their Nature, 
Manufacture and Uses. Illustrated. 
5 j 4 x 8 j 4 - cloth. 221 pp. London, 

1917. $2.00 
Contents: Introduction; Distillation of Coal 

and Coal-Tar; Aniline and the Azo Dye-Stuffs; 
Anthracene Dyes; Artificial Indigo and Allied 
Dyes; Arylmethane Dyes; Azine and Hetero¬ 
cyclic Ring Dyes; Sulphide and Miscellaneous 
Dyes; Application of Artificial Dye-Stuffs. 

Warnes, Arthur R. Coal Tar Distillation 
and Working Up of Tar Products. 
Second Edition, revised and enlarged. 
78 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 315 pp. 
London, 1917. $ 5 - 0 ° 

Contents: Coal Tar Composition; Effect of 
Nature of Raw Material and Heat of Carboniza¬ 
tion on Physical Properties and Chemical Com¬ 
position of Tar; Results of Practical Distillation; 
How Tar is Received from Gas Works; Tar 



74 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Tips; Storage of Tar; Construction of Storage 
Tanks; Pumps; Plant Used in the Distillation 
of Coal Tar; Distillation of Coal Tar; Plant for 
and Recovery of Cresylic and Carbolic Acids 
from Oil; Plant for and the Recovery of 
Benzols, Naphthas, etc.; First Distillations and 
Washings; The Rectification of Benzols and 
Naphthas; Plant for the Working Up of and 
Pyridine from Pyridine Acid; Recovery and 
Rectification of Pyridine Bases; Plant for the 
Manufacture of Crude Naphthalene and An¬ 
thracene; Pitch and Pitch Getting; Creosote; 
Gas Stripping; Tarworks’ Tests; Appendix. 

Warnes, Arthur R. Coal Tar and Some 
of its Products. Illustrated. 5 x 7^. 
cloth. 127 pp. N. Y., 1919. $1.00 

Whittaker, C. M. The Application of the 
Coal Tar Dyestuffs. The principles in¬ 
volved and the methods employed. 
5 / 4 x 824 . cloth. 225 pp. London, 
I 9 I 9 * (Industrial Chemistry Series.,) 

$3 00 


Contents: General Survey of Dyeing; The 
Varied Uses of the Basic Dyestuffs; The Appli¬ 
cation of the Acid Dyestuffs; The Turkey-Red 
Industry, and Other Uses of the Alizarine Dye¬ 
stuffs; The Application of the Direct Cotton 
Dyestuffs, Including Those Which Develop on 
the Fibre; The Azo-coloring Matters and Their 
Special Use in Dyeing; The Properties of the 
Resorcine Dyestuffs; The Application of the 
Sulphur Dyestuffs; The Application of the Vat 
Dyestuffs; The Dyeing of Union Materials, In¬ 
cluding Garments; Colors Produced on the Fibre 
by the Oxidation of Coal Tar Products; Other 
Uses of Coal Tar Dyestuffs; Dyestuffs Other 
Than Coal Tar Dyestuffs Still in Use; The 
Valuation and Detection of Dyestuffs. 

Zerr, George. Tests for Coal-Tar Colors 
in Aniline Lakes; a review of the coal- 
tar coloring matters generally used in 
the lake industry and their behavior 
with distinct chemical reagents. Trans¬ 
lated by Charles Mayer. 6 l / 2 x 9. cloth. 
230 pp. London, 1910. $6.00 


PAINTS AND VARNISHES 


Andes, Louis E. Iron Corrosion, Anti- 
Fouling and Anti-Corrosive Paints. 
Translated from the German by 
Charles Salter. Second Edition, re¬ 
vised and enlarged, by H. B. Stocks. 
62 illustrations. 514 x 8 ^. cloth. 308 
pp. London, 1918. $6.00 

Contents: Introduction; Iron Rust and its 
, ° r ™ a ^ 10n 5 Rust Prevention; Anti-Corrosive 
(Pamt-Preventing) Paints; Linseed Varnish and 
Wood Oil; Pigments; The Influence of the Pro- 
portion of Diying Oil on the Durability of the 
Paint; The Preparation of Anti-Corrosive Paints 
Paint Mixing and Grinding Machines; Anti- 
Corrosive Paints; Testing Paints; Official Stand¬ 
ard Specifications for Ironwork Paints in Various 
Countries. 


Andes, Louis, E. Oil Colors and Printers’ 
Inks. A practical handbook treating of 
linseed oil, boiled oil, paints, artists’ 
colors, lampblack and printers’ inks, 
black and colored. Translated from the 
German. Second Edition, revised and 
enlarged by H. B. Stocks. 57 illustra¬ 
tions. 6x9. cloth. 235 pp. London, 

$4 . 00 


Bersch, J. Manufacture of Mineral anc 
Lake Pigments. Containing direction; 
for the manufacture of all artificial ar¬ 
tists’ and painters’ colors, enamel col¬ 
ors, soot and metallic pigments. Trans¬ 
it from the Second Revised Editior 
by Arthur C. Wright. 43 illustrations 
cloth. 476 pp. London, 1901. $6.oc 

Contents: Physico-chemical Behavior of Pig 
ments; Raw Materials Used in the Manufacture 
of Pigments; Assistant Materials; Metallic Com 
pounds; The Manufacture of Various Minera' 
Pigments; Manufacture of Pigments of Organh 
Origin; Water Colors; Crayons; Confectioners 
Colors; Preparation of Pigments for Painting: 
Examination of Mineral Pigments; Examinatior 


of Lakes; Testing Dye Woods; Design of a 
Color Works; Commercial Names of Pigments. 

Bottler, Max. German Varnish-Making. 
Translated, with notes on American 
varnish and paint manufacture, by A. 
H. Sabin. 50 illustrations. $y 2 x 8. 
cloth. 370 pp. N. Y., 1912. $3.75 

Contents: Introductory and Historical; Classi¬ 
fication of Lacquer and Varnish; Raw Material 
for Making Lacquer and Varnish; Making Lac¬ 
quer and Varnish; Oil-varnish and Oleo -resinous 
\ arnish; Turpentine and Benzine Varnishes; Al¬ 
coholic and Other Volatile and Non-volatile Var¬ 
nishes; The Coloring, Bleaching, and Filtering 
of Lacquers and Varnishes; Manufacturer ol 
Printers' Ink, Lithographic Varnish, Soap, Resin 
and Casein Lacquers; Notes on Varnish Making; 
laint: Its Constitution and Nature. Appendix. 
I. Notes on Analytical Methods; II. Crockett’s 
Varnish Formulas. 


Brannt, Wm. T. Varnishes, Lacquers, 
Printing Inks and Sealing Waxes. Il¬ 
lustrated. 6x9. cloth. 338 pp. New 
York, 1893. $3.00 

Church, Arthur H. Chemistry of Paints 
and Painting. Fourth Edition, revised 
and enlarged. 5x7^2. cloth. ?88 pp. 
New York, 1915. $ 2 . 50 

Dieterich, K. Analysis of Resins, Bal¬ 
sams, and Gum Resins: Their Chemis¬ 
try and Pharmacognosis. With a bib¬ 
liography. Translated from the Ger¬ 
man by Chas. Salter. 5 Hx8y 2 . cloth. 
340 pp. New York, 1901. $3.50 

CiA^ tet Vf S L-Pf n V al Discu ssion and Exposition; 
V rie k, ff, Ge r era A 1 Commercial 

of All n,i Ad lter o ant - S ’ Anal ysis and Bibliography 
of All Balsams, Resins and Gum Resins. 

P v "^Preparation and Uses of 
White Zinc Paints. Translated from 





CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


the French by Donald Grant. With 32 
tables. 5 x 7^. cloth. 279 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1912. $3.00 

Contents: Painting on Woodwork, Outside 
and Inside; Better Class Painting on Wood¬ 
work, Indoors and Outdoors; Painting on Plas¬ 
ter, on Mortar, and on Soft and Porous Ceil¬ 
ings; Hints on Painting with White Zinc; Test¬ 
ing Commercial Zinc Whites; The Experiments 
on the Dutch Commission Officially Entrusted 
to Make Comparative Trials between White 
Lead and White Zinc; Results and Criticisms 
of the Experiments of the Dutch Commission; 
Final Report of October 5, 1909; Manufacture 
and Different Treatments of White Zinc—Its 
Modifications and Improvements; The Legisla¬ 
tive History of White Zinc Paint; Legislation. 
Methods of Qualitative Analysis. Examination 
of Paints; Fixed and Essential; Oils; Waxes; 
Formula for Encaustic and Waterproof Paints; 
Analysis of Paints; White Paints; Analysis of 
White Lead and White Zinc; Blacks; Red Pig¬ 
ments; Carmine and Lakes; Yellow Colors; 
Green and Blue Pigments; Brown Colors; Anal¬ 
ysis of Binders or Liquids; Testing Preserva¬ 
tion and Improvement of Varnishes by Ageing; 
Analysis of Yellow and White Wax; Selected 
Furniture Polish Recipe; Normal Polish for 
Floors, Parquets and Woodwork; Virgin Wax 
Polish for Flatting of Paints or Polishing of 
Varnishes; Formula for a Waterproof Compo¬ 
sition for Plaster and Stone and Damp Walls; 
Special and More Economical Formula for Wa¬ 
terproofing Plaster. 

Friend, J. N. The Corrosion of Iron and 
Steel. Illustrated. 5^x8. cloth. 315 
pp. London, 1911. $2.50 

Contents: History and Economic Value of 
Iron; Action of Air, Water and Steam on.Iron; 
Various Theories of Corrosion; Essentiality of 
Acid to Corrosion; Factors Influencing the Rate 
of Corrosion of Iron Exposed to Natural 
Forces; Action of Acids, Alkalies and Oils upon 
Iron Influence of Aqueous Solutions of Single 
Salts; Influence of Aqueous Solutions of two 
or more Electrolytes; Passive State; Influence 
of Chemical Composition Upon the Corrodibil¬ 
ity of Iron; Electrical and Galvanic Action; 
Relative Rate of Corrosion of Iron and Steel. 

Friend, J. N. An Introduction to the 
Chemistry of Paints. 20 illustrations. 
5x7^. cloth. 204 pp. London, 1910. 

$1.50 

Contents: Air; Pigments Containing Oxide of 
Iron- Miscellaneous Oxide Pigments; Sulphur 
and Sulphide Pigments; Sulphate Pigments; 
Carbon and Carbon Blacks; Carbonate and 
Chromate Pigments; Prussian Blue and Ultra- 
marine; Pigments Containing Copper; Organic 
Coloring Principles; The Lakes; Paint Vehi¬ 
cles; Driers and Linseed Oil; Resins and 
Gums; Varnishes; Testing Painters’ Materials. 

Gardner, Henry A. Paint Researches and 
Their Practical Applications. 155 il¬ 
lustrations. 6x9. cloth. 363 pp. 
Washington, 1917* ne ^» $ 5- 00 

Contents: Growth of the Prepared Paint In¬ 
dustry and Its Relation to the Work of the 
Painter: White Pigment Industry; Physical 
Characteristics of Pigments and Paints; l e sts 
of Lithopone; Washington Paint Oil Tests; Paint 
Protection for Portland-Cement Surfaces; Paints 
to Prevent Electrolysis in Concrete Structures; 
Paints for Metal; Marine Paints; Arlington 
Paint Tests; Observations on Painted Lumber; 


26 


Impregnated Panel Tests; Fire Retardant Paints 
for Shingles and Other Wooden Structures; 
Composition of Paint Vapors; Toxic and Anti¬ 
septic Properties of Paints; Light-Reflecting 
Values of White and Colored Paints; Formation 
and Inhibition of Mildew in Paints; Fungi on 
Painted Surfaces; Changes Occurring in Oils 
and Paste Paints, Due to Autohydrolysis of the 
Glycerides; Effect of Pigments Upon the Con¬ 
stant of Linseed Oil; Storage Changes in Veg¬ 
etable and Animal Oils; Paint Dryers and Their 
Application; Miscellaneous Oil Investigations; 
Application of Paints and Finishes to Wood. 

Gardner, Henry A. Paint Technology and 
Tests. Illustrated. 6x9. 256 pp. New 
York, 1911. $4.00 

Contents: Paint Oils and Thinners; A Study 
of Driers and Their Effects; Paint Pigments and 
Their Properties; Physical Laboratory Paint 
Tests; The Theory and Practice of Scientific 
Paint Making; The Scope of Practical Paint 
Tests; Conditions Noted at Inspection of Tests; 
Results of Atlantic City Tests; Results of Pitts¬ 
burg Tests; A Laboratory Study of Test Panels; 
Additional Tests at Atlantic City and Pittsburg; 
North Dakota Paint Tests; Tennessee Paint 
Tests; Washington Paint Tests; Cement and Con¬ 
crete Paint Tests; Structural Steel Paint Tests; 
The Sanitary Value of Wall Paints. 

Gardner, H. A., and Schaeffer, J. A. The 
Analysis of Paints and Painting Mate¬ 
rials. Illustrated. 6 Y% x 9^. cloth. 109 
pp. New York, 1911. $2.00 

Hall, C. H. Chemistry of Paints and 
Paint Vehicles. Illustrated. 5x jy 2 . 
cloth. 140 pp. N. Y., 1906. net, $2.00 

Contents: Determination of the Elementary 
Constituents of Paints; Raw Materials; Proper¬ 
ties, Tests, and Methods of Analysis; Analysis 
of Dry Colors, Pastes, and Liquid Paints; 
Matching of Samples. Paint Vehicles. Oils, 
Varnishes, Japans and Driers; Thinners. 

Hasluck, Paul N. Painters Oils, Colours, 
and Varnishes. Illustrated. 5 x 7 * 4 . 
160 pp. N. Y., 1905. net, $1.00 

Contents: Painters Oils and Vehicles; Colour 
and Pigments; White, Blue Chrome, Lake, 
Green, etc., Pigments; Driers; Paint Grinding 
and Mixing; Gums, Oils, and Solvents for Var¬ 
nishes; Varnish Manufacture. 

Hoff, J. N. Paint and Varnish Facts and 
Formulas. A handbook for the maker, 
dealer, and user of paints and var¬ 
nishes. Containing over 600 recipes. 
6x9. cloth. 179 pp. Newark, 1905. 

$2.00 

Contents: White Paints and Pigments; The 
Oxides of Iron; The Chemical Colors; Classifi¬ 
cation of Pigments; Colors in Oil, Japan and 
Water; Oils and Solvents; Varnishes; Ready 
Mixed Paints; Kalsomines; Paint and Varnish 
Troubles and Their Remedies; Painting and 
Decorating; Formulas. 

Holley, C. D. Analysis of Paint and Var¬ 
nish Products. Illustrated. s l A x 8- 
cloth. 300 pp. N. Y., 1912. net, $2.50 

Contents: Separation of Vehicle, from Pig¬ 
ment; Estimation of Water in Paints; Water 
Emulsions and Emulsifiers; Estimation of Lin- 





7 * 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


seed Oil and Its Adulteration in Mixed Paints; 
Determination of the Purity of Linseed Oil; 
Analysis of the Volatile Oils; Turpentine Thin- 
ners; Turpentine Substitutes; The Inert Pig¬ 
ments; Analysis of White Lead; Analysis of 
Sublimed White Lead and the Zinc Pigments; 
Determination of Fineness, Covering Power and 
Tinting Strength of Pigments; The Practical 
Testing Out of Paints; Analysis of White 
Paints; Analysis of White Paints According to 
Thompson; Kalsomine, Cold-water Paints, and 
Flat Wall Finishes; Composition of Colored 
Paints; Analysis of Indian Reds, Red Oxides, 
and Ochres; Analysis of Black Pigments and 
Paints; Analysis of Brown Pigments and Paints; 
Analysis of Blue Pigments and Paints; Analysis 
of Yellow, Orange, and Red Chrome Leads, 
Analysis of Vermilions; Analysis of Red Lead, 
Orange Mineral, and Litharge; Analysis of 
Paints for Manufacturing Purposes; Composition 
and Analysis of Fillers; Shingle Stains, Barn 
and Roof Paints; Analysis of Japans and Driers; 
Analysis of Shellac and Spirit Varnishes; Anal¬ 
ysis of Oil Varnishes; The Practical Testing of 
Varnishes; Varnish Stains and Color Varnishes; 
Enamels and Varnish Specialties. 

Holley, C. D. Lead and Zinc Pigments. 
85 illustrations. 5% x 8. cloth. 359 pp. 
New York, 1909. net, $3.00 

Contents: White Lead in Ancient Times; De¬ 
velopment of the White Lead Industry in the 
United States; Brands, Production and Prices of 
White Lead; The Modern Application of the 
Dutch Process in the United States; The Carter 
Process; The Mild Process (Rowley); Matheson 
Process; The Sublimed Lead Pigments; White 
Lead Manufacture in Europe; Properties of 
White Lead; Lead Poisoning; Manufacture of 
Zinc Oxide; Properties and Uses of Zinc Oxide; 
Manufacture of Leaded Zinc; Zinc-Lead White; 
The Oxides of Lead; The Lead Chromates; Lith- 
•pone Physical Properties of White Lead;- Prac¬ 
tical Tests; The Art of Grinding White Lead, 
Pastes and Paints; Analysis of Commercially 
Pure White Leads; Analysis of the Zinc Pig¬ 
ments; Analysis of White Lead and Paints in 
Oil; Estimation of Water in White Lead and 
Paints; Qualitative Analysis of Combination 
White Leads and Pastes; Quantitative Analysis 
•f Combination White Lead and Paints; Labora¬ 
tory Equipment and Manipulation. Appendix. 

Hurst, Geo. H. A Manual of Painters' 
Colors, Oils and Varnishes. For stu¬ 
dents and practical men. Fifth Edition, 
revised by Noel Heaton with a chapter 
on varnishes by M. B. Blackler. 89 
illustrations. 5^2x8. cloth. <40 pp. 
London, 1913. * $ 4 . 5 o 

Contents: Introductory; The Properties of Pig- 
ments in General; White Pigments—The Lead 
and Zinc Whites; Mineral Whites; Red Pig¬ 
ments; Orange and Yellow Pigments; Green Pig¬ 
ments; Blue Pigments; Brown Pigments; Black 
Pigments; Organic Pigments and Lakes; Oils 
and Solvents; Gums, Glues, and Resins; Var- 
*ishes; Paint; Appendix. 

Hurst, G. H. Dictionary of Chemicals and 
Raw Products Used in the Manufac¬ 
ture of Paints, Colors, Varnishes and 
Allied Preparations. Second Edition 
revised and enlarged by H. B. Stokes. 
6 x 8 j 4 - cloth. 3781 pp. London, 1917. 

$5 00 


Ingle, Harry. A Manual of Oils, Resins, 
and Paints. For students and practical 
men. Vol. I., Analysis and Valuation. 
8 tables. 5 % x 7^. cloth. 129 pp. 

London, 1915. $2.00 

Contents: Introduction; Introduction to the 
Chemistry of Oils; Physical Tests; Chemical 
Tests; Qualitative Tests for Oils; The Classifica¬ 
tion of Oils; The Systematic Examination of 
Oils, Fats and Waxes; Technological Analysis; 
Table of Oil Constants; Index. 

Jennings, A, S. Paints and Varnishes, 
with Special Reference to Their Prop¬ 
erties and Uses. 12 illustrations. 5 x 
7%. cloth. 116 pp. London, 1920. $1.00 
Contents: The Characteristics of a Good Paint; 
Principal Pigments Used in Paint Making; Thin, 
ners Used in Paint; Paint-Mixing; The Applica¬ 
tion of Paints; Whitewashes and Distempers; 
Service Tests of Paints and Varnishes; Machin¬ 
ery Used in Paint-Making; Varnishes and 
Enamels; Tables. 


Jennings, A. S. Paint and Color Mixing. 
A practical handbook. For paimers, 
decorators, paint manufacturers, ar¬ 
tists and all who have to mix colors. 
Fifth Edition. 17 plates. 5 l / 2 x 8J^. 
cloth. 255 pp. London, 1915. net, $2.50 
Contents: Paint and Color Mixing; Introduc¬ 
tion; Straining Paint; Colors or Stainers; Color 
Nomenclature; Matching and Mixing Colors; 
Reds and How to Mix Them, etc.; Ground 
Coats and Flattings; Putty, Hand-stopping, 
Knife and Brush Filling; Black Japan in Color 
Mixing; Glazing; Graining and Marble Grounds 
and Colors; Mixing Paints and Colors @n the 
Manufacturing Scale; Water Paints, Distem- 
P®f s » ^tc.; Artists Water Colors and How to 
Mix Them; Testing Colors; Notes on Color 
Harmony; Proportions of Materials; Notes, etc. 


jenmngs, Arthur S. Commercial Paints 
and Painting. A handbook for archi¬ 
tects, engineers, property owners, paint¬ 
ers and Decorators, etc. 5^ x 8^. 
cloth. 236 pp. (Van Nostrand’s West¬ 
minster Series.) N. Y., 1914. $ 2 . 5 o 

P £n?. te r tS i ? h AZ Ct o{ Paint ing; Durability of 
f™}: °£ £ hea P and Superior Paints Com- 

gost of Keeping Property Painted; Spec- 
&A- PaintS ii- lh « Materials Used in Painting; 
of th!i 10 Pa ^ D ^ ter i" ine the Economic Value 

Hak h Tb. P • S ’ mP i e Tes * s for Pain ters’ Mate¬ 
rials The Paint Most Suitable for Different 

Annfe S; p H? T Pa i nt and Varnish Should be 
pf pl ed ’ n P f a, " t ^ nd D C ? lor Mixing; Tools and 
iiant, Defects in Painters’ Work; Specifica- 

Pamti * OI h P A int 5 rs ’. and Decorators’ P Work; 
Fainting by Mechanical Means. 


jennison, F. H. The Manufacture of Lak 
Pigments from Artificial Colors. / 
useful handbook for color manufactur 
ers dyers, color chemists, paint manu 
facturers, drysaltery wallpaper-makers 
Pname! and surface-paper makers SYr 
°nd Revised Edition. 9 plates, S7 col 
ored patterns. 5^x8#. cloth. rSopp 
London, 1920. <t 6 ‘ 

fiir/fp: Introduction; Classification of Art 
ficial Coloring Matters; The Nature and Manip 



CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


77 


illation of Artificial Colors; Lake-forming Bod¬ 
ies for Acid Colors; Lake-forming Bodies for 
Basic Colors; Lake Bases; The Principles of 
Lake Formation; Red, Orange, Yellow, Green, 
Blue, Violet, and Black Lakes; The Production 
of Insoluble Azo Colors in the Form of Pig¬ 
ments; The General Properties of Lakes Pro¬ 
duced from Artificial Colors; Striking, Wash¬ 
ing, Filtering, and Finishing; The Matching and 
Testing of Lake Pigments; Sketch of Organic 
Combinations. 

Jones, M. W. The Testing and Valuation 
of Raw Materials Used in Paint and 
Color Manufacture. 5 x 7 J 4 . cloth. 88 
pp. London, 1900. $2.50 

Contents: Compounds of: Aluminum; Iron; 
Potassium; Chromium; Tin; Copper; Lead; 
Zinc; Arsenic; Antimony; Calcium; Barium; 
Cadmium; Mercury; Cobalt; Carbon; China 
Clay; Ultramarine; Oils. 

Laurie, A. P. The Pigments and Me¬ 
diums of the Old Masters. With a 
special chapter on the microphoto¬ 
graphic study of brushwork. 34 plates. 
524 x 824 - cloth. 210 pp. London, 
1914- net, $3.75 

Contents: Table of Pigments Prepared from 
Literary Sources; Methods of Examination of 
the Painted Surface by Means of the Micro¬ 
scope; On the Properties and Reactions of Cer¬ 
tain Pigments Which Are of Importance in the 
History of Art; Examination of Illuminated 
Manuscripts from 700 to 1500 A.D.; Examina¬ 
tion of Venetian Ducali and Coram Rege Rolls; 
Examination of Pigments on Pictures of Various 
Dates; On the Materials Used for Preparing 
Mediums; Methods of Examination and Detec¬ 
tion of Mediums; Historical Information as to 
Methods Used; On the Examination of the 
Mediums Used on Certain Pictures; Micro¬ 
photography of Brushwork. 

McIntosh, J. G. Manufacture of Varnishes 
and Kindred Industries. Based on and 
including the “Drying Oils and Var¬ 
nishes,” of Ach. Livache. In three 
volumes. Illustrated. 824 x § 24 - cloth. 
Vol. I. The Crushing, Refining and 
Boiling of Linseed Oil and Other Var¬ 
nish Oils. Third Edition, revised and 
enlarged. 114 illustrations. 506 pp. 
London, 1919. $7.00 

Contents: Historical Note; Properties of Dry¬ 
ing Oils; Production of Linseed Oil; Composi¬ 
tion of Linseed Oil; Refining and Bleaching 
Linseed Oil; Chemical Reaction of Linseed Oil; 
Linseed Oil FattyAcids; Testing of Linseed Oil; 
The Physical Properties of Linseed Oil; The 
Adulteration of Linseed Oil; The Technical 
Chemistry of Linseed Oil; Technical Chemistry 
•f Linseed Oil and the Manufacture of Blown 
Oils and Linoleum; The Technical Chemistry 
•f Linseed Oil; Time of Drying and Chemistry 
of Drying Process; Boiled Oil; Durability ot 
Paint; Drying Oils other than Linseed Oil. 

Vol. II. Varnish Materials and Oil 
Varnish Making. Illustrated. 216 pp. 
London, 1908. Reprinting 

Contents: Amber and Amber Oil Varnishes; 
Asphaltum; Coal Tar, Bone and Stearine Pitch; 
India Rubber; Gutta Percha; Paraffin Wax; 
Cleaning, Assorting and Fusing Resins; Oil 
Varnish Making; Copal Oil Varnishes; Kauri 


Copal Varnishes; Brunswick Black; Super Black 
Japan; Testing Varnish; Utilization of Residues; 
Utilization of Varnish Makers’ Waste Products. 

Vol. III. Spirit Varnishes and Spirit 
Varnish Materials. 64 illustrations. 492 
pp. London, 1911. Reprinting 

Contents: Solvents; Characteristics of Spirit 
Varnish Solvents; Source, Preparation and Use 
of Various Solvents; Alcohol, Ether, and Ethe¬ 
real Salts. Oleo-Resinous Pine Products — Ter- 
penes — Camphors. The Oleo-Resiniferous Coni- 
fiers; Sources and Methods of Obtaining Tur¬ 
pentine; Distillation of Turpentine; Testing and 
Substitutes; Distillation and Chemistry of Resin; 
Rosin Spirit—Rosin Oil; Chemistry of the Ter- 
penes; Wood Tar, Wood Turpentine, Wood 
Creosote, etc. Spirit Varnish Resins and Color¬ 
ing Matters. Benzoin; Dammar, Kauri, etc.; 
Dragons’ Blood; Japanese, Chinese and Burmese 
Lacquers; Manilla Copal; Shellac; Colors and 
Stains. Methods of Manufacture. Principles of 
Spirit Varnish Manufacture; Amber and As¬ 
phaltum, Collodion, and Celluloid Spirit Var¬ 
nishes; Copal Spirit Varnishes, Dammar Spirit 
Varnishes; India-Rubber Insulating, Mastic, and 
Matter Spirit Varnishes; Rosin Spirit Varnishes. 
Spirit Varnishes, Analysis and Testing. Tech¬ 
nical Valuation; The Determination of the 
Resins and Solvents in Spirit Varnishes. 

Maire, F. Colors, What They Are and 
What to Expect of Them. A series of 
practical treatises on development of the 
color making industry; preliminary 

study of colors; natural earth colors; 
chemical made colors; various division 
of groups of colors; black group of 
colors; brown group of pigments; raw 
and burnt umber; the mining of earth 
colors; the blue group of pigments; also 
the green, red, yellow and white; ve¬ 
hicles or thinness of pigments; system 
of grinding. Illustrated. 4^2 x 824 - 
cloth. 103 pp. Chicago, 1911. $0.60 

Maire, Frederick. Modern Pigments and 

Their Vehicles. Their properties and 
uses, considered mainly from the prac¬ 
tical side, and how to make tints from 
them. 5 X 7 J 4 - cloth. 277 pp. New 

York, 1908. net, $2.00 

Contents: Preface; Preliminaries; White Pig¬ 
ments; Yellow Pigments; Red Pigments; Green 
Pigments; Blue Pigments; Brown Pigments; 
Black Pigments; Synonyms; Vehicles Used in 
Grinding Pigments and in Applying Them; Sub¬ 
stances Used as Correctives and Binders; Sub¬ 
stances Used to Bind Pigments in Connection 
with Vehicles; Driers and Siccatives; The Com¬ 
pounding of Pigments; A List of the Principal 
Tints and of Pigments Required to Make Them. 

Morrell, R. S., Waele, A. E., and Rideal, S. 

Rubber, Resins, Paints and Varnishes. 
514 x 824 . cloth. (Industrial Chemis¬ 
try Series.) In Press 

Parry, E. J., and Coste, J. H. Chemistry 
of Pigments. Illustrated. 6x8^2. cloth. 
288 pp. London, 1902. $5-oo 

Contents: Uses of Pigments; Methods of Ap¬ 
plication of Pigments; Inorganic Pigments; Or¬ 
ganic Pigments. 



7* 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Petit, G. Manufacture and Comparative 
Merits of White Lead and Zinc White 
Paints. Translated from the French by 
Donald Grant. 5^x834. cloth. 95 
pp. London, 1907. net, $2.00 

Recipes for the Color, Paint, Varnish, 
Oil, Soap and Drysaltery Trades. Com¬ 
piled by an analytical chemist. Second 
Revised and Enlarged Edition. 5 *A x 
S x / 2 . cloth. 332 pp. London, 1912. $5.00 

Contents: Pigments or Colors < for Paints, 
Lithographic and Letterpress Printing Inks, 
etc.; Mixed Paints, Paint Removers and Prepar¬ 
ations for Paint Making, Painting, Lime Wash¬ 
ing, Paper Hanging, etc.; Varnishes for Deco¬ 
rators, Coach Builders, Cabinet Makers, Wood¬ 
workers, Metal Workers, Photographers, etc.; 
Soaps for Toilet, Cleansing, Polishing, etc.; Per¬ 
fumes; Lubricating Greases, Oils, etc.; Cements, 
Pastes, Glues and Other Adhesive Preparations; 
Writing, Marking, Endorsing, Stencil and Other 
Inks, Sealing Wax and Other Requisites; Prep¬ 
arations for the Laundry, Kitchen, Stable and 
General Household Uses; Disinfectant Prepara¬ 
tions and Sheep Dips; Leather Greases, Var¬ 
nishes, Dressings, Polishes, etc.; Miscellaneous 
Preparations. 

Sabin, Alvah H. The Industrial and Ar¬ 
tistic Technology of Paint and Varnish. 
Second Edition, revised. Illustrated. 
6x9. cloth. 483 pp. New York, 1917. 

net, $3.50 

Contents: Early History; Varnish; Origin of 
the Name; Linseed-oil; Linoleum; Manufacture 
of Varnish; Tung-oil; Japans and Driers; 
Rosin; Spirit Varnishes; Pyroxylin Varnishes; 
Oil Paints and Paints in Japan; Varnish or 
Enamel Paints; Chinese and Japanese Lacquers; 
Protection of Metals Against Corrosion; Water- 
pipe Coating; Ship’s-bottom Paints; Ship and 
Boat Painting; Carriage-painting; House-paint¬ 
ing; Furniture Varnishing. 

Sabin, A. H. White-Lead, its Use in 
Paint. 5x7*4. cloth. 142 pp. New 
York, 1920. $1.25 

Schweizer, Victor. The Distillation of 
Resins, and the Preparation of Rosin 
Products, Lamp-Black, Printing Inks, 
etc. Second English Edition, revised 
and rewritten by H. B. Stocks. 68 il¬ 
lustrations. 5?4 x8 J4- cloth. 220 pp. 
London, 1917. $5.00 

Contents: Resins and Their Use; Resins, 
Their Sources and Properties; Rosin or Colo¬ 
phony; Hard Resins; Distillation of Hard 
Resins; Manufacture of Illuminating Gas from 
Rosin; Rosin Oils; Nature of the Crude Pro¬ 
duct; Rectification of Rosin Oil; Manufacture 
of Patent Lubricants; Rosin Soaps or Resinates; 
Manufacture of Resinate Varnishes, of Lamp- 
Black; Lamp-Black Chambers; Making Lamp- 
Black Pigments; Manufacture of Printing Inks; 
Other Lamp-Black Inks; Inks for Typewriting 
Machines. 

Scott, W. G. White Paints and Painting 
Materials. Source and manufacture, 
composition and properties; uses and 
formulas; physical tests and chemical 


analysis. 62 illustrations. 6 ^i x gV 2 . 
cloth. 527 pp. Chic., 1910. Reprinting 

Smith, J. Cruikshank. The Manufacture 
of Paint. A practical handbook for 
manufacturers, merchants, and painters. 
Second Revised and Enlarged Edition. 
80 illustrations. 5/4 x 8J4- cloth. 288 
pp. New York, 1915. $5-°° 

Contents: Scope of Subject and Definition of 
Terms; Storing and Handling Raw Material; 
Testing and Valuation of Raw Material; Plant 
and Machinery; The Grinding of White Pig¬ 
ments; Of Earth Pigments, Of Oxide of Iron 
Pigments, Of Black Pigments, Of Chemical Pig¬ 
ments, Of Pigments in Water, Of Pigments in 
Turpentine, Gold Size and Special Mediums; 
Mixed or Prepared Paints; Enamels and Enamel 
Paints; Modern Conditions Which Affect the 
Selection and Application of Paint; The Design 
ing, Testing, and Matching of Paints; Economic 
and General Considerations. 

Smith, J. C. Paint and Painting De¬ 
fects. Their detection, cause and cure. 
5x7^2. cloth. 178 pp. London, 1913. 

net, $1.00 

Contents: Users’ and Manufacturers’ Concern 
on the Investigation of Defects; Fair-Minded 
Investigation and Exact Statement of Facts Nec¬ 
essary; Defects May be Inevitable; Chief Causes 
of Defects; On Fixing Responsibility; Cause of 
Defect Investigations; Statement of Essential 
Facts; Logical Reasoning Necessary; Alphabeti¬ 
cal List of Faults and Defects with Notes on 
Materials and Processes. 

Toch, Maximilian. The Chemistry and 
Technology of Paints. Second Edition , 
revised and enlarged. 83 photomicro¬ 
graphic plates. Illustrated. 6 l / 2 xg J 4 . 
cloth. 366 pp. N, Y., 1916. $4.50 

Contents: The Manufacture of Mixed Paints; 
The White Pigments; The Oxids of Lead Lith¬ 
arge—Red Lead—Blue Lead; The Red Pigments; 
The Brown Pigments; The Yellow Pigments; 
The Blue Pigments; The Green Pigments; The 
Black Pigments; The Inert Fillers and Extend¬ 
ers; Mixed Paints; Linseed Oil; Chinese Wood 
Oil; Soya Bean Oil; Fish Oil; Miscellaneous 
Oils. Herring Oil—Corn Oil; Turpentine; Pine 
Oil; Benzine; Turpentine Substitutes, Benzol— 
Toluol—Xylol—Solvent Naphtha; Cobalt Driers; 
Combining Mediums and Water; Fine Grinding; 
The Influence of Sunlight on Paints and Var¬ 
nishes; Paint Vehicles as Protective Agents 
Against Corrosion; The Electrolytic Corrosion 
of Structural Steel; Painters’ Hygiene; The 
Growth of Fungi on Paint; Analysis of Paint 
Materials; Appendix. 

Toch, Max-imilian. Materials for Perma¬ 
nent Painting. A manual for manufac¬ 
turers, art dealers, artists and collec¬ 
tors. Illustrated. ^Va x 7 J 4 - cloth. 
207 pp. New York, 1911. $2.50 

Contents: History of Painting; Pigments Used 
by the Ancients; Sinopia, the Search of the 
Masters’ Secret; Photo-Chemical Deterioration of 
Oil Paintings; Cause of the Cracking of Paints 
and the Remedies; Canvas, Wood, and Metal as 
Foundations; Preparation of Canvas in Com¬ 
mercial Practice; Renovation and Cleaning of 
Pictures; The School of Impressionism; Volatile 
Solvents; Picture Varnishes; Driers; Linseed Oil 






CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


79 


and Other Drying Oils; Classification of the 
Pigments and Their Description; The Permanent 
Colors; Pigments Dangerous to Health; Pig¬ 
ments Affected by Coal Smoke, etc.; Water in 
Tube Colors; Pigments Which Are Permanent, 
etc.; Pigments Which Dry Slowly; The Failure 
of Sir J. Reynold’s Paintings. 

Uebele, Charles L. Paint Making and 
Color Grinding. A practical treatise 
for paint manufacturers and factory- 
managers. 6p2X9^2. cloth. 484 pp. 
New York, 1914. net, $10.00 

Contents: The Factory and Arrangement. White 
Pigments and White Bases. White Lead Mix¬ 
ing and Grinding; Lithopone White; Grinding 
White Bases and Pigments; Extenders, and Fill¬ 
ers and Their Uses. Color Grinding in All Its 
Branches. Mixing and Grinding Black, Blue, 
Brown, Green, Red, and Yellow Pigments. 
Paint Vehicles and Thinners. Linseed Oil; 
China, Wood or Tung Oil; Paint Oils Other 
Than Linseed.; Paint Thinners and Solvents; 
Varnishes, Driers, and Japans. Liquid Paints 
Ready for Use. Building Paints; Floor Paints; 
Floor Paints for Interiors and Porches; Metal 
Preservative, Cement and Concrete Coatings; 
Barn and Roof Paints; Shingle Stains;. Stains 
Dipping Paints; Modern Flat. Wall Finishes; 
White and Colored Enamel Paints; Liquid and 
Paste Wood Fillers; Iron Fillers and Machinery 
Paints; Putties and Cements. Casein and Cold 
Water Paints. Origin and Uses of Casein; 

GLUES AND 


Dawidowsky, F. Glue, Gelatine, Animal 
Charcoal, Phosphorous, Cements, Pastes 
and Mucilages. Edited by Wm. T. 
Brannt. Second Edition, revised and 
largely rewritten. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 282 pp. New York, 1905. $3.00 

Fernbach, R. L. Glue and Gelatine. A 
practical treatise on the methods of 
testing and use. 5j4x8. cloth. 2 t 8< 
pp. New York, 1907. $ 3 -°° 

Contents: Classification and Testing of Glues; 
Analysis of Glues and Gelatines; Substitutes; 
Foreign Glues; Selection of Glues for Various 
Industries; How Glue Should be Used; Com¬ 
mercial and Legal Aspects; Manufacturing Re¬ 
ceipts; Analytical Methods. 

Glue Book, The. How to select, prepare 
and use glue. A short practical discus¬ 
sion of matters important to every glue 
user. Illustrated. 5 * 4 x 7 2 A- cloth. 85 
pp. Toledo, Ohio, 1913- $ x - 0 ° 

Lambert, Thomas. Glue, Gelatine, and 
Their Allied Products. A practical 

handbook for the manufacturer, agri¬ 
culturist and student of technology. 12 
tables, 25 illustrations. 5 * 4 x 834 - 163 

pp. London, 1905. $2.00 

Contents: Historical; Glue; Gelatine; Size and 
Isinglass; Treatment of Effluents. Produced in 
Glue and Gelatine Making; Liquid and Other 
Glues, Cements, etc.; Uses of Glue and Gela¬ 
tine; Residual Products from Glue and Gelatine; 


Tests for and Manufacture of Cold Water 
Paint; Uses of Casein; and Cold Water Paints; 
Practical Recipes and Working Formulas. 

Wright, A. C. Simple Method for Testing 
Painters’ Materials. Illustrated. sA x 
7 l / 2 . cloth. 160 pp. London, 1903. $2.50 

Contents: Apparatus; Reagents. Practical 
Tests. Dry Colors; Stiff Paints; Liquid and 
Enamel Paints; Oil Varnishes; Spirit Varnishes; 
Driers; Putty; Linseed Oil; Turpentine; Water 
Stains. Chemical Examination. Dry Colors 
and Paints; White, Yellow, Blue, Green, Red, 
Brown, and Black Pigments and Paints; Oil 
Varnishes; Spirit Varnishes; Linseed Oil; Tur¬ 
pentine. 

Zerr, G., and Rubencamp, R. A Treatise 
on Colour Manufacture. A guide to 
the preparation, examination and ap¬ 
plication of all the pigment colours in 
practical use. Authorized English Edi¬ 
tion by Charles Mayer. Illustrated. 
6x9. cloth. 619 pp. London, 1908. 

$11.50 

Contents: The Artificial Mineral Colors; Raw 
Materials Used in Manufacture; The . Natural 
Mineral Colors; Black Pigments; Organic Color¬ 
ing Matters and Their Utilization in Making 
Lake Pigments; Uses of Colors. 

CEMENTS 


Analysis of Raw and Finished Products; Appen¬ 
dix. 

Parry, Ernest J. Gums and Resins. Il¬ 
lustrated. 5x7. cloth. 106 pp. New 
York, 1918. $1.00 

Redgrave, G. R., and Spackman, C. 

Calcareous Cements. Second Edition, 
revised. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 310 
pp. Philadelphia, 1905- $ 4 - 5 ° 

Rideal, Samuel. Glue and Glue Testing. 

Second Edition, revised and enlarged. 

- 14 illustrations. 5 A x 9 - cloth. 196 
pp. New York, 1914. $5-°o 

Contents: Constitution and Properties; Raw 
Materials and Manufacture; Uses of Glue; Gel¬ 
atine; Glue Testing; Commercial Aspects. 

Standage, H. C. Agglutinants of All 
Kinds for All Purposes. 6x9. cloth. 
267 pp. London, 1907. $ 3 - 5 ° 

Contents: Resinous Cements; Agglutinants of 
Different Kind for Use by Carpenters, Painters, 
Decorators, Bricklayers, Plasterers and Stone¬ 
masons; Agglutinants Adapted for Use in Paper, 
Printing, Photographic, Leather and Kindred 
Trades; Compounds Used in Textile Industries; 
Cements for the Metal Worker; Notes on the 
Materials Used. 

Standage, H. C. Cements, Pastes, Glues, 
and Gums. A practical guide to the 
manufacture and application of the va¬ 
rious agglutinants required in the build¬ 
ing, metal, wood and leather trades, 




8o 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


etc. With upwards of nine hundred 
recipes and formulae. 4^4 x 7. cloth. 
171 pp. London, 1916. $1.25 

Contents: Hints on the Application ©C Ce¬ 
ments; Acid, Spirit and Water-proof Cements; 
Building Cements, Plasters, etc.; Cements and 
Pastes for Chemists, Electricians, Naturalists, 
etc.; Cements for China, Glass and Earthen¬ 
ware; Cements and Glues for the Leather 
Trades; Cements for the Metal-Workers’ Use; 
For Wood-Workers; Glues for Various Purposes; 


Office Paste, Gums and Wafers; Miscellana#** 
Recipes. 

Standage, H. C. Sealing Waxes, Wafers, 
and Other Adhesives. For the house¬ 
hold, office, workshop and factory. 5J-4 
x 7 1 A. cloth. 96 pp. London, 1902. $2.5# 
Contents: Sealing Waxes and Their Manufac¬ 
ture; Wafers; Notes on the Nature of the Mate¬ 
rials Used in Making Adhesive Compounds; 
Cements for Use in the Household; Office Gums, 
Pastes and Mucilages; Adhesive Compounds f*r 
Factory and Workshop Use. 


INKS 


Andes, Louis E. Oil Colors and Printers’ 
Inks. A practical handbook treating of 
linseed oil, boiled oil, paints, artists’ 
colors, lampblack and printers’ inks, 
black and colored. Translated from 
the German. Second Edition, revised 
and enlarged by H. B. Stocks. 57 illus¬ 
trations. 6x9. cloth. 235 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1918. $4.00 

Contents: Linseed Oil; Poppy Oil and Wal¬ 
nut Oil; Mechanical Purification of Linseed 
Oil; Chemical Purification of Linseed Oil; 
Bleaching Linseed Oil; Oxidising Agents for 
Boiling Linseed Oil; Theory of Oil Boiling and 
Drying; Manufacture of Boiled Oil; Adultera¬ 
tions of Boiled Oil; Chinese Drying Oil and 
Other Specialties; Pigments for House and Ar¬ 
tistic Painting and Inks; Pigments for Printers' 
Black Inks; Substitutes for Lampblack; Machin¬ 
ery for Color Grinding and Rubbing; Machines 
for Mixing Pigments with the Vehicle; Paint 
Mills; Manufacture of Ordinary Oil PaintsEx- 
amination of Pigments and Paint; Ship Paints; 
Luminous Paint; Artists’ Colors; Printers’ Inks; 
Vehicles; Pigments and Manufacture. 

Lehner, S. Ink Manufacture. Including 
writing, copying, lithographic, marking, 
stamping and laundry inks. Second 
Edition, revised and enlarged. Trans¬ 
lated from the German of the Fifth 
Edition by A. Morris and H. Robson.. 
Illustrated. 5 T A x 7 l A- cloth. 179 pp. 
London, 1902. $2.50 

Contents: Varieties of Ink; Writing Inks; 
Raw Materials of Tannin Inks; Chemical Con¬ 
stitution of the Tannin Inks; Recipes for Tan¬ 
nin Inks; Logwood Tannin Inks; Ferric Inks; 
Alizarine; Extract, Logwood, Copying Inks; 
Hektographs; Hektograph and Safety Inks; Ink 
Extracts and Pow'ders; Preserving Inks; Changes 
in Ink and the Restoration of Faded Writing; 
Colored Inks—Red, Blue, Violet, Yellow, Green, 
Metallic and Indian; Lithographic Inks and Pen¬ 


cils; Ink Pencils; Marking Inks; Ink Special¬ 
ties; Sympathetic Inks; Stamping Inks; Laundry 
or Washing Blue. 

Mitchell, C. A. Inks; Their Composition 
and Manufacture. Second Edition. 4 
plates, 56 illustrations. $A x 7^4. cloth. 
266 pp. London, 1916. $3.0© 

Contents: Historical Introduction. Writing 
Inks. Carbon and Carbonaceous Inks. Tannin 
Materials for Inks; Nature of Inks; Manufacture 
of Iron Gall Inks; Logwood, Vanadium, and 
Aniline Black Inks; Coloured Writing Inks; 
Examination of Writing Inks. Printing Inks. 
Early Methods of Manufacture; Manufacture of 
Varnish; Preparation and Incorporation of the 
Pigment; Coloured Printing Inks. Inks for Mis¬ 
cellaneous Purposes. Copying Inks; Marking 
Inks; Safety Inks and Papers; Sympathetic 
Inks; Inks for Special Purposes; List of English 
Patents; Index. 


Seymour, Alfred. Modern Printing Inks. 
A practical handbook for printing ink 
manufacturers and printers. Illustrated. 
8vo. cloth. 90 pp. London, 1910. $3.00 
Contents: Linseed Oil; Varnish; Dry Colors: 
Black, Whites, Yellows, Reds, Browns, Blues, 
Greens; Lakes; The Grinding of Printing Inks; 
Inks and Color Mixing; The Characteristics of 
Some Printing Processes; Driers; Bronze Pow¬ 
ders and Bronzing; Things Worth Knowing. 


Underwood, Norman, and Sullivan, Thomas 
V. The Chemistry and Technology of 
Printing Inks. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 
145 pp. New York, 1915. $4.00 

Contents: Testing of Materials. Laboratory 
Apparatus; Methods of Analysis; Physical Tests 
of Pigments. Manufacture and Properties ot 
Ink Making Materials. Reds; Blues; Yellows; 
Greens; Oranges; Russets; Citrines; Blacks; Di- 
lutents; Bases; Organic Lakes; Oils; Typo¬ 
graphic Varnishes; Reducers; Driers. The Man¬ 
ufacture of Printing Inks. General Considera¬ 
tions. Explanation of Terms; Printing Inks; 

j ™, In . ks k Typographic Inks; Defects of Inks 
and Their Remedies. 


LEATHER 


Modern American Tanning. A practical 
treatise on the manufacture of leather 
written by well-known tannery fore¬ 
men, superintendents and chemists. 
In two volumes. Illustrated. 6A x g l / 2 . 
cloth. 


Vol. I. 16 illustrations. 292 pp. Chi¬ 
cago, 1902. ' net} $ 5 . 00 

Contents: Hides and Skins; Location and Con¬ 
struction of Tanneries; Soaking, Liming and 
Beamhouse Work, Bark, Extracts, Leaching 
Chrome Tannage; Grain and Side Leathers, 
Coloring, Dyeing, and Finishing Light Leathers; 







CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


81 


Rough, Welting and Card Leathers; Sole 
Leather; Tanning Furs and Robes; Harness, 
Skirting and Saddlery Leather; Glove Leathers; 
Sheepskins; Chrome Harness and Belting; Up¬ 
holstery Leather; Miscellaneous Articles; Tan¬ 
nery Labor. 

Vol. II. 570 pp. Chicago, 1910. 

net, $5.00 

Contents: Tannery Equipment and Manage¬ 
ment; Tannery Materials, Chemistry, etc.; Hides 
and Skins; Beamhouse Work; Sole Leather 
Tanning; Extract Tanning; Bark and Chrome 
Beiling; Chrome Tanning; Upper Leather and 
Glazed Kid; Harness, Skirting, Collar Leathers, 
etc.; Patent Leather; Bag, Case and rocket- 
book Leather; Sheepskins. Splitting Leather and 
Splitting Machines; Miscellaneous. 

Adcock, K. J. Leather, from the Raw 
Material to the Finished Product. 38 
illustrations. 4^x7%. cloth. 167 pp. 
London, 1916. $1.00 

Bennett, H. G. The Manufacture of 
Leather, no illustrations. 8vo. cloth. 
441 pp. ^London, 1910. $6.00 

Contents: Historical and Introductory Outline; 
The Nature of Skin; fermentation; Hides and 
Skins; Water; Soaking; Unhairing; Deliming; 
The Tannins; The Vegetable Tanning Materials; 
The Analysis of Tanning Materials; The Prepa¬ 
ration of the Tanning Liquors; The Principles 
of Vegetable Tanning; The Tannage of Sole 
Leather; The Tannage of Belting Harness, and 
Upper Leather, etc.; The Tannage of Moroccos 
and Light Leathers; The Tannage of Chrome 
Leather; The Alum and Combination Tannages; 
Fat, Oil and Aldehyde Tannages; The Drying 
of Leather; The Finishing of Sole Leather; 
The Currying and Finishing of Dressing Le-ath- 
cr; Leather Dyeing; The Finishing of Light 
Leathers; The Finishing of Chrome Leathers; 
The Finishing of the Alum and Combination 
Tanned Leather; The Finishing of Fat and 
Oil Tanned Leathers; Japanned and Enamelled 
Leathers; The Dressing of Wool Rugs; The 
Analysis of Leather. 

Brunner, R. Manufacture of Lubricants, 
I Shoe Polishes and Leather Dressings. 
Such as axle and machinery greases, 
oils, machinery oils, clockmakers’ oils. 
Translated from the Sixth German 
Edition by Charles Salter. Illustrated. 
5 x 7 l A. cloth. 170 pp. London, 1916. 

$ 3 - 5 ° 

Flemming, L. A. Practical Tanning. 
Third Edition, rewritten and thor- 
oughly revised. 6 full-page plates. 6 x 9 - 
cloth/ 615 pp. Phila., 1916. Reprinting 

A handbook of modern processes, receipts and 
suggestions for the treatment of hides, skins and 
pelts of every description, including various pat¬ 
ents relating to tanning, with specifications. 

Harvey, Arthur. Practical Leather Chem¬ 
istry. A handbook of laboratory notes 
* and methods for the use of students 
and works’ chemists. 10 illustrations. 
4 ; Sj 4 x 8 M- cloth. 210 pp. London, 
I- 1920. $6.00 

•- Contents: Water Analysis; Analysis of Lime; 
•Analysis of Sodium and Arsenic Sulphides; Es¬ 


timation of Nitrogen; Analysis of Lime Liquors; 
Analysis of Limed Pelt; Analysis of Lactic 
Acid; Other Deliming Agents; Single Bath 
Chrome Tanning; Commercial Egg Yolk; Soap 
Analysis; Oils, Fats and Waxes; The Tannins 
(Qualitative and Quantitative); The Liquors, 
Leather Analysis; Finishing Materials; Natural 
Dyestuffs; Coal Tar Dyes; Appendix. 

Lamb, M. C. Leather Dressing, Including 
Dyeing, Staining and Finishing. With 
figures and diagrams and samples of 
colored leathers. 6x9. cloth. Illus¬ 
trated. 449 pp. London, 1908. $9.00 

Procter, H. R., Stiasny, E., and Brumwell, 
H. Leather Chemists’ Pocketbook. A 
short compendium of analytical methods. 
Illustrated. 4^x6. leather. 237 pp. 

London, 1912. $3.00 

Contents: Alkalimetry; Water Analysis; Lim¬ 
ing, Deliming and Bating; Qualitative Recog¬ 
nition of Vegetable Tanning; Sampling and 
Grinding of Tanning Materials; Estimation of 
Tannins; Materials Used in Mineral Tannages; 
Analysis of Formaldehyde; Analysis of Soaps; 
General Chemistry of Oils and Fats; Glucose 
Detection and Estimation; Analysis of Leather; 
Use of the Microscope; Bacteriology and My¬ 
cology. 

Standage, H. C. The Leather Worker’s 
Manual. Being a compendium of prac¬ 
tical recipes and working formulae for 
curriers, bootmakers, leather dressers, 
blacking manufacturers, saddlers, and 
fancy leather workers Third Edition, 
revised. 5 3 A X 8-K- cloth. 176 pp. 
London, 1920. $4-50 

Contents: Boot and Shoe Blackings, Polishes, 
Glosses, Dressings, Renovators; Harness Pol¬ 
ishers, Blackings, Dressings, Compositions, 
Greases, Soaps, Boot-Top Powders and Liquids; 
Leather Grinders’ Sundries; Curriers’ Season¬ 
ings, Blacking Compounds, Dressing Finishes, 
Glosses, etc.; Dyes and Stains for Leather; Nat¬ 
ural Dyestuffs—Miscellaneous Recipes; Chrome 
Tanning; Useful Recipes and Methods. 

Trotman, S. R. Leather Trades Chemis¬ 
try. A practical manual on the analysis 
of materials and finished products. 48 
illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 300 pp. 
London, 1908. $ 5 -°? 

Contents: Analysis of Fuel; Estimation of Ni¬ 
trogen; Preparation of Standard Solutions; Wa¬ 
ter; Effluents; Depilation; Delivering Qualitative 
Recognition of Tannis; Analysis of Tanning. 
Materials; Common Vegetable Tannis; Mineral 
Tannages; Analysis of Spent Liquors and Tans; 
Oils; Soap; Varnishes; Skins; Analysis. of 
Leather; Fleshings and Scutch; Glue; Benzine; 
Dyestuffs; Disinfectants and Antiseptics; Glos¬ 
sary of Ternes. 

Watt, A. Leather Manufacture. Being 
a practical handbook of tanning, curry¬ 
ing and chrome leather dressing. Fifth 
Edition, thoroughly revised and en¬ 
larged. 83 illustrations. 6 x 7^4- cloth. 
500 pp. London, 1906. $6.00 

Contents: Chemical Theory of the Tanning: 
Process; The Skin; Hides and Skins; Tannin; 












82 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Gallic Acid; Gallic Fermentation; Tanning Ma¬ 
terials; Estimation of Tannin; Preliminary Oper¬ 
ations; Depilation; Raising or Swelling; Tan¬ 
ning Butts for Sole Leather; Tanning Processes;. 
Tanning by Pressure; Quick Tanning; Harness 
JLeather Tanning; American Tanning; Tanning 
S>y Electricity; Chemical Tanning; Miscellaneous 
Processes; Cost of American Tanning; Manu¬ 
facture of Light Leathers; Dyeing Leather; 
White Leather, Chrome Leather, Box-Calf, and 
Chamois Manufacture; Currying; Machinery Em¬ 
ployed; Embossing Leather; Fellmongering; 
Parchment, Vellum and Shagreen; Gut Dressing; 
due Boiling; Utilization of Tanners’ Waste. 


Wood, J. T. The Puering, Bating and 

Drenching of Skins. 33 illustrations. 

6 x 8 ^ 4 . cloth. 316 pp. London, 1912. 

net, $4.00 

Contents: Description of the Puering and 
Bating Process; Chemistry and Physics of Bat¬ 
ing; Bacteriology of the Bate; Action of En¬ 
zymes; Original Papers on Bating; Artificial 
Bating; Patents; Drenching; Original Papers on 
Drenching; Bibliography. 


SOAPS 


Brannt, Wm. T. Soap Maker’s Handbook 
of Materials, Processes and Receipts 
for Every Description of Soap. Second 
Edition, revised and in great part re¬ 
written. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 512 
pp. New York, 1912. $6.00 

Deite, C. Manual of Toilet Soap-Making. 
Comprising toilet soaps, medicated 
soaps, and other specialties. Second 
Revised Edition. 85 illustrations. 6 T Ax 
10. cloth. 356 pp. London, 1020. $7.50 

Contents: Fats and Lyes for the Manufacture 
of Toilet Soaps; Colors for Toilet Soaps; Per¬ 
fumes and Their Manufacture; Essential Oils; 
Balsams and Resins; Perfumes of Animal Ori¬ 
gin; Artificial Perfumes; Tinctures and Extracts; 
Plant and Machinery for Toilet Soap-Making; 
Preparation of Toilet Soaps; Toilet Soaps Made 
b Boiling; Toilet Soaps Made by the Cold Proc¬ 
ess; Toilet Soaps by Re-Melting; Milled Soaps; 
Stock Soaps and Their Manufacture; Shaving 
Soaps; Transparent Soaps; Soft and Liquid Toilet 
Soaps; Toilet Soaps with Special Additions; 
Bath Soaps; Tooth Soaps; Pastes and Creams; 
Medicated Soaps; Stock Soaps for Medicated 
Soaps; Recipes for Medicated Soaps; Stain Re¬ 
moving Soaps; Metal Polishing Soaps; The Test¬ 
ing of Soaps; Testing of Fulling Soaps; Testing 
of Toilet Soaps; Testing of Medicated Soaps; 
Commercial Value of Soaps. 

Deite, C., and others. Soap Makers’ 

Handbook of Materials. Processes and 
receipts for every description of soap. 
Edited chiefly from the German of Dr. 
C. Deite A. Engelhardt, F. Wiltner and 
and experts. With additions by W. T. 
Brannt. Second Edition, revised and 
greatly rewritten. 54 illustrations. 6 x 
824 - cloth. 535 pp. Philadelphia, 1912. 

Reprinting 

Contents: Historical Review of the Manufac¬ 
ture of Soap; Raw Materials Used in the Man¬ 
ufacture of Soap; Occurrence and Manner of 
Obtaining and Purifying Fats and Fat Oils; Ex¬ 
amination of'Fats and Oils; Fats, Fat Oils, Fatty 
Acids and Rosin Used in the Manufacture of 
Soap; Alkalies; Testing of Soda and Potash; 
Auxiliary Raw Materials; Machinery and Uten¬ 
sils for Manufacture of Soap; Production of 
Soaps; Hard Grained, Paste, Domestic, Soft, 
and Textile Soaps; Washing Powders and Allied 
Products; Toilet Soap and Soap Specialties; 
Essential Oils and other Materials Used for 
Perfuming Soaps; Testing Soaps. 


Gathmann, Henry. American Soaps. A 
complete treatise on the manufacture 
of soap, with special reference to Amer¬ 
ican conditions and practice. Contains 
many additions and suggestions. 72 
illustrations. 7x10^2. cloth. 334 pp. 
Chicago, 1893. Reprinting 


Hurst, G. H. Soaps. A practical manual 
of ‘the manufacture of domestic, toilet 
and other soaps. Second Edition. 66 
illustrations. 6 x 824- cloth. 385 pp. 
London, 1907. $6.00 

Contents: Soap Makers’ Alkalies; Soap Fats 
and Oils; Perfumes; Water as a Soap Material| 
Soap Machinery; Technology of Soap Making;" 
Glycerine in Soap-lyes; Laying Out a Soap Fac¬ 
tory; Soap Analysis. 


Hurst, George H., and Simmons, W. H. 
Textile Soaps and Oils. A handbook 
on the preparation, properties, and 
analyses of the soaps and oils used in 
textile manufacturing, dyeing and print¬ 
ing. Second Edition, revised and partly 
rewritten, n illustrations. 554x824- 
cloth. 204 pp. London, 1914. $3.50 

Contents: Textile Soaps. Introductory; Meth¬ 
ods of Making Soaps; Special Textile Soaps; 
Relation of Soap to Water for Industrial Pur¬ 
poses; Treating Waste Soap Liquors; Soap 
Analysis. Animal and Vegetable Oils and Fats. 
Tallow, Lard, Bone Grease, Tallow Oil, Lard 
Oil, Whale Oil or Train Oil; Paul Oil Palm- 
Nut or Palm-Kernel Oil, Cocoa-Nut Oil, Olive 
Oil, Arachis Oil, Cotton-Seed Oil, Soya-Bean 
Od, Linseed Oil, Castor Oil, Maize (Corn) Oil, 
Rape Oil. Glycerine. Textile Oils. Wool 
° lls \ ne ®>., Wool 0ils ’ 01eic Aci d, Blended 
Wool Oils, Oils for Cotton-Dyeing, Printing and 
Fmishing, Color Oil, Turkey-Red Oils, Turkey- 
^, llza I 1 . , ? e 0il > Okine, Oxy-Turkey-Red 
Ods Soluble Oil, Analysis of Turkey-Red Oil; 
Finishers Soluble Oil, Finishers’ Soap Soften¬ 
ings, Oil and Fat Analysis. 


Koppe, S. W. Glycerine. Its introduc¬ 
tion, Uses and Examination. For chem¬ 
ists, perfumers, soapmakers, pharma¬ 
cists, and explosives technologists. 7 
illustrations. 514 x 7^. cloth. 260 pp. 
New York, 1915. $3.^0 j 

Contents: Chemical Properties of Glycerine; 
Compounds and Decomposition Products of Gly- 






83 


CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


serine; Production and Properties of Glycerine; 
Nitro Glycerine; Properties of Nitro-Glycerine; 
Dynamite; Lead Glyceride (Glycerine Cement); 
Glycerine as a Softening Substance; Prepara- 
I dons of Glycerine and Glue; Glycerine Applied 
to the Manufacture of Inks; Glycerine as a 
] Solvent; Various Applications of Glycerine; 

Chemical Analysis of Glycerine; Investigation of 
j Nitro-Glycerine and Dynamite. 

-amborn, L. L. Modern Soaps, Candles, 
and Glycerin. A practical manual of 
modern methods of utilization of fats 
and oils in the manufacture of soaps 
and candles, and the recovery of gly¬ 
cerin. 228 illustrations. 6 l / 2 x 9*4. 
cloth. 708 pp. N. Y., 1906. $10.00 

Contents: The Soap Industry; Raw Materials 
>f Soap Making; Bleaching and Purification of 
, >oap Stock; Chemical Characteristics; Mechan- 
pal .Equipment of a Factory; Cold-Process and 
jemi-Boiled Soap; Grained Soap; Settled Rosined 
ioap; Milled Soap Base; Floating Soap; Shaving 
Soaps; Medicated Soap; Essential Oils and Soap 
5 erfumery; Milled Soap; Candles; Glycerin; 
Examination of Raw Materials and Factory Pro- 
ucts. 

Jimmons, William H. Soap. Its com- 
positon, manufacture and properties. 11 
illustrations. 4 cloth. 133 pp. 

London, 1916. $1.00 


Simmons, W. H., and Appleton, H. A. 

The Handbook of Soap Manufacture. 
27 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 166 pp. 
London, 1908. $4.00 

Contents: Constitution of Oils and Fats and 
Their Saponification; Raw Materials Used in 
Soap Making, Their Bleaching and Treatment; 
Soap Making; Treatment of Settled Soap; Toi¬ 
let; Textile and Miscellaneous Soaps; Soap Per¬ 
fumesGlycerine Manufacture and Purification; 
Analysis of Raw Materials; Soap and Glycerine; 
Statistics of the Soap Industry. 

Watt, A. Art of Soapmaking. A prac¬ 
tical handbook of the manufacture of 
hard and soft soaps, toilet soaps, etc. 
Fifth Edition, revised and enlarged. 43 
illustrations. s x A x 7^4. cloth. 323 pp. 
London, 1916. $4.00 

Contents: The Soap Factory; Materials Used 
in Soap Making; Caustic Lyes; Manufacture of 
Hard Soaps; Cold Process of Manufacture; 
Oleic Acid; Cheapened Soaps; Disinfecting 
Soaps; Saponification Under Pressure; Various 
Processes; Manufacture of Soft Soaps; Of Toilet 
Soaps; Medicated Soaps; Miscellaneous Soaps 
and Processes; Alkalimetry; Soap Analysis; Pur¬ 
ifying and Bleaching Oils and Fats; Recovery 
of the Glycerine from Waste or Spent Lyes; 
Useful Notes and Tables; Modern Candle Mak¬ 
ing. 


ESSENTIAL OILS—PERFUMES—FLAVORINGS 


Lskinson, George W. Perfumes and Cos- 
! metics. Their preparation and manu- 
! facture. Fourth Edition, translated 
I from the German, and revised with ad- 
! ditions by W. L. Dudley. 32 illustra¬ 
tions. 6 % x 9 y 2 . cloth. 354 pp. New 
York, 1915. $ 5 .oo 

i A complete and practical treatise containing 
:omplete directions and formulas for making 
landkerchief perfumes, smelling salts, sachets, 
fumigating pastils, cosmetics, hair dyes, and all 
oilet preparations, including the use of syn- 
hetics. 

xildemeister, E., and Hoffmann, Fr. The 

j Volatile Oils. Second Edition, by E. 
Gildemeister. Authorized translation by 
Edward Kremers. Vol. I. 65 illustra- 
| tions, 2 maps. 6^4 x g l / 2 . cloth. 692 pp. 
New York, 1913. $7.50 

Contents: Historical Introduction; Production 
>f Flower Perfumes by Extraction, Enfleurage 
‘ lind Maceration. Principal Constituents of Vola- 
ile Oils, Natural and Artificial Perfumes. Hy- 
lrocarbons; Alcohols; Aldehydes; Ketones; Phe- 
ids and Phenol Ethers; Acids; Esters; Lac- 
fones; Oxides; Compounds Containing Nitrogen 
md Sulphur. Examination of Volatile Oils. 
Determination of Physical Properties; Chemical 
VIethods of Examination; Tables. 

"oseph, Max. A Short Handbook of Cos- 
: metics. 7^4 x 514 - cloth. 96 pp. New 
I York, 1909. $1.00 

Contents: Translator’s Preface; . Introduc- 
jion; Cosmetics of the Skin; Cosmetics of the 


Hair; Cosmetics of the Nails; Cosmetics of the 
Mouth; Index. 

Kessler, E. J. Practical Flavoring Ex¬ 
tract Maker. A treatise on the manu¬ 
facture of the principal flavoring ex¬ 
tracts, in accordance with the require¬ 
ments of the food laws of the United 
States. Written by a practical manu¬ 
facturer who sets down the full knowl¬ 
edge of his specialty acquired during 
many years of continuous experience. 
5 / 4 x 8 * 4 - cloth. 86 pp. New York, 

1912. net, $4.00 

Contents: General Observations; Qualifications 
of a Manufacturer; What Constitutes a Flavor¬ 
ing Extract; Manufacture of Vanilla Extracts; 
Of Lemon Extracts; Various Extracts; Labora¬ 
tory Notes; Miscellaneous Receipts; Adhesives; 
Weights and Measures, Tables; Household Am¬ 
monia; Bottles and Corks; Figuring Costs. 

Koller, T. Cosmetics. A handbook of 
the manufacture, employment, and test¬ 
ing of all cosmetic materials and cos¬ 
metic specialties, with numerous recipes. 
Translated from the German. Third 
Edition. 5 x x / 2 . cloth. 264 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1920. $3.50 

Contents: Purposes and Uses of Cosmetics, 
and Ingredients Used in Their Preparation; 
Preparation of Perfumes; Chemical and Animal 
Products Used in the Manufacture of Cosmetics; 
Oils annd Fats in the Preparation of Cosmetics; 
General Cosmetic Preparations; Mouth Washes 
andn Tooth Pastes; Hair Dyes, Hair Restorers, 











8 4 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


and Depilatories; Cosmetic Adjunncts and Spe¬ 
cialties; Antiseptic Washes and Soaps, Toilet and 
Hygienic Soaps; Cosmetic Secret Preparations 
for the Skin, Complexion, Teeth, Mouth, etc.; 
Testing and Examining the Materials Employed 
in the Manufacture of Cosmetics. 

Otto, M. L’Industrie des parfums, d’apres 
les theories de la chemie moderne. No¬ 
tations et formules. Les parfums nat- 
urels. Les parfums artificiels. Illus¬ 
trated. 6 J 4 x 9*/2. cloth. 545 pp. 
Paris, 1909. $7.20 

Parry, Ernest J. The Giemistry of Es¬ 
sential Oils and Artificial Perfumes. In 
two volumes. Illustrated. 6 '/, x 10. 
cloth. 

Vol. I. Monographs on Essential Oils. 
Third Edition, revised and enlarged. 5-2 
illustrations. 532 pp. London, 1918. $9.00 

Contents: Jungermanniaceae; Coniferae; N. 
O. Gramineae; Palmae; N. O. Liliaceae; Ama- 
ryllidaceae; Irideae; Zingiberaceae; Piperaceae; 
Cannabinaceae; Juglandaceae; Myricaceae; Sal- 
icineae; Urticaceae; Chenopodiaceae; Laura- 
ce 3 e; Myristiceae; Monimiaceae; Euphorbia- 
ceae; Santalaceae; Aristolochiaceae; Labiatae; 
Verbanaceae; Convolvulaceae; Primulaceae; 
Rubiaceae; Oleaceae; Ericaceae; Valerianaceae; 
Compositae; Umbelliferae; Myrtaceae; Rosa- 
ceae; Calycanthaceae; Rutaceae; Zgophylla- 
ceae; Anacardiaceae; Buseraceae; Legumin- 
osae; Geraniaceae; Tropaeolaceae; Meliaceae; 
Cruciferae; Magnoliaceae; Anonaceae; Pittospor- 
aceae; Iiamamelidaceae; Cistineae; Resedaceae; 


Turneraceae; Canellaccae; Dipterocarpaceae; 
Theaceae; Malvaceae; Ranunculaceae. 

Vol. II. Constituents of Essential Oils,. 
Synthetic Perfumes and Isolated Aro¬ 
matics, and the Analysis of Essential 
Oils. Third Edition, revised arid en¬ 
larged. Illustrated. 351 pp. London,, 
1919. $7.00 

Contents: The Essential Oil in the Plant; The 
Constituentsof Essential Oris and Synthetic Per. 
fume Bodies; The Analysis of Essential Oils' 
Oil of Achilea Millefolium—Oil of Ammonia- 
cum, etc. 

Simmons, W. H. Fats, Waxes, and Es¬ 
sential Oils. 514 x 834 . cloth. (In¬ 
dustrial Chemistry Series.) In Press 

Sulz, C. H. Sulz’s Compendium of Flav¬ 
orings. Complete directions for mak¬ 
ing, clarifying and judiciously applying: 
every known variety of flavoring ex¬ 
tracts and essences. 6x9*4. cloth. 
140 pp. New York, 1888. $3.00 

Walter, Erich. Manual for the Essence 
Industry. Illustrated. 614*9 J 4 - cloth, 
431 pp. New York, 1916. net. $4.00 

Contents: The Taste, and the Transfer of 
Flavor to Foods and Beverages; The Raw Ma¬ 
terials Yielding the Different Tastes; Laboratory 
Practice; Non-Alcoholic Beverages; The Manu¬ 
facture of Liquors, Licqueurs, Spirits and Other 
Alcoholic Beverages; Confectionery, Bakery and 
Culinary Essences; Coloring Matters for Foods 
and Drinks; Cosmetic Essences. 


OILS—FATS—WAXES—LUBRICANTS 


Andes, Louis E. Animal Fats and Oils. 
Their practical production, properties, 
falsification and examination. Trans¬ 
lated from the German. Third Edition, 
revised and enlarged. 76 illustrations. 
5^4 x 8.34. cloth. 324 pp. London, 
1920. $6.00 

Contents: Introduction; Occurrence, Origin, 
and Chemical Constitution of! Animal Fats and 
Waxes, Triglycerides, Animal Waxes, Fatty 
Acids, Alcohols, Phosphatides, Vitamines, Hydro¬ 
carbons; Preparation of Animal Fats and Oils; 
Edible Animal Fats; Sea-Animal and Fish Oils; 
Miscellaneous Animal Fats; Waste or Recovered 
Animal Fats; The Hydrogenation of Oils for 
Conversion into Solid Fats; Physical and Chem¬ 
ical Examination of Oils and Fats. 

Andes, Louis E. Vegetable Fats and Oils. 
Their practical preparation, purification, 
properties, adulteration and examina¬ 
tion. Translated from the German by 
Chas. Salter. Third Edition, revised 
and enlarged by H. B. Stocks. 93 il¬ 
lustrations. x 834. cloth. 362 pp. 
London, 1917. $6.00 

Contents: Introduction; General Properties and 
Composition of the Vegetable Fats and Oils; 
Estimation of the Amount of Oil in Seeds; Non- 
Drying Vegetable Oils; Sem-Drying Vegetable 


Oils; Vegetable Drying Oils; Solid Vegetable 
Fats; The Preparation of Vegetable Fats and 
Oils; Installation of Oil and Fat Works, and 
the Apparatus Used for Grinding, Pressing and 
Extracting; Treatment of the Oil After Leaving 
the Press; Refining with Sulphuric Acid, Zinc, 
Lead, Oxides, Alkalis and Tannin; Ekenberg 
and Aspinall’s Method of Refining Oils; Puri¬ 
fying Oils and Mechanical Appliances for Re¬ 
fining; Deodorising Oils and Fats; Bleaching 
Fats and Oils; Practical Experiments on the 
Treatment of Oils with Regard to Refining and 
Bleaching; Oils Specially Prepared for Indus¬ 
trial Purposes; The Hydrogenation of Oils for 
Conversion into Solid Fats; Oil-Cake and Meal; 
Physical and Chemical Examination of Oils and 
Fats. 

Andes, L. E. Drying Oils, Boiled Oil, and 
Solid and Liquid Driers. A practical 
work for manufacturers of oils, var¬ 
nishes, printing inks, oil cloth and lin¬ 
oleum, oil cakes, paints, etc. Second 

Edition.. Revised by H. B. Stocks. 4.3 
illustrations and diagrams. 534 x 834- 
cloth. 352 pp. London, 1917. 6.00 

Contents: General Chemical and Physical 
Properties of the Drying Oils—Cause of the 
itrying Property Absorption of Oxygen-Behaviour 
towards Metallic Oxides, etc.; The Properties 
of and Methods for Obtaining the Dryine Oils; 
Production of the Drying Oils by Expression 








CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


85 


and Extraction, Refining and Bleaching; Manu¬ 
facture of Boiled Oil; The Preparation of Dry¬ 
ing Oils for Use in the Grinding of Paints and 
Artists’ Colours and in the Manufacture of Var¬ 
nishes, by Heating (Boiling) Over a Fire or by 
Steam by the Cold Process, by the Action of 
Air, and by Means of the Electric Current; 
Preparation of Varnishes for Letterpress Litho¬ 
graphic, and Copper-Plate Printing; For Oilcloth 
and YVaterproof Fabrics; Behaviour of the Dry¬ 
ing Oils and Boiled Oils Towards Atmospheric 
Influences, Water Acids, and Alkalis; Boiled 
Oil Substitutes; Manufacture of Solid and 
Liquid Driers from Linseed Oil and Rosin; 
Examination of the Drying Oils and Boiled 
Oils and Driers for Adulteration. 

Archbutt, L. f and Deeley, R. M. Lubrica¬ 
tion and Lubricants. A treatise on the 
theory and practice of lubrication, and 
on the nature, properties, and testing of 
lubricants. Third Edition, thoroughly 
revised and enlarged. 157 illustrations. 
6 J 4 x 8 f 4 . doth. 635 pp. London, 1912. 

$9.00 

Contents: Friction of Solids; Internal Fric¬ 
tion, or Viscosity, of Liquids; Plastic Friction; 
Superficial Tension; Theory of Lubrication; 
Sources, Preparation and Chief Properties of 
Lubricants; Physical and Chemical Properties, 
and Methods of Examination of Lubricants; 
Systematic Testing of Lubricants by Physical 
and Chemical Methods; Mechanical Testing of 
Lubricants; Design and Lubrication of Bearings 
and Other Friction Surfaces. 

Battle, John R. The Handbook of Indus¬ 
trial Oil Engineering. In two volumes. 
Supplants the "Lubricating Engineers' 
Handbook.” 

Vol. I. Industrial Oils and Lubrication. 
Illustrated. 6V4 x 9^4. cloth. Phila¬ 
delphia, 1920. $10.00 

Contents: Mathematics; Marketing; Mechan¬ 
ical Engineering; Petroleum and Its Products; 
Petioleum Chemistry; Shale Oils; Refining of 
Petroleum and Manufacture of Products; Data 
on Petroleum ’Products; Petroleum Lubricants; 
Lubricating Greases and Other Lubricants; Fats 
and Oils Other Than Petroleum Products; Test¬ 
ing and Properties of Oils; Lubrication and 
Friction; . Bearings and Their Lubrication; Ball 
Bearings; Roller Bearings; Line Shaft Bearings; 
Bearing Lubrication; Filters"; Filtration, and 
Reclamation of Lubricating Oils; Oil Storage 
and Handling; Lubricating and Industrial Oil 
Storage; Industrial Practice and Utilization of 
Lubricating Oils and Industrial Oils; Artillery 
and Ordnance; Air Compressors and Lubrica¬ 
tion; Aviation Engines; Automobiles; Baking 
Machinery; Brick Plants and Prick Oils;^ Can¬ 
dles and Candle Making; Ciiains and Cables; 
Cement Mills; Core Binders and Foundry Prac¬ 
tice; Cutting and Drilling Metal, Theory, Oils 
and Oil Systems, and Oil Recovery; Diesel En¬ 
gines; Drawing Operations and Lubricants for 
Metal; Dry-cleaning System; Electric Cars; 
Electric Cranes and Lubrication; Electric Motors 
and Dynamos; Elevators; Extrusion of Metals; 
Flour Mills; Forging and Die Swabbing; Heat 
Treatment of Steel; Hydraulic Equipment, Lu¬ 
brication Data; Internal Combustion Engines; 
Insect Sprays; Marine Engines and Marine Oils; 
Mining Operations; Naval Oils; Oil Switches 
and Electric Circuit Breakers; Pneumatic Teals; 
Printing Plants; Railways; Refrigeration; Rust 
Prevention Cause and Rust T’reventatives; Shoe 
Factories; Shipyards; Soap Making; Steam Cy¬ 


linder Lubrication; Rolling Mills and Their Lu¬ 
brication; Sugar House Machinery; Textile Op¬ 
erations; Tinplate Mills; Tractors and Lubrica¬ 
tion; Transformers and Transformer Oils; 
Steam Turbines; Washing Oils; Waste Manu¬ 
facture and Stock Oils; Wattr Wheels and 
Generators; Industrial Oil Specifications; Lubri¬ 
cation Costs; Lubricating Enginering Reports 
and Surveys; Lubricating Specifications and Test 
Methods; Motor Gasoline Specifications. 

Vol. II. Liquid Fuels. In Preparation 

Brunner, Richard. The Manufacture of 
Lubricants, Shoe Polishes and Leather 
Dressings. Translated from the Sixth 
( Enlarged ) German Edition by Chas. 
Salter. Second English Edition. 10 il¬ 
lustrations. 5E2X7J/2. cloth. 180 pp. 
London, 1916. $3,50 

Contents: The Manufacture of Lubricants and 
Greases. Introductory; Properties of the Bodie9 
Used as Lubricants; Raw Materials for Lubri¬ 
cants; Solid Lubricants; Tallow Lubricants; 
Palm Oil Greases; Lead Soap Lubricants; True 
Soap Greases; Caoutchouc Lubricants; Other 
Solid Lubricants; Liquid Lubricants; Lubricat¬ 
ing Oils in General; Refining Oils for Lubricat¬ 
ing Purposes; Cohesion Oils; Resin Oils; Lubri¬ 
cants of Fat and Resin Oil; Neatsfoot Oil; Bone 
Fat; Lubricants for Special Purposes; Mineral 
Lubricating Oils; Clockmakers’ and Sewing Ma¬ 
chine Oils; The Application of Lubricants to 
Machinery; Removing Thickened Grease and Oil; 
Cleaning Oil Rags and Cotton Waste; The Use 
of Lubricants. Shoe Polishes and Leather Soft¬ 
ening Preparations. The Manufacture of Shoe 
Polishes and Preparations for Varnishing and 
Softening Leather; The Preparation of Bone 
Black; Blacking and Shoe Polishes; Leather 
Varnishes; Leather Softening Preparations; The 
Manufacture of Degras. 

Chalmers, T. W. The Production and 
Treatment of Vegetable Oils. Includ¬ 
ing chapters on the refining of oils, the 
hydrogenation of oils, the generation 
of hydrogen, soap making, the recov¬ 
ery and refining of glycerine, and the 
splitting of oils. 95 illustrations, 9 
folding plates. 8xnp2. cloth. 163 pp. 
London, 1919. $7.50 

Contents: Introductory and General; Principal 
Vegetable Oils; Preparatory Machinery for 
Copra and Linseed; Preparatory Machinery for 
Palm Fruit and Palm Kernels; Preparatory Ma¬ 
chinery for Cotton Seed and Castor Seed; Some 
Special Forms of Reduction Machinery; Meal 
Kettles, Receiving Pans and Moulding - Ma¬ 
chines; Oil Presses—Anglo American Type; Oil 
Presses—Cage Type; General Arrangement of 
Oil Mills; Extraction of Oils by Chemical Sol¬ 
vents; Refining of Oils;. Hydrogenation or 
Hardening of Oils; Generation of Hydrogen for 
Oil Hardening Purposes; Manufacture of Soap; 
Glycerine Recovery and Refining and the Split¬ 
ting of Oils. 

Cowell, W. B. Pure Air. Ozone and 
Water. A practical treatise of their 
utilization and value in oil, grease, soap, 
paint, glue and other industries. Illus¬ 
trated. 5 x 7E2. cloth. 91 pp. London, 
T900. $2..so 

Contents: Atmospheric Air; Compressed Air; 
Liquid Air; Purification of Water; Fleshings and 







86 


D. VAN NO STRAND COMPANY’S 


Bones; Ozonized Air in the Bleaching and De¬ 
odorizing of Fats, Glues, etc.; General Informa¬ 
tion. 

Dieterichs, Ernest E. F. A Practical 
Treatise on Friction, Lubrication, Fats 
and Oils. Including the manufacture 
of lubricating oils, leather oils, paint 
oils, solid lubricants and greases; to¬ 
gether with numerous formulas, modes 
of testing oils, and the application of 
lubricants. Second Edition, thoroughly 
revised and enlarged. 5^2 x 7. cloth. 
153 pp. Philadelphia, 1916. $1.25 

Ellis, Carleton G. The Hydrogenation of 
Oils, Catalyzers and Catalysis and the 
Generation of Hydrogen and Oxygen. 
Second Edition, thoroughly revised and 
enlarged,. 240 illustrations. 654x9^. 

cloth. 767 pp. N. Y., 1919. $7.50 

Contents: Methods of Hydrogenation; Cata¬ 
lyzers and Their Role in Hydrogenation Proc¬ 
esses; The Base Metals as Catalyzers; The Oc¬ 
clusion of Hydrogen and the Mechanism of Hy¬ 
drogen Addition; The Analytical Constants of 
Hydrogenated Oils; Edible Hydrogenated Oils; 
Use of Hydrogenated Oils and Their Utilization 
in Soap Making; Uses of Hydrogenated Oils 
and Properties of Certain Hardened Products; 
Hydrogenation Practice; The Tlydrogenation of 
Petroleum; The Hydrogen Problem in Oil- 
Hardening; Water Gas as a Source of Hydrogen 
and the Replacement of Carbon Monoxide by 
Hydrogen; Liquefaction and Other Methods for 
the Removal of Carbon Monoxide; Hydrogen by 
the Decomposition of Hydrocarbons; Hydrogen 
by the Action of Steam on Heated Metals; Ac¬ 
tion of Acids on Metals; Miscellaneous Methods 
of Hydrogen Generation; Hydrogen and Oxygen 
by Electrolysis of Water; Precautions in Han¬ 
dling Hydrogen; Appendices. 

Ennis, William D. Linseed Oil and Other 
Seed Oils. An industrial manual. 88 
illustrations. 8vo. cloth. 330 pp. New 
York, 1909. $5.00 

Contents: Introductory; The Handling of Seed 
and the Disposition of Its Impurities; Grinding; 
Tempering the Ground Seed and Moulding the 
Press Cake; Pressing and Trimming the Cakes; 
Hydraulic Operative Equipment; The Treatment 
of the Oil from the Press to the Consumer; Prep¬ 
aration of the Cake for the Market; Oil Yield 
and Output; Shrinkage in Production; Cost of 
Production; Operation and Equipment of Typi¬ 
cal Mills: Other Methods of Manufacturing; 
The Seed Crop; The Seed Trade; Chemical 
Characteristics of Linseed Oil; Boiled Oil; Re¬ 
fined and Special Oils; The Linseed Oil Market; 
The Feeding of Oil Cake; Miscellaneous Seed 
Oils; The Cotton-Seed Industry. 

Friend, J. Newton. The Chemistry of 
Linseed Oil. S J A x 7^2. cloth. 96 pp. 
(V an Nostrand’s Chemical Monographs, 
No. 5.) N. Y., 1917. net, $1.00 

Contents: Introduction; Manufacture of Lin¬ 
seed Oil; Chief Constituents of Linseed Oil; 
Properties and. Reactions of Linseed Oil; 
Chemistry of Linseed Oil and Linoxyn; Poly¬ 
merised and Oxidised Oils; Bibliography and 
Notes. 

Fryer, P. J., and Weston, F. E. Technical 
Handbook of Oils, Fats and Waxes. 


In two volumes. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 
London, 1918. 

Vol. I. Chemical and General. 33 il¬ 
lustrations, 36 plates. 290 pp. $3 00 

Contents .' Introduction; Chemistry of the Oils, 
Fats and Waxes; Testing and Analysis of Oils, 
Fats and Waxes; Classification of Oils, Fats and 
Waxes; Production and Refinement of Oils, Fats 
and Waxes; Oleo-Resins and Essential Oils. 

Vol. II. Practical and Analytical, 69 
illustrations. 330 pp. $4-5° 

Contents: Introduction to Practical Work for 
Technical Students; Sampling and Preliminary 
Tests; Practical Methods for the Standard Ana¬ 
lytical Determinations; Specific Tests for Otis, 
Fats and Waxes; Identification and Determina¬ 
tion of Fatty Acids and Alcohols (including 
Glycerin); Testing and Analysis of Hydrocar¬ 
bon Oils and Waxes; Testing and Analysis of 
Rosin and Turpentine; Interpretation of Re¬ 
sults; Scheme for the Identification of an Oil* 
Fat or Wax; Tables; Appendix. 

Gill, A. H. A Short Hand-Book of Oil 

Analysis. Revised Ninth Edition. Il¬ 
lustrated. x 8 A- cloth. 215 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1919. $2.50 

Contents: Physical and Chemical Tests. Pe¬ 
troleum Products—Burning Oils; Lubricating 
Oils; Animal and Vegetable Oils; General Con¬ 
siderations Regarding Lubricants. Derivation, 
Description and Examination of Certain Oils. 
Classification; Petroleum Products—Vegetable 
Oils; Drying Oils; Semi-Drying Oils; Non-Dry¬ 
ing Oils; Animal Oils; Marine, Terrestrial; 
Liquid Waxes; Waste Fats; Lubricating Greases; 
Miscellaneous Oils; Edible Fats; Hardened Oils; 
Appendix. 

Greene, J. Arthur (Editor). A Treatise 
on British Mineral Oil. With a fore¬ 
word by Sir Boverton Redwood. Il¬ 
lustrated, numerous folding plates. 
6 J 4 x 9. cloth. 244 pp. London, 
1919. $6.50 

Contents: The Raw Material. Oil-Shales; 
Cannel-Coals and Allied Deposits; Lignite and 
Peat. Retorting of Bituminous Materials. 
Wasteful Consumption of Fuel: The Remedy; 
The Action of Heat; Retorting; Low-Tempera¬ 
ture Distillation. The Products from Low- 
Temperature Carbonization and Their Chemical 
Nature. The Nature of Coal Substances; Ther¬ 
mal Decomposition of Coal; The Products of 
Low-Temperature Carbonization; The Brown- 
Coal Industry in Germany; Oils from Shale and 
Peat; The Utilization of By-Products. Refining. 
Scheme for Refining Low-Temperature Crude 
Oils. Practical Experimental Work. The Mid¬ 
land Testing Station. Recovery of By-Products 
from Coal and the Generation of Electrical En¬ 
ergy. Power; Appendix. 

Gregorius, R. Mineral Waxes, Their 
Preparation and Uses. Translated from 
the German by Charles Salter. 32 il¬ 
lustrations. 5x8. cloth. 247 pp. 
London, 1908. net, $3.00 

Contents: Introduction; Ozokerite and Cere- 
sine; Paraffin; Mineral (Montan) Wax; Various 
Appliances for Extracting; Distilling and Refin- 
mg Ozokerite etc.; Uses of Ceresine, Paraffin 
and Mineral Wax. 




CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 87 


Holde, D. The Examination of Hydro¬ 
carbon Oils, and of the Saponifiable 
Fats and Waxes. Translated from the 
Fourth German Edition by Edward 
Mueller. 115 illustrations. 6^x9^. 
cloth. 499 pp. N. Y., 1915. net, $5.00 

Contents: Petroleum and Petroleum Products; 
Natuial Asphalt; Ozokerite and Montan Wax; 
Tars Obtained by the Distillation of Coal, Lig¬ 
nite, Shale and Peat; Saponifiable Fats; Tech¬ 
nical Products Prepared from Fats; Waxes. 

Hurst, Geo. H. Lubricating Oils, Fats 
and Greases. Their origin, prepara¬ 
tion, properties, uses and analysis. 
Third Edition, revised and enlarged, by 
Henry Leask. 74 illustrations. s 3 A x 
&A- cloth. 405 pp. London, 1916. $5.00 
Contents: Introduction; Hydrocarbon Oils; 
Scotch Shale; Petroleum; Vegetable and Ani¬ 
mal Oils; Testing and Adulteration of Oils; 
Lubricating Greases; Lubrication; Appendices. 

Hyde, Frederic S. Solvents, Oils, Gums, 
Waxes and Allied Substances. 6x9. 
cloth. 183 pp. N. Y., 1913. net, $2.00 

Contents: Various Solvents and Fluids; Ter- 
pene Bodies, Camphors, Essential Oils, Fraerant 
Substances, and Balsams; True Gums, "Gum 
Resins and Bitumens; Carbohydrates; Album- 
enoids and Proteids; Oils, Fats and Waxes; 
List of Commercial Tests on Oils and Fats; Lu¬ 
bricating. Oils; Linseed Oil; Insoluble Soaps; 
Fattv Acids; Waxes; Alkaloidal Substances; Bit¬ 
ter Principles; Miscellaneous Substances. 

Ingle, Harry. A Manual of Oils, Resins, 
and Paints. For students and Prac¬ 
tical Men. In three volumes. Each 
volume complete in itself. 

Vol. I. Analysis and Valuation. Illus¬ 
trated. s z A X 7 3 A- cloth. 138 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1915. $2.00 

Contents: Introduction to the Chemistry of 
Oils, Gums, etc.; Physical Tests; Chemical 
Tests; Qualitative Tests for Oils; Classification 
of Oils, Systematic Examination of Oils, Fats, 
and Waxes; Technological Analysis. 

Lamborn, L. L. Cottonseed Products. A 
manual of the treatment of cottonseed 
for its products and their utilization in 
the arts. 79 illustrations, 1 folding 
plate. 6]/2^9 l A’ cloth. 253 pp. New 
York, 1918. $4.00 

Contents: The Cotton Plant; The Cottonseed 
Industry; Cottonseed; Products; Manufacture 
of Oleomargarine and Lard Compound; Manu¬ 
facture of Soap and Soap Powder; Cottonseed- 
Meal and Hulls for Cattle-Food and Fertilizer; 
Government Regulations of Transactions in Cot¬ 
tonseed Products. 

Laucks, I. F. Commercial Oils, Vegetable 
and Animal, with Special Reference to 
Oriental Oils. 5x714* cloth. 146 pp. 
New York, 1919. $1.25 

Contents: Definition; General Properties; Ex¬ 
amination of Oils for Purity; Vegetable Oils; 
Fi«h Oils; Liver Oils; Terrestrial Animal Oils; 
Animal Fats: Solid Waxes; Uses of Oils, In¬ 
cluding Edible Oils, Oils for Medicinal Pur¬ 


poses, Burning or Illuminating Oils, Paint Oils, 
Lubricating Oils, Wool Oils, Cloth Oils, Boiled 
Oils, Varnishes, Enamels, Paints, etc. 

Leathes, J. B. The Fats. 6 l A x 9 A- 
boards. 138 pp. (Monographs on Bio¬ 
chemistry.) London, 1910. 

New Edition in Press 
Contents: Introduction; The Fatty Acids; 
The Extraction of Fats; Physical Properties of 
Fats; The Physiology of Fats. 

Lewkowitsch, J. Chemical Technology 

and Analysis of Oils, Fats and Waxes. 
In three volumes. Illustrated. 6^2 x o. 
cloth. 

Vol. I. Fifth Edition, entirely rewrit¬ 
ten and enlarged. Tables, cloth, 692 
pp. London, 1913. $11.00 

Contents: Classification of Oils, Fats and 
Waxes, and Their Physical and Chemical Prop¬ 
erties; Saponification of Fats and Waxes; Con¬ 
stituents; Preparation of the Fatty Matter for 
Examination; Preliminary Tests; Physical and 
Chemical Methods of Examining Oils, Fats 
and Waxes; _ Qualitative and Quantitative Tests 
of the Chemical Method; Examination of Mixed 
Fatty Acids; Examination of Mixed Unsaponi- 
fiable .Matter; Detection and Quantitative Deter¬ 
mination of Rosin; Application of the Foregoing 
Methods to the Systematic Examination of Oils, 
Fats and Waxes; Examination by Strictly Scien¬ 
tific Methods. 

Vol. II. Fifth Edition, entirely re¬ 
written and enlarged. 19 illustrations. 
958 pp. London, 1914. $11.00 

Contents: Commercial Preparation of the Raw 
Materials Used in the Oils, Fats, and Waxes 
Industries; Technology of the Natural Oils, Fats, 
and Waxes; Methods of Preparing, Refining and 
Examining Them, and Detecting Adulterations; 
Oils and Fats, Glycerides; Oils or Liquid Fats; 
Animal Oils; Solid Fats; Vegetable Fats; 
Waxes; Liquid Waxes; Solid Waxes; Index of 
Botanical and Zoological Names. 

Vol. III. Fifth Edition, entirely re¬ 
written and enlarged. 27 illustrations. 
493 PP- London, 1915. $9.00 

The set complete. $31.00 

^ Contents: Technology of Manufactured Oils, 
Fats, and Waxes; Technical and Commercial Ex¬ 
amination of the Products of the Oil, Fat, and 
Wax Industries; Technology of Oils and Fats; 
Industries Having for Their Object the Refin¬ 
ing of Oils and Fats, and Their Application to 
Commercial Uses; Industries in Which the Gly¬ 
cerides Undergo a Chemical Change, but are not 
Saponified; Industries Based on the Saponifica¬ 
tion of Oils and Fats; Technology of Waste 
Oils, Fats, and Waxes, and the Commercial Pro¬ 
ducts Derived Therefrom; Appendix. 

Lewkowitsch, J. Laboratory Companion 
to Fats and Oils Industries. 6x9. 
cloth. 197 pp. N. Y., 1901. $2.75 

Lockhart, L. B. American Lubricants 
from the Standpoint of the Consumer. 
Illustrated. 6R* x 9 * 4 - cloth. 246 pp. 
Easton, Pa., 1918. New Edition in Press 

Contents: Crude Petroleum; Refining of Pe¬ 
troleum; Refined Products; Friction and Lubri¬ 
cation; Lubrication of Internal Combustion En- 






88 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


gines; Automobile Lubrication; The Lubrication 
of Electrical Machinery; The Lubrication of 
Steam Cylinders and Steam Engines; The Lubri¬ 
cation of Steam Railways; The Lubrication of 
Cotton Mills and Other Textile Mills; The 
Lubrication of Miscellaneous Plants and Ma¬ 
chines; Physical Methods of Testing Lubricating 
Oils; Chemical Methods of Testing Lubricating 
Oils; Lubricating Greases; Methods for Testing 
and Analysis of Greases; Animal and Vegetable 
Oils; Methods of Testing Fatty Oils; Specifi¬ 
cations for Fatty Oils; Specifications for Cylin¬ 
der Oils; Specifications for Special Engine and 
Machine Oils and Car Oils; Specifications for 
Cutting Oils; Specifications for Greases, Graph¬ 
ite, Boiler Compound and Cotton Waste; Specifi¬ 
cations for Gasoline and Fuel Oils; Gasolines; 
Kerosene; Tables. 

McIntosh, J. G. The Manufacture of 
Varnishes and Kindred Industries. 
Based on and including the “Drying 
Oils and Varnishes” of Ach. Livache. 
In three volumes. Illustrated. 5 1 /?. x 
8^2. cloth. 

Vol. I. The Crushing, Refining and 
Boiling of Linseed Oil and Other Var¬ 
nish Oils. Third Edition , revised and 
enlarged. 114 illustrations. 506 pp. 
London, 1919. $7.00 

Vol. II. Varnish Materials and Oil 
Varnish Making. Illustrated. 216 pp. 
London, 1908. Reprinting 

' Vol. III. Spirit Varnishes and Spirit 
Varnish Materials. 64 illustrations. 
492 pp. London, 1911. Reprinting 

For contents see page — 

McNair, Jas. B. Citrus By-Products 

In Press 

Contents: Necessity for the Industry; By- 
Products from the Rind, Pulp, Seeds, and where 
the Whole Fruit is Used; By-Products from the 
Flowers, Leaves and Stems; Cost of By-Prod¬ 
ucts and Market Conditions; The Industry in 
North America, Central America, South America, 
Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia; Appendix. 

Mitchell, C. Ainsworth. Edible Oils and 
Fats. Illustrated. 5^x9. cloth. 171 
pp. London, 1918. $2.25 

Contents: The Nature, Properties and Com¬ 
position of Fats; Constituents of Oils and Fats; 
Extraction and Purification of Oils and Fats; 
Methods of Examination; Characteristics of In¬ 
dividual Edible Oils; Characteristics of Indi¬ 
vidual Edible Fats; Butter and Butter Fat; 
Hardened or Hydrogenated Oils; Manufacture 
of Margarine; Bibliography. 

Pany, Ernest J. The Chemistry of Es¬ 
sential Oils and Artificial Perfumes. 
In two volumes. Illustrated. 6 l / 2 x 10. 
cloth. 

Vol. I. Monographs on Essential Oils. 
Third Edition, revised and enlarged. 52 
illustrations. 532 pp London, 1918. $9.00 
Contents: Jungermanniaceae; Coniferae; N. O. 
Gramineae; Calmae; N. O. Liliaceae; 
Amaryllidaceae; Irideae; Zingieberaceae; Pl- 
peraceae; Cannabinaceae; Jublandaceae; Myr- 
icaceae; Salicineae; Urticaceae; Chenopo- 
diaceae; Lauraccae; Myristiceae; Monimiaceae; 
Euphorbiaceae; Santalaceae; Aristolocliiaceae; La- 


biatae Verbanaceae; Convolvulaceae J Primul- 
aceae; Rubiaceae; Oleaceae; Ericaceae; v alerian- 
aceae; Compositae; Umbelliferae; Myrtaceae; 
Rosaceae; Calycanthaceae; Rutaceae; Zgophyl- 
laceae; Anacardiaceae; Burseraceae; Legumin- 
osae; Geraniaceae; Tropaeolaceae; Meliaceae; 
Cruciferae; Magnoliaceae; Anonaceae; Pittospora- 
ceae; Hamamelidaceae; Cistinae; Resedaceae; 
Turneraceae; Canellaceae; Dipterocarpaceae; 
Theaceae; Malvaceae; Ranunculaceae. 

Vol. II. Constituents of Essential Oils, 
Synthetic Perfumes and Isolated Aro¬ 
matics, and the Analysis of Essential 
Oils. Th^rd Edition, revised and en¬ 
larged. Illustrated. 351 pp. London, 
1919. $7.00 

Contents. The Essential Oil in the Plant; The 
Constituents of Essential Oils and Synthetic 
Perfume Bodies; The Analysis of Essential Oils; 
Oil of Achillea Millefolium-Oil of Ammoniacum, 
etc. 


Pickering, Geo. F. Aids in the Commer¬ 
cial Analysis of Oils, Fats, and Their 
Commercial Products. A laboratory 
handbook, with many tables in the text. 
6x9. cloth. 141pp. London, 1917. $3.00 

Contents: Sampling, and Preparation for 
Analysis; Physical Properties; Chemical Exam¬ 
ination; Fatty Oils; Miscible Castor, Boiled 
Oils, Blown Oils, etc.; Chemical Examination; 
Sulphonated Oils, Neutral Fats, Foots, etc.; Fat 
Splitting and Distillation Products; Glycerine; 
Resins; Recovered Products and Their Distilla¬ 
tion Products; Oils, Fats, and Waxes of the 
British Pharmacopoeia. 

Practical Compounding of Oils, Tallow 
and Grease, for Lubrication, etc. By 
an expert'oil refiner. Second Edition. 
5 ^x 824 . cloth. 103 pp. London, 
1907. $3.50 

Contents: Hydrocarbon; Animal, Fish, Com¬ 
pound^ Vegetable and Lamp Oils; Engine Tal¬ 
low; Solidified Oils; Petroleum Jellies; Machin¬ 
ery Greases; Clarifying and Utilizing Waste 
hats, Oils, Tank Bottoms, Drainings of Barrels 
and Drums, Pickingsup, Dregs, etc.; Fixing and 
Cleaning Oil tanks; General Information. 


Redwood, I. I. Lubricants, Oils and 
Greases. Treated theoretically and giv- 
ing. practical information regarding 
their composition, uses and manufac¬ 
ture. A practical guide for manufac¬ 
turers, engineers, and users in general 
of lubricants. 3 folding plates. $V 2 x 
8 / 4 - clolh. 65 pp. London, 1918. '$1.50 


kcheitliauer, W. Shale Oils and Tar; 
and Their Products. Translated fron 
the German by Chas. Salter. 70 illus¬ 
trations, 4 diagrams. 5^4x8J4. cloth 
1901 pp. New York, 1913. $4. 0 c 

Contents: History of the Shale and Lignite 
J ar Industry; Bituminous Raw Materials; Pro 
auction of Distillation Tar; Distillation Pro 
ducts; Distillation of the Tar and Tar Oils 
Chemical Treatment of the Tar and Its Dis 
tiHates; Utilization of Refinery Waste; Manu 
tacture of Paraffin; Products Furnished by Shah 
Oil and Lignite Tar; Candlemaking; Chemica 
Composition of the Tars and Their Distillates 
Laboratory Work; Statistics. 








CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


89 


Sherriff, Frank F. The Oil Merchants’ 
Manual and Oil Trade Ready Reckoner. 
Second Edition, revised and enlarged. 
5 / 4 x 8 j 4 . cloth. 215 pp. London, 
1904. $3.50 

Simmons, W. H. Fats, Waxes, and Es¬ 
sential Oils. s l / 2 x 824 - cloth. (Indus¬ 
trial Chemistry Series.) In Press 

Simmons, W. H., and Mitchell, C. A. 

Edible Fats and Oils. Their composi¬ 
tion, manufacture and analysis. Illus¬ 
trated. 524 x 824 - cloth. 164 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1911. $3.50 

Contents: Raw Materials Used in the Manu¬ 
facture, Refining, Bleaching and Deodorizing; 
Butter; Lard; Margarine and Other Butter Sub¬ 
stitutes; Salad Oils; Analysis of Raw Materials 
and Finished Products; Statistics of the Trade 
in Edible Oils. 

Stillmann, Thomas B. Examination of 
Lubricating Oils. 32 illustrations. 6^4 
X9. cloth. 129 pp. Easton, Pa., 1914. 

$i -75 


Tompkins, D. A. Cotton and Cotton Oil. 
Full information for investor, student 
and practical mechanic. 100 illustra¬ 
tions. 6x9. cloth. 300 pp. Charlotte, 
1901. net, $7.50 

Contents: Cotton, Cotton Seed Oil Mills; 
Cattle Feeding Fertilizers. 

Wright, C. R. A., and Mitchell, C. A. 

Animal and Vegetable Fixed Oils, Fats, 
Butters and Waxes. Their preparation 
and properties, and the manufacture 
therefrom of candles, soaps, and other 
products. Second Edition. 2 plates, 
154 illustrations. 624 x 914 - cloth. 820 
pp. London, 1908. net, $8.00 

Contents: General Composition and Nature of 
Oils, Butters, Fats, Waxes, and Allied Sub¬ 
stances; Physical Properties of Oils, Fats, 
Waxes, etc.; Chemical Properties of Oils, Fats, 
Waxes, etc.; Processes Used for Extracting, 
Rendering, Refining and Bleaching Oils, Fats, 
etc.; Classification and Uses of Fixed Oils, Fats, 
Waxes, etc.; Adulterations; The Candle Indus¬ 
try; The Soap Industry. 


PETROLEUM 


Abrabam, Herbert. Asphalts and Allied 
Substances, Their Occurrence, Modes 
of Production, Uses in the Arts and 
Methods of Testing. 208 illustrations. 
6x9. cloth. 621 pp. N. Y., 1920. $6.oc 
Contents: General Considerations. Historical 
Review; Terminology and Classification of Bi¬ 
tuminous Substances; Chemistry of Bituminous 
Substances; Geology and Origin of Bitumens 
and Pyrobitumens; Annual Production of As¬ 
phalts, Asphalites and Asphaltic Pyrobitumens. 
Semi-Solid and Solid Native Bituminous Sub¬ 
stances. Methods of Refining; Mineral Waxes; 
Nrtive Asphalts Occurring in a Fairly Pure 
State; Native Asphalts Associated with Mineral 
Matter; Asphaltites; Asphaltic Pyrobitumens; 
Pyrobituminous Shales. Tars and Pitches. Gen. 
eral Methods of Producing Tars; Wood Tar, 
Wood-tar Pitch and Rosin Pitch; Peat and Lig¬ 
nite Tars and Pitches; Shale Tar and Shale-Tar 
Pitch; Coal Tar and Coal Tar Pitch; Wa'ter- 
Gas and Oil-Gas Tars and Pitches; Petroleum 
Asphalts; Paraffine Wax and Wax Tailings; 
Wurtzilite Asphalt; Fatty-Acid Pitch, Bone-Tar 
and one-Tar Pitch. Manufactured Products 
and Their Uses. Methods of Blending; Bitum¬ 
inous Paving Materials; Bituminized Fabrics for 
Roofing, Flooring, Waterproofing, Sheathing and 
Insulating Purposes; Semi-Liquid, Semi-Solid 
and Solid Bituminous Compositions; Bituminous 
Paints, Cements, Varnishes, Enamels and Tapans. 
Methods of Testing. Physical Characteristics; 
Heat Tests; Solubility Tests; Chemical Tests; 
Methods of Testing Manufactured Products; 
Weathering Tests. 

Andros, S. 0 . The Petroleum Handbook. 
Illustrated. 4x7. flexible cloth. 206 
pp. Chicago, 1919. $2.00 

Gives the fundamentals of each phase of the 
oil industry necessary _ to a clear understanding 
of the various operations entailed between the 
location of an oil well and the distribution of 


ASPHALTS 


the refined products. The work is chiefly a 
compilation from the standard authorities, ar¬ 
ranged for those who wish a brief, accurate 
account of the industry. 

Raoon, Raymond F., .and Hamor. W. A. 
The American Petroleum Industry. 
Two volumes. Not sold separately. Il¬ 
lustrated. 6x9. cloth. 975 pp. New 
York, 1916. $12.00 

Boorman, T. H. Asphalts. Their Sources 
and Utilizations. 1914 Road Edition. 
Containing five new chapters on Mod¬ 
ern Road Construction. Illustrated, 
with plates. 7 x 10. cloth. 205 pp. 
New York, 1914. $2.00 

Contents: Discovery and Early Use of As¬ 
phalt; Rock Asphalt; Mastic or Asphalt Coule; 
Trinidad Asphalt; Petroleum Residuum and Cal¬ 
ifornia Malthas as a Fluxing Material; Venezuela 
Asphalts; Cuban Asphalts; American Bituminous 
Asphalt Sandstone Rock; Manjok and Uintaite; 
Late European Work; Turkish and Other Bit¬ 
umens; Developments of Asphalt Industry up 
to 1903; Asphalts in 1908; Asphalt in Building 
Construction; Dustless Roads; Methods of Sur¬ 
facing Roads; Asphaltic Oils, Their Classifica¬ 
tion and Properties; Application of Asphaltic 
Oils; Sprinkling with Asphaltic Oils; Latest 
Views of Engineers on Asphaltic Surfacing; 
Municipal Asphalt ‘ Plants; Asphalt Waterproof¬ 
ing; Asphalt in Roofing, Manufacture, Asphalt 
Machinery; Rock Asphalt Maintenance; Asphalt 
Macadam Roads; Cold Laid Asphalt Roads; Bit¬ 
uminous Road Surfaces; Asphalt Block for 
Roads. 

Campbell, Andrew. Petroleum Refining. 
With a foreword by Sir Boverton Red¬ 
wood, Bart., past president of the So¬ 
ciety of Chemical Industry and Advisor 






90 


D. VAN NO STRAND COMPANY'S 


on Petroleum to His Majesty’s Govern¬ 
ment. 138 illustrations, 29 folding 
plates. 6x9. cloth. 313 pp. London, 
1918. $8.50 

Contents > Examination of the Crude Oil; 
General Departments; Storage of Crude Oil 
and Liquid Products; Distillation; Paraffin Ex¬ 
traction and Refining; Candle Manufacture; 
Chemical Treatments; Distribution of Products; 
Engineering Specifications; Appendix. 

Cooper-Key, A. A Primer on the Stor¬ 
age of Petroleum Spirit and Carbide of 
Calcium. For the use of local inspec¬ 
tors and motorists. 5% x 7J4. cloth. 
138 pp. London, 1904. $1.00 

Contents: Petroleum; Keeping Without Li¬ 
cense; Licensing; Acetylene and Carbide of Cal¬ 
cium; Future Legislation; Appendices. 

Craig, E. H. C. Oil-Finding. An intro¬ 
duction to the geological study of petro¬ 
leum. With an introduction by Sir 
Boverton Redwood. Illustrated, 13 
plates. 5^4 x 8 ^ 4 . cloth. 208 pp. New 
York, 1916. $6.00 

Contents: The Origin of Petroleum; Processes 
of Formation; The Migration, Filtration, and 
Subterranean Storage of Petroleum; Lateral Var¬ 
iation; Geological Structure; Indications of Pe¬ 
troleum; Stratigraphy; Location of Wells; (For 
Beginners) Field-Work; (For Beginners) Indoor- 
Work. 

Cross, Roy. a Handbook of Petroleum, 
Asphalt and Natural Gas. Methods of 
analysis, specifications, properties, re¬ 
fining processes, statistics, tables’ and 
bibliography. Illustrated. 6x 9. fabri- 
koid. 500 pp. Kansas City, 1919. $5.00 

Contents: Economics; Geology; Production 
and Refining Statistics; Storage, Measurement, 
Gauging, Transportation; Chemical and Physical 
Properties and Distillation of Crude Oil; Gaso¬ 
line, Naphtha, Benzines, Mineral Spirits; Kero¬ 
sene, Illuminating Oils, Absorption Oils; Lub¬ 
ricating Oils, Greases; Waxes; Fuel Oil and 
Fuels; Asphalt and Road Oil; Crackening and 
Engineering; Oil Shales and Shale Oil Prod¬ 
ucts; Natural Gas; Methods of Analysis; 
Tables; Patents; Bibliography. 

Danby, Arthur. Natural Rock Asphalts 
and Bitumens. Their geology, history, 
properties and industrial application. 5 
x 7J2. cloth. 253 pp. London, 1913. 

net, $2.50 

Contents: Nomenclature and Definitions; Geol¬ 
ogy of Bitumen and Rock Asphalt; Appearance 
and Physical Structure; History and Ancient 
Use; Modern Exploitation of Rock Asphalt; 
Sources of Rock Asphalt and Bitumen; Amer¬ 
ican Deposits of Bitumen; Extraction and Prep¬ 
aration of Rock Asphalt; Tests and Analyses} 
Physical Properties of Rock Asphalt; The Carry¬ 
ing Out of Rock Asphalt Work, and of Rock 
Asphalt Mastic Work; Macadam Roads; Other 
Uses of Bitumen. 


Guttentag, W. E. Petrol and Petroleum 
Spirits. A description of their sources, 
preparation, examination and uses. 
With a preface by Prof. Sir John Cad- 
man. Illustrated. 5x 8 J 4 - cloth. 135 

pp. London, 1918. net, $3.40 

Contents: Introductory; Petroleum; Petrol; 
Petrol: Other Sources; Examination and Test¬ 
ing; Further Properties; Uses; Appendices. 

Hager, D. Practical Oil Geology. The 
application of geology to oil field prob¬ 
lems. Third Edition , thoroughly re¬ 
vised and enlarged. 126 illustrations. 
5x714. fabrikoid. 267 pp. New York, 
1919. $3.00 

Hicks, J. A. The Laboratory Book of 
Mineral Oil Testing. Second Edition. 
32 illustrations. 5x7. cloth. 76 pp. 
London, 1906. Reprinting 

Contents: Preliminary; Specific Gravity; 

Flashing-Point; Viscosity; Color; Sundry Appa¬ 
ratus; Appendix. 

Hubbard, Prevost. Laboratory Manual of 
Bituminous Materials. For the use of 
students in highway engineering. 39 
illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 164 pp. 
New York, 1916. net, $1.50 

Contents: Introduction; Density Tests; Con¬ 
sistency Tests; Heat Tests; Solubility Tests on 
Other Than Bituminous Aggregates; Miscellan¬ 
eous Tests; Extraction of Bituminous Aggre¬ 
gates and Recovery of Bitumen and Aggregate; 
Fluid Petroleum Products and Emulsions; Semi¬ 
solid and Solid Petroleum and Asphalt Pro¬ 
ducts; Refined Tars and Tar Pitches; Creosot- 
ing Oils or Wood Preservatives; Bituminous Ag¬ 
gregates. 

Johnson, Roswell H., and Huntley, L. G. 
Principles of Oil and Gas Production. 
148 illustrations. 6x914. cloth. 382 
pp. New York, 1916. net, $3.75 

Contents: Varieties; The Origin; Distribution; 
Reservoirs, and Accumulation of Oil and Gas; 
Pressure in Oil and Gas Reservoirs; Origin of 
the Shape of the Reservoir; Classification of the 
Attitude of Geological Surfaces; Effect of the 
Different Attitudes Upon Accumulation; Locating 
Oil and Gas Wells; Oil and Gas Lands; Drilling 
for Oil and Gas; “Bringing in a Well”; The 
Management of Oil Wells; Completing the Ex¬ 
traction of the Oil; The Management of Gas 
Wells; Condensation of Gasoline from Gas; The 
Natural Gas Industry; Size and Scope of Oil and 
Gas Companies; Reports upon Oil and Gas Pros¬ 
pects or Properties; The Valuation of Oil Prop¬ 
erties; Oil and Gas Fields of North America; 
Oil Market and the Future Supply; Appendix. 

Lidgett, Albert. Petroleum. Illustrated. 
5x7. cloth. 130 pp. N. Y., 1919. $1.00 

Peckham, S. F. Solid Bitumens. Their 
physical and chemical properties and 




CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


9i 


chemical analysis. Together with a 
treatise on the chemical technology of 
Bituminous Pavements. 29 illustrations. 
6/4 x 9%. cloth. 332 pp. New York, 
1909. net, $5.00 

Contents: Introduction; Geographic Distribu¬ 
tion of Bitumens; Origin of Bitumens; Classifi¬ 
cation of Bituminous Substances; The Derivation 
of Natural Solid Bitumens; Of Bituminous 
Rocks; Of Artificial Solid Bitumens; Chemistry 
of Solid Bitumens; Boussingault’s Memoir Upon 
the Composition of Bitumens; Use of the Words 
Petrolene Asphaltene; The Ultimate Analysis of 
Solid Bitumens; Proximate Analysis of Bitu¬ 
mens; Technical Analysis of Solid Bitumens; 
Special Chemical and Physical Methods of Anal¬ 
ysis, by Which Solid Bitumens May be Recog¬ 
nized and Distinguished; Miscellaneus Methods 
Applied to Street Mixtures and Surfaces, Bit¬ 
uminous Paving Blocks, Bituminous Concrete, 
Wood Paving Blocks, Cements, Mortars and 
Concrete, etc.; Physical Properties of and Chem¬ 
ical Technology of Bitumens. 

Redwood, B. Petroleum. A treatise on 
the geographical distribution and geo¬ 
logical occurrence of petroleum and 
natural gas; the physical and chemical 
properties, production and refining of 
petroleum and ozokerite; the characters 
and uses, testing, transport, and stor¬ 
age of petroleum products; and the 
legislative enactments relating thereto; 
together with a description of the shale 
oil and allied industries and a full bib¬ 
liography. New Edition. In four vol¬ 
umes. Reprinting 

Redwood, B., and Eastlake, Arthur W. 

Petroleum Technologist’s Pocket-Book. 
1 colored plate, 8 maps, 38 illustra¬ 
tions. oblong 514x4. fabrikoid. 480 
pp. London, 1915, $3.75 

Contents. General Information About Petro¬ 
leum; Geological; Physical and Chemical; Pro¬ 
duction; Refining, Transport. Storage, and Test¬ 
ing; Uses; Weights and Measures; Miscellan¬ 
eous ; Statistics. 

Richardson, Clifford. The Modern Asphalt 
Pavement. Second Edition, revised and 
enlarged. 42 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
638 pp. New York, 1908. $4.00 

Contents: Introduction; The Foundation and 
Intermediate Course; The Materials Constituting 
the Asphalt Surface Mixture; Native Bitumens 
in Use in the Paving Industry; Technology of 
the Paving Industry; Handling of Binder and 
Surface Mixture on the Street; The Physical 
Properties of Asphalt Surfaces; Specifications 
for and Merits of Asphalt Pavement; Causes of 
the Defects in and the Deterioration of Asphalt 
Surfaces; Control of Work; Appendix. 

Southcombe, J. E. Chemistry of the Oil 
Industries. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 
209 pp. New York, 1913. $ 3 - 5 ° 

Contents: Introductory Organic Chemistry; 
Mineral Oils-Petroleum and Shale-Mineral 
Oil Refining; Natural. Sources and Methods of 
Preparation of Saponifiable Oils and Fats; Im¬ 
purities Occurring in Crude Oils and Fats and 
the Technical Methods of Removing Them; 


Composition and Properties of the Saponifiable 
Oils and Fats in General; Composition and 
Properties of the Individual Oils and Fats if 
Commercial Importance; The Natural Waxes, 
Their Composition and Properties; Analytical 
Methods; Industrial Applications of Fats and 
Oils; Burning Oils; Edible Oils and Margarines; 
Polymerised, Boiled and Blown Oils; Turkey- 
Red Oils; Saponification of Fats and Oils on a 
Technical Scale; The Distillation of Fatty Acids; 
Oleines and Stearines; Candle Manufacture; 
Soap-Making; Glycerine; Conclusion; Scientific 
and Technical Research on Problems in the Oil 
and Related Industries; Literature. 

Thompson, A. B. Oil-Field Development 
and Petroleum Mining. A practical 
guide to the exploration of petroleum 
lands and a study of the engineering 
problems connected with the winning 
of petroleum. Including notes on pe¬ 
troleum legislation and customs and a 
discussion of the origin of petroleum. 
17 tables, 152 illustrations. 6x954. 
cloth. 667 pp. London, 1910. $15.00 

Contents: Introductory; Customs, Leasing and 
Valuation of Oil-Fields; Geological Structure and 
Lithological Character of Oil-Fields, and Fac¬ 
tors Governing the Distribution of Petroleum; In. 
dications of Petroleum and Phenomena Asso¬ 
ciated w T ith Its Occurrence; Typical Oil-Field 
Structures; Origin, Composition, Characteristics, 
and Treatment of Petroleum; Systems of Drill¬ 
ing or Boring for Petroleum; Casing or Lining 
Tubes for Wells and Appliances Employed in 
Its Insertion, Manipulation, Extraction, and Re¬ 
pairs; Exclusion of Water from Oil Wells; The 
Extraction of Petroleum and Natural Gas; Oil- 
Field Equipment; The Measurement, Collection, 
Transmission, and Utilization of Natural Gas; 
Compilation of Statistical Records; Oil-Field Or¬ 
ganization and Accounts. 

Thompson, A. B. Oil Fields of Russia 
and the Russian Petroleum Industry. 
A practical handbook. 93 illustrations, 
numerous plates. 8x11. cloth. 522 
pp. New York, 1904. $10.00 

Thomson, J. H., and Redwood, B. Hand¬ 
book on Petroleum. For inspectors un¬ 
der the petroleum acts, and for those 
engaged in the storage, transport, dis¬ 
tribution and industrial use of petro¬ 
leum and its products and calcium car¬ 
bides, with suggestions on the construc¬ 
tion and use of mineral oil lamps. Third 
Edition, revised and added to by Major 
A. Cooper-Key and Sir Boverton Red 
wood. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 360 
pp. London, 1913. $4.50 

Contents: Introductory; Sources of Supply; 
Production, Refining, Marine Transport; Storage 
and Distribution; Commercial Products of Pe¬ 
troleum, Shale-Oil, and Coal-Tar; “Flash-Point” 
and “Fire-Test”; Testing; Specific Gravity; 
Boiling Poinf; Other Tests; Legislation Relat¬ 
ing to Petroleum (Historical); Existing Legisla¬ 
tion Relating to Petroleum; Precautions Neces¬ 
sary for Petroleum; Petroleum Oil Lamps; Car¬ 
bide of Calcium annd Acetylene; Appendices; 
Index. 





92 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


.Tinkler, C. K., and Challenger, F. The 

i .hemistry of Petroleum and Its Sub¬ 
stitutes. A practical handbook. With 
an introduction by Sir Boverton Red¬ 
wood. 45 illustrations. 6x8^4. cloth. 
368 pp. London, 1919. $6.00 

Contents: Petroleum; Precautions to be Ob¬ 
served in Practical Work; Preparation of Ali¬ 
phatic Hydrocarbons; Distillation; Physical Con¬ 
stants; Vapor Density and Allied Problems; De¬ 
termination of Flash Point, etc.; Detection and 
Estimation of Elements; Detection and Estima¬ 
tion of Unsaturated Hydrocarbons in Liquid 
Mixtures; Distillation of Bituminous Shales; 


“Cracking” of Heavy Oils; Preparation of Cer¬ 
tain Aromatic Compounds; Separations Effected 
by Chemical Reagents; Destructive Distillation 
of Coal; Distillation of Coal Tar; Methods of 
Hydrogenation; Alcohol: Derivatives of Ethyl 
Alcohol; Destructive Distillation of Wood; 
Saponifiable Oils; Thermo-chemistry; Relative 
Values of Petrol, Benzine and Alcohol as Motor 
Fuels; Statistics, Typical Analyses, and Specifi¬ 
cations; Relation of Metric and English Units; 
Questions and Numerical Examples. 

Tower, W. S. The Story of Oil. Illus¬ 
trated. 5x7. cloth. 283 PP- New 
York, 1909. net, $1.00 


FUELS 


Barr, W. M. Combustion of Coal and the 
Prevention of Smoke. A practical 
treatise for engineers, firemen and all 
others interested in fuel economy and 
the suppression of smoke from station¬ 
ary steam-boiler furnaces and from lo¬ 
comotives. Fifth Edition. 80 illustra¬ 
tions. 4^2x654. 349 pp. New York, 

1913. net, $1.00 

Contents: Fuels; Some Elementary Data; The 
Atmosphere; Combustion; Products of Combus¬ 
tion; Fuel Analysis; Heating Power of Fuels; 
Steam Generation; Stationary Furnace Details; 
Locomotive Furnace Details; Chimneys and Me¬ 
chanical Draft. 

Best, William N. The Science of Burn¬ 
ing Liquid Fuel. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 159 pp. 1913. net, $2.00 

Contents: Introduction; Liquid Fuel, Its Ori¬ 
gin, Production and Analysis Atomization; Oil 
Systems; Refractory Materials; Locomotive 
Equipment; Stationary and Marine Boilers; 
Ovens; Furnaces. 

Bjorling, P. R., and Gissing, F. T. Peat; 

Its Use and Manufacture. 18 tables, 
60 illustrations. 5x7. cloth. 173 pp. 
London, 1907. $2.50 

Contents: Formation, Growth, and Distribu¬ 
tion; Specific Gravity and Analysis; Methods of 
Digging, Cutting, and Dredging; Drying; Peat 
Fuel Manufacture; Nature and Uses of Peat as 
a Fuel; Uses of Peat Other Than as a Fuel; 
Appendix; Bibliography; List of Patents; Index. 

Bone, William A. Coal and Its Scien¬ 
tific Uses. 94 illustrations. 5^x9. 
cloth. 506 pp. London, 1918. $7.50 

Contents: Introductory; The Origin and 

Formation of Coal; The Chemical Composition 
of Coal; The Composition of Coal; The Prin¬ 
ciples Governing Combustion and Heat Transn- 
mission in Boilers; Domestic Heating; The 
Smoke Nuisance and Its Abatement: General 
Considerations Relating to the LTse of Gaseous 
Fuels Derived from Coal; The Carbonisation 
Industries; The Complete Gasification of Coal; 
Water Gas and Its Applications; Fuel Economy 
in the Manufacture of Iron and Steel; Econ¬ 
omy of Fuel Attainable in the Blast Furnace 
by the Use of Dry Blast; Power Production 
from Coal; Surface Combustion. 


Booth, W. H. Liquid Fuel and Its Ap¬ 
paratus. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 308 
pp. New York, 1912. $8.00 

Brame, J. S. S. Fuel. Solid, Liquid and 
Gaseous. 73 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
388 pp.' New York, 1914. $5-40 

Contents: Solid Fuels. Wood, Peat, and 
.Minor Solid Fuels; Coal and Its Constituents; 
Commercial Varieties of Coal; Treatment and 
Storage of Coal; Briquettes and Powdered Coal; 
Cokes and Coking; Special Forms of Coke; 
Liquid Fuel; Composition and Characters of 
Fuel Oils; Systems of Burning Oil Fuel; Liquid 
Fuel and Heavy Fuel Oils for Internal Com¬ 
bustion Engines. Gaseous Fuel. Coal Gas and 
Coke Oven Gas; Gaseous Fuels of Low Calorific 
Value; Water Gas; Simple Producer Gas (Sie¬ 
mens Gas) and “Mixed” Producer Gas (Dowson 
Gas); Producer Gas Plants and Blast Furnace 
Gas; Fuel Consumptions and General Considera¬ 
tion in Power Production; Fuel Analysis, Calori¬ 
metry and Control of Fuel Supply. 

Brislee, F. J. An Introduction to the 
Study of Fuel. A textbook for those 
entering the engineering, chemical and 
technical industries. 60 illustrations. 
6 A x 9. cloth. 293 pp. London, 1020. 

$ 3 - 5 ° 

Contents: General Chemical Principles; Weight 
and Volume of Air Required for Combustion; 
Analysis of Fuel and Flue Gases; Calorimetry 
and Determination of the Heating Value of a 
Fuel; Measurement of High Temperatures; Py- 
rometry; Calculation of Combustion Tempera¬ 
tures; Natural Solid Fuels; Artificial Solid 
Fuels; Gaseous Fuel; Manufacture of Producer 
Gas and Water Gas; Theory of the Producer 
Gas and Water Gas Reactions; Explosion and 
Explosion Engines; Air Supply and Measure¬ 
ment of Draught; Furnace Efficiency and Fuel 
Economy; Heat Balances. Furnace and Boiler 
Tests; Liquid Fuels; Appendices. 

Butler, Edward. Oil Fuel. Its supply, 
composition, and application. Third 
Edition, greatly enlarged. 150 illus¬ 
trations. 5L2 x 7^4. 342 pp. London, 

1914. $3.00 

Contents: Origin, Production, and Source of 
Supply; The Economic Aspect and Heat Value 
of Liquid Fuel; Chemical Composition of Fuel 
Oils; Conditions of Combustion in Oil; Fuel 
Furnaces; Early Combustion Methods for Oil 
Fuel; Steam Air, and Pressure jet Burners, etc., 




93 


CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


Used in Land and Marine toilers; The Relative 

.Advantages of Steam, Compressed Air, and Me¬ 
dian Action, as an Atomising Agent for 
Liquid 'uel Burners; Oil Fuel for Marine and 
iSa\’ 3 l Uses; Oil Intel for Locomotives, Road 
Vehides, Motor Launches; For Metallurgical 
Purposes, etc. 

Christopher,^ J. E., and Byrom, T. H. 

Modern Coking Practice, Including the 
Analysis of Materials and Products. In 
two volumes. Second Edition. Illus¬ 
trated. 5 'H* 9 / 4 - cloth. New York, 
1917. 

Vol. I. Raw Materials and Coke. 65 
illustrations. 122 pp. N. Y., 1917. $3.00 
Contents: Introduction; Classification of Fuels; 
ImpiuM'es in Coals; Coal Washing; Sampling 
and Valuation of Coals; Calorific Power of 
Fuels; .History of Coke, Manufacture; Develop¬ 
ments. in Coke Oven Design; Recent Types of 
Coke Ovens; Mechanical Appliances at Coke 
Ovens; Chemical and Physical Examination of 
Coke. 

Yol. II. By-Products. 63 illustrations. 
124 pp. New York, 1917. $3.00 

Contents: Introductory; Cooling and Condens¬ 
ing Plant; Gas Exhausters; Composition and 
Analysis of Ammoniacal Liquor; Working Up of 
Ammoniacal Liquor; Direct and Semi-Direct Pro- 
'Cesses of Ammonia Recovery; Distillation of Tar; 
Benzol; Surplus Power; Gas Analysis, Py- 
rometry. 

Cosgrove, James F. Coal. Its Economical 
and Smokeless Combustion. 33 illus¬ 
trations, 33 tables. 5^4 ^ 834. cloth. 288 
pp. Philadelphia, Pa., 1016. $3.50 

Contents: Classification of Coals; Character¬ 
istics of Coal; Coal Classified According to Use; 
Composition of Coal; Effect of Size of Coal; 
Clinkering of Coal Ash; Prevention of Clinker; 
Geological History of Coal; The Coal fields of 
America: Analysis of Coal; The Purchasing of 
Coal; Theory of Combustion; Combustion of 
Coal; Temperature of Combustion; Determining 
Che Heat Value of Coalj Burning Bituminous 
HCoal; -Smoke and Its Prevention; Burning Coal 
Smokelessly; Draft Regulation; Hand-Fired Fur¬ 
naces; Stoker Furnaces. 

Coste. J. H. Calorific Power of Gas. A 
treatise on calorific standards and cal¬ 
orimetry. 57 illustrations. Numerous 
tables. 514 x8. cloth. 326 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1911. $2.25 

Contents: Standards. Historical; Calorific 
Standards. Calorimetry. Constituents of Coal 
Gas and Similar Gaseous Mixtures; Their Ther¬ 
mal Properties; Appendices. 

Coste, J. K., and Andrews, E, R. The 

Examination and Thermal Value of 
Fuel. Gaseous, liquid and solid, illus¬ 
trated. 6 x 9 - cloth, 278 pp. Phila¬ 
delphia, 1914. $2.50 

Dunn, F. B. Industrial Uses of Fuel Oil. 
109 illustrations. 514 x 854 . cloth. 244 
pp. San Francisco. 1916. net, $3.00 
Contents: Oil as a Fuel; Oil Storage and 
Pumping Systems: Boiler Furnace Arrange¬ 
ment- Oil Burners; Oil Strainers and Heaters;_ Oil 
in the Glass Industry, Oil Burning Locomotives; 
Oil in the Clay. Lime and Cement Industries; 


Oil in the Sugar and Rubber Industries; Smelt¬ 
ing Furnaces Fired with Oil; Metallurgical and 
Shop Furnaces; Oil in the Steel Industry; Fuel 
Oil for Naval and Maritime Purposes; Fuel Oil 
for Domestic Purposes; 'The Rotary System of 
Burning Oil; Furnace Efficiency and Combust 
tion; Tests and Reports; Oil for Gas Making. 

Ellis, Carleton, and Meigs, J. V. Gaso¬ 
lene and Other Motor Fuels. In Press 

This book will be very complete and exten¬ 
sive, and will interest the members of the pe¬ 
troleum industry, the natural gas industry, the 
coke oven industries, the illuminating gas and 
associative industries, the alcohol industry, and 
the manufacturer of automobiles. 

Franke, G. A Handbook of Briquetting. 
Translated by F. C. A. H. Lantsberry. 

2 vols. 

Vol. I., The Briquetting of Coals, 
Brown Coals, and Other Fuels. 9 
plates, 225 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
640 pp. London, T917. $10.50 

Contents: Preparation of Coal Briquettes; 

Briquetting Coals and Binding Materials; Sup¬ 
ply and Collection of Coals and Binding Mate¬ 
rials for Briquetting; Crushing; Supply, Mixing, 
and Distribution; Warming, Drying, Kneading, 
and Heating; Pressing; Loading and Storage of 
Briquettes; Complete Coal-Briquette Factories; 
Regulations of the Mining Commissions; Econ¬ 
omy of Briquetting; Costs; Preparation of 
Brown coal Briquettes and Wet-Compressed 
Blocks; Nature, Composition, etc., of Brown- 
coal for Briquetting; Mining and Supply of 
Crude Brown Coals; Drying the Briquetting 
Coals; Carriage, Mixing, etc.; Pressing; Pro¬ 
gress, Cooling, Loading and Stacking of the 
Briquettes; Repair Work; Economics of Brown- 
coal Briquetting; Statistics; Preparation of Wet- 
Compressed Blocks; Appendix. 

Vol. II. Briquetting of Ores, Metallur¬ 
gical Products, Metal Swarf and Sim¬ 
ilar Materials, Including Agglomera¬ 
tion. With appendices. 79 illustrations, 
4 plates. 6x9. cloth. 225 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1918. $4.50 

Gibbings, Alfred H. Oil Fuel Equipment 

for Locomotives and Principles of Ap¬ 
plication. 42 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
130 pp. New York, 1915. $2.50 

Contents: Preliminary Observations and Data; 
Advantages of Oil Fuel; Principles of Combus¬ 
tion; Methods of Burning Oil Fuel; Different 
Systems; Steam-jet System; Air-jet System; 
Pressure-jet System; Pressure-jet Systems— 
Comparative Tests; Burners; Firebox Conditions 
and Dampers; Draught Regulation; Regulation 
of Oil Supply to Furnace; Evaporation Capacity 
and Heating Surface; Disposition of the Appa¬ 
ratus for Pressure-jet System; Oil Tanks; Pip¬ 
ing; Firebricks and Fire Doors; Making Tests 
and Taking Records; Running Conditions; In¬ 
structions to Enginemen; Specification Clauses 
for Locomotive Oil-Burning Equipments; Auxil¬ 
iary Apparatus; Holden’s Injector and Steam 
Fitting for Locomotives: The Meyer-Smith 
Lighting Up or Starting Heater; The Thermo¬ 
scope; The “Premier” Steam Trap; Conversion 
Table; List of Modern Publications and Papers 
on Oil Fuel, etc.; Reference. 

Gill, Augustus H. Gas and Fuel Anal¬ 
ysis for Engineers. A compend for 






94 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


those interested in the economical ap¬ 
plication of fuel. Eighth Revised Edi¬ 
tion. 20 illustrations. 5 x 7P2. 152 pp. 

New York, 1917. $1.50 

Contents: Introduction, Sampling; Apparatus 
for the Analysis of Chimney-Gases; Measure¬ 
ment of Temperature; Calculations; Apparatus 
for the Analysis of Fuel and Illuminating Gases; 
Preparation of Reagents and Arrangement of the 
Laboratory; Fuels, Solid, Liquid and Gaseous; 
Their Derivation and Composition; Fuels; Meth¬ 
ods of Analysis and Determination of Heating 
Value. 

Gissing, Frederick T. Commercial Peat; 
Its Use and Its Possibilities. 59 illus¬ 
trations. 5x7. cloth. 191 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1910. $2.50 

Contents: Alcohol from Peat; Ammonia from 
Peat—Woltereck Process; Nitrates from Peat; 
Ekenberg Wet-Carbonizing Process; Utilization 
of Peat; Peat Gas; Peat-Gas Producers; Peat 
for Sewage Purposes; Reclamation and Cultiva¬ 
tion of Peat Lands; Peat from Falkland Islands; 
Zeigler’s Peat Coking Process at Beuerberg; 
Zeigler’s Peat Coking Process at Dartmoor; Pa¬ 
per from Peat; Peat Dryers; Peat Excavators; 
Peat Cutters; Peat Mincing or Disintegrating 
Machine; Peat Squeezer; Peat Drying Ovens; 
Hydro-Extractor for Extracting Moisture from 
Peat; Peat Pallet Conveyor; Manufactured Peat 
Fuel; Destructive Distillation of Peat; Peat Moss 
Litter Baling Presses; Peat Moss Litter Fac¬ 
tory; Peat Moss Litter Willows; Peat Mull 
Grinding Mills; Peat Tearing and Mixing Ma¬ 
chine; “Lennox” Patent Peat Plant; Candy Fil¬ 
ters for Peaty Waters; Peat Deposits; Appen¬ 
dices; Bibliography; Patents; Index. 

Gissing, Fredk. T. Peat Industry Refer¬ 
ence Book. 29 illustrations. 4 x 5 / 2 . 
flexible cloth. 306 pp. London, 1920. $3.00 
Contents: Formation, Classification, and Com¬ 
position; Working of Peat; Treatment of Raw 
Material; Peat and Peat Products as Solid Fuel; 
Distillation of Peat; Peat Gas; Uses and Prod¬ 
ucts Other than Fuel; Miscellaneous Informa¬ 
tion, Formulas, Tables, etc. 

Herington, C. F. Powdered Coal as a 
Fuel. Second Edition, revised and en¬ 
larged. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth, about 
350 pp. New York, 1920. In Press 

Contents: Introductory; Coals Suitable for 
Powdering; Preparation of Powdered Coal; Feed¬ 
ing and Burning Powdered Coal; Powdered Coal 
in the Cement Industry; Application of Pow¬ 
dered Coal to Reverberatory Furnaces; Powdered 
Coal in Mfetallurgical Furnaces; Powdered Coal 
Under Boilers; Effective Utilization of Powdered 
Coal in Metallurgical Furnaces; Analysis of Coal 
and Ash from a Continuous Furnace; Tables and 
Useful Data; How to Operate a Pulverized Coal 
Plant. 

Juptner, H. von. Heat Energy and Fuels. 
Pyrometry, combustion analysis of fuels 
and manufacture of charcoal, coke, and 
fuel gases. Translated by Oscar Nagel. 
Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 306 pp. New 
York, 1908. $ 3-90 

Kershaw, John B. C. Fuel. Water and 
Gas Analysis for Steam Users. Second 
Edition, revised and enlarged. Illus¬ 


trated, 6x9. cloth, 213 pp. London, 
1919. $ 3 - 5 ° 

Contents: Fuel. Natural and Artificial Fuels, 
their Origin, Composition and Methods of sam¬ 
pling; The Approximate Analyis of Fuel; Pre¬ 
paring the Sample, Testing the Fuel; The Cal¬ 
orific Valuation of Solid Fuels; The Calorific 
Valuation of Liquid and Gaseous Fuels; The 
Practical Applications of the Test Results. Water. 
The Sources of Feed Water Supply and the 
Physical and Chemical Characteristics of the 
Same; The Approximate Analysis of Water; The 
Practical Applications of the Test Results; The 
Use of Softening of Reagents and the Tests 
Necessary to Regulate Their Amount. Waste. 
Waste-Gases-Sampling the Gases; The Approx¬ 
imate Analysis of the Water Gases; The Use ot 
Continuous and Recording Gas-Testing Appar¬ 
atus; The Practical Applications of the Gas-Test. 
Results; Appendix. 

Kershaw, John B. C. The Use of Low- 
Grade and Waste Fuels for Power 
Generation. 52 illustrations. sH x &H- 
cloth. 212) pp. London, 1920. 

Contents: Fuels. Introductory; Peat; Lignite, 
Bagasse and Wood Waste; Coke and Coke- 
Breeze; Culm and Washery Waste; Towns’ 
Refuse and Garbage; Pitch; Waste Gases. Scien¬ 
tific Control. Fuel Sampling and Testing; Cal¬ 
orimetric Tests; Boilers and Furnaces; Auto¬ 
matic Apparatus. 

Lewes, V. B. The Carbonisation of Coal. 
A scientific review of the formation, 
composition and destructive distillation 
of coal for gas, coke and by-products. 
27 illustrations. 6x8j^. cloth. 330 pp. 
London, 1914. $5.00 

Contents: The Formation, Composition, Classi¬ 
fication and Distribution of Coal; Form of Re¬ 
torts used in Gas Manufacture; Coke Ovens and 
Their Development; Conditions Existing in the 
Destructive Distillation of Coal; Primary Gas¬ 
eous Products of the Destructive Distillation of 
Coal, and the Bodies from Which it Has Been 
Formed; Tar, Its Formation, Use and Decom¬ 
positionCoke; Nitrogen and Sulphur of Coal 
and Their Recovery; Modern Coal Gas; Appen¬ 
dix. 

Lewes, V. B. Liquid and Gaseous Fuels 
and the Part They Play in Modern 
Power Production. Illustrated. s 3 A x 
Sy 2 . cloth. 348 pp. (Wan Nostrand’s 
Westminster Series.) N. Y., 1913. $3.00 

Contents: Combustion; Formation and Com¬ 
position of Fuel; Determination of Calorific 
value; Liquid Fuels; Use of Liquid Fuels; 
Liquid and Gaseous Fuels; Manufacture of Coal 
Gas; Use of Coal Gas for Heating and Power; 
Water Gas; Poor Fuel Gas; The Fuel of the 
Future. 


Moore, Harold. Liquid Fuels for Internal 
Combustion. Engines. A practical treat¬ 
ise for engineers and chemists. 48 il¬ 
lustrations. 5V2 x 8')4. cloth. 215 pp. 
London, 1918. $ 5 . 00 


> r 4 W roie um; ^hale Oil and Its Pro 
ucts. Coal Tars and Their Products; Ligni 
tars and Their Products; Production of tl 
Carbonization of Wood and Peat; Animal ar 
\ egetable Oils; Methyl and Ethyl Alcoho 



CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


95 


Fuels for Engines Fitted with Carburetters; Fuels 
for Engines Fitted with Vaporizers; Fuel Oils 
for Engines Fitted with Atomisers; The Exam¬ 
ination of Liquid Fuels; Calorimetry. 

Poole, Herman. The Calorific Power of 
Fuels. Second Edition, revised and en¬ 
larged. With a collection of auxiliary 
tables and tables showing the heat of 
combustion of fuels, solid, liquid and 
gaseous. To which is appended the re¬ 
port of the Committee on Boiler Tests 
of the American Society of Mechanical 
Engineers ('December, 1899). 50 illus¬ 
trations. 6x9. 296 pp. New York, 

1914. net, $3.00 

Contents: Fuels; Methods of Determining 
Heat of Combustion; Calorimeters; Calorimeters 
with Constant Pressure; Calorimeters with Con¬ 
stant Volume; Mahler’s Bomb; Solid Fuels; 

1 Liquid Fuels; Gaseous Fuels; Calorific Power of 
Coal Burnt Under a Steam-boiler; Air Supplied 
and Waste Gases; Calculation of the Heat Units; 
Flame and Flame Temperatures; Weight and 
Heat Units of Carbon Vapor; Evaporative Power 
of Fuel; Report of the Committee on the Re¬ 
vision of the Society Code of 1885 , Relative to 
a Standard Method of Conducting Steam-boiler 
Trials; Presented to the N. Y. meeting of the 
A. S. M. E. (Dec., 1899 ); Tables. 

Robertson, John B. The Chemistry of 
Coal. 5 x J l / 2 . cloth. 104 pp. London, 
1920. $1.25 

Contents: Classification and Occurrence of 
Coal; Origin of Coal; Action of Solvents on 
Coal; Oxidation of Coal; Destructive Distillation 
of Coal; Analysis of Coal-Sampling;. Proximate 
Analysis; Ultimate Analysis; . Calorific Value; 
Properties of Coal on Combustion. 

Sexton, A. H. Fuel and Refractory Ma¬ 
terials. Second Edition, revised. 104 
illustrations. i2mo. cloth. 374 pp. 
London, 1913- Reprinting 

Contents: Combustion; Heating Power of 
Fuels; Fuels: Wood. Peat, Coal; Solid Prepared 


Fuels: Charcoal, Peat-Charcoal, Coke; Coal Wash¬ 
ing; Liquid Fuels; Gaseous Fuels; Recovery of 
By-Products; Furnaces for Metallurgical Pur¬ 
poses; Supply of Air to the Furnace; Re¬ 
moval of waste Products; Smoke; Smoke Pre¬ 
vention; Pyrometry; Calorimetry; Utilization of 
Fuel; Testing Fuels;—Refractory Materials; 
Bricks; Crucibles; Notes and Tables. 

Somermeier, E. E. Coal. Its composition, 
analysis, utilization and valuation. Il¬ 
lustrated. 6 l / 2 x g l /2. cloth. 186 pp. 
New York, 1912. $2.50 

Stephenson, J. Industrial Fuels. 107 il¬ 
lustrations. 6^x9^. paper. 190 pp. 
Toronto, Canada, 1920. $2.25 

cloth, $3.00 

Contents: Coal; Natural Gas; Coal Gas; Oil 
Gases; Producer* Gases; Coke; Fuel Briquets; 
Application of Commercial Gases; Fuel Anal¬ 
ysis; Fuels of the Future. 

Taylor, Hugh S. Fuel Production and 
Utilization. Illustrated. 5^2x8^. cloth. 
311 pp. London, 1920. (Industrial 
Chemistry Series.) $4.00 

Contents; Introduction; The Direct Combus¬ 
tion of Coal; The Destructive Distillation of 
Coal; The Utilization of Coke; The Gasification 
of Coal; Carbonization Residuals as Fuel; Lig¬ 
nite as Fuel; The Utilization of Peat; The Util¬ 
ization of Wood; Synthetic Fuels. 

Wagner, Frederick H. Coal and Coke. 
137 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 431 pp. 
New York, 1916. $500 

Contents: Coal. Origin and Classification of 
Coal; Oxidation and Spontaneous Combustion; 
Cooking and Gas Coals; Analyzing Coal; Prepar¬ 
ation and Storage of Coal. Coke .. Carboniza¬ 
tion in Retort Benches; Combustion and the 
Heating of Settings; Flue Gases; Pyrometry; 
Euchenes Thermic Reactions; Carbonization in 
Ovens; Chamber Ovens; Low Temperature Car¬ 
bonization; Power Production with Waste Heat; 
Coke. 


GAS MANUFACTURE AND ANALYSIS 


Birchmore, W. H. Interpretation of Gas 
Analyses. Illustrated. 5 x J)A. cloth. 
86 pp. N. Y., 1906. $1.25 

Contents: Introduction; The Translation of 
the Analysis; The Atmosphere; Specific Gravity 
and Liter Weights; Combustion; Products; The 
Immaterial Products of Combustion; Tension of 
Aqueous Vapor According to Regnault. 

Brooke, T. Modern Retort Settings. 
Their construction and working. 162 
illustrations. 5^2x8^. cloth. 210 pp. 
London, 1912. net, $3.00 

Contents: Introduction; Dictinction Between 
Direct and Gaseous Firing-Types of Settings; 
Theory of Combustion; Effect of Steam Supply; 
Foundations; Cellars or Subways, and Stage- 
Floors; Chimneys and Retort Bench; Direct- 
Fired Settings; Producer and Setting for Gen¬ 
erator and Regenerator Installations; Regener¬ 
ators- Retorts and Bricks; Retort Bench Iron¬ 
work-’ Working and Regenerator Settings; Ver¬ 


tical Retorts; Pyrometer Tests; Distribution of 
Heat in Producer and Settings; Specific Heat, 
etc. 

Dennis, L. M. Gas Analysis, no il¬ 
lustrations. S l A x 7^4. cloth. 450 pp. 
New York, 1913. $2.75 

Contents: Gas Collection and Storage; Meas¬ 
urement of Gases; Determination of the Specific 
Gravity of a Gas; Laboratory Arrangement and 
Fittings; Apparatus for Gas Analysis with Water 
as the Confining Liquid; Hempel Apparatus for 
Exact Gas Analysis with Mercury as the Confin¬ 
ing Liquid; Apparatus Construction and Con¬ 
nection; Purification of Mercury; Absorption Ap¬ 
paratus; Gas Combustion; Determination ^ of 
Gases by Combustion; Properties of the Various 
Gases and Methods for Their Determination; 
Flue Gas Analysis; Illuminating and Fuel Gas; 
Determination of Heating Value of Fuel; Acety¬ 
lene Gas; Examination of Atmospheric Air; 
Analysis of Salt Petre and Nitric Acid Esters 
with the Nitrometer; The Lunge Nitrometer. 








96 


D. VAN NO STRAND COMPANY’S 


Dowson, J. E., and Larter, A. T. Producer 
Gas. Third Edition. 71 illustrations. 
6x9. cloth. 335 pp. London, 1912. 

$3-75 

Contents: Theory of Producer Gas; Furnace 
Work; Heating Work; Engine Work; Suction 
Plants; Gas from Bituminous Coal For Engine 
Work; Stand-by Losses; Comparison of Gas and 
Steam Power Fuel; Analysis of Fuel and Pro¬ 
ducer Gas; Calorific Power of Solid and Gaseous 
Fuels; Practical Notes; Appendix, 

Franzen, Hartwig. Exercises in Gas 
Analysis. Translated from the first 
German Edition (with corrections and 
additions by the author) by Thomas 
Callan. 30 illustrations. 5x7(2. cloth. 
129 pp. N. Y., 1913. 'net, $1.00 

Contents: Analyses of Gases; Volumetric Gas 
Analysis; Appendix. 

A systematic introduction to the methods used 
in gas analysis, grading the exercises carefully 
from easy to more difficult ones, and to each ex¬ 
ercise adding a brief discussion of the theoret¬ 
ical questions involved. 

Gas Chemists’ Handbook. Compiled by 
technical committee sub-committee of 
the American Gas Institute on chemical 
tests, 1916. 73 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
354 pp. New York, 1917. net, $3.50 

Contents: Raw Materials; Products of Gas 
Manufacture; Impurities in Gas; Tar Products; 
Miscellaneous; Tables. 

Gray, H. H. Gas-Works Products. 5(4 x 
8J4. cloth. (Industrial Chemistry Ser¬ 
ies.) In Press 

Greenwood, Harold C. Industrial Gases. 
23 illustrations. 5(4 x 8(4. cloth. 388 
pp. London, 1919. (Industrial Chem¬ 
istry Series.) $5.00 

Contents: Introduction; The Gases of the 
Atmosphere. Air; Oxygen; Nitrogen; The Rare 
Gases of the Atmosphere; Ozone. Hydrogen, 
Carbon and Monoxide, Carbon Monoxide, Carbon 
Dioxide, Sulphur Dioxide, Nitrous Oxide, As¬ 
phyxiating Gases. Hydrogen, Stationary Plants; 
The Production of Hydrogen for Military Pur¬ 
poses; Carbon Monoxide; Carbon Dioxide; Sul¬ 
phur Dioxide; ' Nitrous Oxide; Asphyxiating 
Gases. Gaseous Fuels. 

Haber, Dr. F. Thermodynamics of Tech¬ 
nical Gas-reactions. Seven lectures. 
Translated by Arthur B. Lamb. 20 il¬ 
lustrations. 6x9. cloth. 356 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1908. $3.50 

Hole, W. The Distribution of Gas. Third 
Edition. 687 illustrations. 6(4 x 8J4. 
cloth. 865 pp. London, 1912. $8.50 

Contents: Rights and Duties of Gas Under¬ 
takings; Preliminary Considerations; Discharges 
from Pipes; Discharges from Pipes Under High 
Pressure; Station Governors; Districting; Dis¬ 
trict Governors; Cast Iron Pipes and Irregulars; 
Steel Pipes and Connections; Joints and Joint¬ 
ing; Mainlaying; Valves and Main Cocks; Sub¬ 
ways; Services; Wet-Dry, Prepayment, and fix¬ 
ing Meters: Pipes and Joints for Internal Fit¬ 
ting; Internal Fitting and Lighting; Gas Fires 


and Cookers; Gas Engines; Pressure Gauges and 
Registers; Complaints and Repairs; Gas as a n 
Aid to Ventilation. Public Lighting. Low- 
Pressure Self-Intensifying and High-Pressure 
Systems; Lighting and Extinguishing Lamps; 
High Pressure Distribution and Transmission; 
Compressors; High Pressure; Distributing Ap¬ 
paratus; Internal Lighting and Heating; Un¬ 
accounted-For Gas; Fusion and Electrolysis; 
Appendix. 

Hornby, John. A Text-Book of Gas Man¬ 
ufacture for Students. Sixth Edition,, 
revised and enlarged. Illustrated. 6 x 
8(4- cloth. 435 pp. London, 1911. $3.00 

Kershaw, John B. C. Fuel, Water and 


Gas Analysis for Steam Users. Second 
Edition, revised and enlarged. Illus¬ 
trated. 6x9. cloth. 213 pp. London, 
1919- $3-50 


Kunberger, A. F. (Editor). Gas Chem¬ 
ists’ Handbook. Compiled by Technical 
Committee, Sub-Committee on Chem¬ 
ical Tests, 1916, of the American Gas 
Institute. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 354 
pp. New York, 1916. $3.50 

Lange, K. R. The By-Products of Coal- 
Gas Manufacture. Trans, by Chas. 
Salter. 13 illustrations and diagrams. 
5x7(4. cloth. 162 pp. London, 1915. 

$2.50 

Contents: Production of Coal Gas; Coke; Re¬ 
tort Graphite; Gas Tar; The Gas Liquor; Treat¬ 
ment of the Gas-Purifying Agents; Treating the 
Cyanogen Sludge; Treating the Crude Liquors; 
Treatment of the Crude Ammonium Thiocya¬ 
nate and Cuprous Thiocyanate; Potassium Fer- 
ricyanide; The Cyanogen Pigments; Sulphur 
and Sulphuric Acid. 

Latta, M. Nisbet. American Producer Gas 
Practice. 247 illustrations. 7J4 x 10X4, 
cloth. 547 pp. N. Y., 1910. net, $6.00 

Contents: Producer Operation; The Producer; 
Cleaning the Gas; Works Details; Producer 
Types; Moving Gases; Solid Fuels; Physical 
Properties of Gases; Chemical Properties of 
Gases; Gas Analysis; Gas Power; Gas Engines; 
Furnaces and Kilns; Burning Lime and Cement; 
Preheating Air; Doherty Combustion Econo¬ 
mizer ; Combustion in Furnaces; Temperature, 
Radiation and Conduction; Data; Heat Measure¬ 
ment; Flues and Chimneys; Materials; Useful 
Tables; Glossary. 

Latta, M. Nisbet. Handbook of American 
Gas-Engineering Practice. Illustrated. 
524x824- cloth. 477 pp. New York, 
i9°7- $5.00 

Contents: Water Gas Manufacture. Genera¬ 
tor; Carburetter; Superheater; Wash-Box and 
Tar; Scrubbers; Condensers; Purifiers; Exhaus¬ 
ters; Station-Meters; Holders; Works Operation. 
Gas Distribution. Naphthalene; Mains; Serv¬ 
ices; Consumers’ Meters; Pressure; House Pip¬ 
ing; Appliances. General Technical Data. 
Properties of Gases; Steam; Mathematical 
Tables; Conversion Factors; Pipe and Miscel¬ 
laneous Data. 





CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


97 


Leeds, F. H., and Butterfield, W. J. A. 

Acetylene. The principles of its gen¬ 
eration and use. A practical handbook 
on the production, purification and sub¬ 
sequent treatment of acetylene for the 
development of light, heat and power. 
Second Edition, revised and enlarged. 
62 illustrations. 534 x8. cloth. 404 pp. 
London, 1910. $325 

Lunge, George. Technical Gas Analysis. 
143 illustrations. 634 x 934- cloth. 423 
pp. New York, 1914. $4-5° 

Contents: General Remarks on Technical Gas 
Analysis. Various Methods Employed in Tech¬ 
nical Gas Analysis. Estimation of . Solid and 
Liquid Admixtures in Gases; Estimation of 
Gases by Absorption; Estimation of Gases by 
Combustion; Gas Analysis by Optical and Acous¬ 
tical Methods; Separation of Gases by Low 
Temperatures; Estimation of Specific Gravity of 
Gases; Measurement of Pressure and of 
Draught; Determination of the Calorific Value 
of Gases; Determination of the Illuminating 
Power of Gases; Special Method for Detecting 
and Estimating Various Gases and Vapors Oc¬ 
curring in Technical Operations; Analysis of 
Gaseous Mixtures Produced on a Large Scale; 
Compressed and Liquefied Gases; Gas-Volu¬ 
metric Analysis; Appendix; Addenda. 

Martin, G., and others. Industrial Gases. 
Including the liquefaction of gases and 
the manufacture of hydrogen, oxygen, 
nitrogen, carbon dioxide, sulphur di¬ 
oxide, ammonia, producer gas, illumin¬ 
ating gas, acetylene, ozone, etc. 84 il¬ 


lustrations, 3 folding plates. 634 x 10. 
doth. 158 pp. N. Y., 1916. $4.00 

Mathot, R. E. Gas-Engines and Producer 
Gas Plants. Translated by W. B. 
Kaempffert. 152 illustrations. 6x934. 
cloth. 314 pp. N. Y., 1906. $3.00 


Contents: Motive Power and Cost of Installa¬ 
tion; Selection of an Engine; The Installation 
of an Engine; Foundation and Exhaust; Water 
Circulation; Lubrication; Conditions of Perfect 
Operation; How to Start an Engine; Prelimin¬ 
ary Precautions; Perturbations in the Operation 
of Engines and Their Remedy; Producer-Gas 
Engines; Producer-Gas; Pressure Gas-Producers; 
Suction Gas; Producers; Oil and Volatile Hydro¬ 
carbon Engines; Selection of an Engine. 

Meade, Alwyne. Modern Gasworks Prac¬ 
tice. (With an introduction by Stanley 
H. Jones.) 340 illustrations. 734 x 934 - 
cloth. 54a pp. N. Y., 1916. $8.50 

Contents: The Planning and Laying Out of 
Gasworks; Foundations, Gasworks Buildings, 
Etc.; The Horizontal Retort Bench; Control of 
Horizontal Retort Settings; Vertical Retorts and 
Chamber Ovens; Refractory Materials; Retort- 
Bench Appurtenances; Mechanical Handling of 
Materials; Electrical Plant in Gasworks; Gas 
Making and Other Coals; Carbonization of Coal; 
Condensation of Coal Gas; Exhausting Machin¬ 
ery; Preliminary Purification of Coal Gas; Re¬ 
covery of Cyanogen; Dry Purification of Coal 
Gas; Storage of Gas; Water Gas: Its Manufac¬ 
ture, Enrichment, and Use. 


“Mentor.” Self-Instruction for Students 
in Gas Engineering. Third Edition. 
34 illustrations. 5x734. cloth. 245 pp. 
London. $2.00 

Contents: Coals and Coal Testing; Effect of 
Temperature on Carbonization; Composition of 
Coal Gas; Testing for Impurities; Gas Analysis; 
Heating of Retort Settings; Photometry, Calori¬ 
metry and Pyrometry; Carburetted Water Gas; 
Sulphate of Ammonia Manufacture; Labor Sav¬ 
ing Machinery; Inclined and Vertical Retorts; 
Carburation and Naphthalene; Cyanogen Recov¬ 
ery and Purification; Gas Holder Construction; 
Points in Management; Delivery of Gas Through 
Mains. 

“Mentor.” Self-Instruction for Students 
in Gas Supply. Elementary Second 
Edition. 135 illustrations. 5x734. 
cloth. 266 pp. London, 1912. $2.50 

Contents: Station Governors; General Arrange¬ 
ment of Mains: Use of the District Governor; 
Pressures; Mains and Mainlaying; Leakages and 
Stoppages; Service Laying and Meter Fixing; 
Gas Meters; Plumbing; Interior Fitting; Gover¬ 
nors; Burners; Lanterns; Flames; Ventilation; 
Shades and Globes; Construction and Fixing of 
Cookers; Geysers and Circulators; The Con¬ 
struction and Operation of Gas Engines; An¬ 
swers to the City and Guilds Questions in Gas 
Supply, Ordinary Grades, 1910, ’ll. 

“Mentor.” Self-Instruction for Students 
in Gas Supply. Advanced Second Edi¬ 
tion. 71 illustrations. 5x734. cloth. 
253 PP- London, 1914. $2.50 

Contents: Flow of Gas in Mains: Pipes of 
Various Materials; Electrolysis; Methods of 
Dealing with Naphthalene and Other Stoppages; 
Ascertaining the Pressure in Gas Mains; Pres¬ 
sure Recording Instruments; Gases and Their 
Toxicological Effects; First Aid; High Pressure 
Distribution; Calorimetry; Information for Gas 
Fitters; Street and Indoor Lighting; Un¬ 
accounted-for Gas; Ventilation; Law Effecting 
Gas Supply. 

Newbigging, T. Handbook for Gas En¬ 
gineers and Managers. Eighth Edition. 
2 T7 illustrations. 634 x 834 . leath. 596 
pp. London, 1913. $7.50 

Contents: Coal; Chief Kinds of Coal; Storage 
of Coal; Analyses of Coals and Cannels; Spon¬ 
taneous Ignition of Coal; Gases Occluded in 
Coal; Testing of Coal for Its Producing Qual¬ 
ities; Specific Gravity of Coal; Coal Distilla¬ 
tion; Gas Production; Retort House: Retort 
Stack; Retorts; Heating of Retorts; Inclined Re¬ 
torts^ Machine Charging and Drawing; Analysis 
of Furnace Gases; Retort Bench Mountings; 
Hydrocarbon and Other Gases and Vapors; Re¬ 
tort House Tools and Appliances; Condensa¬ 
tion; Naphthalene; Condensers; Exhausters; 
Steam Engines and Boilers; Washers; Tower- 
Scrubbers; Washer-Scrubbers; Bye-Pass Mains 
and Valves; Tar and Liquor Wells and 
Tanks; Purification; Purifying House: Puri¬ 
fiers; Notes on Lime; Lime Burning: 
Station. Meters and Other Indicating and 
Recording Apparatus; Gas-holder Tanks; Gas¬ 
holders; Governors; Main Pipes; Main Pipe 
Joints; Wrought-Iron and Steel Main Pipes; 
Laying of Main Pipes; Explosions in Main 
Pipes; Testing of Mains in the Ground; Elec¬ 
trolysis of Mains and Service Pipes; Discharge 
of Gas Through Main Pipes; Service Pipes and 




9 8 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Fittings; Public Lighting; Consumers’ Gas Me¬ 
ters; Testing Meters; internal Fittings; Coal 
Gas Testings; Appliances and Methods; Tests 
for Impurities; Illuminating Power; Foreign and 
Other (proposed) Home Standards of Light; 
Jet Photometers; Specific Gravity of Gas; En¬ 
richment of Coal Gas; Public Illuminations; 
Colored Fires; Illumination Devices; Use of 
Gas for Purposes Other Than Lighting; Resid¬ 
ual Products; Coke and Breeze; Coal Tar; Am- 
monical Liquor; Sulphur Recovery; Cyanogen; 
Coal Products; Elementary Substances; Chem¬ 
ical and Other Memoranda; The Gas Industry; 
Cost of Gas-Works; Bricks and Brickwork; 
Mortar and Concrete; Iron, Steel, and Other 
Metals; Velocity and Force of the Wind; Spe¬ 
cific Gravity and Weight of Various Substances; 
Office Memoranda; Approximate Multipliers; 
Tables of Diameters, Circumferences, Areas of 
Circles and Sides of Equal Squares; Weights 
and Measures; French Weights and Measures- 
Decimal System; Money Tables. 

O’Connor, Henry. The Gas Engineer’s 
Pocket-Book. Comprising tables, notes, 
etc., relating to the manufacture, dis¬ 
tribution and use of coal gas. Third 
Edition , revised. 4% x 6 j 4 - leather. 
478 pp. London, 1907. $5.00 

Contents: General Mathematical Tables.’ Un¬ 
loading Materials and Storage; Retort House; 
Condensers; Boilers, Engines, Pumps and Ex¬ 
hausters; Scrubbers and Washers Purifiers; Gas¬ 
holder Tanks; Gasholders; Workshop Notes; 
Manufacturing; Retort House; Condensing Gas; 
Exhausters; Washing and Scrubbing; Purifi¬ 
cation; Gasholders; Distributing Gas; Testing 
Enriching Process; Products Works. 

O’Connor, Henry. Petrol Air-Gas. Second 
Edition, thoroughly revised and en¬ 
larged. 27 illustrations. 5 x y]/ 2 . cloth. 
106 pp. London, 1912. net, $0.75 

Contents: Description of Previous Plants and 
Systems for Country House Lighting; Difficul¬ 
ties; Objections and Prices; History of Petrol 
Gas; Comparative Costs; Petrol—Its Nature, 
Dangers- and Storing; Heating Values; Burners; 
Parts of Plants; Various Plants; Extract from 
the Act for Safe Keeping of Petroleum. 


Royle, Harold M. The Chemistry of Gas 
Manufacture. A practical manual for 
the use of gas engineers, gas managers 
and. students. 82 illustrations. 5x 
8^4. cloth. 343 pp. N.' Y., 1908 $5.00 

Contents: Preparation of Standard Solutions; 
Coal; Furnaces; Testing and Regulation; Pro¬ 
ducts of Carbonization; Analysis of Crude Coal- 
Gas; Analysis of Lime; Ammonia; Analysis of 
Oxide of Iron; Naphthalene; Analysis of Fire- 
Bricks and Fire Clay; Weldon, and Spent Ox¬ 
ide; Photometry and Gas Testing; Carburetted 
Water-Gas; Appendix Miscellaneous Extracts; 
Useful Data. 

Russell, Walter M. Operation of Gas 
Works. 76 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
219 pp. New York, 1917. $2.50 

Contents: Organization and Management 

Chemical Control; Coal Gas; Water Gas; General 
Plant Operation; Calorimetry and Photometry. 

Russell, W. M., and Wills, F. Chemical 
Control of Gas Manufacture. 47 illus¬ 
trations, 5% x 7J4- cloth. 152 pp. 
New York, 1916. net, $2.00 

Contents: General; The Retort House; Am¬ 
monia Recovery; The Condenser Room; The 
Purifying Plant; Calorimetry and Photometry; 
Chemical Tests for Purity; Gas Analysis; The 
Water Gas Machine; The Laboratory and Its 
Equipment; Physical Control; Elementary Cliem- 
istiy; Chemical Tests; Elementary Analytical 
Chemistry. 

Stone, C. H. Practical Testing of Gas 
and Gas Meters. 51 illustrations. 6x9. 
cloth. 347 pp. N. Y., 1909. $3.50 

Contents: Photometry; Chemical Tests; Calori¬ 
metry; Specific Gravity and Pressure; Testing 
of Meters. 

Wagner, F. H. Coal Gas Residuals. Sec¬ 
ond Edition, revised and enlarged. Il¬ 
lustrated, folding plates. 6x9. cloth. 
257 pp. New York, 1918. $2.50 


RUBBER 


Akers, C. E. The Rubber Industry. In 
Brazil and the Orient. 26 illustrations, 
2 maps. 5^2x7^. cloth. 336 pp. 
London, 1914. $2.50 

Braham, F. Rubber-Planter’s Notebook. 
A handy book of reference on para 
rubber planting. 23 illustrations and 
plates. 4j/2x6p2- cloth. 116 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1911. $1.20 

Contents: Nurseries, Planting, Topping, Etc.; 
Machinery, Literature of Rubber, Useful Notes, 
Etc.; Hints on the Preservation of Health in 
Tropical Climates; Notes on the Geography and 
Climate of Para Rubber-Growing Countries; 
Plantation Life; Hand Measure; Measuring the 
Growth of Trees; Preventing Coagulation of 
Latex; Tackiness in Rubber; Growth of Hevea 
Trees. 

Brown, Harold. Rubber. Its resources, 
cultivation, and preparation. With a 


preface by Wyndham R. Dunstan. Il¬ 
lustrated. 12 plates. 534 x 9. cloth. 
261 pp. New York, 1916. $2.50 

Contents: Utilization of Rubber; Cultivation 
of Rubber Plants; World’s Production of Rub¬ 
ber; Rubber Production in America, Africa and 
Asia; Rubber in British Africa; The Principal 
Rubber-Yielding Plants; Latex; The Tapping of 
Rubber Plants; The Preparation of Rubber; The 
Chemistry of Rubber; Statistics of Consumption 
and Prices; The Para Rubber Tree; The Ceara 
Rubber Tree; The African Rubber Tree; The 
African Rubber Vines; The Central American 
Rubber Tree; The Assam Rubber Tree; Other 
Species of Ficus. 

Caspari, W. A. India-Rubber Laboratory 
Practice. 23 illustrations. 5 xyy 2 . cloth. 
204 pp. London, 1914. $2.50 

Contents: Crude and Washed Rubber; Ma¬ 
chinery and Apparatus; Rubber Diluents; Solid 
Compounding Materials; Miscellaneous Accessor- 




CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


99 


ies; Specific Gravities; Analysis of Manufac¬ 
tured Rubber: Organic and Inorganic; Gutta- 
Percha and Balata; Tables. 

Clouth, F. Rubber, Gutta-Percha and 
Balata. First English translation, with 
additions and emendations by the au¬ 
thor. 23 illustrations, i map. 634 x 934- 
cloth. 255 pp. New York, 1903. $6.00 

Contents: India Rubber . Natural History; 
Production of Raw Rubber; Commercial Points; 
Chemical and Physical Properties of Raw Rub¬ 
ber; Production of Soft Rubber Goods; The Vul¬ 
canization; Chemical and Physical Properties of 
Vulcanized Soft Rubber; Hard Rubber (Ebon¬ 
ite) ; Regenerated and Artificial Rubber. Gutta- 
Percha. Natural History; Production of Raw 
Gutta-Percha; Commercial Points; Chemical and 
Physical Properties; Production and Employment 
of Gutta-Percha Goods; Balata; Survey, On the 
Principal Products Made of India Rubber, Gutta- 
Percha and Balata. 

Dubose, A., and Luttringer, A. Rubber: 
Its Production, Chemistry and Synthe¬ 
sis in the Light of Recent Research. 
A practical handbook for the use of 
rubber cultivators, chemists, economists 
and others. O/2 x 9. cloth. 394 pp. 
London, 1918. net, $6.50 

Contents: Natural Rubber, Its Production, Its 
Present Position, Its Cost of Production. In¬ 
troductory; Resinous Rubbers; Reclaimed Rub¬ 
ber; Cost of Production of Rubber. The Form¬ 
ation, Physical and Chemical Properties, Analy¬ 
sis, and Constitution of Crude Rubber. The 
Laticiferous System; Physical and Chemical Ex¬ 
amination of Latex; Coagulation; Examination of 
the Physical Properties of Coagulated Rubber; 
Chemical Analysis of Coagulated Rubber; Con¬ 
stitution of Rubber. The Synthesis of Caout¬ 
chouc. Isoprene and Its Homologues; The Prep¬ 
aration of Synthetic Rubber. 

Eaton, B. J., Grantham, J., and Day, 
F. W. F. The Preparation and Vul¬ 
canisation of Plantation Para Rubber. 
Illustrated. 6x934. paper. 400 pp. 
Kuala Lumpur, F. M. S., 1918. $5.00 

Contents: Introductory; Description of Ex* 
perimental Vulcanizing Factory; Technique; The 
Scientific Aspect of the Problem of Variability 
and Researches on its Elucidation; Variability 
of Plantation Para Rubber with Different Tech¬ 
nical Mixings; The Rate of Combination of 
Sulphur with Different Types of Plantation Para 
Rubber; Influence of Rate of Drying; Smoked 
Rubber and the Problem of the Effect of Smok¬ 
ing on Quality; Effect of Concentration of 
Latex; The Effect of Excessive Crepeing; The 
Effect of Excess of Acetic Acid; The Effect of 
Incomplete Coagulation; The Effect of Sodium 
Bisulphate in the Preparation of Pale Crepe 
Coagulation in Tanks versus Coagulation in 
Pans; The Effect of Various Coagulants; Special 
Processes; The Effect of Various Antiseptics on 
the Maturing of Slab in the Preparation of Fast 
Curing Rubber; The Effect of Soaking Freshly 
Machined Sheet Rubber in Water; The Effect 
of Washing and Crepeing Dry Sheet Rubber; 
The Effect of Alkalis on Rubber; The Effect of 
Certain Organic Vulcanization; The Effect of 
Mixing Raw Rubbers Having Different Rates 
of Cure; Estate Samples of “First Latex” Rub¬ 
ber; Lower Grade Plantation Para Rubbers; 
Fine Hard Para; Summary; Uniformity and 


Estate Practice; “Parchment Set” Tests as a 
Method of Valuation; Appendix. 

Heil, Adolf. The Manufacture of Rubber 
Goods. A practical handbook for the 
use of manufacturers, chemists and 
others. English Edition, by E. W. 
Lewis. Illustrated. 6^4 x 9. cloth. 244 
pp. London, 1909. $4.50 

Contents: Plan and Arrangement of a Rubber 
Goods Factory; The Raw Material; Vulcanisa¬ 
tion of Rubber; The Mixings; Manufacture of 
Soft-Rubber Articles; Manufacture of Ebonite. 

Johnson, W. H. The Cultivation and 
Preparation of Para Rubber. Second 
Edition, rewritten and greatly enlarged. 
32 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 186 pp. 
London, 1909. $3-75 

Contents: The World’s Production and Con¬ 
sumption of Rubber; The Para Rubber Tree; 
Propagation; Planting and Cultivation; Soils and 
Manures; Pests; Latex; Collecting the Latex; 
Rubber Manufacture; Antisepticisation of Rub¬ 
ber; Drying and Packing Rubber for Export; 
Yield of Para Rubber from Cultivated Trees; 
Establishment and Cultivation of a Para Rubber 
Plantation; Commercial Value of the Oil in 
Hevea Seeds. 

Lock, R. H. Rubber and Rubber Plant¬ 
ing. 22 illustrations, 10 plates. 5 14 x 
714 . cloth. 260 pp. Cambridge, 1913. 

$1.65 

Contents: History of the Use and Cultivation 
of Rubber; Botanical Sources of Rubber; Phys¬ 
iology of Latex Productions; Tapping Experi¬ 
ments. Hevea. Planting and Harvesting Oper¬ 
ations; Factory Work on the Estate; Pests and 
Diseases of Hevea; Cultivation of Species Other 
Than Hevea Brasiliences; Chemistry of India- 
Rubber; Manufacture of Rubber Goods. 

Morrell, R. S., Waele, A. E., and Rideal, S. 

Rubber, Resins, Paints and Varnishes. 
5 / 4 x 834 - cloth. (Industrial Chemis¬ 
try Series.) In Press 

Pearson, Henry C. Crude Rubber and 
Compounding Ingredients. A textbook 
of rubber manufacture. Third Edition. 
6 l 4 x 9 J 4 - cloth. 422 pp. New York, 
1918. $10.00 

Contents: Crude Rubber, Chemical and Phys¬ 
ical Characteristics, Sources of Supply; Some 
Little Known Rubbers and Bastard or Pseudo 
Gums; Coagulation of Rubber Latex; Vulcaniz¬ 
ing Processes and Ingredients—Plantation Hevea 
and the Optimum Cure; Organic and Inorganic 
Accelerators; Fillers and Ingredients Used in 
Rubber Compounds; Substitutes for India Rub¬ 
ber, Natural and Artificial; Substitutes for Hard 
Rubber and Gutta Percha, Including Cellulose 
Products; Resins, Balsams, Gums, Earth Waxes, 
and Gum-like Substances Used in Rubber Com¬ 
pounding; Coloring Matters; Acids, Alkalies, 
and Their Derivatives Used in Rubber Manu¬ 
facture; Vegetable, Mineral and Animal Oils 
Used in Rubber Compounds and Solutions; Sol¬ 
vents Used in Commercial and Proofing Ce¬ 
ments, Their Origin, Properties, and Methods of 
Use; Miscellaneous Processes and Compounds 
for the Use in the Rubber Factory; Synthetic 
Rubber; Vulcanization Without Sulphur; Re- 




100 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


claimed Rubber and Its Uses; Physical Tests and 
Analysis of Crude and Vulcanized Rubber; Pri¬ 
mary Processes, Divisions in Rubber Manufac¬ 
ture, and Typical Compounds; Gutta-Percha: Its 
Sources, Properties, Manipulation, and Uses. 

Pearson, Henry C. Rubber Machinery. 
An encyclopedia of machines used in 
rubber manufacture. 428 illustrations. 
6 l /2XQ l /2. cloth. 420 pp. New York, 
1915. net, $6.00 

Contents: The Washing of Crude Rubber; 
Crude Rubber Drying: Dry-Sifting and Batching 
of Compound Ingredients; Mixing and Com¬ 
pounding of Rubber; Preparing Fabrics for Cal¬ 
endering and Spreading; Calenders; Clutches, 
Drives, and Safety Stops for Mills and Calen¬ 
ders; Molds, Metal and Rubber; Vulcanizers; 
Vulcanizing Presses, Screw and Hydraulic; Tube 
Making Machinery; Spreaders, Doublers and 
Surface Finishers; Cement and Solution Machin 
ery; Extraction of Rubber and Gutta-Percha 
from Shrubs, Vines, Roots, and Leaves; Extrac¬ 
tion of Resin from Rubber and Gutta Percha; 
Reclaiming; Temperature Recording and Con¬ 
trolling Devices; Rubber Laboratory Equipment. 

Porritt, B. 3 >. The Chemistry of Rubber. 
5% x 7*4. cloth. 104 pp. ('Van Nos¬ 
trand’s Chemical Monographs, No. 3.) 
New York, 1914. net, $1.00 

Contents: The Properties of Crude Rubber; 
Constitution and Derivatives; Methods of Vul- 
canization; Theories of Vulcanisation; Waste 
Rubber and Its Utilisation; Synthetic Caout¬ 
chouc; Bibliogiaphy. 

Potts, H. E. The Chemistry of the Rub¬ 
ber Industry. 6% x 9^2. cloth. 168 pp. 
London, 1912. $2.50 

Contents: The Colloidal State; Raw Rubber; 
Gutta Percha and Balata; Mixing; Vulcanization; 
Vulcanized Rubber. 

Schidrowitz, P. Rubber. Its production 
and industrial uses, plates. 83 illus¬ 
trations. cloth. 6 x 914 - 320 pp. New 
York, 1911. $6.00 

Contents: Historical; Production and Con¬ 
sumption of Rubber; General Nature of the 

Rubber Industry; Wild Rubber; Plantation In¬ 
dustry; Plantation Sys'em of the Preparation of 
Rubbers other than Hevea; Industrial Rubbers; 
Rubber Latices and Coagulation; Crude Rubbers 
Compared—Tackiness Chemistry of Crude Rub¬ 
ber; Theory of Vulcanization; Manufacture of 
Rubber Goods; Substirutes and Waste Rubber 
Disposal; Chemical, Physical and Mechanical 

Properties of Vulcanized Rubber; Chemical 
Analysis and Physical Fxamination of Rubber; 
Mechanical Tests; Contracts and Specifications. 

Seeligmann, T., Torrilhon, G. L., and Fal- 
connet, H. India Rubber and Gutta 
Percha. Translated by J. G. McIntosh. 
A complete practical treatise on India 
rubber and gutta percha in their his¬ 

torical, botanical, aboricultural, me¬ 
chanical. chemical and electrical aspects. 
Second English Edition, raised and en¬ 
larged. 145 illustrations. 125 talies. 


614x934. cloth. 424 pp. London, 
1910. $6.00 

Contents: India-Rubber —Botanical Origin; Cli¬ 
matology; Soil; Rational Culture and Acclima¬ 
tion of the Different Species of India-Rubber 
Plants; Methods of Obtaining the Latex; Meth¬ 
ods of Preparing Raw or Crude India-Rubber; 
Classification of the C< mmercial Species of Raw 
Rubber; Physical and Chemical Properties of the 
Latex and of India-Rubber; Mechanical Trans¬ 
formation of Natural Caoutchouc into Washed 
or Normal Caoutchouc (Purification) and Normal 
Rubber into Masticated Rubber; Softening, Cut¬ 
ting, Washing, Drying; Preliminary Observations; 
Vulcanisation of Normal Rubber; Chemical and 
Physical Properties of Vulcanised Rubber; Gen¬ 
eral Considerations; Hardened Rubber or Ebo¬ 
nite; Considerations on Mineralisation and other 
Mixtures; Coloration and Dyeing; Analysis of 
Natural or Normal Rubber and Vulcanised Rub¬ 
ber; Rubber Substitutes; Imitation Rubber. Gut¬ 
ta Percha— Botanical Origin; Climatology; Soil; 
Rational Culture; Methods of Collection; Classi¬ 
fication of the Different Species of Commercial 
Gutta Percha; Physical and Chemical Properties; 
Mechanical Transformation; Methods of Analys¬ 
ing; Gutta Percha Substitutes. 

Stevens, H. P., and Beadle, C. Rubber. 

Production and Utilization of the raw 
product. Second Revised and Enlarged 
Edition. 28 illustrations. 4)4 x 7 ) 4 - 
cloth. 149 pp. London, 1911. $1.00 

Terry, H. L. India Rubber and Its Man¬ 
ufacture. With chapters on gutta¬ 
percha and balata. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 303 pp. London, TQ19. $3.50 

Contents: Introduction; Historical and Gen¬ 
eral; Raw Rubber; Chemical and Physical Prop¬ 
erties; Vulcanization; India Rubber Plantations; 
India Rubber Substitutes; Reclaimed Rubber, 
Washing and Drying of Raw Rubber; Com¬ 
pounding of Rubber; Rubber Solvents and Their 
Recovery; Rubber Solution; Fine Cut Sheet and 
Articles Made Therefrom; Elastic Thread; Me¬ 
chanical Rubber Goods; Sundry Rubber Articles; 
India Rubber Proof Textures; Tyres; India Rub¬ 
ber for Boots and Shoes; Rubber for Insulated 
Wires; Vulcanite; Contracts for India Rubber 
Goods; Test'rig of Rubber Goods; Gutta Percha; 
Balata; Bibliography; Index. 

Torrey, J., and Manders, A. S. ^Editors.) 
The Rubber Industry. Illustrated. 6)4 
x 10. cloth. 516 pp. London, 1915. 

net, $6.00 

. The Official Report of the Fourth Interna¬ 
tional Rubber Congress held in London in 1914, 
together with the papers read and discussions 
thereon. Numerous papers and discussions deal¬ 
ing with Fibres, Cotton, Oils, etc. The nrincipal 
papers read at the Rubber Congress, New York. 
Also a report of the Proceedings of the Fourth 
International Rubber and Allied Industries Ex¬ 
hibition, London, 1914. 


Weber, Carl Otto. Chemistry of India 
Rubber. Including the outlines of a 
theory on vulcanisation. Illustrated. 
6)4x9. cloth. 314 pp. London,. 1912. 


Contents: Th 
Examination ar 
and* India Rubb< 
Substitutes; Inc 
Vulcanizers and 


net. $6.00 

T of India "Rul ; 
1 nation of Gutta V rcha 
am mail on of India Rubber 
Cotnpoin idin g Materials; 
ur Carriers; India Rubber 




CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


IOI 


Solvents; Coloring Matters; Constructive Com¬ 
ponents of India Rubber Articles; Analysis of 
Rubber Articles; Appendix; Sanitary Conditions 
in India Rubber Works; Index. 

Wicherley, W. The Whole Art of Rub¬ 
ber-Growing. Second Edition. Illus¬ 
trated. Full-page plates. 5 x cloth. 
*54 PP- Philadelphia^ 1919. $1.50 

Contents: Introductory: Trees Thai Count — 
Hevea Brasiliensis; Manihot Glaziorii; The 
Ficufr Castilloa Elastica; funtunua Elastica; 
The New Mahinots; Interplanting; Assimilative 
and Secondary Rubbers; Clearing and Planting 
Forest Lands; Future Prospects; The Soya 
Bean. 

Wickham, H. A. On the Plantation, Cul¬ 
tivation, and Curing of Para Indian 
Rubber ("Hevea Brasiliensis,) with an 
account of its introduction from the 
west to the eastern tropics. Illustrated. 
121110. cloth. 78 pp. London, 1909. 

net, $1.50 

Contents: Advantages of “Hevea”; Planting 
and Cultivation: Extraction and Cure of Rubber 
“Latex”; Curing the “Latex”; General Observa¬ 
tions; Genesis of the “Plantation Para”; India 
Office Report; Rubber Curing Apparatus Specifi¬ 
cation. 

Woodroffe, Joseph F. The Rubber Indus¬ 
try of the Amazon, and How Its Su¬ 
premacy Can be Maintained. Edited 
with additions by Harold H. Smith. 
With a foreword on the Latin-Ameri- 
can Indian by Viscount Bryce. 48 il¬ 
lustrations. 6 x 8 $4. cloth. 484 pp. 
London, 1916. net, $6.00 


Contents: The Labor Question; Historical and 
Descriptive; Eastern Plantation; East and West; 
New Methods for Preparing Rubber; The Serin- 
guero and Ilis Life; Plantation Rubber up the 
Amazon; Rubber and Its Labor Supply; Settlers 
in Brazil; The Japanese as Planters, Artisans, 
etc.; The Chinese; Rubber Preparation up the 
Amazon; The Future of the Rubber up the 
Amazon; The Ideal System of Collection; Ques¬ 
tion of Transportation; Amazonian Industries; 
The Question of Food Production; Hunting and 
Fishing; Brazilian Settlers of To-morrow; The 
Future Homestead of the Seringuero; The Fu¬ 
ture of Brazil; Costs and Prices; The Monroe 
Doctrine. 

Wright, Herbert. Hevea Brasiliensis or 
Para Rubber. Its botany, cultivation, 
chemistry and diseases. Third Edition. 
Illustrated. 6 J 4 X 8 J 4 - cloth. 221 pp. 
Colombo, 1908. net, $5.00 

Contents: History of Para Rubber in the East; 
Botany of the Para Rubber Tree; Climatic Con¬ 
ditions for Para Rubber; Cultivation of Para 
Rubber Trees; Para Rubber Soils and Manuring; 
Tapping Operations and Implements; How, 
Where and When to Tap Para Rubber Trees; 
Yields; Effect of Tapping on the Trees; Phys¬ 
ical and Chemical Properties of Latex; Produc¬ 
tion of Rubber; Drying of Rubber; Physical and 
Chemical Properties of Rubber; Purification; 
Vulcanization and Uses of Rubber; Kinds of 
Para Rubber; Diseases of Para Rubber Trees; 
What to do with the Seeds; Estimates of Rub¬ 
ber Planters; Costs of Planting Rubber in Cey¬ 
lon, Malaya, Java, South India and Borneo. 

Wyllie, J. A., and Ferriera, 0 . G. Notes 
on Rubber Cultivation. With special 
reference to Portuguese, India. With 
16 full-page plates. 8vo. cloth. Illus¬ 
trated. 131 pp. Madras, 1907. 

net, $3.50 


CERAMICS—GLASS 


Asch, W., and Asch, D. The Silicates in 
Chemistry and Commerce. Including 
the exposition of a hexite and pentite 
theory and of a stereo-chemical theory 
of general application. Translated, 
with critical notes and some additions, 
by Alfred B. Searle. Illustrated. 6 J 4 x 
10. cloth. 476 pp. London, 1913. $7.50 

Contents Chemistry of Carbon and Silicon; 
Historical Review of Existing Theories Con¬ 
cerning the Constitution of the Alununo-Sili- 
cates and Other Silicates; Critical Examination 
of Existing Theories Concerning Alumino¬ 
silicates; Hypothesis Concerning the Bonding 
of the Atoms in Alumino-Silicates and Allied 
Compounds; Consequences of the “He.xite-Pen¬ 
tire Theory” and the Facts;. Reactions During 
Double Decomposition; Genetic Relationship Be¬ 
tween Various Aluminosilicates; Possibility of a 
Chemical System of Aluminosilicates; Variable 
Chemical Behavior of Part of the Aluminum 
in Kaolin, Nepheline and in the Emdotes; 
Minimum Molecular Weight of Aluminosilicates; 
Constitution of Andesite; Possibility of Isom¬ 
erism • Water of Crystallization and of Consti¬ 
tution; Basic and Acid Water; Prognoses; Con¬ 
stitution of the Complexes of Molybdenum. and 
Tungsten; Constitution of Clays; 1 1 itramarines; 


New Theory of Hydraulic Binding Materials 
and Particularly of Portland Cements; Of the 
Porcelain Cements as Used for Dental. Fillings; 
Of Glass, Glazes and Porcelain; Hexite-Pentite 
Theory as a General Theory of Chemical Com¬ 
pounds; Conversion of the H-P Theory Into a 
Stereo-chemical Theory and the Combination of 
the latter with the Modern Theory of the 
Structure of Crystals; Summary and Conclu¬ 
sions; Bibliography; Appendix Formulas and 
Analyses. 

Audley, J. A. Silica and the Silicates. 
5 J 4 x 8 J 4 cloth. (Industrial Chemis¬ 
try Series.) In Press 

Bassett, Sara W. The Story of Glass. 
Illustrated. 5 3 A* 7 3 A- cloth. 230 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1916. net, $0.75 

Beckwith, A. Pottery. Observations on 
the materials and manufacture of terra¬ 
cotta, stoneware, firebrick, porcelain, 
earthenware, brick, majolica, and en¬ 
caustic tiles. 5J4 x 9- paper. 101 pp. 
New York, 1872. $0.60 

Contents: Porcelain; Parian; Earthenware; 
Decorative Tiles; Terra Cotta; Stoneware; Terro- 







102 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Metallic Ware; Blue Bricks; Fire-Clay Wares; 
Bricks; Drain Pipes; Roofing Tiles; Ancient Ar¬ 
chitectural Pottery. 

Bellow, H. R. Factory Glazes for Cera¬ 
mic Engineers. Book A of the series: 
Leadless sanitary glazes for hard 
weatherproof glazed brick and stone 
factory; for porcelain enameled fireclay 
sanitary ware factory; for soft porce¬ 
lain factory; for strong clayware fac¬ 
tory. 9x14 inches, cloth. 60 pp. New 
York, 1908. $10.00 

Arranged after an exhaustive method for the 
heat of the soft porcelain kiln and including 
the glazes employed in factories by the foremost 
manufacturers of the finest products, with many 
new improvements and additions resulting from 
an extensive experience and never before pub¬ 
lished. 

Binns, C. F. Manual of Practical Potting. 
Compiled by experts. Fourth Edition, 
revised and enlarged. 5 24 x 824- cloth. 
214 pp. $8.00 

Contents: Bodies; Glazes; Gold and Gold Col¬ 
ors; Means and Methods; Classification and 
Analysis; Forms and Tables. 

Binns, Charles F. The Potter’s Craft. 
A practical guide for the studio and 
workshop. 42 illustrations and plates. 
i2mo. cloth. 171 pp. New York, 1910. 

net, $ 2.00 

Sets forth in the simplest and most explicit 
way a method of making and finishing pottery 
which may be followed by the most inexperienced 
individual workers, not in an empirical way but 
upon a sound, scientific basis, so that with the 
knowledge imparted the student has at his dis¬ 
posal the whole range of ceramic science. 

Contents: The Present Need: Art versus 
Beauty; What Constitutes Art?; Pottery; Porce¬ 
lain; The Preparation of the Clay; Mold Mak¬ 
ing and Plaster; Cases and Working Molds; 
Building by Hand; The Potter’s Wheel; Turn¬ 
ing; Making Large Pieces; Cups, Saucers and 
Plates; Casting; Tiles; Glazes and Glazing; 
Glaze Composition, Matt Glazes, Fritted Glazes, 

Baser, Benjamin F. Elements of Glass 
and Glassmaking. Chemically revised by 
J. A. Koch. 6 J 4 x 8 } 4 . cloth. 140 pp. 
Pittsburgh, Pa., 1915. net, $3.00 

A treatise designed for the practical glass- 
maker, comprising facts, figures, recipes, and 
formulas for the manufacture of glass, plain and 
colored. Including an appendix containing use¬ 
ful information pertaining to the subject. 

Boswell, P. G. H. A Memoir on British 
Resources of Sands Suitable for Glass¬ 
making. With notes on certain crushed 
rocks and refractory materials, and 
chemical analysis by H. F. Harwood 
and A. A. Eldridge. 11 illustrations, 3 
plates. 5^2 x 8 J 4 . paper. 92 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1916. $0.50 

Contents: Nature of Sands; Methods of Study 
of Sands; Glass Manufacture; Requirements of 
a Good Glass-Sand; Sands Suitable for Glass¬ 
making; Special Treatment of Sands and Rocks 
—Economic Considerations. 


Boswell, P. G. H. A Supplementary Me¬ 
moir on British Resources of Sands 
and Rocks Used in Glass Manufacture. 
With notes on certain refractory mate¬ 
rials. Contributions by W. B. Wright 
and others. Illustrated. 6x9. paper. 
97 pp. London, 1917. $1.00 

Bourry, Emile. A Treatise on Ceramic 
Industries. A complete manual for 
pottery, tile, and brick manufacturers. 
A revised translation from the French 
by Alfred B. Searle. 308 illustrations. 
5 24 x sy 2 . cloth. 488 pp. London, 
1911. $6.00 

Contents: Definition and Classification of Cer¬ 
amic Ware; Brief History of Ceramics; Raw 
Materials of Bodies; Plastic Bodies—Properties 
and Composition, Preparation, Purification; Proc¬ 
esses of Formation: Throwing, Expression, Mould¬ 
ing, Pressing, Casting, Slipping; Drying: Evap¬ 
oration, Aeration, Heat, Absorption; Glazes: 
Manufacture and Application; Firing: Properties 
of Bodies and Glazes During Firing-Kilns; Dec¬ 
oration: Materials and Methods; Terra-cottas: 
Bricks. Hollow Blocks, Roofing, Tiles, Paving 
Bricks, Pipes, Architectural and Decorative Terra- 
Cotta, Common Pottery, Tobacco Pipes, Lustre 
Ware, Tests; Fireclay Goods: Varieties, Methods 
of Manufacture, Tests; Faiences: Classification, 
Composition, Methods of Manufacture and Dec¬ 
oration; Stoneware: Paving Tiles, Sanitary 
Ware. For Domestic Purposes, For Chemical 
Products. Decorative Objects; Porcelain: Classi¬ 
fication, Composition, Manufacture, Decoration. 

Brown, Arthur E. Brick Drying. A prac¬ 
tical treatise on the drying of bricks 
and similar clay products. 125 illustra¬ 
tions, 11 tables. 4^4 x 7. cloth. 202 pp. 
London, 1902. net, $1.00 

Dillon, Edward. Glass. 49 illustrations. 
7^4 x io l / 2 . cloth. 374 pp. New York, 
1907. net, $7.50 

A descriptive history of glass from the earliest 
times to the present day. 

Duthie, A. L. Decorative Glass Processes. 
38 illustrations. 6x8}4. cloth. 279 
pp. ('Van Nostrand’s Westminster Se¬ 
ries.) London, 1908. $2.50 

Contents: Various Kinds of Glass in Use: 
Their Characteristics, Comparative Price, etc.; 
Leaded Lights; Stained Glass; Embossed Glass; 
Brilliant Cutting and Bevelling; Sand Blast and 
Cystalline Glass; Gilding, Silvering and Mosaic; 
Proprietary Processes; Patents; Glossary. 

Fairie, J. Notes on Pottery Clays. The 
distribution, properties, uses and anal¬ 
ysis of ball clays, china clays and china 
stone. With tables and formulae. 524 
x 7 r / 2 . cloth. 135 pp. London, 1901. 

$2.00 

Contents: Properties of Clays; Brick; Fire; 
Pottery; Pipe; Dorsetshire and Devonshire; 
Koohn or China; Cornish China; Analysis of 
Clays; Preparation of Clays; Sources of Irish 
Porcelain Clays; China Stone, Its Discovery, 
Use, Composition, Occurrence and Analysis. 




CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


103 


Frary, Francis C. Laboratory Manual of 
Glass-Blowing. 18 illustrations. 5 x 
724 - cloth. 68 pp. N. Y., 1914. $1.00 

Greaves-Walker, A. F. Clay Plant Con¬ 
struction and Operation. 79 illustra¬ 
tions. 6x9. cloth. 212 pp. Chicago, 
1919. $4.00 

This book explains in understandable English 
some of the problems of the manufacturer of 
structural clay products. Technical terms, form- 
ulas, and theories have been avoided, and prac¬ 
tical facts alone presented. 

Hainfcach, R. Pottery Decorating. A de¬ 
scription of all processes for decorat¬ 
ing pottery and porcelain. Translated 
from the German by Charles Salter. 
With 22 illustrations. i2mo. cloth. 
252 pp. London, 1907. $3.50 

Describes methods of ceramic decoration, by 
means of glazes, engobes, colors, metals and 
lustres, in a manner that will enable any pro¬ 
fessional ceramist to obtain the desired effect. 

Lefevre, L. Architectural Pottery. Bricks, 
tiles, pipes, enameled terra-cottas, or¬ 
dinary and incrusted quarries, stone¬ 
ware, mosaics, faiences and architec¬ 
tural stoneware. With a preface by 
M. J.-C. Formige. Translated from the 
French by K. H. Bird, M.A., and W. 
Moore Binns. 950 illustrations, 5 plates. 
6 * 4 x 10 . cloth. 511 pp. London, 
1900. $7.00 

Contents: Clays; Preparation; Bricks; Tiles; 
Pipes; Quarries; Terra Cottas; General Re¬ 
marks on the Decoration of Pottery; Glazed and 
Enamelled Bricks and Tiles; Decorated Quar¬ 
ries; Architectural Decorated Pottery; Sanitary 
Pottery. 

Love joy, Ellis. Drying Clay Wares. Il¬ 
lustrated. 6 x 9. cloth. 166 pp. Indian¬ 
apolis, 1916. $ I0 ° 

Malinovzsky, A. Analysis of Ceramic 
Materials and Methods of Calculation. 

In Press 

Marson, P. Glass and Its Manufacture. 
Illustrated. 5 x 7 1 / 2- cloth. 138 pp. 

London, 1918. $1.00 

Contents: History; The Chemistry of Glass- 
Making and the Materials Used; Chemical and 
Physical Properties of Glass; Composition of the 
Different Kinds of Glass; Colored Glass and 
Artificial Gems; Decolorizers; Refractory Mate¬ 
rials Used; Glass House Furnaces; Glass-Melting 
Pots and Their Manufacture; Lehrs and An¬ 
nealing; Manipulation of Glass; Glass-Makers 
Tools and Machines; Crown, Sheet, and Plate 
Glass; Tube, Cane, and Chemical Glassware; 
Optical Glass; Decorative Glassware; English and 
Foreign Methods of Glass Manufacture Com* 
pared; Appendix. 

Mellor, J. W. A Treatise on 'Quantitative 
Inorganic Analysis. With special ref¬ 
erence to the analysis of clays, silicates 
and related minerals. Being Vol. I of 
a Treatise on the Ceramic Industries. 


2! plates, 206 illustrations. 634 x 9. 809 
pp. cloth. London, 1913. $9.00 

Contents: Weighing; Measurement of Vol¬ 
umes; Volumetric Analysis; Calorimetry and 
Turbidimetry; Filtration and Washing; Heating 
and Drying; Pulverisation and Grinding; Sam¬ 
pling; Reagents; Determination of Volatile Mat¬ 
ters; Opening up Silicates; Determination of 
Silica Ammonia Precipitate; Iron; Titanium; 
Calcium and Magnesium; Alkalies; Abbreviated 
Analysis and Analytical Errors; Electro-Analysis; 
Analysis of Glass, Glazes, Enamels and Colours; 
Determination of Arsenic; Antimony; Tin; 
Lead-Bismuth; Mercury; Copper; Cadmium; 
Zinc; Manganese; Cobalt and Nickel; Molyb¬ 
denum; Tungsten; Columbium and Tantalum; 
Gold; Selenium; Aluminum; Berylium; Special 
Methods for Iron Compounds, etc. 

Mellor, J. W. (Editor). Clay and Pot¬ 
tery Industries. 263 illustrations, 4 
colored plates. 6 x 8J4. cloth. 432 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1914. $6.00 

Contents: Chrome-Tin and Chrome-Alumina 
Colors; Pottery Crystallization; Minute Struc¬ 
ture of Porcelain and Earthenware; Excess Air 
in the Firing of Ovens and Kilns; Chemical and 
Physical Changes in the Firing of Pottery and 
Clays; Amount Determination of Soluble Salts 
in Clays; “Sulphuring” and “Feathering” of 
Glazes; Plasticity of Potters’ Materials; Cobalt 
Blue Colors; Setting of Cement and the “Buck¬ 
ling” of Floor Tiles; High Temperature Spe¬ 
cific Heats of Fire-Bricks; Clay-Slip Studies; 
Scumming of Magazine Blue; Action of Heat 
on Refractory Materials; Rational Analysis of 
Clays; Centrifugal Extractors vs. Filter Presses; 
Imitation of Fried Pottery Bodies; Pyritiferous 
Clays; Temperature Regulation of Electric 
Muffles; Compositions of Fractions of Clays of 
Different Degrees of Fineness; Action of Heat 
on Binary Mixtures of Felspar, Flint, and China 
Clay; Nomenclature of Clay; Absorption and 
Dissolution of Gases by Silicates; Determina¬ 
tion of Small Amounts of Iron in Clays; Clay 
Vitrification Speed; Fusing Test as a Standard 
of Refractoriness; Cylinder Grinding; Jackson’s 
and Purdy’s Surface Factors; Frit-Kiln Bridge; 
Softening Temperatures of Lead-Silica Glasses; 
Silicate Nomenclature; Chemical Constitution_ of 
Kaolinite Molecule; Action of Heat in Fire- 
Clays; Fire-Clays and Fire-Bricks; Five Falla¬ 
cies in Potting; Simultaneous Determination of 
Small Quantities of Titanium and Vanadium 
Colorimetrically; Behaviour of Some Glazes in 
the Glost Oven; Fine-Dust Action on Fire- 
Bricks; Laboratory Grinders; Altofts Shale 
Composition; Magnetic Pottery; Nickel in Glaze 
Colors; Cobalt Salts Action on Clay-Staining 
Bodies; Arrested Reactions; Refractory Mate¬ 
rials in Gas Works; Technical Education and 
Foreign Competition; Technical Education in the 
Old-Established Industries. 

Pier, G. C. Pottery of the Near East. 64 
illustrations 8vo. cloth. 180 pp. New 
York, 1909. net, $3-5° 

Describes and illustrates the ceramic arts of 
Mesopotamia, Egypt, Syro-Egypt, Syria, Persia, 
European and Asiatic Turkey. 

Recipes for Flint Glass Making. Being 
leaves from the mixing book of several 
experts on the flint glass trade, com¬ 
piled by a British glass master and 
mixer. Second Edition. 534 x 734 - 
cloth, 34 pp. London, 1907. $ 5 -p° 

Contains up-to-date recipes # and valuable in¬ 
formation as to Crystal, Demi-Crystal, and Col- 




u. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


104 


ored Glass in its many varieties, and the recipes 
for cheap metal suited to pressing, blowing, etc., 
as well as the most costly crystal and ruby, as 
follows: Ruby Glass; German Metal; Cornelian; 
Sapphire Blue; Crysophis; Opal; Turquoise 
Blue; Gold Color; Green; Malachite; Black; 
Canary; White Opaque Glass; Sealing Wax Red; 
Flint Glass; Achromatic Glass; Baste Glass; 
White Enamel; Firestone; Dead White; Agate; 
Canary; Notes by Compiler. 

Rhead, G. W. British Pottery Marks. 14 
photographs. 1200 other illustrations. 

554 x 8 34. cloth. 307 pp. London, 
1910. $ 3-50 

The main purpose of the work is to assist 
the collector, connoisseur, student, and general 
reader in the identification of the various British 
pottery wares. 

Ries, Heinrich. Clays, Their Occurrence, 
Properties and Uses. With especial 
reference to those of the United States. 
Second Edition, revised and enlarged. 
60 illustrations. 6 x g%. cloth. 573 
pp. New York, 1914- net, $5 00 

Contents: Origin of Clay; Chemical Proper¬ 
ties; Physical Properties; Kinds of Clays; Meth¬ 
ods of Manufacture; Distribution of Clays in 
the United States; Fullers Earth. 

Ries, Heinrich, and Leighton, Henry. His¬ 
tory of the Clay Working Industry in 
the United States. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 279 pp. N. Y., 1909. net, $2.50 

Contents: Resume of the Clay-working Indus¬ 
try by Products. Introduction; Common Brick; 
Pressed Brick and Ornamental Brick; Enameled 
Brick; Architectural Terra Cotta; Hollow Ware 
for Structural Work; Roofing Tile; Floor and 
Wall Tile; Sewer Pipe; Conduits; Paving 
Brick; Fire Brick; Pottery; Clay Mining Indus¬ 
tries. History of the Clay-working Industry by 
States. 

Rosenhain, Walter. Glass Manufacture. 
Second Edition, largely rewritten. 18 
illustrations. 5/2x814. cloth. 273 pp 
London, 1919. $4.00 

Contents: Physical and Chemical Properties of 
Glass; Physical Properties of Glass; Raw Mate¬ 
rials of Glass Manufacture; Refractories; Fur¬ 
naces; The Process of Fusion; Processes Used in 
the Working of Glass; Bottle Glass; Blown and 
Pressed Glass; Rolled or Plate Glass; Sheet and 
Crown Glass; Colored Glasses; Optical Glass; 
Miscellaneous Products; Appendices. 

Sandeman, Ernest A. Notes on the Man¬ 
ufacture of Earthenware. Second Edi¬ 
tion. Illustrated 5x742. cloth. 390 
pp. London, 1917. $3.50 

Contents: Definition of Earthenware and Gen¬ 
eral Principles of its Manufacture; Materials 
Used in the Composition of the Body; Mixture 
of the Materials for the Body in the Slip 
House; Materials jmd Their Preparation for the 
Glaze; Models and Moulds; Processes and Ma¬ 
terials Used in Their Manufacture; Manufac¬ 
ture of Articles from Clay and Various Meth¬ 
ods Employed; Pressing, Casting, Handling. 
Sticking-up Dishmaking; Application of Machin¬ 
ery to Potting; Auxiliary Plant, and Appliances 
Required by Machine Jiggerers; Manufacture 
of Clay Ware by Machinery; Decoration of 


Ware in the Clay State; General Remarks on 
Clay Ware; Ovens and Their Constructions; 
Saggers and Sagger-making; Biscuit Placing, 
Firing; Drawing Biscuit Ovens and Biscuit 
Warehouse Dipping, or the Application of the 
Glaze; Spurs, Thimbles, Stilts, and Their Manu¬ 
facture; Glost Placing or the Arrangement # of 
Glazed Ware in Saggers; Glost Firing; Drawing 
Glost and Sorting Warehouse; Printing Under- 
glaze; Painting and Decorating Underglaze; 
Hardening-on Kilns; Printing, Painting and 
Decorating Overglaze; Enamel Kilns and Fir¬ 
ing; Glost Warehouses and Getting up Orders; 
The Packing Shed; Arrangement of a Pottery; 
General Remarks; Cost of Production. 

Searle, Alfred B. The Clayworker’s Hand- 
Book. A manual for all engaged in 
the manufacture of articles from clay. 
Second Edition. 32 illustrations. s l A x 
7.>4. cloth. 424 pp. London, 1911. $3.00 

Contents: Materials Used in Clay-Working; 
Preparation of the Clay; Machinery; Transport, 
Conveyors, Pumps, and Fans; Drying and Dry¬ 
ers; Engobing and Glazing; Setting or Charging; 
Kilns; Firing; Discharging, Sorting, Packing 
and Despatching; Defects; Waste; Tests, Anal¬ 
ysis, and Control. 

Searle, Alfred B. An Introduction to 

British Clays, Shales, and Sands. 53 
illustrations, 10 plates. 5^x8. cloth. 
463 pp. Phila., 1912. net, $2.00 

Contents: Igneous Rocks from Which Clays 
Are Derived; Formation of Clays, etc., from 
Igneous Rocks; Sedimentary Rocks; Clay-Form¬ 
ing Portions by Sedimentary Rock; IIow Recent 
Clay Beds Were Formed; Chief Characteristics 
of Various Clays and Shales; Materials Similar 
to Clays; Mineral and other Constituents of 
Clays; Physical and Chemical Properties of 
Clays; Prospecting, Mining, and Quarrying; 
Purification and Preparation of Clays; Legal 
Position of Clays. 

Searle, Alfred B. Cement, Concrete and 
Bricks. (Outlines of Industrial Chem¬ 
istry.) 113 illustrations. 6^4 x 8->4- 
cloth. 425 pp. New York, 1914. 

net, $3.00 

Contents: The Raw Materials for Cements; 
Methods of Cement Manufacture; Chemical and 
Physical Changes in Cements; Changes That 
Occur in Setting and Hardening; Testing the 
Properties of Cements; The Components of Con¬ 
crete and Their Properties; Preparation of Con¬ 
crete - , Reinforced Concrete; Special Properties 
of Concrete; Testing Concrete; Raw Materials 
for Brick?; Methods of Brickmaking; The Chem¬ 
ical and Other Changes in Drying and Burning 
Bricks; Basic and Neutral Bricks. 

Searle, A. B. Modern Brickmaking. 

Second Edition, revised and enlarged. 
310 illustrations. 6^2 x 10. cloth. 512 
_pp. London, 1920. $7.00 

Contents: The Nature and Selection of Clays- 
and their Special Suitability for Certain Pur¬ 
poses; Color and Characteristics of Various 
Bricks; Quality of Bricks; Sand, Breeze and 
other Materials Used; Getting Clay-Cleaning- 
Transport; Selection of a Process and' Plant for 
Making Bricks; 1 he Site; The Material; Plastic 
Processes; Stiff-Plastic Process; Semi-Dry or 
Semi-Plastic Process; Selecting a Process; Se¬ 
lecting Brick Machinery; Methods of Transport; 





CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


105 


. electing a Dryer; Selecting a Kiln; Size of 
the Works; Engines and Other Sources of 
J ower; Hand-Moulding Processes; Plastic Mould- 
ing by Machinery; Box-Mould Machines; Wire- 
Cut Bricks; Crushing Rolls; Edge-Runner Mills; 
Mixers and Feeders; Pug-Mills, Mouthpiece- 
Presses, and Auger Machines; Expression 
Roller Machines; Cutting Tables; Repressing; 
Drying; Transport; Kilns; The Stiff-Plastic Pro¬ 
cess; Stiff-Plastic Brick Machines; Drying; Kilns; 
Semi-Dry or Semi-Plastic Process; Dry or Dust 
Process; Kilns; Kiln Construction; Selecting a 
Kiln; Setting and Firing; Vitrified Bricks; Blue 
and Other Engineering Bricks; Paviors; Clink¬ 
ers; Acidproof Bricks; Fire-Bricks and Blocks; 
Glazed Bricks; Glazes and Bodies; Salt-Glazing; 
Perforated, Radial and Hollow Bricks and 
Blocks; Fireproof Flooring; Moulded and Orna¬ 
mental Bricks; Drying Raw Clay; Sources of 
Difficulty and Loss. 

Searle, Alfred B. Refractory Materials: 
Their Manufacture and Uses. 135 il¬ 
lustrations. 614x9. 456 pp. London, 

1917. $6.00 

Contents: The Raw Materials; The Manufac¬ 
ture of Firebricks from Clay; Silica Firebricks; 
Basic Bricks, Including Magnesia. Dolomite, 

Lime, Baryta and Basic Slag Bricks; Bauxite 

and Other Highly Aluminous Bricks; Carbon 
Bricks; Bricks Made of Chromite or Iron Ore; 
Carbide and Carlox’de Bricks; Refractory 

Blocks, Slabs, and Hollowware; Saggers, Muf¬ 
fles, Crucibles and Scarifiers; Glass Pots; Retorts; 
Fused Silica Ware; Refractory Porcelain; Mor¬ 
tars and Cements: Selection and Application of 
Refractory Materials. 

Searle, Alfred B. Clays and Clay Prod¬ 
ucts. Illustrated. 5 x 7/2. cloth. 163 
pp. New York, 1916. $1.00 

Shaw, S. Chemistry of the Several Nat¬ 
ural and Artificial Heterogeneous Com¬ 
pounds Used in Manufacturing Porce¬ 
lain, Glass and Pottery. Reissued in 
its original form as published in 1837. 
6 J 4 x 10. cloth. 769 pp. London, 1903. 

$6.00 

Contents: Analysis and Materials. Elements; 
Temperature; Acids and Alkalies; the .Earths; 
Metals. Synthesis and Compounds. Origin and 
Progress of the Art; Science of Mixing; Various 


Bodies; Glazes; Glasses; Colors; Tables of the 
Characteristics of Chemical Substances. 

Shaw, S. History of the Staffordshire Pot- 
eries and the Rise and Progress of the 
Manufacture of Pottery and Porcelain. 
With references to genuine specimens, 
and notices of eminent potters. 6x834- 
cloth. 269 pp. London, 1904. $2.50 

Contents: The Potteries; On the Origin of the 
Art, and Its Practice Among the Early Nations; 
Manufacture of Pottery Prior to 1700; Introduc¬ 
tion of Red Porcelain in 1G90; Progress of the 
Manufacture from 1700 to 1760; Introduction 
of Fluid Glaze; Introduction of Porcelain; Blue 
Printed Pottery; Introduction of Lustre Pottery. 

Shenstone, W. A. Methods of Glass Blow¬ 
ing and of Working Silica in the Oxy- 
Gas Flame. For the use of chemical 
and physical students. Illustrated. 4 34 
x 634 - cloth. 106 pp. London, 1916. 
X634. cloth. 106 pp London, 1916. $1.00 
Contents: Glass-Blower’s Apparatus; Varieties 
of Glass and Their Management; Cutting and 
Bending Glass; Forming Glass Apparatus Before 
the Blow-pipe; Making and Grinding Stoppers 
to Apparatus; Making Thistle Funnels, U-Tubes, 
etc.; Electrodes; Graduating and Calibrating 
Glass Apparatus. 

Suffling, E. R. Treatise on the Art of 
Glass Painting. Prefaced with a review 
of ancient glass. Illustrated, colored 
plates, cloth. 150 pp. London, 1902. 

$3.so 

Contents: A Short History of Stained Glass; 
Designing - Scale Drawings; Cartoons and Out¬ 
line; Various Kinds of Glass Cutting for Win¬ 
dows; Colors and Brushes Used in Glass Paint¬ 
ing; Painting on Glass; Dispersed Patterns; Dia¬ 
pered Patterns; Adding; Firing; Fret Lead 
Glazing. 

Uhlig, Edward C. Chemical Analysis for 
Glassmakers. 89 illustrations. 6 % xg T /2. 
cloth. 142 pp. Pittsburg, 1903. 

net, $5.00 

Contents: Chemical Theory; The Metric Sys¬ 
tem; General Procedure of Analysis; Volumetric 
Analysis; Reagents; Methods of Analysis; Spe¬ 
cific Gravity; Care of Platinum Vessels. 


CEMENT—CONCRETE 


Blount, Bertram. Cement. Assisted by 
Wm. H. Woodcock and Henry J. Gil- 
lett. 84 illustrations. 5L2 x 834- cloth. 
296 pp. London, 1920. $6.00 

Contents: Historical; Raw Materials; Fuel; 
Manufacture; Power; Works Control; Testing; 
Methods of Analysis; Chemistry of Portland Ce¬ 
ment; Function of the Various Constituents of 
Cement; Uses of Cement; Effect of Various 
Substances of Cement; By-Products of t ement, 
Appendices. 

Brown, William A. The Portland Cement 
Industry. A practical treatise on the 
building, equipping and economical run¬ 
ning of a Portland cement plant. 36 


illustrations. 5L>x8->4. cloth. 168 pp. 
New York, 1917. net, $3.00 

Contents: Introductory; Historical: Develop¬ 
ment of the Industry; Manufacture; Raw Mate¬ 
rials; Design and Construction of a Modern 
Portland Cement Plant; The Rotary Kiln; Power 
Plants; Miscellaneous; Costs and Statistics; 
Equipment; Development of Cement Testing; 
Chemical Composition; Fineness; Tensile 
Strength; Time of Setting; Soundness or Con¬ 
stancy of Volume. 

Cochran, Jerome. General Specifications 
for Concrete and Reinforced Concrete. 
Including finishng and waterproofing. 
614x9*4. cloth. 300 pp. New York, 
1913- net, $2.50 






io6 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Cochran, J. A Treatise on Cement Spec¬ 
ifications. Including the general use, 
purchase, storage, inspection and test 
requirements of Portland, Natural, Puz- 
zolan ("Slag,) and Silica ("Sand Cernent,), 
and methods of testing and analysis of 
Portland Cement. Illustrated. 524 x 
8M- cloth. 113 pp. New York, 1912. 

net, $1.00 

Dancaster, Arnest A. Limes and Cements. 
Their nature, manufacture and use. An 
elementary treatise. Illustrated. x 
7 Y 2 . cloth. 224 pp. N. Y., 1915. $2.75 

Contents. Progress of Discovery in. the Sci¬ 
ence Connected with Limes, etc.; Chemistry and 
Classification of Limes; The Composition and 
Origin of the Rocks Which Furnish Different 
Kinds of Lime; The Calcilation of Limestones; 
Artificial Hydraulic Limes, Pozzolanic and Slag 
Cements; Portland Cement; Natural Cements; 
Plaster Cements; The Slaking of Limes; Sands, 
Pozzolanas and Other Materials Used with Lime 
in the Preparation of Mortar; Mortars; Con¬ 
crete; Plastering; Stuccos; Waterproofing Ce¬ 
ment; Bituminous and Oleaginous Cements; The 
“Saltpetering” of Limes, Cements and Plasters; 
The Chemical Analysis of Limes and Cements; 
Physical and Mechanical Tests. 

Davis, A. C. Portland Cement. Second 
Edition, revised and enlarged. Illus¬ 
trated. 6x9. 450 pp. London, 1909. 

net, $6.00 

Ccmtents: Introduction; Definition and Con¬ 
stitution; Raw Materials, Grinding and Mixing; 
Estimation and Analysis of Raw Materials; 
Burning or Calcining; Clinker Grinding; Chem¬ 
ical Tests; Sampling, Testing and Uses; Fineness 
and Sieving; Tests for Bushel Weight and Spe¬ 
cific Gravity; Setting; Soundness, Contraction 
and Expansion; Tensile Strength; Tests; Com¬ 
pression, and Transverse Tests; Appendix. 

Desch, Cecil H. The Chemistry and Test¬ 
ing of Cement. Illustrated. 5^ x 824- 
cloth. 277 pp. London, 191a $4.00 

Contents: The History of Calcareous Cements; 
The Raw Material and Processes of Manufac¬ 
ture of Cements; The Constitution of Cements; 
The Setting and Hardening of Cements; The 
Physical Properties of Cements; The Mechani¬ 
cal Properties of Cements, Concrete and Arti¬ 
ficial Stone; The Resistance of Cement and 
Concrete to Destructive Agents; The Chemical 
Analysis of Cements; Conclusion; Appendix I., 
The Revised British Standard Specification, 1910; 
Chronological Table. 

Falk, Myron S. Cements, Mortars and 
Concretes. Their physical properties. 
Illustrated. 6 T A x g l A- cloth. T82 pp. 
New York, 1904. net, $2.50 

Contents: Chemical Properties of Cements; 
Physical Tests of Cement; General Physical 
Properties; Elastic Properties in General; Ten¬ 
sile Properties; Flexural Properties; Appendix. 

Gatehouse, F. B. A Handbook for Cement 
Works’ Chemists. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 142 pp. London, 1908. $2.^0 

Contents: Introduction; Analysis of Raw Ma¬ 
terials; Calculation of Proportion of Raw Mate¬ 
rials; Analysis of Fuel, Lubricants, Water, and 
Kiln Gases; Cement Analysis; Appendix; In¬ 
dices. 


Glasenapp, M. Plaster, Overburnt Gypsum 
and Hydraulic Gypsum. Translated by 
W. Michaelis, Jr. 18 illustrations. 524 
x8. pap. 47 pp. Chic., 1910. $0.50 

An essay, describing the various products 
obtainable by heating and calcining of native 
gypsum, based upon an extensive microscopical 
research, intended to throw light on the excel¬ 
lent properties of some kinds of burnt gypsum 
and to end the confusion existing in the classi¬ 
fication of gypsum products. 

Meade, Richard K. Portland Cement. Its 
composition, raw materials, manufac¬ 
ture, testing and analysis. Second Edi¬ 
tion. 169 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
522 pp. London, 1911. $5.00 

Contents: Relation Between Mortar Materials 
and History of the Development of the American 
Portland Cement Industry; The Nature and 
Composition of Portland Cement; Raw Mate¬ 
rials; Proportioning the Raw Materials; Quarry¬ 
ing, Excavating, Drying, and Mixing the Raw 
Materials; Grinding the Raw Materials and 
Grinding Machinery; Burning-Kilns and Process- 
Cooling and Grinding the Clinker; Storing and 
Packing the Cement; Analysis of Cement; Of 
Cement Mixtures; Of Raw Materials; Inspection 
of Cement; Specific Gravity; Fineness; Time of 
Setting; Tensile Strength; Soundness; Detection 
of Adulteration in Portland Cement; Investiga¬ 
tion of Materials Used in Portland Cement; 
Tables. 

Richards, W. A., and North, H. B. A 

Manual of Cement Testing. For the use 
of engineers and chemists in colleges 
and in the field. Illustrated. 524 x 8. 
cloth. 147 pp. N. Y., 1912. net, $1.50 

Contents: Classification, Composition, Manu¬ 
facture; Sampling; Fineness; Specific Gravity; 
Normal Consistency; Constancy of Volume; Ten¬ 
sile Strength; Compressed Strength and Trans¬ 
verse Tests; Sand and Stone; Laboratory Equip¬ 
ment; Part Played by Chemical Analysis; Prep¬ 
aration of Sample for Analysis; Analysis of 
Cement, Limestone, Marl, Slag and Clay. 

Spaulding, F. P. Hydraulic Cement. Its 
properties, testing and use. Second 
Edition, rewritten. 34 illustrations. 5 x 
7^4- cloth. 310 pp. New York, 1906. 

net, $2.00 

Contents: Hydraulic Lime; Classification and 
Constitution of Cement; The Setting and Har¬ 
dening of Cement; Its Soundness; Methods of 
Testing Cement; Tests for the Strength of Mor¬ 
tar; Tests for Soundness; Special Tests; Cement- 
mortar and Concrete; Appendix, Containing 
Specifications for the Reception of Cement. 

Waterbury, L. A. Cement Laboratory 
Manual. For the use of students in 
cement laboratory practice. 28 illus¬ 
trations. 5x7*4. cloth. 129 pp. New 
York, 1908. net, $1.00 

Contents: General Instructions; Description of 
Apparatus; Laboratory Problems; Appendices: 
Progress Report of Committee on Uniform Tests 
of Cement of the American Society of Civil 
Engineers; American Society for Testing Mate¬ 
rials’ Specifications for Cement; New York Sec¬ 
tion of the Society for Chemical Industry’s 
Methods of Analysis for Limestones and Ce¬ 
ments. 




CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


107 


PHOT OGRAPHY 

—— — n un 


Abney, W. De W. Instruction in Pho¬ 
tography. Eleventh Edition , revised. 
208 illustrations. 5 x y l / 2 . cloth. 676 
pp. London, 1905. $2.50 

Abney, W. DeW. A Treatise on Pho¬ 
tography. Tenth Edition t thoroughly re¬ 
vised. 134 illustrations. 5x7. cloth. 
442 pp. London, 1918. $2.25 

Contents: Historical Sketch of the Discovery 
and Progress of Photography; Experiments with 
Light; Theory of Sensitive Compounds; The 
Action of Light on Various Compounds; On the 
Support and Substratum; Development of the 
Photographic Image; Giving Intensity to and 
Fixing the Image; Effect of the Spectrum on 
the Haloid Salts of Silverj On the Apparent 
Destruction of the Action of Light on the Photo¬ 
graphic Image; Light for the Dark Room; The 
Gelatino-Bromide Process; Exposure and Devel¬ 
opment of Gelatino-Bromide Plates; The Daguer¬ 
reotype; Collodion; Collodion Processes; Man¬ 
ipulations in the Wet-Plate Photography; Dry- 
plate Processes with the Bath; Collodion-Emul¬ 
sion Processes; Washed Collodion Emulsions; 
Paper Negatives; Silver Printing; Manipula¬ 
tions in Silver Printing; Collodio- and Gelatino- 
Citro-Chloride-Processes; Printing with Iron and 
Uranium Compounds; Platinotype Process; 
Printing with Chromium Salts; Miscellaneous 
Printing Processes with Chromium Salts; Photo- 
Lithographic Transfers; Photo-Engraving and 
Relief Processes; Photo-Collotype Process; Ele¬ 
mentary Photographic Optics; Apparatus; On 
the Picture; Photo-Spectroscopy; Orthochromatic 
Photography; Actinometry; True Monochromatic 
Rendering of Color; Trichromatic Photography; 
Celestial Photography; Photography with the 
Microscope; The Failure of a Photographic Law; 
Appendix. 

Den, Louis. Photography for Students 
of Physics and Chemistry. 88 illustra¬ 
tions, 1 plate. 5 x 7J^. cloth. 258 pp. 
New York, 1916. $2.25 

Contents: Pin-Holes; The Lens; Aberrations 
of Lenses; Classes of Lenses; Lens Testing; 
The Diaphragm; The Camera and Its Acces¬ 
sories; Color Sensitiveness of Silver Salts; 
Photo-Chemical Action; Development and De¬ 
velopers; Markings upon the Plate; Fixing, 
Washing and Drying; Intensification and Re¬ 
duction; Halation and Reversal; Certain Print¬ 
ing Processes; Lantern Slides; Shutter Expos¬ 
ures; Color Photography. 

Flint, W. R. Chemistry for Photographers. 
Tables. 5x7. cloth. 216 pp. Boston, 
Mass., 1916. net, $2.00 

Explains the principles underlying the tech¬ 
nical details of photographic chemistry. 

Gamble, Wm. Photography and its Ap¬ 
plications. 50 illustrations. 7 x 7/4- 
cloth. 144 pp. London, 1920. $1.00 

Contents: Discovery of Photography; The 
Camera and Lens; Dark Room and its Equip¬ 
ment: Sensitive Plates; Wet Collodion Process; 
Collodion Emulsion and Dry Plates; Making the 
Exposure; Development and After Treatment of 
the Plate; Printing Processes; Carbon and Other 
Methods; Enlarging, Copying, and Lantern-Slide 


Making; Color Processes; Scientific Applications 
of Photography; Cinema-Photography; Photo- 
Mechanical Processes; Industrial Applications of 
Photography; Photography in Warfare. 

Garrett, A. E. The Advance of Photog¬ 
raphy. Its history and modern applica¬ 
tions. 167 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
395 PP- London, 1911. $4.00 

Contents: Historical Survey; Chemical Action 
of Light; Pseudo-Photographic Effects; Photo¬ 
graphic Importance of the Chromium Com¬ 
pounds; Lenses; Camera Appliances; Dry Plates, 
Films and Papers; Art in Photography; Some 
Early Applications of Photography; Photography 
in Natural Colors; Book Illustrations; Astro¬ 
nomical Photography; Micro-Photography and 
Projection Apparatus; Rontgen-Ray Photography; 
Photo-Telegraphy; Animated Photography. 

Heath, F. H. Chemistry of Photography. 

In Press 

Contents: The Scope of the Subject of Pho¬ 
tography; Light and Allied Radiations; Photo¬ 
chemical Action and Its Measurement; Histor¬ 
ical Sketch of the Development of the Photo¬ 
graphic Art; The Latent Photographic Ibage; 
The Scientific Treatment of Modern Photo¬ 
graphic Materials; Orthochromatic Photography; 
Exposure of the Photographic Plate or Film; 
The Common Physical and Chemical Phenomena 
Involved in the Processes of Photographic Work; 
The Developing Process; The Processes of Fix¬ 
ation and Washing of Plates and Films; The 
Method for the Production of Positives on 
Plates; Intensification and Reduction of Nega¬ 
tives; Processes of Printing in the Salts of 
Silver; The Methods of Copying and Enlarging 
from Negatives or Prints; Printing Methods 
Based on the Use of Salts of Iron; Printing 
Methods Based on the Photo-chemical Action of 
a Dichromate Mixed with Other Substances; 
Photomechanical Methods; Color Photography; 
Flash-Light and Artificial Light Photography; 
Scientific Uses of Photography. 

Horgan, Stephen H. Half-Tone and Photo¬ 
mechanical Processes. Illustrated. 28 
full-page plates. 6 J A x 9. cloth. 234 
pp. Chicago, 1913. $3.00 

Jones, H. Chapman. Photography of To- 
Day. A popular account of the origin, 
progress and latest discoveries in the 
photographers’ art, told in non-technical 
language. 54 illustrations and plates. 
524 x 8. cloth. 342 pp. Philadelphia, 
Pa. $2.25 

Meldola, R. The Chemistry of Photogra¬ 
phy. 5x7^4. 396 PP. London, 1913. 

net, $2.00 

Contents: Definition of Subject; Photo-chemis¬ 
try of the Silver Compounds; Theory of the 
Action of Sensitizers; Emulsion Photography; 
General Notion of Development; Rapidity of 
Emulsion Plates Partly Due to Developer; Com¬ 
position of White Light; Relation Between 
Photochemical Decomposition and Absorption of 
Light; Post Developmental Processes. 







io8 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Roebuck, J. R. The Science and Practice 
of Photography. An elementary text¬ 
book on the scientific theory and a 
laboratory manual. Illustrated. 5^2 x 
8V2. cloth. 312 pp. N. Y., 1918. $2.25 

Contents: Historical Development; Properties 
of the Gelatine Dry Plate-Exposure and Devel¬ 
opments and Color Sensitiveness; Latent Image 
Theories; Negative Defects; Positive Processes; 
Lenses; Color Photography; Good Pictures; Ap¬ 
pendix; Laboratory Manual. 

Sheppard, S. E. Photo-Chemistry. 47 il¬ 
lustrations, 42 tables. 5^4 x 7M2. cloth. 
475 PP- New York, 1914. $4 00 

Contents: The Measurement of Light Quan¬ 
tities; Energetics of Radiation; Economic and 
Energetic Relations of Actual Light Resources; 
Absorption of Light; Statics and Kinetics of 
Photo-Chemical Change; Dynamics of Photo- 
Chemical Change; Special Photo-Chemistry; Ra¬ 
diant Matter and Photo-Chemical Change; The 
Genesis Light on Chemical Change; Organic 
Photo-Synthesis. 

Sheppard, S. E., and Mees, C. E. K. 

Investigations on the Theory of the 
Photographic Process. Illustrated. 5 x 
7 * 4 . cloth. 350 pp. London, t907. $2.75 
Contents: Part T, Introductory; Part II, Phys¬ 
ical Chemistry of Exposure, Development and 
Fixation; Part III, Sensitometry of Photographic 
Plates. 

Steadman, Frank Morris. Unit Photog¬ 
raphy. 10 illustrations, 13 plates. 5^4 
x 8 * 4 .' cloth. 174 pp. N. Y., 1914. $2.50 

Contents: Analysis of Present Conditions; 
Character of Photographic Emulsions; Actin¬ 
ism; Time; Diaphragm Systems; Unit Actin- 
ometry; Problems in Unit Actinometry; Unit 
Sensitometry; Actinic Contrasts; Classification of 
Subjects as to Their Actinic Contrasts; The 
Hurter and Driffield Method; Negative Making; 
Practice. 


Verfasser, Julius. The Half-Tone Process. 
A practical manual of photo-engraving 
in half-tone on zinc, copper and brass; 
with chapters on three-color work and 
photo-lithography and off-set printing. 
Fifth Edition, fully revised. \J 7 illus¬ 
trations and plates. 6x8l4. cloth. 400 
pp. London, 1916. net, $3.50 

Contents: The Studio, Fittings, Tools and 
Appliances. What is a Half-Tone?; The Screen; 
Construction and Equipment of Studio; The 
Dark Room; Metal Printing Room; Electric 
Light Installation; Etching Room; Mounting; 
Proofing; Materials Used. The Operations. 
Photographic Operations; Making the Negative; 
Printing from the Negative; Etching the Plate; 
Machine Etching; Finishing and Mounting; 
Proofing the Plates; Three-Color Half-Tone 
Process; Duotypes or Two-Color Half-Tones; 
Photo-Lithography in Half-Tone; Preparation of 
Originals. 

Von Hiibl, A. F. Three-Color-Photogra¬ 
phy. With special reference to three- 
color printing and similar processes. 
Translated by H. O. Klein. 39 illus¬ 
trations. x 8 $ 4 . 138 pp. London, 

1915. $ 3 - 5 ° 

Contents: Introduction; Light and Color; The¬ 
ory and Practice of Three Color Photography; 
Conclusion. 

Watkins, Alfred. Photography, Its Prin¬ 
ciples and Applications. Second Edi¬ 
tion, revised. 99 illustrations. sV x SLz. 
cloth. 349 pp. London, 1919. $3.00 

Contents: First Principles; Lenses; Exposure 
Influences; Practical Exposure; Development In¬ 
fluences; Practical Development; Cameras and 
Dark Room; Orthochromatic Photography; Print¬ 
ing Processes; Hand Camera Work; Enlarging 
and Slide Making; Color Photography: General, 
Record and Science Applications; Plate Speed 
Testing; Process Work (Photo Mechanical Print¬ 
ing) ; Pinhole Photography. 


EIECTRO-CHEMISTRY 


Bonney, G. E. The Electro-Platers' Hand¬ 
book. A practical manual for amateurs 
and students in electro-metallurgy. 
Fifth Edition, revised. 61 illustrations. 
5x7^. cloth. 237 pp. London. 

net, $1.50 

Burgess, C. F., and Cavens, G. W. 

Applied Electro-Chemistry and Weld¬ 
ing. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 132 pp. 
Chicago, 1917. ' $1.75 

A practical treatise on commercial chemistry, 
the electric furnace, the manufacture of ozone 
and nitrogen by high-tension discharges, and the 
application of electric, gas, and chemical weld¬ 
ing to manufacturing and repair work. 

Classen, A., and Cloeren, H. 'Quantitative 
Analysis by Electrolysis. Revised Eng¬ 
lish translation of the Fifth -German 
Edition. 52 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
359 PP- New York, 1919. " $3.00 


Contents: Introduction; Electro-Analytical De- l 
termination; Separation of Metals; Special 
Analyses. 

Danneel, H. Electrochemistry. Theoret¬ 
ical Electrochemistry and its physico- l 
chemical foundations. Translated by E. 1 
S. Merriam. 18 illustrations. 5x714. J 
cloth. 188 pp. N. Y., 1907. $1.50 

Contents: Introduction; Work, Current, and 
Voltage; Chemical Equilibrium, Statics, and Kin¬ 
etics; Theory of Electrolytic Dissociation; Con- 5 
ductivitv; Electromotive Force and the Galvanic : 
Current; Polarization and Electrolysis; Electron 
Theory; Bibliography. 

Engelhard!, Victor. The Electrolysis of 
Water. Translated from the German 
by Jos. W. Richards. 90 illustrations, j 
6x9. cloth. 150 pp. Easton, 190^. $1.50 

Field, Samuel. The Principles of Electro- 
Deposition. A laboratory guide to 







CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


109 


electro-plating. 114 illustrations. 5%x 
724 - cloth. 398 pp. London, 1911. $2.50 

Contents: Voltaic Cells and Accumulators; 
Properties of Electric Current; The Dynamo; 
Arrangement of Apparatus in the Circuit; 
Switchboard and Connections; Resistances; 
Measuring Instruments; Quantitative Electro- 
Deposition; Processes Preparatory to Plating; 
General Properties and Preparation of Solutions; 
Density of Solutions; Hydrometers; Deposition 
of Copper; The Copper Cyanide Solution; Depo¬ 
sition of Nickel, Iron, Tin, Zinc, Silver, Gold; 
Electro-Brassing; Metal-Colouring; Qualitative 
Analysis; Applications of Qualitative Analysis; 
Quantitative Analysis; Estimation of Cyanide; 
Estimation of Constituents of Copper Solutions; 
Recovery of Metals; Appendix. 

Gamble, Wm. Photography and Its Ap¬ 
plications. 50 illustrations. 5x7^. 
cloth. 144 pp. London, 1920. $1.00 

Contents: Discovery of Photography; Camera 
and Lens; Dark Room and its Equipment; Sen¬ 
sitive Plates; Wet Collodion Process; Collodion 
Emulsion and Dry Plates; Making the Expos¬ 
ure; Development and After Treatment of the 
Plate; Printing Processes; Carbon and Other 
Methods; Enlarging, Copying, and Lantern-Slide 
Making; Color Processes; Scientific Applications 
of Photography; Cinema-Photography; Photo- 
Mechanical Processes; Industrial Applications of 
Photography; Photography in Warfare. 

Hale, Arthur J. The Manufacture of 
Chemicals by Electrolysis. 10 illustra¬ 
tions. 554x8^2. cloth. 91 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1919. $2.00 

Contents: Electrolytic Hydrogen and Oxygen; 
Ozone; Production of Per-Salts and Hydrogen 
Peroxide; Nitric Acid; Hydroxylamine; Hydro¬ 
sulphites; Fluorine; Electrolytic Preparation of 
Pigments and Insoluble Substances; Electro- 
Osmotic and Electro-Colloidal Processes; Electro¬ 
lytic Reduction of Organic Compounds; Oxida¬ 
tion and Substitution of Organic Compounds; 
Appendix. 

Hale, Arthur J. The Applications of 
Electrolysis in Chemical Industry. 58 
illustrations. 514 * 824 - c l Qt h- *57 PP- 
London, 1918. $2.65 

Contents: Introduction; Methods of Generat¬ 
ing the Current; The Electrolytic Refining of 
Metals; The Electrolytic Winning of Metals; 
Electrolytic Production of Hydrogen and Oxy¬ 
gen; Electrolysis of Alkali Chlorides: Chlorine 
and Caustic Soda, Hypochlorites, Chlorates, 
Perchlorates; Production of Inorganic Com¬ 
pounds; Production of Organic Compounds. 

Hering, C., and Getman, F. H. Standard 
Table of Electrochemical Equivalents 
and Their Derivatives. With explan¬ 
atory text on electrochemical calcula¬ 
tions, solutions of typical practical ex¬ 
amples and introductory notes on elec¬ 
trochemistry. Illustrated. 4 l 4 x 7^2. 
flexible cover. 140 pp. New York, 
1917. net, $2.00 

Contents: Introduction; Fundamental Laws; 
Fundamental Data and Description of the 
Tables; Electrochemical Equivalent by Weight; 
Grams per Ampere-hour in the Order of Magni¬ 
tude; Electrophysical Equivalents by Volume; 


yalences of the Elements in Their Combina¬ 
tions; Calculations Involving Electrochemical 
Equivalents; Examples; Electrolysis; Theory of 
Electrolytic Dissociation; Faraday’s Law; Coulo. 
meters; Electronic Theory; Valence; Elementary 
Principles of Chemical Reactions and Calcula¬ 
tions; Conversion Factors Used in Electrochem¬ 
ical Calculations; Glossary of Terms. 

Jones, Harry C. The Theory of Electro¬ 
lytic Dissociation and Some of its Ap¬ 
plications. Third Edition. 5^x8. 
cloth. 301 pp. N. Y., 1906. $2.00 

Contents: The Earlier Physical Chemistry; 
The Origin of the Theory of Electrolytic Dis¬ 
sociation ; Evidence Bearing upon the Theory of 
Electrolytic Dissociation; Some Applications of 
the Theory of Electrolytic Dissociation. 

Kershaw, J. B. C. Electrometallurgy. 61 
illustrations. 6 x 814 . cloth. 303 pp. 
(Wan Nostrand’s Westminster Series.,) 
New York, 1908. $2.50 

Contents: Aluminum; Bullion and Gold; Cal¬ 
cium Chloride and Acetylene Gas; Carborun¬ 
dum; Copper; Ferro-Alloys, Glass and Quartz 
Glass; Graphite; Iron and Steel; Lead; Mis¬ 
cellaneous Products; Nickel; Sodium Tin; Zinc. 

Langbein, George. Electro-Deposition of 
Metals. A practical comprehensive 
work comprising electro-pla'ting, gal- 
vanoplastic operations, and electrotyp¬ 
ing; deposition of metals by the con¬ 
tact and immersion processes; coloring 
of. metals; lacquering; methods of 
grinding and polishing, and hundreds 
of tested formulas and trade secrets. 
Translated with additions by Wm. T. 
Brannt. Eighth Edition, revised and 
enlarged. 185 illustrations. 6x9%. 
cloth. 875 pp. N. Y., 1920. $7.50 

Contents: Historical Part. Historical Review 
of Electro-Metallurgy. Theoretical Part. Mag¬ 
netism and Electricity. Sources of Current. 
Voltaic Cells, Thermo-Piles, Dynamo-Electric 
Machines, Accumulators. Practical Part. Ar¬ 
rangement of Electro-plating Establishment in 
General; Preparation of the Metallic Objects; 
Deposition of Nickel,. Cobalt, Copper, Brass, 
Bronze, Silver, Gold, Platinum, Palladium, Tin, 
Zinc, Lead, Iron, Antimony, Arsenic and Alum¬ 
inum; Deposition by Contact, by Boiling and by 
Friction; Coloring and Etching of Metals; Lac¬ 
quering; Hygienic Rules for the Workshop; 
Galvanoplasty (Reproduction); Chemicals Used 
in Electro-Plating and Galvanoplasty; Appendix. 

LeBlanc, Max. The Production of Chrom¬ 
ium and its Compounds. By the aid of 
^ electric current. Translated by J. W. 
Richards. 524 * 9 - cloth. 122 pp. 
Easton, 1904. net, $1.25 

Contents: Introduction: Purpose and Value of 
Electrolysis; Fundamental Ideas: Fundamental 
Laws of Electro-Technology; Calculation of 
Conductors: Components of an Electrolytic 
Equipment: Description and Equipment of Elec¬ 
trolytic Laboratories. 

Le Blanc, Max. A Text-book of Electro- 
Chemistry. Translated from the Fourth 
Enlarged German Edition by W. B. 






no 


D. VAN NO STRAND COMPANY’S 


Whitney and John W. Brown. 51 il¬ 
lustrations. 5 ^x 8J4- cloth. 352 pp. 
New York, 1918. $3 00 

Contents: The Forms of Energy and their 
Measurement; The Fundamental Principles Re¬ 
lating to Electrical Energy; Development of 
Electro-Chemistry Up to the Present Time; The 
Theory of Electrolytic Dissociation; The Migra¬ 
tion of Ions; The Conductance of Electrolytes; 
Electrical Endosmose; Migration of Suspended 
Particles and of Colloids; Electro-Stenotysis; Elec¬ 
tromotive Force; Electrolysis and Polarization; 
Supplement; Storage Cells or Accumulators; 
Appendix. 

Lehfeldt, R. A. Electro-Chemistry. Part 
I. General Theory. Including a chap¬ 
ter on the Relation of Chemical Con¬ 
stitution to Conductivity, by T. S. 
Moore. 55 illustrations. 5x734. cloth. 
377 pp. London, 1913. $2.20 

Lupke, Robert. The Elements of Electro- 
Chemistry. Treated Experimentally. 
Second English, from the Fourth Ger¬ 
man Edition by M. M. Pattison Muir. 
61 illustrations. 554 x 834. cloth. 270 
pp. London, 1903. net, $2.50 

Contents: Recent Theories of Electrolysis; 
Theory of Solutions of Van’t Hoff; Osmotic 
Theory of the Current of Galvanic Cells. 

McMillan, W. G*., and Cooper, W. R. 

A Treatise on Electro-Metallurgy. 
Third Edition, revised and enlarged. 
hi illustrations. 5 J 4 x 834 . cloth. 440 
pp. London, 1910. $4.25 

Contents: Introductory and Historical; Theo¬ 
retical and General; Sources of Current; General 
Conditions to be Observed in Electro-Plating; 
Plating Adjuncts and Disposition of Plant; 
Cleansing and Preparation of Wash for the De¬ 
positing Vat; Polishing of Plated Goods; Elec¬ 
tro-Deposition of Copper; Electrotyping; Elec¬ 
tro-Deposition of: Silver; Gold; Nickel and Co¬ 
balt; Iron; Platinum; Zinc; Chromium; Cad¬ 
mium; Tin; Lead; Antimony; Bismuth and Pal¬ 
ladium; Electrochromy; Electro-Deposition of 
Alloys; Electro-Metallurgical Extraction and Re¬ 
fining Processes; Recovery of Certain Metals 
from Their Solution or from Waste Substances; 
Determination of the Proportion of Metal in 
Certain Depositing Solution; Power Required 
for Electrolytic Work; Modern Theories of 
Electrolysis; Substances Commonly Employed in 
Electro-Metallurgy; Tables. 

Uissenson, H. The Arrangement of Elec¬ 
trolytic Laboratories. Translated from 
the German by Jos. W. Richards. 52 
illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 81 pp. 
Easton, 1905. $1.50 

Perkin, F. M. Practical Methods of 
Electro Chemistry. 64 illustrations. 534 
x 8 ^ 4 . cloth. 322 pp. London, 1905. $2.25 
Contents: General; Electro-Chemical Analysis; 
Preparations by Electrolytic Means. 

Pfanhauser, W. Production of Metallic 
Objects Electrolytically. 100 illustra¬ 
tions. 6x9. cloth. 162 pp. Easton, 
1906. $1.50 


Rideal, Eric K. Industrial Electrometal¬ 
lurgy, Including Electrolytic and Elec¬ 
trothermal Processes. Illustrated. 534 
x 8 J 4 - cloth. 259 pp. London, 1919. 
(^Industrial Chemistry SeriesJ $3.00 
Contents: Introduction; Electrolysis in Aque¬ 
ous Solutions; Electrolysis in Fused Electro¬ 
lytes; The Electrolytic Preparation of the Rarer 
Metals; Electrothermal Processes; Carborundum 
and Oxysilicides of Carbon; The Carbides; 
Electrothermal Nitrogen Fixation by Metals and 
Metallic Compounds; Iron and the Ferro-Alloys; 
Appendix. 

Smith, Edgar F. Electro-Analysis. Sixth 

Edition, revised and enlarged. 47 illus¬ 
trations. 534 x 7-)4- cloth. 357 pp. 
Philadelphia, 1918. $3-5° 

Contents: Sources of Electric Current: Mag¬ 
neto-Electric Machines, Dynamos, Thermopile, 
Storage Cells; Reduction of the Current; Rheo¬ 
stats, Resistance Frames; Measuring Currents: 
Voltameter, Voltmeter, Amperemeter; An Elec¬ 
tro-Chemical Laboratory; Historical Sketch; 
Theoretical Considerations; Rapid Precipitation 
of Metals in the Electrolytic. Way; Use of 
Mercury Cathode; Determination of Metals; 
Separation of Metals; Additional Remarks cn 
Metal Separations; Determination of the Halo¬ 
gens in the Electrolytic Way; Special Applica¬ 
tion of the Rotating Anode and Mercury Cathode 
in Analysis; Oxidations by Means of the Elec¬ 
tric Current; The Combustion of Organic Com¬ 
pounds. 

Talbot, H. P., and Blanchard, A. A. 
The Electrolytic Dissociation Theory 
with Some of its Applications. An 
elementary treatise for the use of stu¬ 
dents of chemistry. Second Edition. 

x 9 / 4 - cloth. 90 pp. New York, 
1915. net, $1.25 

Contents: Evidences of Electrolytic Dissocia¬ 
tion Afforded by a Study of the Properties of 
Solutions; The Law of Mass Action and the 
Chemical Behavior of Electrolytes; Electrolytic 
Solution Pressure; Oxidation and Reduction; 
The More Common Ions and Their Character¬ 
istics; Appendix. 

Thompson, M. DeKay. Applied Electro- 
Chemistry. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 
343 PP- New York, 1914. $2.60 

Contents: Coulometers or Voltameters; Elec¬ 
trochemical Analysis; Electroplating; Electro¬ 
typing and the Production of Metallic Objects; 
Electrolytic Winning and Refining of Metals in 
Aqueous Solutions; Electrolytic Reduction and 
Oxidation; Electrolysis of Alkali Chlorides;; 
Electrolysis of Water; Primary Cells; The Lead 
Storage Battery; The Edison Storage Battery; 
The Electric Furnace; Products of the Resist¬ 
ance and Arc Furnace; Electrometallurgy of 
Iron and Steel; The Fixation of Atmospheric 
Nitrogen; The Production of Ozone; Appendix. 

Urquhart, J. W. Electro-plating. A prac¬ 
tical handbook on the deposition of 
copper, silver, nickel, gold, brass, alum¬ 
inum, platinum, etc. Sixth Edition. 
10 illustrations. 534 x 7 l / 2 . cloth. 238 
pp. London, 1911. $3.00 

Contents: The Plating Room; Preparation of 
Articles; Chemicals and Materials; Batteries; 




CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


hi 


Galvanometer; Dynamo-Electric Machines; Depo- 
s^on of Copper, Silver, Gold, Nickel and Other 
Metals; Dynamo Machine Working; Improve¬ 
ments in Nickel Plating Processes. 

Watt, A. Electro-Metallurgy Practically 
Treated. Fifteenth Edition. Illustrated. 
5 X 714 . cloth. 234 pp. New York, 1904. 

$1.00 

Contents: Introduction; Electrodeposition of 
Copper; Electrodeposition of Silver; Electro¬ 
deposition of Gold; Electrodeposition of Brass 
and Bronze; Electrodeposition of Zinc; To Coat 
Britannia Metal with Nickel; Electrodeposition 
of Iron; Electro-Metallurgical Cabinet. 

Watt, Alexander.' Electro-Plating. Based 
on “Electro-Metallurgy Practically 
Treated.” 14 illustrations. 5x7^2. 
cloth. 192 pp. London, 1920. $2.00 

A practical exposition of the principles in¬ 
volved in electro-plating and the related arts, 
electro-plating and electro-deposition of metals, 
with a series of notes collected by the author 
during an active period of nearly twenty-five 
years. 

Watt, A., and Philip, Arnold. The Electro- 
Plating and Electro-Refining of Metal. 


Second Edition , revised. Being a new 
edition of Alexander Watt’s “Electro- 
Deposition.” 162 illustrations. 6x8. 
cloth. 704 pp. London, 1911. $5.00 

Contents: Electro-Plating. Preliminary Con¬ 
siderations; Primary and Secondary Batteries; 
Thermopiles, Dynamos, The Cost of Electrical 
Installations of Small Out-put for Electro-Plat¬ 
ing, etc.; Historical Review of Electro-Deposi¬ 
tion; Electro-Deposition of Copper; Deposition 
of Gold by Simple Immersion; Electro-Deposi¬ 
tion of Gold; Various Gilding Operations; Mer¬ 
cury Gilding; Electro-Deposition of Silver; Imi¬ 
tation Antique Silver; Electro-Deposition of 
Nickel; Deposition and Electro-Deposition of 
Tin; Electro-Deposition of Iron and Zinc; Elec- 
tro-Deposition of Various Metals; Electro-Depo¬ 
sition of Alloys; Recovery of Gold and Silver 
from Waste Solutions, etc.; Mechanical Opera¬ 
tions Connected with Electro-Deposition; Mate¬ 
rials Used in Electro-Deposition; Appendix. 

Watts, Oliver P. Laboratory Course in 
Electrochemistry. Illustrated. 5^ x 
7 Va • cloth. 158 pp. N. Y., 1914. $1.25 
Wiechmann, F. G. Notes on Electro¬ 
chemistry. 5^x8. cloth. 150 pp. 
New York, 1906. $2.00 


ENAMELS 


Brown, W. N. The Art of Enamelling 
on Metal. Second Edition, revised. 28 
illustrations. 5 x 714 . cloth. 60 pp. 
New York, 1914. $2.00 

Contents: Verifiable Pigments; History; Clois¬ 
onne and Champs Leve Enamels; Painted Enam¬ 
els; Preparing the Plate; Composition and Prep¬ 
aration of Enamels; Designs for Cloisonne and 
Painted Enamels. 

Brown, Wm. N. A Handbook on Japan¬ 
ning for Ironware, Tinware, Wood, 
Etc. With sections on tinplating and 
galvanizing. Second Edition, revised 
and enlarged. 13 illustrations. 5 x 7J4. 
cloth. 76 pp. London, 1913. $2.00 

Contents: Introduction; Japan Grounds; Jap¬ 
anning or Enamelling Metals; The Enamelling 
and Japanning Stove-Pigments Suitable for Jap¬ 
anning with Natural Lacquer-Modern Methods 
of Japanning with Natural Japanese Lacquer; 
Colors for Polishing Brass; Processes for Tin- 
Plating; Galvanizing. 

Chapin, H. M. How to Enamel. Being 
a treatise on the practical enamelling 
of jewelry with hard enamels. Illus¬ 
trated. 5x7*4. cloth. 81 pp. New 
York, 1911. $ x - 2 5 

Contents: Preparation of the Enamel; Prep¬ 
aration of the Metals; Charging; Firing; Ston¬ 
ing; Polishing; Foils; Paillons; Glitter Enamel; 
Dull Finish; Plicque-A-Jour; Enamel Painting; 
Photographs on Enamel. 

Day, L. F. Enameling. A comparative 
account of the development and prac¬ 
tice of the art. 115 illustrations. 6x9. 
cloth. 222 pp. London, 1908. net, $3.00 

Grampp, Otto. The Practical Enameler. 
With especial reference to enameling 


sheet iron and cast iron ware, with use¬ 
ful information relating to all side lines. 
An exceptionally complete manual for 
self-instruction for all engaged in the 
trade. 5 J^x 8 l 4 . cloth. 88 pp. New 
York, 1910. $2.50 

Contents: General Review; Male and Female 
Labor; Danger of Injury to Employees; Wages 
and Working Hours; Annealing and Pickling 
the Crude Ware; The Crude Materials Enter¬ 
ing into the Composition of Enamel Fluxes; 
Smelting, Grinding, Coating end Firing Pro¬ 
cesses; Co-efficient of Expansion of Sheet Steel; 
Cast Iron Enameling; Majolica Ware Enamels; 
Enamel Painting; Pastel Painting on Enamel 
Paints; Pastel Crayons; The Application of Pho¬ 
toceramics to Enamel. 

Grunwald, J. The Technology of Iron 
Enamelling and Tinning. Being col¬ 
lected papers. Translated from the Ger¬ 
man by H. H. Hodgson. 6 }£ x 9. cloth. 
149 pp. London, 1912. $3.00 

Contents: History of the Enamels and Their 
Technology; Economic Significance of the 
Sheet-Iron Enamelling Industry; Chemical 
Technology of the Enamel Industry; Enamel 
Manufacture and Function of Clay in the 
Enamel; Theory and Technology of Purple of 
Cassius; Examination of Cast-Iron Enamels; 
Stiffening of Enamels When Ground Moist by 
Means of Vehicles; Heating and Pickling of the 
Rough Iron Wares in the Enamel Industry; 
Recent Investigations on the Pickling Processes; 
Calculation of the Chemical Composition of an 
Enamel from the Mixed Raw Materials; Tech¬ 
nological History of Tinning; Recovery of Tin 
from Tinned Waste; Danger of Lead Compounds 
to Industry and the Household; Tin Disease; 
Procedure in an Enamel Works; Educational 
Training of Managers for Enamel Works, and 
the Scarcity of Technical Schools for the Ger¬ 
man and Austro-Hungarian Enamel Industry. 






D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY'S 


1 12 


Griinwald, Julius. The Theory and Prac¬ 
tice of Enamelling on Iron and Steel. 
Translated by H. H. Hodgson. 6x9. 
cloth. 138 pp. London. 1910. $3.00 

Contents: Introduction; Raw Materials; Prep¬ 
aration of the Enamei; Preparation of the 
Crude Ware; The Process of Enamelling; Fir¬ 
ing the Enamelled Wares; Painting; Photo- 
ceramics; Statistics and General Information; 
Short History of the Art of Enamelling. 

•Griinwald. Julius. The Raw Materials 
for the Enamel Industry and Their 
Chemical Technology. A treatise for 
manufacturers, chemists and enamel 
technologists. Translated by Herbert 
H. Hodgson. 21 illustrations. 6x9. 
cloth. 225 pp. London, 1914. $3-5° 

Randau, P. Enamels and Enamelling. 
An introduction to the preparation and 


application of all kinds of enamels for 
technical and artistic purposes. Trans¬ 
lated by Charles Salter. Illustrated. 
524 x 824 - cloth. 196 pp. London, 
1901. $5.00 

Contents: Composition and Properties of 
Glass; Raw Materials Used in Enamel Manu¬ 
facture; Substances for Producing Opacity; 
Fluxes; Pigments; Decolorizing Agents; Testing 
the Raw Materials and Enamel Mass; Subsid¬ 
iary Materials; Preparing Materials for Enamel 
Making; Mixing the Materials; The Preparation 
of Various Technical Enamels. 

Turner, William. Transfer Printing on 
Enamels, Porcelain and Pottery. Its 
origin and development in the United 
Kingdom. 48 plates. 6x9. cloth. 189 
pp. London. net, $10.00 


WASTE UTILIZATION 


Hubbard. Ernst. The Utilization of 

Wood-Waste. Third Editionrevised 
and enlarged. 51 illustrations. 5X7JL 
cloth. 248 pp. London, 1920. $ 4 - 5 ° 

Contents: Introduction; General Observations 
on the Utilization of Sawdust; Employment of 
Sawdust as Fuel, with and Without Simultaneous 
Recovery of Charcoal and the Products of Dis¬ 
tillation; Distillation of Wood for Recovery of 
Volatile Products; Manufacture of Illuminating 
Gas from Sawdust; Manufacture of Oxalic Acid 
from Sawdust; Manufacture of Sugar and Al¬ 
cohol from Wood-Waste; Patent Dyestuffs (Or¬ 
ganic Sulphides, Sulpho-dyes or Mercapto-dves); 
Artificial Wood and Plastic Materials from Saw¬ 
dust; Employment of Sawdust in the Manufac¬ 
ture of Explosives and Gunpowder; Manufacture 
of Briquettes from Sawdust; Various Applica¬ 
tions of Sawdust and Wood Refuse; Potash from 
the Ash of Wood; Production of Wood-Wool. 


Koller, Theo. The Utilization of Waste 
Products. A treatise on the rational 
utilization, recovery, and treatment of 
waste products of all kinds. Third 
Edition, revised and enlarged , by H. B. 
Stocks. 22 illustrations. 524 x 824 - 
cloth. 346 pp. London, 1918. $5.00 


Contents: Waste of Towns; Blood and 
Slaughter-house Refuse; Fat from Waste; Tan- 
riery Waste; Leather Waste; Fur and Feather 
Waste; Waste Horn; Fish Waste: Mother of 
Pearl Waste; Vegetable Ivorv W T aste; Waste 
Wood; Cork Waste; Waste Paper and Book- 
bmders Waste; By-Products of Paper and Pa¬ 
per-Pulp Works; Waste Produced in the Manu¬ 
facture of Parchment Paper; Wool Waste; Silk 
Waste; Waste Waters of Cloth Factories; Cot* 
^P in pers’ \Vaste; Jute Waste; L r tiiization 
of Rags; Coloring Matters from Waste; Residues 
in tne Manufacture of Aniline Dves; Dver«’ 
Waste Waters; Waste Produced in Butter Mak¬ 
ing^ Molasses; Waste Liquids from Sugar 
Works; Fruit; W r aste Products of the Manufac- 
ture of Starch; Brewers’ Waste; Wine Residues; 
Indiarubber and Caoutchouc Waste; Amber 
Wraste; Utilization of Turf or Peat; Manufac¬ 
tured Fuels: Illuminating Gas from Waste and 
the By-Products of the Manufacture of Coal- 
Gas; By-Products in the Treatment of Coal-Tar 


Oils; Ammonia Recovery; Petroleum Residues; 
By-Products in the Manufacture of Rosin Oil; 
Soap-Makers’ Waste; Alkali Waste and the Re¬ 
covery of Soda; Recovery of Potash Salts; Sul¬ 
phur Salt Waste; Gold and Silver Waste; Plat¬ 
inum Residues; Iridium from Goldsmiths’ 
Sweepings; Metal Waste; Tinplate Waste; Cala¬ 
mine Slimes; Waste Iron; By-Products of the 
Manufacture of Mineral Waters; Infusorial 
Earth; Meerschaum; Mica Waste; Broken Por¬ 
celain, Earthenware and Glass; Utilization of 
Waste Glass. 


l\aylor, W. Trades Waste. Its treatment 
and utilization. With special reference 
to the prevention of river pollution. 21 
plates, 27 folding diagrams, and nume¬ 
rous illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 283 00. 
Philadelphia, 1912. $7.50 

Contents: Chemical Engineering; Woolen Mill 
Waste; Tanning and Fellmongery; Brewery and 
Distillery Waste; Calico Bleaching and Dyeing; 

wilt 0 T rmtll ?g and Dyeing; Paper-Making 
U aste, General Chemical Waste. 


Parry, L. Systematic Treatment of Met¬ 
alliferous Waste. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 121 pp. London, 1909, $2.50 

c£CS e>l r\; SoUr 1 Ces °j Su PfiT; Kinds of Waste; 
PartEI 1 ' n? h c miC - a L T ? Me t a l ] i> r gical Principles; 
nd flp OT ' Sem r efi c! ng; Smelting Lead Ashes 
S g A u m S J ags: Smelting Tin Ashes 
V dr Ashes ; Smelting Antimonial Mate- 
ria. Separation of Copper from Tin; Lead and 

R?s 8 T ; M£x„er u p ; Mctai W ° rkins and 

Wdson, H. MacL., and Calvert, H. T. 

a t extbook on Trade Waste Waters. 
1 heir nature and disposal. 74 illustra¬ 
tions, 22 p;ates. 6->4 x g'/ 2 . cloth. 332 
pp. London, 1913. $6. 00 

Trade-Tnai P ist0 . r j ca1 and Legal; The Coal 
I ade. Coal Gas Manufneture; Grain Washing 

Malting, Brewing, and Distilling: The Leather’ 
Paper, and Textile Trades: Miscellaneous Trades 1 
Pumps, Screens. Tanks. Filters, and Other An! 





CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


WOOD PRESERVATION 


Betts, Harold S. Timber, Its Strength, 
Seasoning, and Grading. 107 illustra¬ 
tions, 8 folding plates. 6x954* cloth. 
244 pp. New York, 1919. $3.00 

Wagner, Joseph B. Seasoning of Wood. 
A treatise on the natural and artificial 
processes employed in the preparation 
of lumber for manufacture, with de¬ 
tailed explanations of its uses, char¬ 
acteristics and properties. 101 illustra¬ 
tions. 654x954. cloth. 287 pp. New 
York, 1917. $4.00 

Contents: Timber; Coniferous Trees; Broad- 
Leaved Trees; Grain, Color, Odor, Weight, and 
Figure in Wood; Enemies of Wood; Water in 
Wood; What Seasoning is; Advantages of Sea¬ 
soning; _ Difficulties of Drying Wood; How 
Wood is Seasoned; Kiln-Drying of Wood; 
Types of Dry Kilns; Dry Kiln Specialties; 
Helpful Appliances in Kiln Drying. 


Wallis-Taylor, A. J. The Preservation of 
Wood. A descriptive treatise on the 
processes and on the mechanical appli¬ 
ances used for the preservation of 
wood. 119 illustrations. 554x9. cloth. 
New York, 1918. $4.00 

Contents: Introduction; The Destruction of 
Wood by Decay and the Ravages of Insects; 
Seasoning by Drying Wood; The Preservation 
Treatment of Wood; Principal Preservation 
Agents and Processes; Various Proprietary and 
Other Preservative Solutions; The Absorption 
Limit and Life of Preserved Wood; Fire- 
Proofing and Fire-Retardant Treatment of 
Wood; Cost of Preservative Treatment; Useful 
Formulae, Tables, Memoranda, etc. 

Weiss, Howard F. The Preservation of 
Structural Timber. 29 illustrations, 33 
plates. 654x954. cloth. 330 pp. New 
York, 1915. $3.50 


SANITATION 


Bailey, E. H. S. A Text-book of Sanitary 
and Applied Chemistry, or the Chemis¬ 
try of Water, Air, and Food. Fourth 
Edition, revised. 554 x 7.34. cloth. 421 
pp. New York, 1917. $1.75 

Contents: Part I. Sanitary and Applied 
Chemistry; The Atmosphere; Fuels; Heating 
and Ventilation; Lighting; Water; Purification 
of Water Supplies; Sewage: Disposal of House¬ 
hold Waste and Garbage; Textiles; Cleaning: 
Soap, Bluing, and Bleaching; Disinfectants, 
Antiseptics and Deodorants; Poisons and Their 
Antidotes. Part II. Food; Cellulose, Starch, 
Dextrin, Legumes; Bread; Breakfast Foods and 
Other Special Foods; Sugars; Glucose or Grape- 
sugar Group; Leaves, Stalks, Roots, etc., Used 
as Food; Composition and Food Value of Fruits; 
Edible Fats and Oils; Food Value of Nuts; 
Nitrogenous Foods; Meats; Eggs; Milk, Cheese 
and Butter; Non-Alcoholic Beverages; Alcoholic 
Beverages; Food Accessories; Preservation of 
Foods; Coloring of Food Products; Economy in 
the Selection and Preparation of Food Dietaries. 

Bashore, H. B. Outlines of Practical San¬ 
itation, for Students, Physicians, and 
Sanitarians. 42 illustrations. 5x754. 
cloth. 214 pp. N. Y., 1906. net, $1.25 

Contents: Habitations; Water-supply; The 
Collection and Disposal of Waste; Milk-supply; 
Food-supplies; School Sanitation; Car Sanita¬ 
tion; The Cause and Prevention of Contagious 
and Infectious Diseases; Vital Statistics; Mu¬ 
nicipal Sanitation; Rural and Suburban Sanita¬ 
tion; Personal Hygiene. 

Chapin, C. V. The Sources and Modes of 
Infection. 554 x 854 * cloth. 407 pp* 
New York, 1910. net, $3.00 

Contents' Life of Disease Germs Outside of 
the Body; Carriers and Missed Cases; Limita¬ 
tions to the Value of Isolation; Infection by 
Contact; Infection by Fomltes; Infection by 
Air; Infection by Food and Drink; Infection by 
Insects. 


Christian, M. Disinfection and Disinfec¬ 
tants. Translated from the German by 
Chas. Salter. 18 illustrations. 554 x 
734 . cloth. 112 pp. London, 1913. $2.50 
Contents: Physical Disinfection. Heat, Light 
and Other Rays; Electric Currents and Mechan¬ 
ical Influences. Chemical Disinfection. Liquid 
Disinfectants; Tablets; Gaseous Disinfectants; 
Combined Systems of Disinfection; Gartner’s 
Method of Disinfecting Books; Formalin Vapor 
Method. 

Egbert, S. A Manual of Hygiene and 
Sanitation. Seventh Edition, enlarged 
and thoroughly revised 160 illustra¬ 
tions, 5 plates. 554 x 854 * cloth. 562 
pp. Philadelphia, 1919. $3.00 

Contents: Introduction; Bacteriology and 

Parasitology; The Atmosphere-Air; Ventilation 
and Heating; Water; Food; Stimulants and 
Beverages; Personal Hygiene; School Hygiene; 
Disinfection; Quarantine; The Removal and 
Disposal of Sewage; Industrial Hygiene and 
Occupational Diseases; Military Hygiene; Vital 
Statistics; The Examination of Air, Water, and 
Food. 

Hooker, A. H. Chloride of Lime in Sani¬ 
tation. 654 x 954 . cloth. 236 pp. New 
York, 1913. $3.00 

Contents: Chloride of Lime; Chloride of 
Lime for Water Purification; Sewage Disinfec¬ 
tion; Street Sprinkling and Flushing; Epidemics, 
Surgery and General Sanitation; Chloride of 
Lime on the Farm; The War Against the In¬ 
fectious House Fly; Abstracts and References. 

MacNutt, J. S. A Manual for Health 
Officers. 4 plates 554 x8. cloth. 658 
pp. New York, 1915. $3.50 

Contents: Local Health Authorities; State 
Health Authorities; The Federal Health Author¬ 
ities; Unofficial Organizations; The New Public 
Health; Communicable Disease; Child Hygiene; 
Milk and Other Food Supplies; Water Supplies; 
Housing and Industrial Hygiene; Nuisances; 
Sanitary Law; The Annual Report; Vital Statis- 







D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


114 


tics; Publicity. Appendices. Disinfection; 
Standard Rules for Production and Handling of 
Milk, Legal Status of Tuberculin-Testing of 
Dairy Cattle, The Health Department Labora¬ 
tory, Rules of Statistical Practice of the Amer¬ 
ican Public Health Association, Joint Sanitary 
Administration for Small Communities, Plan for 
Annual Reports, Glossary of Technical Public 
Health Terms. 

Pakes, W. C. G. The Science of Hygiene. 
A textbook of laboratory practice for 
public health students. New edition re¬ 
vised by A. T. Nankivell. 80 illustra¬ 
tions. 524 x 724- 176 pp. London, 1912. 

net, $1.75 

Contents: Water Analysis; Interpretation of 
Results; Standard Solutions; Analysis of: 
Milk, Butter, Flour, Bread, Coffee, Spirits, 
Wines, Beer, Vinegar, Air, Soils, Disinfectants; 
Microscopy; Meat Inspection; Appendix. 


Tinkler, C. K., and Masters, H. Applied 
Chemistry. A practical handbook for 
students of household science and pub¬ 
lic health. Vol. I., Water, Detergents, 
Textiles, Fuels, etc. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 304 pp. London, 1920. In Press 

Contents: Water Analysis; Water Softeners 
and “Soda” Substitutes; Soap; Textile Fibres; 
Bleaching Agents; Dry Cleaning; Air Analyses, 
etc.; Gaseous Fuels; Liquid and Solid Fuels, 
etc.; Materials Used for the Protection of 
Wood, Metal and Other Surfaces. 

Woodman, A. G., and Norton, J. F. Air, 
Water and Food, from a Sanitary 
Standpoint. Fourth Edition, revised 
and rewritten. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 
253 pp. New York, 1914. net, $2.00 


AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY 


Aikman, C. M. Manures and the Prin¬ 
ciples of Manuring. Third Edition. 
5x714. cloth. 623 pp. London, 1902. 

Reprinting 

Contents: Introduction; Fertility of the Soil; 
Functions Performed by Manures; Nitrogen; 
Nitrification; Phosphoric Acid; Potash; Farm¬ 
yard Manure; Guano; Nitrate of Soda; Sulphate 
of Ammonia; Bones; Mineral Phosphates; Su¬ 
perphosphates; Thomas-Phosphate or Basic Slag; 
Potassic Manures; Minor Artificial Manures; 
Sewage as Manure; Composts; Indirect Manures; 
Gypsum; Salt; Application of Manures; Manur¬ 
ing of the Common Farm Crops; Methods of 
Application and Mixing Manures; Valuation and 
Analysis; The Rothmansted Experiments. 

Babcock, Ernest B., and Clausen, Roy E. 
Genetics in Relation to Agriculture. 
Illustrated, color plates. 6 X 4 x oil¬ 
cloth. 675 pp. N. Y., 1918. net, $3.50 

Babcock ? E. B., and Collins, J. L. 
Genetics Laboratory Manual. Illus¬ 
trated. 6x9. cloth. 67 pp. New 
York, 1919. $1.00 

Bourcart, E. Insecticides, Fungicides and 
Weedkillers. Translated and revised by 
D. Grant. 83 tables, 12 illustrations. 
6 x 824 . cloth. 450 pp. London, 191J. 

$6.00 

Contents: Plant Pathology; Etiology; Animal 
Parasites; Vegetable Parasites; Microbe Para¬ 
sites; Balanced Disinfection; Therapeutics; Veg¬ 
etable Surgery; Prophylaxy; Insecticides, Fungi- 
sides, and Weed Killers; Dictionary of Insects 
Injurious to Plants; Dictionary of Fungoid Dis¬ 
eases of Plants. 

Brown, E., and Hunter, H. H. Planting 
in Uganda. Coffee, Para Rubber, Co¬ 
coa. With contributions by Prof. 
Dunstan and George Massee. 42 plates, 
2 maps. 6x9. cloth. 192 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1913. net, $3.50 

Contents: Physical Features of the Country; 
History of Products in Uganda; Probable Life 


of Trees and How to Prolong It; Choice of 
Land for Plantations; Nurseries; Laying Out 
Plantation; Clearing and Planting; Weeds and 
Weeding, and Upkeep; Factory and Machinery; 
Collection and Preparation of Coffee, Para Rub¬ 
ber, and Cocoa; Estate Management; Costs of 
Establishing Plantations and of preparing Pro 
ducts; -Insect Pests; Fungoid Diseases; Table 
of Distances for Planting; Appendix. 

Burgess, Paul S. Soil Bacteriology Lab¬ 
oratory Manual. 514 x 714 . cloth. 131 
pp. Easton, 1917. $1.25 

Cameron, Frank K. The Soil Solution. 
The nutrient medium for plant growth. 
Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 141 pp. Eas¬ 
ton, 1911. $1.25 

Contents: Soil; Management and Control; 
Analysis and the Historical Methods of Investi¬ 
gations; Plant-Food Theory of Fertilizers; 
Dynamic Nature of Phenomena; Film Water; 
Mineral Constituents of Solution; Absorption; 
Relation of Plant Growth to Concentration; 
Balance Between Supply and Removal of M ; n- 
eral-Plant Nutriments; Organic Constituents of 
the Solution; Fertilizers; Alkali. 

Chamberlain, Joseph S. Organic Agricul¬ 
tural Chemistry. fThe Chemistry of 
Plants and Animals.) A Textbook of 
general agricultural chemistry, or ele¬ 
mentary biochemistry for use in the 
colleges. 514 x 8 . cloth. 336 pp. New 
York, 1916. $1.90 

Contents: Systematics; Physiological; Crops, 
Foods, and Feeding. 

Church’s Laboratory Guide. A manual of 
practical chemistry for colleges and 
schools, specially arranged for agricul¬ 
tural students. Ninth Edition, revised 
and largely rewritten, by E. Kinch. 45 
illustrations. 5J 4 x 724 . cloth. 385 pp. 
New York, 1912. $2.50 

Contents: Chemical Manipulation; Qualitative 
Analysis of the Elements; Of Reagents and 
Tests: Of Reactions; Method of Analysis; Pre¬ 
liminary Examination; Preparation of the Solu- 




CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


US 


tion; Analytical Schemes for the Metals or Basic 
Radicles and for the Non-Metallic or Acid Rad¬ 
icles; For the Examination of insoluble Sub¬ 
stances and of Alloys; Table of Solubilities; An 
Example of a Qualitative Analysis. Quantitative 
Analysis. Preliminary Instructions in Quantita¬ 
tive Operations; Sampling and Analysis of Ma¬ 
nures; Analysis of Soils, of Waters, and of 
Foods. 

Coleman, J. B., and Addyman, F. T. 

Practical Agricultural Chemistry for 
Elementary Students. 5 x y l / 2 . cloth. 
92 pp. London, 1913. $0.90 

Collins, S. Hoare. Chemical Fertilizers 
and Parasiticides. Illustrated. 54 x 
8^4. cloth. 285 pp. London, 1920. 
(Industrial Chemistry Series.) $3.50 
Contents: The Need for Fertilizers. Plant 
Growth Without Fertilizers; The Increase of 
Crops by the Use of Fertilizers. The Sources 
of Fertilizers. Mineral Deposits of Fertilizers; 
Fuel By-Products; Metal Industry By-Products; 
Alkali Industry By-Products; Plant and Animal 
Refuse of Value as Manure; Atmospheric Nitro¬ 
gen. The Manufacture of Fertilizers. Inorganic 
Nitrogen Fertilizers; Organic Nitrogen Fertil¬ 
izers; Phosphorus Fertilizers; Potassium Fertil¬ 
izers; Bone Manures; Compound Manures. The 
Us& of Fertilizers. The Trade in Fertilizers; 
The Distribution of Fertilizers Over the Rotation 
of Crops; Manufacture for Special Soils and 
Climates; Manures for Special Crops. The Fu¬ 
ture of Fertilizers. New Sources of Fertilizers; 
Improvements in the Manufacture of hertilizers; 
Improvements in the Use of Fertilizers. Chem¬ 
ical Insecticides and Fungicides. Inorganic Poi¬ 
sons; Organic Poisons. 

Collins, S. H. Plant Products and Chem¬ 
ical Fertilizers. 54 x 84 - cloth. 252 
pp. London, 1919. ("Industrial Chem¬ 
istry Series.) $3-°° 

Contents: Introduction. Fertilizers. Nitrogen 
Group of Fertilizers; The Phosphorus Group of 
Fertilizers; Potassium Group of Manures; Mixed 
Fertilizers. Soils. Soils and Their Properties; 
Special Soil Improvers; Soil Reclamation. Crops. 
Photosynthesis; The Carbohydrates Produced in 
Crops; The Oil-Bearing. Plants; The Nitrogen 
Compounds in Plants; Miscellaneous Plant Prod, 
nets; Produce Variability. The Production of 
Meat. The Foods Fed to Beasts; Calorific 

Value of Foods; Dairy Products; Future De¬ 
velopments. 

Copeland, Edwin B. The Coco-Nut. 23 
illustrations and plates. 54 x 84 - cloth. 
227 pp. London, 1914- net, $3.25 

Cowie, G. 0 . The Fertilization of Tea. 

Illustrated. 5x7. paper. 75 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1908. $i - 2 5 

Fraps, G. S. Principles of Agricultural 
Chemistry. Second Edition. 94 illus¬ 
trations. 6x9. cloth. 499 pp. Eas¬ 
ton, 1917- $s.oo 

Contents: Introduction; Essentials of. Plant 
Life; The Plant and the Atmosphere; Origin of 
Soils; Physical Composition and Classes of 
Soils’; Physical Properties of Soils; The Soil 
and Water; Chemical Constituents of the Soil; 
Chemical Composition of the Soil; Active Plant 
Food and Water Soluble Constituents of the 


Soil; Chemical Changes in the Soil; Soil De¬ 
ficiencies; Losses and Gains by the Soil; Ma¬ 
nure; Sources and Composition of Fertilizers; 
Purchase and Use of Fertilizers; Constituents 
of Plants; Composition of Plants; Digestion; 
Utilization of Food; The Maintenance and Fat¬ 
tening Rations; Feeding Work Animals and 
Growing Animals; Feeding Milk Cows; Calcula¬ 
tion of Rations. 

Fritsch, J. The Manufacture of Chemi¬ 
cal Manures. Translated from the 
French, with numerous notes, by Don¬ 
ald Grant. 69 illustrations. 108 tables. 
6x834. cloth. 355 pp. London, 1911. 

$5-oo 

Contents: Phosphoric Acid; Principal Phos¬ 
phate Deposits; Drying and Enrichment of 
Phosphates; Historical Review of Superphosphate 
Manufacture; Manufacture of Soluble Phos¬ 
phates; Superphosphate Manufacture; Crushing, 
Sifting, Drying, and Storing of Sulphate; Retro- 
gradation; Compound Manures; Manufacture of 
Phosphoric Acid, Double Superphosphates and 
Various Products; Manufacture of Bone Dust 
and Bone Superphosphate (Vitriolized Bones); 
Manufacture of Basic Slag; Nitrogenous Ma¬ 
nures; Manufacture of Manure from Animal 
Waste; Recovery of Nitrogen from Distillery 
Spent Wash; Manufacture of Cyanamide and of 
Nitrate of Lime; Niirogenized Phospliatic Ma¬ 
nures; Potassic Manures; Transference and Han¬ 
dling of Raw Materials and Finished Products. 

Griffiths, A. B. A Treatise on Manures, 
or the Philosophy of Manuring. A 
practical handbook for the agricultur¬ 
ist, manufacturer, and student. Third 
Edition, revised and enlarged. Illus¬ 
trated. 54 x 724 - cloth. 469 PP- Lon¬ 
don, 1903. Reprinting 

Contents: The Constituents of Plants; Veg¬ 
etable Physiology; Natural Manures; Artificial 
Manures; Phosphatic Manures; The Manure 
Works; Artificial Nitrogenous Manures; Various 
Mineral Manures; Iron Sulphate as a Manure; 
Ville’s System of Manuring; Application of 
Manures. 

Gross, E. Hops, in Their Botanical, Agri¬ 
cultural and Technical Aspect, and as an 
Article of Commerce. Translated from 
the German by Charles Salter. With 
tables and diagrams. 78 illustrations. 
64 x 9. cloth. 353 pp. London, 1900. 

$S.oo 

Contents: History; The Hop Plant Cultiva¬ 
tion; Preservation and Storage; Physical and 
Chemical Structure of the Hop Cone; Judging 
Value of Hops; Statistics of Production; The 
Hop Trade. 

Haas, Paul, and Hill, T. G. An Intro¬ 
duction to the Chemistry of Plant Pro¬ 
ducts. Second Edition. Illustrated. 
6x9. cloth. 423 pp. New York. 1917. 

net, $3.50 

Contents: Fats, Oils and Waxes; Carbohy¬ 
drates; Glucosides; Tannins; Pigments; Nitro¬ 
gen Bases; Colloids; Proteins; Enzymes. 

Hall, A. D. Fertilizers and Manures. Il¬ 
lustrated. 5x7. cloth. 399 pp. New 
York, 1915. $2.00 



n6 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Contents: Fertilizers Containing Nitrogen; The 
Function and Comparative Value of Nitrogenous 
Manures; Phosohatic Manures; Functions and 
Use of Phospfiatic Fertilizers; The Potassic 
Fertilizers; Farmyard Manure; Peruvian Guano 
and Other Mixed Fertilizers; Materials of In¬ 
direct Fertilizing Value; Theories of Fertilizer 
Action; Systems of Manuring Crops; Valuation 
and Purchase of Fertilizers; The Conduct cf 
Experiments with Fertilizers. 

Hall, A. D. The Feeding of Crops and 
Stock. An introduction to the science 
of the nutrition of plants and animals. 
With 24 illustrations and diagrams. 5^4 
x8. cloth. 314 pp. N. Y., 1911. $2.00 

Contents: What the Plant is Made of; The 
Work of the Leaf; The Work of the Roots; 
Changes of Composition Within the Plant; The 
Origin and Nature of Soils; Cultivation and 
the Movements of Soil Water; The Living 
Organisms of the Soil; The Chemical Composi¬ 
tion of the Soil; Foods; The Utilization of 
Food by the Animals; Food Required by the 
Growing and Fattening Animal; Farmyard Ma¬ 
nure; Artificial Manures and Fertilizers; Milk, 
Butter, and Cheese. 

Hall, A. D. The Soil. An introduction 
to the scientific study of the growth of 
crops. New Edition. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. London, 1908. $2.00 

Hall, Alfred D. The Book of the Rotham- 
sted Experiments. Revised by E. J. 
Russell; issued with the authority of 
the Lawes Agricultural Trust Com¬ 
mittee. Second Edition. Illustrated. 
9x12. cloth. 372 pp. New York, 
1917. $5.00 

Halligan, J. E. Elementary Treatise on 
Stock Feeds and Feeding. Illustrated. 
6x9%. cloth. 310 pp. Easton, Pa., 
1911. $3.00 

The book has been written to furnish the read¬ 
ers with a knowledge of stock feeds, the prin¬ 
ciples of feeding and the care of farm animals. 
It is so arranged that it may be used as a text¬ 
book, or for farmers, or for those interested in 
commercial feeds. 

Halligan, J. E. Fertility and Fertilizer 
Hints. 12 illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 
162 pp. Easton, 1911. $1.50 

Contents: Chemical Elements Needed by 
Plants and the Composition of Plants; The Fer¬ 
tility of the Soil; Maintaining Soil Fertility; 
Farm Manures; High Grade Nitrogenous Mate¬ 
rials; Low Grade Nitrogenous Materials and 
Functions of Nitrogen; Phosphates; Superphos¬ 
phates and Effect of Phosphoric Acid; Potash 
Fertilizers; Miscellaneous Fertilizer Materials; 
Lime, Gypsum and Green Manures; Commercial 
Fertilizers; Valuation of Fertilizers; Home Mix¬ 
tures; A Few Remarks About Fertilizers. 

Halligan, J. E. Soil Fertility and Fer¬ 
tilizers. 23 illustrations. 6}4 x 9. cloth. 
410 pp. Easton, Pa., 1912. $4.00 

Contents: Chemical Elements Needed by 
Plants and the Composition of Plants; The 
Fertility of the Soil; Maintaining Soil Fertility; 
Farm Manures; High Grade Nitrogenous Ma¬ 


terials; Low Grade Nitrogenous Materials and 
Functions of Nitrogen; Phosphates; Superphos¬ 
phates and the Effect of Phosphoric Acid; Pot¬ 
ash Fertilizers; Miscellaneous Fertilizer Mate¬ 
rials; Lime, Gypsum and Green Manures; Com¬ 
mercial Fertilizers; Valuation of Fertilizers; 
High, Medium and Low Grade Fertilizers; 
Home Mixtures; A Few Remarks About Fer¬ 
tilizers; Fertilizer Formula for Crops; Appen¬ 
dices. 

Hart, Edwin B., and Tottingham, William 
E. General Agricultural Chemistry. 
Illustrated. 5 J 4 x 8. cloth. 344 pp. 
New; York, 1913. $2.00 

Contents: The Atmosphere; The Soil; Nat¬ 
ural Waters; The Plant; Farm Manure; Com¬ 
mercial Fertilizers; Crops; The Animal Body; 
Feeding Standards; Food Requirements, of Ani¬ 
mals; Milk and Its Products; Insecticides and 
Related Substances; Appendix. 

Hart, J. H. Cacao. A manual on the cul¬ 
tivation and curing of cacao. 64 illus¬ 
trations and plates. 6% x 9 l A. cloth. 
333 pp. London, 1911. net, $3.00 

Contents: Botany and Nomenclature; Selec¬ 
tion of Land; Nurseries; Planting, Shading, 
Manuring, Pruning and Diseases of Cacao; The 
Fauna of the Cacao Field; Road-making, Drain¬ 
ing, Picking, Harvesting, Shelling and Break¬ 
ing; Fermentation; Drying Apparatus, etc.; 
Temperature and Climate; Agricultural Chem¬ 
istry; Yield, Value and Prices of Cacao; Avail¬ 
able Land, and Value of an Estate; Production, 
Food Value and Manufacture of Cacao; Trans¬ 
port of Cacao Plants and Seeds; Miscellaneous 
Notes; How Jose Formed his “Cocoa" Estate; 
Health of the Cacao Estate. 

Henry, W. A. Feeds and Feeding. A 
Handbook for the student and stock- 
man. Eleventh Edition. 6]/ 2 x 9%. 
cloth. 619 pp. Madison, Wis., 1911. $2.50 

Contents: Plant Growth and Animal Nutri¬ 
tion; Feeding Stuffs; Feeding Farm Animals; 
Composition of American Feeding Stuffs; Digest¬ 
ibility; Digestible Nutrients and Fertilizing Con¬ 
stituents; Mineral Constituents; Wolff-Lehmann 
Feeding Standards. 

Henry, Thos. A. The Plant Alkaloids. 
6x9. cloth. 473 pp. London, 1913. $8.50 

Contents: Introduction; Pyrrole Group; Pyri¬ 
dine Group; Alkaloids with Diheterocyclic 
Nuclei; Quinoline Group; Isoquinoline Group; 
Glyoxaline Group; Purine Group; Alkaloids De¬ 
rived from Aliphatic Amines; Alkaloids of Un¬ 
known Constitution; Appendix-Recent Works on 
Alkaloids. 

Ibbetson, A. Tea, from Grower to Con¬ 
sumer. 30 illustrations. 4^x7%. cloth. 
122 pp. London, 1910. $1.00 

Ingle, Herbert. Elementary Agricultural 
Chemistry. A handbook for junior 
agricultural students and farmers. Il¬ 
lustrated. 5x7. cloth. 259 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1908. $i-75 

Contents ; Introduction; The Atmosphere; The 
Soil; Natural Waters; The Plant; Manures; 
Crops; The Animal Body; The Feeding of Ani¬ 
mals; The Dairy; Miscellaneous. 




CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


HZ. 


Ingle, Herbert. A Manual of Agricul¬ 
tural Chemistry. Fourth Revised and 
Enlarged Edition. 16 illustrations. 
5 ^ 4 x 8 Fa. cloth. 440 pp. London, 
1920. $5.00 

Contents: Fundamental Principles; The At¬ 
mosphere; The Soil; The Reactions Occurring 
in Soils; The Analysis and Composition of 
Soils; Manuring and General Manures; Applica¬ 
tion of Manures; The Analysis- and Valuation 
of Manures; The Chemical Constituents of 
Plants; The Plant; Crops; The Animal; Foods 
and Feeding; Milk and Milk Products; Miscel¬ 
laneous Products Used in Agriculture; Appendix. 
Johnston, J. F. W., and Cameron, Chas. 
Elements of Agricultural Chemistry. 
Twenty-first Edition. 5^4 x 7 ^ 4 . cloth. 
502 pp. London, 1912. net, $2.60 

Contents: Chemical Nomenclature; Constituents 
of Plants and Animals; Composition of the At¬ 
mosphere; Grovwth of Plants; Soils; Rocks; Im¬ 
provement of Soils; Lime; Irrigation; Exhaus¬ 
tion of Soils; Germination of Seeds; Assimila¬ 
tion hy Plants; Manures; Manuring; Animal 
Nutrition; Vegetable Foods; Fodder Crops; Seed 
Furnishing Crops; Roots and Tubers; Milk; 
Eutter; Cheese; Food Rations. 

Keable, B. B. Coffee, from Grower to 
Consumer. 22 illustrations. 4 ^ 4 x 7 / 4 - 
cloth. 126 pp. London, 1910. $1.00 

Keitt, T. E. The Chemistry of Farm 
Practice. Illustrated. 5 x 7^4. cloth. 255 
pp. New York, 1917. . $1.50 

Contents: Elements, Atomic Weights, Mole¬ 
cules, Symbols, Molecular Weights, Oxidation, 
Reduction; Compounds, Mixtures, Valence, For¬ 
mulas, and Equations; Acids. Bases, Salts, An¬ 
hydrides, Dissociation, and Nomenclature; Ele¬ 
ments Necessary for Plant Growth; Water, 
Springs, Wells, Hardness and Household Water; 
Soil Water-Air in Soils; Assimilation of Plant 
Food; Formation, Composition and Fertility of 
Soils; Animal Manures; Agricultural Lime; 
Phosphorus; Nitrogen; Sources and Use of 
Potash Salts; Measuring Plant Food Require¬ 
ments; Mixing of Fertilizers; Animal Nutrition; 
Feeds and the Calculation of Rations; Milk and 
its Products; Insecticides; Fungicides and Disin¬ 
fectants; Paints and Whitewashes; Materials 
Producing Heat and Light; Fire Extinguishers; 
Concrete. 

Killebrew, J. B., and Myrick, Herbert. 

Tobacco Leaf; Its Culture and Cure, 
Marketing and Manufacture. Illus¬ 
trated. 5^4 x 7 * 4 . cloth. 520 pp. New 
York, 1916. net, $2.00 

Contents: Essentials in Tobacco Culture; 
Heavy Leaf and Manufacturing Tobaccos; Cigar 
Leaf Tobaccos; Tobacco Manufacture. 

Lambert, T. Bone Products and Manures. 
An account of the most recent im¬ 
provements in the manufacture, of fat, 
glue, animal charcoal size, gelatine, and 
manures. Second Revised Edition. 17 
illustrations. S l A x 8 } 4 - cloth. 174 PP* 

London, 19T3. $ 3 - 5 ° 

Contents: Bone Products. The Treatment of 
Bones; Glue; Gelatine; Uses of Glue, Gelatine 
and »ize. Mcmures. Soils and Plant Life; Nat¬ 
ural Manures; Artificial Manures, Raw and 


Other Phosphates, Bones; Mineral Manures, Su¬ 
perphosphates; Analysis of Raw and Finished 
Products; Appendices. 

Lloyd, Strauss L. Mining and Manufac¬ 
ture of Fertilizing Materials and Their 
Relation to Soils. Illustrated. 5 ^ 4 x 8 . 
cloth. 159 pp. N. Y., 1918. $2.00 

Contents: Chemistry of Fertilizers; Origin 
and Composition of Soils; The Relation Between 
Soils and Fertilizing Materials; Pebble Phos¬ 
phate Ore Dressing and Milling; Hard Rock 
Phosphate Ore Dressing and Milling; Phos¬ 
phorus; Artificial Manure Manufacture; Manu¬ 
facture of Superphosphate; Compound Manures; 
Nitrogenous Manures; The Fixation of At¬ 
mospheric Nitrogen; Manufacture of Cyanamide 
and Nitrate of Lime—Experiments. with Cyana¬ 
mide; Potassic Manures—Manufacture from 
Crude Salt, Feldspar, Sunflower and Kelp 
Plants; On the Examination of Commercial Fer¬ 
tilizers and Materials; On the Examination of 
Soils. 

Lock, C. G. W. Coffee. Its Culture and 
commerce in all countries. 11 plates, 
15 illustrations. 4^4 x 7^4. cloth. 275 
pp. London, 1888. net. $3.00 

Contents: The Plant; The Estate; Cultivation; 
Diseases and Enemies; Preparation of the Berry; 
Markets and Statistics; Local Details of Culture 
and Production; Bibliography. 

Murray, J. A. Soils and Manures. 33 
illustrations. 8vo. cloth. 367 pp. (Van 
Nostrand’s Westminster Series.) New 
York, 1910. net, $2.00 

Contents: Introductory; The Origin of Soils; 
Physical Properties of Soils; Chemistry of Soils; 
Biology of Soils; Fertility; Principles of Manur¬ 
ing; Phosphatic Manures; Phospho-nitrogenous 
Manures; Nitrogenous Manures; Potash Ma¬ 
nures; Compound and Miscellaneous Manures; 
General Manures; Farmyard Manures; Valuation 
of Manures; Composition and Manural Value 
of Various Farm Foods. 

Newland, H. 0 . The Planting, Cultiva¬ 
tion, and Expressions of Cocoanuts, 
Kernels, Cacao and Edible Vegetable 
Oils and Seeds of Commerce. A prac¬ 
tical handbook for planters, financiers, 
scientists and others. Illustrated. 5*4 
x 8 * 4 . cloth, hi pp. London, 1919. 

$2.50 

Pranke, Edward J. Cyanamid. Manu¬ 
facture, chemistry and uses. 8 illus¬ 
trations. 6x9. cloth. 118 pp. Easton, 
1913. $i- 5 ° 

Contents: Discovery and Manufacture of Cya¬ 
namid; Preparation and Properties of Cyana¬ 
mid; Analytical Methods; Storage of Cyanamid; 
Decomposition of Cyanamid in the Soil; Reten¬ 
tion of Cyanamid Nitrogen in Soil; Nitrification 
of Cyanamid Nitrogen; Toxicity of Fertilizers; 
Agricultural Use of Cyanamid; Making Fertil¬ 
izer Mixtures with Cyanamid; Permanganate 
Availability of Cyanamid; Fire and Water Haz¬ 
ard of Cyanamid. 

Russell, E. J. Soil Conditions and Plant 
Growth. Third Edition. Illustrated. 
6x9. boards. 251 pp. (Monographs 
on Biochemistry.) London, 1918. $2.50 




D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


118 


Sanderson, E. D. Insect Pests of Farm, 
Garden and Orchard. 513 illustrations. 
6x8A- cloth. 696 pp. New York, 
* 9 12 - net, $3.00 

Contents: Injury to Crops by Insects; Ben¬ 
eficial Insects, Predaceous and Parasitic; Struc¬ 
ture and Development of Insects; Farm Method 
for the Control of Insects; Insecticides; Spray¬ 
ing and Dusting Apparatus; Insects Injurious 
and Affecting Grains, Grasses, Forage and Mis¬ 
cellaneous Crops; Some Insects Injurious to 
Orchard Fruits. 

Stopes, M. C. The Study of Plant Life. 
Second Edition. 156 illustrations. 7 

plates. 6x9. cloth. 214 pp. London, 
i9 IO > net, $2.00 

Contents: Life of the Plant; Parts and Uses 
of a Plant’s Body; Specialization; The Five 
Great Classes; Plants in their Homes. 

Tanner, Arthur E. Tobacco, from the 
Grower to the Smoker. 15 illustra¬ 
tions. 4^x7%. cloth. 128 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1912. $1.00 

Van Hall, >C. J. J. Cocoa. 140 illustra¬ 
tions, 1 map. 5^x854- cloth. 542 pp. 
London, 1914. net, $3.50 

Ville, M. G. Artificial Manures: Their 
Chemical Selection and Scientific Ap¬ 
plication to Agriculture. New and re¬ 
vised translation by William Crookes 
and John Percival. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 388 pp. London, 1909. $3.50 


Voorhees, E. B. Fertilizers. The source, 
character and composition of natural, 
home-made and manufactured fertil¬ 

izers, and suggestions as to their use 
for different crops and conditions. Re¬ 
vised Edition. Illustrated. 5 x 7%. 
cloth. 365 pp. N. Y., 1916. $1.60 

Wheeler, H. J. Manures and Fertilizers. 
A textbook for college students, and a 
work of reference for all interested in 
the scientific aspects of modern farm¬ 
ing. Illustrated. 5 x 7 ^ 4 . cloth. 389 

pp. New York, 1913. $1.60 

Wiley, Harvey W. Principles and Prac¬ 

tice of Agricultural Analysis. A man¬ 
ual for the study of soils, fertilizers, 
and agricultural products.* For the use 
of analysts, teachers, and students of 
agricultural chemistry. Second Edition, 
revised and enlarged. Three volumes. 
Illustrated. 6 ^ 4 x 9 J 4 - cloth. 

Vol. I. Soils. 92 illustrations. 648 pp. 
Easton, 1906. net, $4.00 

Vol. II. Fertilizers and Insecticides. 
47 illustrations. 690 pp. Easton, 1908. 

net, $4.50 

Vol. III. Agricultural Products. 118 
illustrations. 862 pp. Easton, 1914. 

net, $6.00 


DAIRY CHEMISTRY 


Billing, G. T., and Walker, A. H. Milk 
and Food Inspectors’ Examinations. 
Model answers to questions set by the 
Royal Sanitary Institute and other ex¬ 
amining bodies. x 7J4. cloth. 164 
pp. London, 1911. $1.50 

Farrington, E. H., and Woll, F. W. 

Testing Milk and Its Products. A 
manual for dairy students, creamery 
and cheese factory operators, food 
chemists and dairy farmers. Twenty- 
third Edition, revised and enlarged. 
Illustrated. 5x7. cloth. 297 pp. Mad¬ 
ison, Wis., 1916. $1.25 

Fleischmann, W. The Book of the Dairy. 
A manual of the science and practice 
of dairy work. Translated by C. M. 
Aikman and R. P. Wright. 85 illus¬ 
trations. 6% x 9. 368 pp. London, 

1916. $4.50 

Contents: The Secretion, Properties, and Com¬ 
position of Milk; The Extraction, Immediate 
Sale, and Testing of Milk; Milk in its Relation 
to Micro-organisms; Dairying and Bacteriology; 
The Manufacture of Butter; Cheese and Cheese 
Making; Preparation of Keeping Milk; Fer¬ 
mented Milk, and the By-products of Milk; 
Economic Aspects of Dairying; Margarine and 
Margarine Cheese. 


Guthrie, E. S. The Book of Butter. A 
text on the nature, manufacture and 
marketing of the product. Illustrated. 
5x7^4. cloth. 270 pp. New York, 
1918. $2.00 

Hunziker, Otto F. Condensed Milk and 
Milk. Powder Prepared for the use 
of milk condenseries, dairy students and 
pure food departments. Second Edi¬ 
tion, revised and enlarged. 66 illustra¬ 
tions. 6 X A x 9%. cloth. 350 pp. La- 
Grange, Ill., 1918. $5.00 

Contents: Condensed Milk; Manufacture of 
Sweetened Condensed Milk; Manufacture of Un¬ 
sweetened Condensed Milk—Evaporated Milk; 
From Factory to Consumer; Condensed Milk De¬ 
fects, Their Causes and Preventions; Manufac¬ 
ture of Milk Powder. 

Kilbourne, Chas. H. The Pasteurization 
of Milk from the Practical Viewpoint. 
34 illustrations. 4%. x 6. cloth. 252 pp. 
New York, 1916. net, $1.25 

Contents: Pasteurization in General; Heaters; 
Holders; Temperature Controllers and Record¬ 
ers^ Cleaning and Cooling the Milk; Home Pas¬ 
teurization; Efficiency of Various Apparatus; 
Changes in the Cream Line Due to Pasteuriza¬ 
tion of Milk; Conclusions. 





CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


1L9 


Lane-Clayton, Janet E. Milk and Its 
Hygienic Relations. Illustrated, 8 
plates. 6% x 9. cloth. 256 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1916. net, $2.50 

Larsen, C., and White, W. Dairy Tech¬ 

nology. A treatise on _ the city milk 
supply, milk as a food, ice-cream mak¬ 
ing, by-products of the creamery and 
cheesery, fermented milks, condensed 
and evaporated milks, milk powder, 
renovated butter, and oleomargarine. 47 
illustrations. 6x834. cloth. 312 pp. 
New York, 1913. $2.00 

Leffmann, Henry. Analysis of Milk and 
Milk Products. Fourth Edition, re¬ 
vised and enlarged. Illustrated. 5 x 
734 . 122 pp. Phila., 1915. $1.75 

Contents: Milk; Analytic Data and Processes; 
Milk Products; Cream; Condensed Milk; Butter; 
Cheese; Fermented Milk Products. 

McKay, G. L., and Larsen, C. Principles 
of Butter-Making. A treatise on the 
chemical and physical properties of 
milk and its components. The handling 
of milk and cream and the manufac¬ 
ture of butter therefrom. 177 illustra¬ 
tions. 6x9. 364 pp. N. Y., 1915. $2.00 

Contents: Composition of Milk; Milk Secre¬ 
tion; Properties of Milk; Ferments in Milk; 
Abnormal Milk; Variation of Fat in Milk; Re¬ 
ceiving, Sampling, and Grading Milk and Cream; 
Composite Samples; Creamery Calculation; Heat¬ 
ing Milk Previous to Skimming; Separation of 
Cream; Farm Separators; Pasteurization; Cream- 
ripening; Starters; Churning and Washing But¬ 
ter; Salting and Working of Butter; Packing 
and Marketing Butter; Composition of Butter; 
Judging and Grading Butter; Appendix; A Lab¬ 
oratory Course in Farm Dairying Consisting of 
Fourteen Exercises on Handling, Separating, and 
Testing Milk and Cream Under Farm Condi¬ 
tions; Legal Standards for Milk—Dairy Laws; 
Metric System of Weights and Measures, with 
Tables for Converting Them into Customary 
United States Equivalents and the Reverse. 

Melick, C. W. Dairy Laboratory Guide. 
52 illustrations. 534x 7/4. cloth. 134 
pp. New York, 1907. $1.25 

Contents: Cream Separators; Babcock Tester; 
Lactometer; Acidity of Milk; Pasteurization; 
Starter Making; Curd; Cream Ripening and 
Grading; Churning; Tests on Butter; Cheese; 
Ice Cream; Dairy Bacteriology; Tests for Pre¬ 
servatives and Oleomargarine; Repairing Ma¬ 
chinery; Milk Preparations; Disinfectants; Re¬ 
frigeration; Bookkeeping. 

Parker, Horatio N. City Milk Supply. 
63 illustrations. 634 x 934- cloth. 506 
pp. New York, 1917. net, $5.00 

Race, Joseph. The Examination of Milk 
for Public Health Purposes. s l A x 834 - 
cloth. 230 pp. N. Y., iqt8 . net, $1.75 
Contents: Constituents of Milk; Normal Com¬ 
position of Milk; Chemical Examination; Bac¬ 
teria in Milk; The Enumeration of Bacteria in 
Milk; Excremental Organisms; Pathogenic Or¬ 


ganisms; Cells, Dirt and Debris; Miscellaneous; 
Appendix. 

Richmond, H. D, Dairy Chemistry. Sec¬ 
ond Edition, revised. 49 illustrations. 
6x8. cloth. 434 pp. London, 1914. $6.00 

Contents: Introductory; The Constituents of 
Milk; The Analysis of Milk; Normal Milk: Its 
Adulteration and Alterations and Their Detec¬ 
tion; The Chemical Control of the Dairy; Bio¬ 
logical and Sanitary Matters; Butter; Other 
Milk Products; The Milk of Mammals Other 
Than the Cow; Standardization and Calibration 
of Apparatus; Appendix; Useful Tables; Index. 

Richmond, Henry D. The Laboratory 
Book of Dairy Analysis. Second Edi¬ 
tion, revised. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 
106 pp. Philadelphia, 1905. $1.25 

Sheldon, J. P. British Dairying. A 
handy volume on the work of the dairy 
farm. Third Edition, revised. 39 il¬ 
lustrations. 534 x 7 1 / 2. 180 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1908. net, $1.00 

Contents: An Ideal Dairy Farm; The Best 
Breeds of Dairy Cattle; Breeding and Treat¬ 
ment of Dairy Cattle; Summer and Winter 
Feeding of Dairy Cattle; Crops on Dairy Farms; 
A Farm in the Peak of Derbyshire; The Dairy; 
Cheese-making; Cheese and Butter Factories; 
Butter-making; Foreign Butter-making; Milk and 
Cre m. Trade; T^hnical Education in Dairy 
Work; Common Ills of Cattle; Pigs. 

Snyder, Harry. Dairy Chemistry. Illus¬ 
trated. 5x734. cloth. 200 pp. New 
York, 1914. net, $1.00 

Contents: Composition of Milk; Milk Testing; 
Milk Fats; The Lactometer and its Use in De¬ 
termining Milk Adulteration; Milk Sugar and 
Lactic Acid; Cream; Chemistry of Butter Mak¬ 
ing; Sanitary Conditions of Milk; Chemistry of 
Cheese. Making; Milk By-Products; Adulteration 
of Dairy Products; Market Milk and Cream; 
Influence of Different Foods upon the Quality 
of Milk and Dairy Products; The Rational Feed¬ 
ing of Dairy Stock; Appendix; References. 

Stocking, W. A. Manual of Milk Prod¬ 
ucts. Illustrated. 5 x 734 . cloth. 578 
pp. New York, 1917. $2.50 

Thomson, G. S. Milk and Cream Testing 
and Grading Dairy Products, for School, 
Farm and Factory. With an introduc¬ 
tion by Samuel Lowe. Illustrated with 
plates. 5 x 734. cloth. 224 pp. London, 
1911- $2.25 

Contents: The Milk Supply; Experiments to 
Ascertain Fat Variations in Milk; Milk Stan¬ 
dard; Errors in Sampling Tests; Testing; Bac¬ 
teriology; Grading of Produce; Equipment of. 
Factories for Grading; Butter Grading. 

Van Slyke, L. L. Modern Methods of 
Testing Milk and Milk Products. Sec¬ 
ond Edition. 52 illustrations. 534 x 
734 . cloth. 298 pp. New York, 1916. 

net, $1.00 

Contents: Chemistry of Cow’s Milk and Milk 
Products; Sampling and Preserving Milk; The 
Babcock Test, Description of Apparatus and 
Materials; Method of Operating the Babcock 
Test; Testing Cream, Skim-milk, Whey, etc.; 





120 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Testing Butter for Fat, Water, Salt, etc.; Meth¬ 
ods of Commercial Testing and Scoring of But¬ 
ter and Cheese. 

Van Slyke, L. L., and Publow, C. A. 

The Science and Practice of Cheese 
Making. Illustrated. 5% x 7 J 4 . cloth. 
499 PP- New York, 1909. net, $1.75 
A treatise on the manufacture of American 
cheddar cheese and other varities intended as a 
text book for the use of dairy teachers and 
students in classroom and workroom; prepared 
also as a handbook and work of reference for 
the daily use of cheese-makers in cheese factory 
operations. 


DYES 


Ward, A. R., and Taffa, M. E. Pure Milk 
and the Public Health. A manual of 
milk and dairy inspection. 17 illustra¬ 
tions. 6x9. cloth. 231 pp. Ithaca, 
N. Y., 1909. net, $2.00 

Willoughby, Edward F. Milk, Its Pro¬ 
duction and Uses. With chapters on 
dairy farming, the diseases of cattle, 
and on the hygiene and control of sup¬ 
plies. Illustrated. 5x7. cloth. Phila¬ 
delphia, 1904. $2.## 

DYEING 


Art of Dyeing Wool, Silk and Cotton. 
Translated from the French of M. 
Hellot, M. Macquer and M. Le Pileur 
D'Apligny. First published in English 
in 1789. Illustrated. 6 x 8 ^ 4 . cloth. 
466 pp. London, 1901. $2.00 

This volume describes methods used by the 
pioneer French and English dyers in dyeing 
wool and woolen cloths, stuffs yarn, worsted, 
silk, cotton and linen thread, giving formulas for 
mixing colors and applying them, together with 
methods for stamping silks and cottons. 

Barnett, E. D. Coal Tar Dyes and Inter¬ 
mediates. sV x 8^4. cloth. 229 pp 
London, 1919. (Industrial Chemistry 
Series.) $3.50 

Contents: Introduction. The Intermediate 

Compounds. Nitration; Amidation; Sulphona- 
tion; Hydroxylation; Miscellaneous Intermediates. 
The Dyestuffs. The Nitroso-Dves; The Nitro- 
Dyes; The Azo-Dyes; The Diphenylmethane 
Dyes; The Triphenylmethane Dyes; The Inda- 
mines and Indophenols; The Azines; The Oxa- 
zines; The Thiazines; The Indigoid Dyestuffs; 
The Anthraquinone Dyes; The Quinoline Dyes 
The Acridine Dyes; The Sulphur or Sulphide 
Dyes. 

Barnett, E. DeB. Synthetic Dyes. 5 14 
x 8 | 4 . cloth. (Industrial Chemistry 
Series.) In Press 

Beacall, T., Challenger, F., Martin, G., and 
Sand, H. J. S. Dyestuffs and Coal-Tar 
Products. Their chemistry, manufac¬ 
ture and application. 29 illustrations. 
6V2 x 10. cloth. 166 pp. New York, 

1915- $ 5 -oo 

Contents: Industry of Coal-Tar and Coal-Tar 
Products; Industry of the Synthetic Coloring 
Matters; The Industry of Natural Dyestuffs; 
The Dyeing and Color-Printing Industry; Mod¬ 
ern Inks; Saccharine and Other Sweetening 
Chemicals; Industry of Modern Synthetic Drugs; 
Industry of Photographic Chemicals. 

Beech, F. Dyeing of Woolen Fabrics. With 
diagrams and figures. 33 illustrations. 
5^x8 34 - cloth. 243 pp. London, 
1902. $350 

Contents: Wool Fibre; Processes Preparatory 
to Dyeing; Dyeing Machinery and Manipula¬ 
tions: Principles an/> Practice of Wool, Mixed 


Cotton and Wool, Gloria Dyeing; Operati®»s 
Following Dyeing; Experimental Dyeing aad 
Comparative Dye Testing; Testing the Color «f 
Dyed Fabrics. 

Beech, Franklin. The Dyeing of Cotton 
Fabrics. A practical handbook for the 
dyer and student. Second Revised 
Edition. 44 illustrations. 5 j 4 x 8 j 4 . 
cloth. 267 pp. London, 1917. $5.00 

Contents: Structure of the Cotton Fibre; 
Bleaching of Cotton Fabrics Prior to Dyeing; 
Dyeing Machinery and Manipulations; The Prin¬ 
ciples and Practice of Dyeing; Cotton, Mixed 
Cotton and Wool; Satin; Operations Following 
Dyeing; Testing the Color of Dyed Fabrics; 
Experimental Dyeing and Comparative Dye 
Testing. 

Cain, John C. The Chemistry and Tech¬ 
nology of the Diazo-Compounds. Sec¬ 
ond Edition. 5 ^ 4 x 814 - cloth. 211pp. 
London, 1920. $4.20 

Contents: Introduction; Preparation of the 
Diazo-Compounds; The Mechanism of the Dia- 
zotising Process; The Reactions of the Diazo¬ 
compounds; Action of the Various Reagents on 
Diazo-compounds; Formation of Diphenyl De¬ 
rivatives in the Diazo-Reaction; Interchange of 
Groups in Diazo-compounds; Action of Light on 
Diazo-compounds; Diazoamino-compounds; Azo¬ 
compounds; Metallic Diazo-derivatives; Diazo- 
Hydroxides; Diazo-compounds of the Aliphatic 
Series; Heterocyclic Diazo-compounds; Constitu¬ 
tion of the Diazo-Salts After 1894; Other Views 
of the Constitution of the Diazo-compounds from 
1895; A Review of the Various Theories of the 
Diazo-compounds to 1907; Theory of the Con¬ 
stitution of the Diazo-compounds Since 1907. 

Cain, John C. The Manufacture of In¬ 
termediate Products for Dyes. Second 
Edition. 25 illustrations. 5^4 x 8J4. 
cloth. 284 pp. London, 1919. $3.75 

In the short period since this book was first 
published considerable additions have been made 
to the scientific and technical literature of the 
subject, particularly in America. These have 
been incorporated in the present revision of the 
book; several of the descriptions have also beea 
expanded, and some useful suggestion* made by 
the reviewer's have been adopted. 

Cain, John C., and Thorpe, Jocelyn F. 

The Synthetic Dyestuffs; and the In¬ 
termediate Products from Which They 
are Derived. Third Edition, revised. 




CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


121 


Illustrated. 6% x 9. cloth. 440 pp. 
London, 1917. $9.00 

Theoretical. A theoretical description of the 
intermediate products and dyestuffs. Practical. 
Methods for preparing the more important inter¬ 
mediate products and dyestuffs on the laboratory 
scale. Analytical. The analysis and identifica¬ 
tion of intermediate products and dyestuffs, to¬ 
gether with methods for detecting dyestuffs on 
the fibre. 

Dreaper, W. P. Chemistry and Physics 
of Dyeing. Being an account of the 
relations between fibres and dyes, the 
formation of lakes, and the general re¬ 
actions of colloids and their solution 
state. Diagrams. 6x9. cloth. 323 pp. 
London, 1906. $5-5° 

Contents: Properties of Fibres and Their Re¬ 
actions; Dyes and Lakes, and Their Properties; 
Action and Nature of Mordants; State of Fibres, 
and Action of Assistants; Solution and Proper¬ 
ties of Colloids; Physical Action and Solid Solu¬ 
tion; Evidence of Chemical Action in Dyeing; 
Part Played by Colloids in Dyeing; Action of 
Light on Dyeing Operations and Dyed Fabrics; 
Methods of Research. 

Farrell, F. J. Dyeing and Cleaning. A 
practical handbook. Third Edition, re¬ 
vised and enlarged. 81 illustrations. 
SVa x 7 Ya • cloth. 265 pp. London, 1912. 

net, $2.00 

Contents: Technology of the Textile Fibres; 
Dry Cleaning; Wet Cleaning; Dyeing; Dry Dye¬ 
ing; Special Methods; Cleaning and Dyeing 
Skin Rugs; Feathers and Hats; Finishing; Ap¬ 
pendices. 

Fay, Irving W. The Chemistry of Coal- 
Tar Dyes. Second Edition, revised and 
enlarged. 6x9. cloth. 500 pp. New 
York, 1919. $5-oo 

Contents: Introduction; Coal-Tar and its Prod- 
ucts; The Hydrocarbons and Their Derivatives; 
The Nitro and Nitroso Dyes; The Triphenyl- 
methane Dyes; The Classification of the Coal- 
Tar Dyes; The Azo Dyes; The Seven Food 
Colors; The Pyronines; The Indamines, Indo- 
phenols, Thiazines, Oxazines; The Eurhodines 
and Safranines; The Quinoxaline, Quinoline, and 
Acridine Dyes; Aniline Black; The Alizarin Dye. 
stuffs; Indigo; The Sulphur Dyes; Mordants; 
Vat Dyes; Thiazol Dyes; Experimental Work. 

Fort, M., and Lloyd, L. L. The Chemistry 
of Dyestuffs. A manual for students of 
chemistry and dyeing. 12 illustrations. 
6x9. cloth. 324 pp. London, 1917. 

net, $2.50 

Contents: Bibliography; Historical Introduc¬ 
tion; Tar Distillation; Intermediate Compounds; 
Nitro and Amido Compounds; Sulphonic Acids; 
Halogen and Phenolic Compounds; Quinones; 
Acylation and Oxidation; Aldehydes and Car¬ 
boxylic Acids; Sulphur and Diazo Compounds; 
Dyestuffs; Application of Dyestuffs; Colour and 
Constitution; Azo Dyestuffs; Stilbene, Pyrazo¬ 
lone, and Thiazol Dyestuffs; Di- and Triphenyl- 
methane Dyestuffs; Xanthene Dyestuffs; Acri¬ 
dine and Quinoline Dyestuffs; Indamines and 
Indophenols; Azine, Oxazine and Thiazine Dye¬ 
stuffs; Sulphide, Vat and Natural Dyestuffs; 
Appendix; Drawings of Plant. 


Fraps, G. S. Principles of Dyeing. 22 
illustrations. 5^ x 7J4. cloth. 283 pp. 
London, 1916. $1.90 

Contents: Congo Red—Primuline; Fushsine; 
Bilbrich Scarlet—Alkali Blue; Logwood-, Indigo-, 
Chrome-Yellow; Vegetable Fibers—Cotton; Linen 
—Other Vegetable Fibers; Animal Fibers— 
Wool; Silk; Operations Preliminary to Dyeing; 
Bleaching Cotton and Linen; Wool and Silk 
Scouring and Bleaching; Dyeing Machinery and 
.Manipulations; General Observations on Dyeing; 
Direct Cotton Colors; Basic Colors; Acid Colors; 
Mordant Dyestuffs; Insoluble Colors; Merceriza- 
tion—Artificial Silk; Dyeing of Union Goods; 
Dye Mixing; Dye Testing. 

Green, Arthur G. The Analysis of Dye¬ 
stuffs. And their identification in dyed 
and colored materials, lake-pigments, 
foodstuffs, etc. Second Edition. 31 
tables. 6*4x9. cloth. 153 pp. Lon¬ 
don ( 1916. $3 75 

Contents: Introduction to Dyestuff Chemistry; 
Classification of Dyestuffs; Analysis of Coloring 
Matters in Substance; Identification of Dye¬ 
stuffs on Animal Fibres; Identification of Dye¬ 
stuffs on Vegetable Fibres; Analysis of Indigo 
in Substance and upon the Fibre; Analysis of 
Pigments and Lakes; Determination of the Con¬ 
stitution of Azo Dyestuffs. 

Heermann, Paul. Dyers’ Materials. An 
introduction to the examination valua¬ 
tion and application of the most impor¬ 
tant substances used in dyeing, print¬ 
ing, bleaching and finishing. Trans¬ 
lated by Arthur C. Wright. Second 
Edition, revised and enlarged by H. B. 
Stocks. Illustrated. 5 x y]/ 2 . cloth. 
159 pp. London, 1919. $3.00 

Contents: General; Primary Materials; Inor¬ 
ganic Materials; Organic Compounds; Appendix; 
Atomic Weights of the Elements. 

Higgins, S. H. The Dyeing Industry. 
Being a Third Edition of “Dyeing in 
Germany and America.” 5 ^4 x 9. doth. 
l 97 PP- Manchester, 1919. $3.40 

Contents: General; Cop-Dyeing; Sulphur Col¬ 
ors and Indigo; Mercerising; Bleaching; German 
and English Flannelettes; The Industry in the 
United States; Lowell, Lawrence and Fall River, 
Massachusetts; Conditions of Life in the Indus¬ 
try; Efficiency in the Industry; Instruction in 
Dyeing; Progress in the Industry During the 
War Period; Color Production. 

Hurst, George H. Silk Dyeing, Printing 
and Finishing. 20 illustrations, n 
plates showing 66 dyed specimens. 4P2 
X7. cloth. 234 pp. London, 1892. 

net, $2.00 

Knecht, E. Rawson, and Loewenthal, R. 
A Manual of Dyeing. For the use of 
practical dyers, manufacturers, students, 
and all interested in the art of dyeing. 
Third Edition. In two volumes. 118 
illustrations, 5 plates. 6^2x954. cloth. 
914 pp. London, 1916. $15.00 

Contents : Fibres, Coloring Matters, and Mor¬ 
dants; The Dyeing Process; Theory of Dyeing; 





122 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Chemical Technology of the Textile Fibres; Wa¬ 
ter; Washing and Bleaching; Acids, Alkalies, 
Mordants, etc.; Natural Coloring Matters: Arti¬ 
ficial Organic Coloring Matters; Mineral Colors; 
Machinery Used in Dyeing; Experimental Dye¬ 
ing and Fastness of Dyes Colors; Analysis and 
Valuation of Materials Used in Dyeing; Ap¬ 
pendix. 

Kress, Geo. K. The Practical Dry Cleaner. 
Illustrated. sA x 8. cloth. 94 pp. Al¬ 
lentown, Pa. 1915. net, $3.50 

Cortcnts: How to Begin a Dry Cleaning and 
Pressing Shop; How to do Dry Cleaning, Suc¬ 
cessful Methods; Wet Cleaning and Bleaching; 
Kid Glove Cleaning; The Art of Spotting; Plume 
and Feather Cleaning and Dyeing; How to Press 
Garments, Illustrated; Useful Hints to Any 
Cleaner and Tailor. 

Matthews, J. M. Laboratory Manual of 
Dyeing and Textile Chemistry. 6x9. 
cloth. 375 pp. N. Y., 1909. $3.50 

Contents: Introductory; Apparatus Required; 
Chemical Study of the Fibres; Scouring the Tex¬ 
tile Fibres; Bleaching the Wool; Bleaching of 
Cotton; Classification of Dyes; Application of 
Acid Dyes; Application of Acid Dyes; Represent¬ 
ative Acid Dyes; Testing the Fastness of Colors; 
Application of Basic Dyes to Wool and Silk; 
Basic Dyes on Cotton; Representative Basic 
Dyes; Application of Substantive Dyes to Cot¬ 
ton; Substantive Dyes on Wool and Silk; Rep¬ 
resentative Substantive Dyes on Cotton; Appli¬ 
cation of Mordant Dyes to Wool; Developed 
Dyes on Cotton and Silk; Sulphur Dyes on 
Cotton; Use of Logwood in Dyeing; The Minor 
Natural Dyes; The Mineral Dyestuffs; The Vat 
Dyes; The Testing of Dyestuffs; Chemical Re¬ 
actions of Dyestuffs; Miscellaneous Tests in 
Dyeing; Testing the Fastness of Colors; Analysis 
of Textile Fabrics; Analysis of Textile Fabrics; 
Useful Data for Dyers and Textile Chemists. 

Mulliken, Samuel P. Identification of the 
Commercial Dyestuffs. 3 eing Volume 
III of A Method for the Identification 
of Pure Organic Compounds by a sys¬ 
tematic analytical procedure based on 
physical properties and chemical reac¬ 
tions. Containing classified original de¬ 
scriptions of nearly 170 synthetic and 
natural dyestuffs, references to many 
allied brands, suggestions on the ex¬ 
amination of dyestuffs in mixtures and 
a color standard. 6 }£x 10*4. cloth. 
280 pp. New York, 1910. $5.00 

Nietzki, R. Chemistry of the Organic 
Dyestuffs. Translated by A. Collin and 
Richardson. 6x9. cloth. 328 pp. 
London, 1892. net, $6.00 

Contents: Nitro-compounds; Azo-Dyestuffs; 

Amidoazo-compounds; Oxyazo-compounds; Azo- 
Dyes from Diazo-carbonic Acids; Azo-Dyes from 
Carbonic Acids and Diazo-compounds; Tetrazo- 
or Disazo-Dyestuffs; Oxyquinones and Quinone- 
oximes; Ketoneimides and Hydrazides; Tri- 
phenylmethane Dyestuffs; Quinoneimide Dye¬ 
stuffs; Azine Dyestuffs; Aniline Black; Indu- 
lines and Nigrosines; Quinoline and Acridine 
Dyestuffs; Indigo Dyestuffs; Euxanthic Acid and 
Galloflavine; Canarine; Mureide; Dyestuffs of 
Unknown Constitution; References. 


Owen, F. A. The Dyeing and Cleaning 
of Textile Fabrics. A handbook for 
the amateur and the professional. 
Based partly on notes of H. C. Stand- 
age. 5x7. cloth. 259 pp. New York, 
1909. $2.50 

Pawlie, Edward. The Practical Hand¬ 
book of Garment Dyeing and Cleaning. 
Including scouring, bleaching, dry clean¬ 
ing and finishing of garments, feathers, 
fur, leather, etc. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 376 pp. Phila., 1909. net, $3.75 

Contents: Materials; Cleansing Operations; 
Coloring Operations; Finishing Operations; Spe¬ 
cial Methods; Recipes; Tables; Lists of Dye¬ 
stuffs. 

Pellew, Chas. E. Dyes and Dyeing. New 
and Enlarged Edition. Illustrated. 
5^x8. cloth. 282 pp. New York, 
1918. $2.50 

A book for 1 the home craftsman. Stenciling, 
batik and tied and dyed work are thoroughly 
treated as well as the dyeing of feathers, bas¬ 
ketry, . leather, silks, cotton, woolens, in fact all 
material that can be dyed. 

Perkin, A. G., and Everest, A. E. The 

Natural Organic Coloring Matters. 6x 
9. cloth. 655 pp. London, 1918. $9.50 

Contents: The Anthraquinone Group; The 
Naphthaquinone Group; The Benzophenone Group; 
The Xanthone Group; Flavone Group; The 
Chalkone and Flavanone Groups; Flavonol 
Group; Pyran Group; Dihydro- Pyran Group; 
Pyrone or Coumarin Group; Dicinnamoyl-Meth- 
ane Group; Diphenyl-Dimethylolid Groun: Tan¬ 
nins; Coumarane Group; Indole Group; Lichens, 
Lichen Acids, and Coloring Matters Derived 
Therefrom; Iso-Quinoline Group; Coloring Mat¬ 
ters of Unknown Constitution; Lakes from 
Vegetable Coloring Matters; Appendices. 

Ramsey, A. R. J., and Weston, H. C. 
Artificial Dyestuffs, Their Nature, Man¬ 
ufacture and Uses. Illustrated. 534 x 
8 ^ 4 . cloth. 221 pp. London, 1917. $2.00 

Rawson, C., Gardiner, W., and Laycock, 
W. F. A Dictionary of Dyes, Mordants, 
and Other Compounds Used in Dyeing 
and Calico Printing. 6x934. cloth. 
372 pp. London, 1917. $7.50 

A practical work for use in the laboratories 
of color chemists, dyers and manufacturers. It 
comprises a general description of dyes, mor¬ 
dants and other substances employed i_. dyeing 
and calico printing, with their properties and 
uses, and wherever possible the methods of ex¬ 
amining and assaying these various bodies. 

Reisig, F. W. The Guide for Piece- 
Dyeing. Containing one hundred re¬ 
ceipts, with samples. 6x9^2. cloth. 

117 pp. New York, 1889. net, $25.00 

Schultz, G., and Julius, P. A Systematic 
Survey of the Organic Coloring Mat¬ 
ters. Revised throughout and greatly 



CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


123 


enlarged by Arthur G. Green. 754 x 
10^4. cloth. 292 pp. London, 1908. 

$9.00 

Contents: Raw Products. Coal Tar. Interme¬ 
diate Products . Nitro Compounds; Sulphonic 
Acids of Hydrocarbons; Carboxylic Acids of Hy¬ 
drocarbons; Primary Amines and Their Sulphonic 
and Carboxylic Acids; Secondary and Tertiary 
Amines and Their Derivatives; Diamines and 
Their Sulphonic Acids; Primary Amines and 
Diamines Used in the Preparation of Substan¬ 
tive Cotton Colors; Phenols and Their Sulphonic 
and Carbooxylic Acids; Amidophenols and Their 
Derivatives; Halogen Compounds; Aldehydes, Ke¬ 
tones, and Quinones. Coloring Matters. 

Schultz, Gustav. Farbstofftabellen. Fiinfte 
Vollstandig Umgearbeitete Und Stark 
Vermehrte Auflage Der Tabellarischen 
Ubersicht Der Im Handel Befindlichcn 
Kunstlichen Organischen Farbstoffe 
Von Gustav Schultz Und Paul Julius. 
6 J 4 x 9 l A. cloth. 484 pp. Berlin, 1914. 

$10.00 


Soxhlet, D. H. Art of Dyeing and Stain¬ 
ing Marble, Artificial Stone, Bone, 
Horn, Ivory and Wood. Translated 
from the German by Arthur Morris 
and Herbert Robson. 5*4 x 754 . cloth. 
176 pp. London. 1902. $2-5° 

Contents: Mordants and Stains; Natural Dyes; 
Artificial Pigments: Coal Tar Dyes; Staining 
Marble and Artificial Stone; Dyeing, Bleaching 
and Imitation of Bone, Horn and Ivory; Wood 
Dyeing; Varnishes and Polishes. 


Von Georgievics, G. Chemistry of Dye¬ 
stuffs. Translated from the Second 
German Edition by Charles Salter. 6 x 
8 Ya- cloth. 412 pp. London, 1903.. 

Reprinting 

Contents: Coal Tar; Intermediate Products in 
the Manufacture of Dye-Stuffs. The Artificial 
Dyestuffs. Nitroso; Nitro; Azo; Substantive 
Cotton; Azoxystilbene; Hydrazones; Ketom- 
mides; Triphenylmethane; Rosolic Acid; Xan- 
thene; Xanthone; Flarones; Oxyketone; Quino¬ 
line and Acridine; Quinonimide; The Azine 
Group; Eurhodines; Safranines; Quinoxalmes; 
Indigo; Dyestuffs of Unknown Constitution; 
Sulphur or Sulphine Dyestuffs; Development of 
the Artificial Dyestuff Industry; Natural Dye¬ 
stuffs; Mineral Colors. 


Wahl, An due, and Atack, F. W. The Man¬ 
ufacture of Organic Dyestuffs. Au¬ 
thorized translation, with additions, 
from the French; with a preface to 
the .English .Edition by Edmund 
Knecnt. 5 x 7^2- ' cloth. 352 PP- Lon¬ 
don, 1918. $2 ; 2 5 

Contents: Raw Materials; Coal-Tar; Hydro¬ 
carbons; The Phenols. Intermediate Products. 


Sulphonation; Alkaline Fusion; Nitration; Re¬ 
duction of Nitro-Compounds; Alkylation. The 
Organic Dyestuffs. Classification of Dyestuffs; 
Nitro-Dyestuffs or Quinone-Oximes; Azo-Dye¬ 
stuff Hydrazones; Stilbene Dyestuffs; Diphenyl- 
methane Dyestuffs; Triphenylmethane Dyestuffs; 
Xanthene Dyestuffs; Acridine Dyestuffs; Anthra¬ 
cene Dyestuffs; Quinone-Imide Dyestuffs; Indigo 
and Indigoid Dyestuffs; Thiazol Dyestuffs; Sul¬ 
phur Dyestuffs; Aniline Black. 

Whittaker, C. M. The Application of the 
Coal Tar Dyestuffs. The principles in¬ 
volved and the methods employed. 
554 x 8 J 4 - cloth. 225 pp. London, 
1919. (Industrial Chemistry Series.) 

$3.00 

Contents: General Survey of Dyeing; The 
Varied Uses of the Basic Dye stuffs; The Appli¬ 
cation of the Acid Dyestuffs; The Turkey-Red 
Industry, and Other Uses of the Alizarine Dye¬ 
stuffs; The Application of the Direct Cotton 
Dyestuffs, Including Those Which Develop on 
the Fibre; The Azo-coloring Matters and Their 
Special Use in Dyeing; The Properties of the 
Resorcine Dyestuffs; The Application of the 
Sulphur Dye stuffs; The Application of the Vat 
Dyestuffs; The Dyeing of Union Materials, In¬ 
cluding Garments; Colors Produced on the Fibre 
by the Oxidation of Coal Tar Products; Other 
Uses of Coal Tar Dyestuffs; Dyestuffs Other 
Than Coal Tar Dyestuffs Still in Use; The 
Valuation and Detection of Dyestuffs. 

Wood, John K. The Chemistry of Dye¬ 
ing. 554 x 754 . cloth. 90 pp. (Van 
Nostrand's Chemical Monographs, No. 
2.) New York, 1914. net, $1.00 

Contents: The Chemical Composition and 

Properties of the Textile Fibres; Dyes and 
Their Properties; The Nature of the Dyeing 
Process; Bibliography. 

Zerr, G., and Rubencamp, R. A Treatise 
on Color Manufacture. Translated by 
Charles Mayer. A guide to the prepar¬ 
ation, examination, and application of 
all the pigment colours in practical use- 
50 illustrations. 654 x 9. cloth. 618 pp 
London, 1908. $11.50 

Contents: The Artificial Mineral Colors; The 
Manufacture of the Artificial Mineral Colors; 
The Raw Materials Used in Color Making; The 
Natural Mineral Colors (Earth Colors); Black 
Pigments; Organic Coloring Matters and Their 
Utilization in Making Lake Pigments; The Uses 
of Colors; Appendix. 

Zimmerman, W. The Art of Mordanting 
and Staining, and the Complete Treat¬ 
ment of Wood Surfaces. A handbook 
and aid for architects, cabinet makers, 
decorators, painters, piano factories and 
trade schools. 5^4 x 854. cloth. 140 pp. 
Boston, Mass., 1912. $3 00 


TEXTILES 


Ball, W. L. The Cotton Plant in Egypt. 
Studies in Physiology and Genetics. 72 
illustrations. 654x9. cloth. 218 pp. 
London, 1912. net, $1.60 


Barker, A. F. Textiles. 86 illustrations. 
6 x 854 . cloth. 387 pp. New York, 
1911. $4.00 

Contents: History of Textiles Industries, In¬ 
ventions and Inventors; The Wool, Silk, Cotr 




124 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


ton, Flax, Etc.. Growing Industries; The Mer¬ 
cerized and Artificial Fibres Employed in the 
Textile Industries; Dyeing of Textile Materials; 
Principles of Spinning; Processes Preparatory 
to Spinning; Principles of Weaving; Of Design¬ 
ing and Coloring, ot Finishing; Textile Calcu¬ 
lations; The Woolen, Worsted, Dress Goods, 
Stuff, Linings, Tapestry, Carpet and Cotton 
Industries; Silk Throwing and Spinning; The 
Linen Industry Historically and Commercially 
Considered; Recent Developments and the Fu¬ 
ture of the Textile Industries. 

Barker, Aldred F., and Midgely, Eber. 

Analysis of Woven Fabrics. 82 illus¬ 
trations. 534x844- cloth. 319 pp. 
New York, 1914. $3.50 

Contents: Qualities of Raw Materials and 
of Yarns; Calculations Relating to Yarns, and 
to the Weight of Cloths; Setts and Setting of 
Cloths; Weave Analysis; Drafts and Pegging 
Plans; Effects of Dyeing and Finishing on 
Wool Cloths, on Union Dress Fabrics, Lining 
and Cotton Cloths; Obtaining the Loom Par¬ 
ticulars from a Small Sample of Finished Cloth; 
Examples in the Analysis of Woven Fabrics; 
Quick Methods of Analysis, Standard Weights 
and Gauges; Qualitative and Quantitative Anal¬ 
ysis of Fibres in Woven Fabrics; Costing of 
Woven Fabrics; Glossary of Terms Applied to 
Woven Fabrics; Appendix. 

Bean, Percy, and McCleary, W. The 
Chemistry and Practice of Finishing. 
A practical treatise on bleaching and 
the finishing of white, dyed, and 
printed cotton goods. Second Edition. 
Two volumes. 43 plates. 6^2x9. cloth. 
824 pp. Manchester, 1912. $18.00 

Contents: Chemicals Employed in Bleaching; 
Physical and Chemical Properties of Cotton and 
Linen, and the Chemical Examination of the 
Various Textile Fibres; Practical Bleaching of 
Cotton and Linen Piece Goods; Bleaching of 
Cotton Goods Woven with Coloured Borders and 
Headings; Stains and Faults in Cloth Due to 
Imperfect Bleaching and Faulty Manufacture; 
Water and the Purification of Water Used for 
Bleaching Purposes; Machinery Used in Bleach- 
ing; Practical Finishing; Adhesive and “Thicken¬ 
ing” Substances Used in the Finishes; Starch, 
Gums, etc.; Materials Used for Giving Weight 
to the Fabric; Ingredients Used to Soften the 
Fabric; Deliquescent Substances Used for Soft¬ 
ening and Weighting the Fabrics; Ingredients 
Used for Preserving the Fabrics from Mildew; 
Colours Used for Tinting the Cloth and the 
Filling; Substances Used for Rendering Fabrics 
Fireproof and Waterproof; Practical Finishing 
of Cotton Piece Goods; Machinery Used in Piece 
Goods; Making Up and Packing Machinery; 
Soft and Finished Patterns of Cloth; Analysis 
of Finished Cloth. 

Beaumont, R. Color in Woven Design. A 
treatise on the science and technology 
of textile coloring. Second Edition, 
rewritten and enlarged. 367 illustra¬ 
tions, 39 colored plates. 6 A x 9. cloth. 
396 pp. net, $6.00 

Contents: Theories of Color; Attributes of 
Colors; Contrast and Harmony; Color Stan¬ 
dardization; Mixtures; Elements of Textile Col¬ 
oring-stripes; Check Patterns; Simple Colorings; 
Compound Colorings; Fancy Shades Applied to 
Special Designs; Coloring of Combination De¬ 
signs; Spotted Effects; Coloring of Double 
.Weaves and Reversiblcs; F'igured Textiles; Col¬ 


ored in the Warp; Weft-colored Figured Fab¬ 
rics—Curl Textures. 

Beaumont, Roberts. The Finishing of 
Textile Fabrics. (Woollen, Worsted, 
Union and other cloths.) 151 illustra¬ 
tions. 5^2 x 8 ) 4 - cloth. 279 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1910. $5.00 

Contents: Woollen, Worsted and Union Fab¬ 
rics; Processes of Finishing and their Effects; 
The Process of Scouring; Scouring Machines; 
Theory of Felting: Fabric Structure, Compound 
Fabrics; Fulling and Milling Machinery; The 
Theory of Raising; Raising Machinery and Rais¬ 
ing Process; Cutting, Cropping or Shearing-, 
Lustring Process and Machinery; Methods of 
Finishing. 

Beaumont, Roberts. Standard Cloths. 
Structure and manufacture (general, 
military and naval). 150 illustrations, 
16 color plates. 544 x S l / 2 . cloth. 342 
pp. New York, 1916. $6.00 

Contents: Microscopic Features; Fabric Qual¬ 
ity; Synopsis of Cloths; Standard Grades of 
Manufacture; Weaves Types; Fabrics Light in 
Weight and Structure; Medium Weight Wool¬ 
lens; Medium Weight Worsteds; Overcoating 
Group of Fabrics; Armj r and Navy Cloths; 
Fibrous-Faced Fabrics; Felt Manufactures; Ap¬ 
pendix. 

Beaumont, Roberts. Woollen and Worsted. 
The theory and technology of the man¬ 
ufacture of woollen, worsted and union 
yarns and fabrics. 469 illustrations, 42 
plates, 18 tables. 7 x 10%. cloth. 676 
pp. London, 1915. $12.00 

Contents: Materials; Woollen Yarn Manu¬ 
facture; Wool Sorting, Scouring, and Blending; 
Woollen Yarn Construction; Worsted Yarn Con¬ 
struction; Yarn Structure; Principles of Fabric 
Structure: Fundamental Weaves; Loom Mount¬ 
ing, or Preparation of the Yarn for the Loom; 
Hand-Looms; Power-Looms; Weave Combina¬ 
tions; Drafting; Pattern Design; Color Applied 
to Plain, Twilled, and Fancy Weaves; Com¬ 
pound Fabrics; Fabric Analysis and Calculations; 
Finishing of Fabrics. 

Bottler, Max. Modern Bleaching Agents 
and Detergents. Translated from the 
German by Charles Salter. 16 illustra¬ 
tions. i2tno. cloth. 175 pp. London, 
1910. net, $2.50 

Contents: AGENTS; Old and New Bleach¬ 
ing Methods and Bleaching Agents; Sodium 
Peroxide; Perforates; Ozone; Sodium Bisulnhite 
and- Hydrosulphurous Acid; Discharging Color 
from Textile Fabrics with Hydrosulphurous 
Acid; Permanganate; Hydrogen Peroxide; 
New Process for Bleaching Fats and Oils; Solid, 
Stable Calcium Hypochlorite and Bleaching 
Soda; Electric Bleaching. DETERGENTS: Ben¬ 
zine Soaps; Extractive Detergents and De¬ 
tergent Mixtures; Carbon Tetrachloride; Aceto 
Oxalic Acid as a Detergent; Bleaching Processes 
Used in Chemical Cleaning; Hydrogen Peroxide; 
Oxygenol; Sodium Peroxide; Sundry New De¬ 
tergents and Cleaning Agents. 

Bowman, F. H. Structure of the Cotton 
Fibre and Its Relation to Technical Ap¬ 
plications. Illustrated. 5x7. cloth. 
470 PP- London, 1908. n«t, $2.75 




CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


125 


Bowman, F. H. Structure of Wool Fibre 
in Relation to the Use of Wool for 
Technical Purposes. Illustrated. 5x7. 
cloth. 495 pp. London, 1908. net, $2.75 

Brannt, Wm. T., and Gray, J. B. 

(Editors,). Practical Dry Cleaner, 
Scourer and Garment Dyer. Fifth 
Edition, revised t enlarged and entirely 
reset . 41 illustrations. 5 x 7J4. cloth. 

396 pp. New York, 1919. $3.00 

Contents: Chemical or French Cleaning; Re¬ 
moval of Stains, or Spotting; Wet Cleaning; 
Finishing Cleansed Fabrics; Cleaning and Dye¬ 
ing Feathers; Cleaning and Renovating Felt, 
Straw and Panama Hats; Bleaching and Dyeing 
Straw and Straw Hats; Cleaning and Dyeing 
Gloves; Garment Dyeing; Stripping Colors from 
Garments and Fabrics; Analysis of Textile Fab¬ 
rics; Practical Chemistry for the Cleaner and 
Dyer. 

Carter, H. R. Bleaching, . Dyeing and 
Finishing of Flax, Hemp and Jute 
Yarns and Fabrics. 20 illustrations. 
5 ^ 4 x 824 . cloth. 172 pp. London, 1911. 

$1.25 

Contents: Chemistry of Bleaching; Materials; 
Art of Dyeing; Dyes and Dyestuffs; Printing; 
Finishing; Bleach and Dye Works. 

Carter, H. R. Ramie (RheaJ, China 
Grass. The new textile fibre and all 
about it. A book for planters, manu¬ 
facturers and merchants. Illustrated. 
8vo. cloth. 140 pp. London, 1910. $3.00 

Contents: The Ramie Plant; Its Varieties; 
Soil and Climate Essential for Culture; Ramie 
Cultivation; Method of Planting and Gathering 
the Crop; Yields Obtainable; The “Bon” or 
“Ban” Rhia or Rhea; The Decortication of 
Rhea or Ramie Fibre; Methods of Preparing 
Ramie Ribbons for the Market; De-gumming 
Ramie of Rhea; Preparing and Combing; Draw¬ 
ing, Roving, and Spinning Ramie and China 
Grass, Twisting, etc.; Weaving, Dyeing, Printing, 
and Finishing of Rhea. China Grass or Ramie 
Fibre; Ramie, Rhea and China Grass in Great 
Britain, on the European Continent in the 
United States of America, and in South Africa; 
Uses to Which Ramie, Rhea, and China Grass 
Yarns can be put in Trade; How to Manufacture 
It Profitably; Ramie Cultivation in China and 
the Chinese Grass Cloth Industry. 

Dannerth, F. The Methods of Textile 
Chemistry. Being the syllabus of a 
lecture course adapted for use in tex¬ 
tile laboratories. 5x7. cloth. 172 pp. 
New York, 1908. $2.00 

Contents: Qualitative Analysis. Reactions of: 
Wool and Hair Fibres; Natural Silk Fibres; Jute 
and Hemp Fibres; Cotton, Flax and Ramie 
Fibres; Imitation Silk Fibres; Detection of: 
Rosin, Mineral, and Vegetable Oil, in Textiles; 
Mordants on Wool, etc.; Weighting on Silk, 
etc.; Sizings on Cotton, etc.; Finishing Mate¬ 
rials, in Textiles. Quantitative Analysis. Anal¬ 
ysis of a: Wool-cotton Fabric; Wool-silk Fabric; 
Cotton-silk Fabric; Cotton-silk Wool-fabric; Silk- 
imitation Silk Fabric; Waterproof Fabric. Anal¬ 
ysis of: Raw Vegetable Fibres; Raw Wool 
Fibres; Determination of: The “Boiling-off” Loss 
of Raw Silk; The “Washing-out” Loss of Raw 


Silk; The “Shrinkage” of Raw Wools; Mineral 
Matter in Textiles; Moisture in Textiles; Arsenic 
in Textiles; Oils and Grease in Textiles; Weight¬ 
ing in Silk Fabrics; Finishing in Cotton Fabrics. 
Determination of Tensile Strength: Humidity; 
Specific Gravity; Yarn Counts; The Fastness of 
Dyes on the Fibre. Materials, Processes and 
Products. Cotton Bleaching; Turkey-red Dyeing; 
Aniline Black Dyeing; Mercerization; Carboniza¬ 
tion. Glossary. 

Ermen, W. F. A. The Materials Used 
in Sizing. Their chemical and physical 
properties, and simple methods for their 
technical analysis and valuation. Illus¬ 
trated. 514 x 714 . cloth. 130 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1912. net, $2.00 

Contents: The Starches and Other Aggluti- 
nants; Weighting Materials; Softening Ingre¬ 
dients: Antiseptics; Analysis of Sized Warps 
and Cloth; The Preparation of Normal Volu¬ 
metric Solutions; Tables. 

Garner, J. H. Treatment of Effluents 
from Dyehouses and Textile Factories. 
Illustrated. 35 pp. London, 1913. 

net, $1.25 

Goulding, E. Cotton and Other Vegetable 
Fibres; Their Production and Utilisa¬ 
tion. With a preface by Wyndham H. 
Dunstan. Illustrated. 5*4 x8j4. cloth. 
251 pp. London, 1919. $3.00 

Contents: Introductory; Cotton; Cotton Pro¬ 
duction in the Principal Countries and the Chief 
Commercial Varieties; Cotton Growing in British 
West Africa and Other Parts of the British Em¬ 
pire; Flax, Hemp and Ramie; Jute and Similar 
Fibres; Cordage Fibres; Miscellaneous Fibres. 

Hannan, Wm. I. The Textile Fibres of 
Commerce. Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 236 
pp. Philadelphia, 1902. $3.50 

A handbook on the occurrence, distribution, 
preparation, and uses of the animal, vegetable, 
and mineral fibres used in cotton, woolen, paper, 
silk, brush, and hat manufacture. 

Herzfeld, J. The Technical Testing of 
Yarns and Textile Fabrics. With ref¬ 
erence to official specifications. Trans¬ 
lated by Charles Salter. Second Edi¬ 
tion. 69 illustrations. 554 x 8J4. cloth. 
223 pp. London, 1898. 

Revised Edition in Press 
Contents: Microscopical Examination of Fi¬ 
bres; Chemical Examination; Yarn Number De¬ 
termination; Testing the Length of Yarns; Ex¬ 
ternal Appearance of Yarn; Twist of Yarn and 
Twist; Tensile Strength and Elasticity; Per¬ 
centage of Fat; Moisture; Mode of Weaving; 
Warp and Weft Threads; Shrinkage; Constit¬ 
uents of Warp and Weft; Dressing; Waterproof 
Properties of Cloth; Hygroscopicity; Fastness of 
Dye Test; Length Determinations; Mordants and 
Dyes; Arsenico. 

Hooper, Luther. Silk. Its production 
and manufacture. 58 illustrations. 
aVa x 7 x A. cloth. 134 pp. London, 
1916. $1.00 

Hubner, J. Bleaching and Dyeing of Veg¬ 
etable Fibrous Materials. With an in- 





126 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


troduction by R. Meldola. 95 illustra¬ 
tions, 3 folding plates. 6 T 4 x 9. cloth. 
458 pp. London, 1920. $7.50 

Contents: The Vegetable Fibres; Water; 
Chemicals and Mordants; Bleaching; Mercer¬ 
ising; Mineral Colors; Natural Coloring Mat¬ 
ters; Artificial Dyestuffs; Basic and Substantive 
Cotton Dyestuffs; Sulphur Dyestuffs; Acid and 
Resorcine Dyestuffs; Insoluble Azo-Colors; The 
Vat Dyestuffs; Mordant Dyestuffs; Colors Pro¬ 
duced on the Fibre by Oxidation; Dyeing Ma¬ 
chinery; Testing of Dyestuffs and Fibres; Ap¬ 
pendices. 

Hurst, George H., and Simmons, W. H. 
Textile Soaps and Oils. A handbook 
on the preparation, properties, and 
analyses of the soaps and oils used in 
textile manufacturing, dyeing and 
printing. Second Edition, revised and 
partly rewritten. 11 illustrations. 5 )4 
x 8 j 4 - cloth. 204 pp. London, 1914. $3.50 
Contents: Textile Soaps. Introductory; Meth¬ 
ods of Making Soaps; Special Textile Soaps; 
Relation of Soap to Water for Industrial Pur¬ 
poses; Treating Waste Soap Liquors; Soap Anal¬ 
ysis. Animal and Vegetable Oils and Fats. Tal¬ 
low, Lard, Bone Grease, Tallow Oil, Lard Oil, 
Whale Oil or Train Oil; Palm Oil, Palm-Nut 
or Palm-Kernel Oil, Cocoa-Nut Oil, Olive Oil, 
Arachis Oil, Cotton-Seed Oil, Soya-Bean Oil, 
Linseed Oil, Castor Oil, Maize (Corn) Oil, 
Rape Oil. Glycerine. Textile Oils. Wool Oils; 
Oleines, Wool Oils. Oleic Acid, Blended Wool 
Oils, Oils for Cotton-Dyeing, Printing and Fin¬ 
ishing, Color Oil, Turkey-Red Oils; Turkey-Red 
Oil; Alizarine Oil; Oleine; Oxy-Turkey-Red 
Oils; Soluble Oil; Analysis of Turkey-Red Oil; 
Finishers’ Soluble Oil, Finishers’ Soap Soften¬ 
ings, Oil and Fat Analysis. 

Knecht, E., and Fothergill, J. B. The 
Principles and Practice of Textile 
Printing. 80 illustrations, 13 plates. 
6^x9%. cloth. 632 pp. London. 1912. 

$12.50 

Contents: Methods of Printing; Preparation 
of the Cloth for Printing; Preparation of Col¬ 
ours for Printing; Treatment of Goods After 
Printing; Mordants, etc.; Styles of Printing: 
Finishing of Printed Calicoes; Wool Printing; 
Silk and Half-Silk Printing; Addenda. 

Kretschmar, Karl. Yarn and Warp Sizing 
in all its Branches. Translated from 
the German by C. Salter. 122 illustra¬ 
tions. 6 J A x 10. cloth. 192 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1911. $5°° 

Contents: The Materials to be Sized; The 
Materials Used in Sizing; The Sized Material; 
The Sizing Process; Sizing Recipes for Different 
Effects; Combined Dyeing and Sizing; The Pur¬ 
chase and Testing of Sizing Ingredients. 

Matthews, J. M. Laboratory Manual of 
Dyeing and Textile Chemistry. 6x9. 
cloth. 375 PP- N. Y., 1909. $3.25 

Contents: Chemical Study of the Fibres; 
Scouring the Textile Fibres; Bleaching of Wool 
and Cotton; Classification of Dyes; Application 
of Acid Dyes; Testing the Fastness of Colors; 
Application of Basic Dyes; Application of Sub¬ 
stantive Dyes; Application of Mordant Dyes to 
Wool; Developed Dyes on Cotton and Silk; 


Sulphur Dyes on Cotton; Use of Logwood in 
Dyeing; The Minor Natural Dyes; Mineral Dye¬ 
stuffs; Vat Dyes; Testing Dyestuffs; Chemical 
Reactions of Dyestuffs; Miscellaneous Tests in 
Dyeing; Analysis of Textile Fabrics; Useful 
Data. 

Matthews, J. M. The Textile Fibres; 
Their Physical, Microscopical and 
Chemical Properties. Second Edition, 
rewritten. With figures and tables. 
Illustrated. 6x9. cloth. 480 pp. New' 
York, 1907. $4-50 

Contents: Classification of the Textile Fibres; 
Wool and Hair Fibres; The Chemical Nature and 
Properties of Wool and Hair Fibres; Shoddy 
and Wool Substitutes; Minor Hair Fibres; Silk, 
Its Origin and Cultivation; Physical Properties 
of Silk; Chemical Nature and Properties of 
Silk; The Vegetable Fibres; Cotton; The Physi¬ 
cal Structure and Properties of Cotton; Chemical 
Properties of Cotton; Cellulose; Mercerized 
Cotton; The Minor Seed-Hairs; Artificial Silks; 
Linen; Jute, Ramie, Hemp, and Minor Vegetable 
Fibres; Analysis of the Textile Fibres; Analysis 
of Textile Fabrics and Yarns; Bibliography of 
the Textile Fibres. 

Mierzinski, S. The Waterproofing of 
Fabrics. Translated from the German 
by Arthur Morris and Herbert Robson. 
Second Edition, revised and enlarged. 
29 illustrations. 5 x 7)4. cloth. 140 pp. 
New York, 1914. net, $2.50 

Contents: Definition; Preliminary Treatment 
of the Fabric; Waterproofing with Acetate of 
Alumina; Impregnation of the Fabric; Drying; 
Waterproofing with Paraffin Wax, Ammonium 
Cuprate and Insoluble Soaps of Metallic Ox¬ 
ides; Dyeing Waterproof Fabrics; Waterproof¬ 
ing with Gelatine, Tannin, Caseinate of Lime 
and Other Bodies; Manufacture of Tarpaulin; 
British Waterproofing Patents. 

Mitchell, C. A., and Prideaux, R. M. 

Fibres Used in Textile and Allied In¬ 
dustries. 66 illustrations. 5x 8J4. 
cloth. 208 pp. London, 1910. $3.50 

Contents: Introduction; Wool; Silk; Cotton; 
Mercerized Cotton; Artificial silks; Linen and 
Ramie; Jute and Other Fibres; Brush Fibres; 
Vegetable Downs and Upholstery Fibres. 

Monie, Hugh. Sizing Ingredients, Siz 
Mixing and Sizing. Illustrated. 6x9. 
cloth. 88 pp. Manchester, 1908. 

net, $1.50 

A complete practical work dealing with every¬ 
thing relating to the modern processes of sizing. 

Nichols, Henry W. A Method of Deter¬ 
mining Costs in a Cotton Mill. 6)4 x 
9 ) 4 . cloth. 115 pp. New Bedford, 
1915. net, $3.00 

Contents: Part I. Labor Costs. Part II. 
Overhead Costs. Part III. Raw Stock Costs. 
Part IV. Summary of All Costs and Conclu¬ 
sion. 

Nisbet, H. Grammar of Textile Design. 
Second Edition, revised and enlarged. 
635 illustrations. 5)4 x 8)4. cloth. 515 
pp. London, 1919. $7.50 

Contents: Introduction; The Plain Weave and 
its Modifications; Twill and Kindred Weaves; 



CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


\2.*J 


Diamond and Kindred Weaves; Bedford Cords; 
Backed Fabrics; Fustians; Terry and Loop Pile 
Fabrics; Gauze and Net Leno Fabrics; Leno 
Brocade Fabrics; Tissue, Lappet, and Swivel 
Figured Fabrics; also Ondule Fabrics; Brocade 
Fabrics; Damask Fabrics; Alhambra and Kin¬ 
dred Fabrics; Piques or Toilet Welts; also 
Matelasse Fabrics; Toilet Quilting Fabrics; Pat¬ 
ent Satin or Mitcheline Fabrics; Tapestry Fab¬ 
rics; also Kidderminster or Scotch Carpet 
Fabrics. 


Nisbet, H. Theory of Sizing. Illustrated. 
5 14 x cloth. 90 pp. Manchester, 

1912. net, $1.25 

Contents: Commercial and Technical Policy 
of Sizing Yarn; Sizing Ingredients; Size Mixing 
and Boiling: Data for Size-Mixing Recipes. Also 
Useful Formula and Data Relating to Sizing 
Ingredients. 


Noelting, E., and Lehne, A. Aniline Black 
and Its Applications in Dyeing and 
Printing. Translated by Arthur Mor¬ 
ris. Illustrated. 45 specimens of dyed 
and printed fabrics. 6x9. cloth. 220 
pp. London, 1909. net, $5.00 

Patterson, D. Color Matching on Tex¬ 
tiles. A manual intended for the use 
of dyers, calico printers, and textile 
color chemists. 29 illustrations. x 
82 - 4 . cloth. 140 pp. London, 1901. 
824 - cloth. 140 pp. London, 1901. $3.50 

Contents: Light and Color; Structure and 
Function of the Eye; Daylight for Color Match¬ 
ing; Color Constants; Difficulties in Matching; 
Reflected Light Examination; Transmitted Light 
Matching; Color Modifying Influences in Dyed 
Textiles; Use of Tinted Films; Color Blindness; 
Matching Dyed Silks and Old Fabrics; Aspect 
of Shades Under Artificial Lights. 

Patterson, D. Color Printing of Carpet 

Yarns. A useful manual for color 

chemists and textile printers. Illus¬ 
trated. 6 x 824 . cloth. 148 pp. Lon¬ 
don. net, $3.50 

Contents: Wool Fibre; Yarn Scouring; Scour¬ 
ing Materials; Water; Purification of Lime; 
Bleaching Carpet Yarns; Colors, Dyes and Color 
Making; Color Printing Pastes; “Hank Print¬ 
ing* Yarn Printing; Steaming; Washing; Ani¬ 
line Colors; Glossary of Drugs and Dye Wares 
Used in Wool Yarn Printing; Tables. 


Patterson, D. Textile Color Mixing. A 
manual intended for the use of dyers, 
calico printers, and color chemists. 

revised. 41 illustra- 
5 y 2 X 824 . cloth. 140 
$ 3*50 

Sensation; Light Waves; 

. 4 TllntninofAd • PflloTS OX 


printers. 
Second Edition, 
tions, 5 plates, 
pp. London. 
Contents: Color 


Contents: Color a Sensation; Light waves 
Ibiects Luminous and Illuminated; Colors of 
illuminated Bodies; Production of Color by 
\bsorption; Diffraction; Dispersion; Fluores- 
:ence; Colors of Opaque and Transparent F' 
es; Surface Color; Analysis of Light, Spec 
rum; Homogeneous Colors; Ready Method of 
Obtaining a Spectrum; Simple Absorption Spec- 
ra; Aid of Spectroscope; Examination of Solar 
spectrum; Dark Lines; Locality of the Colors, 
rhe Spectroscope: Its Construction; Absorption 
Spectra; Colorists’ Use of the Spectroscope. 


Color by Absorption. Absorption of Color Pro¬ 
duced by Admixture; Absorption Spectra; Solu¬ 
tions and Dyed Fabrics; Luminosity Curves; 
Absorption Curves; Dichroism; Dichroic Colored 
Fabrics in Gaslight; Color Primaries of the 
Scientist Versus the Dyer and Artist; Color Mix¬ 
ing by Rotation and by Dyeing; Secondary and 
Tertiary Colors; Constants; Hue, Purity, Bright¬ 
ness; Tints, Shades, Scales, Tones, Sad and 
Sombre Colors; Complementary Colors. Color 
Mixing. Mixing Qualities of Colors; Pure and 
Impure Green, Orange and Violet; Large Variety 
of Shades from Few Colors; Consideration of 
the Practical Primaries, Red, Yellow and Blue; 
Secondary Colors; Orange; Green; Violet; No¬ 
menclature of Violet and Purple Group; Violet 
from Rhodamine Pink and Wool Green; Purple; 
Tints and Shades of Violet; Changes in Artifi¬ 
cial Light. Tertiary Shades. Broken Hues; 
Maroons; Browns; Citrines and Olives; Ab¬ 
sorption Spectra of Tertiary Shades; Dyed Pat¬ 
terns; Appendix; Four Plates with Dyed Speci¬ 
mens Illustrating Text.. 

Polleyn, F. Dressings and Finishings for 
Textile Fabrics and Their Application. 
Description of all the materials used in 
dressing textiles; their special proper¬ 
ties, the preparation of dressings and 
their employment in finishing linen, 
cotton, woollen and silk fabrics, fire¬ 
proof and waterpoof dressings, together 
with the principal machinery employed. 
Translated from the third German edi¬ 
tion by Chas. Salter. 60 illustrations. 
524 x 8J/2. cloth. 279 pp. London, 
1911* $ 3-50 

Contents: The Dressing Process and Mate¬ 
rials for Same; Stiffenings and Glazes; Adhesive 
Dressings; Materials for Soft Dressings; Dress¬ 
ings for Filling and Loading; Antiseptic Dressing 
Ingredients; Dyeing and Blueing Agents; Va¬ 
rious Dressings; The Preparation of Dressing; 
Recipes for Dressings; Dressings for Linens; 
Yarn Dressings; Laundry Glazes; Yarn Sizing; 
Finishing Woollen Goods; Finishing Silk Fabrics; 
Waterproof Dressihgs; Fireproof Dressings; 
Special Finishing Process; The Application of 
Dressing Preparations; Testing Dressings. 

Practical Manual of Cloth Finishing. 
Comprising the finishing of woollen, 
worsted and union fabrics. By the 
editors of “The Dyer and Calico Print¬ 
er.” Illustrated. 6 I A ^9 A. cloth 316 
pp. London, 1911. $10.00 

Contents: Construction and Arrangement of 
Works; Drugs Used in Woollen Finishing; 
Wool Fibres and Their Properties; Processes; 
Special Processes; Special Machinery. 

Smith, W. Chemistry of Hat Manufac¬ 
turing. Lectures delivered before the 
hat manufacturers’ association. Re¬ 
vised and edited by Albert Shonk. Il¬ 
lustrated. 5 x 714 - cloth. 131 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1912. $3.50 

Contents: Textile Fibres, Principally Wool, 
Fur and Hair; Water, Its Impurities and Their 
Action; Acids and Alkalis; Boric Acid; Borax; 
Soap; Shellac; Wood Spirit; Stiffening and 
Proofing Process; Mordants; Dyestuffs and 
Colors; Dyeing of Wool and Fur; Optical Prop¬ 
erties of Colors. 



128 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


Tailfer, L. Practical Treatise on the 
Bleaching of Linen and Cotton Yarn 
and Fabrics. Translated by J. G. Mc¬ 
Intosh. Second English Edition . 50 

illustrations. 5% x 8J4- cloth. 348 pp. 
London, 1917. $7.00 

Contents: Water; The Solvent for Impurities 
in the Fibres and the Vehicle for Reagents Used 
In Bleaching; Installation of a Bleach Works; 
Definition of Bleaching; Steeping; Singeing; 
Washing, its End and Importance; Lime-Boiling; 
Caustic and Carbonated Alkali; Lye-Boiling; 
General and Special Methods; Soap; Bleaching 
on Grass or on the Bleaching Green or Lawn: 
Bleaching by Peroxides, Ozone; Chlorine ana 
Chloride of Lime and Their Use in Bleaching; 
Energy of Hypochlorites and Bleaching by Elec¬ 
tricity; Sours; Linen Bleaching; Examples of 
Methods; Bleaching of Cotton Fabrics; Bleach¬ 
ing of Hemp and Jute; Of Cotton Yarns; Drying 
by Steam; By Hot Air; Damages to Fabrics in 
Bleaching and in Warehousing. 

Thornley, T. Cotton Waste. Its produc¬ 
tion, manipulation and uses. 60 illus¬ 
trations. 6x 8 J 4 - cloth. 292 pp. New 
York, 1913. $3.50 

Contents: Production, Characteristics, and 
Regulation of Cotton Waste; Treatment of Best 
Cotton Wastes in Cotton-Spinning Mills, with 
other notes; Opening and Cleaning of Cotton 
Waste; Carding of Cotton Waste; Final Spin¬ 

ning Machines for Cotton Wastes; Use of Cot¬ 
ton Waste Yarns in Weaving; Various Notes. 

Tompkins, D. A. Cotton and Cotton Oil. 
Full information for investor, student 
and practical mechanic. 100 illustra¬ 
tions. 6x9. cloth. 300 pp. Charlotte,. 
1901. net, $7.50 

Contents: Cotton, Cotton Seed Oil Mills; Cat¬ 

tle Feeding; Fertilizers. 

Tompkins, D. A. Cotton Mill Commer¬ 

cial Features. For the use of textile 
schools and investors. 60 illustrations, 
tables. 6x9. cloth. 300 pp. Char¬ 
lotte, 1899. net, $5.00 

Contents: Cotton as a Factor in Progress; 
Values in Cotton—Raw and Manufactured; Or¬ 
ganization of Company to Build Mill; Location 
and Surroundings for a New Mill; Raising Cap¬ 
ital for Building a Mill; Investments, Costs, and 
Profits; Bookkeeping and Accounting; Labor; 
Operatives’ Homes; Power; Sale of Products; 
Textile Education; Road Building; Mill Con¬ 
struction and Fire Insurance; Farm and Fac¬ 
tory; Biographical Notes; Statistical Tables and 
Notes. 

Tompkins, D. A. Cotton Mill Processes 
and Calculations. An elementary text¬ 
book for the use of textile schools and 
for home study. Second Edition. 50 
illustrations. 6x9. cloth. 300 pp. 
Charlotte, N. C., 1902. net, $5.00 

Contents: Picker-Room; Carding; Combing; 
Drawing; Railway Head; Hanks and Numbers; 
Slubbing and Roving; Ring Spinning; Mule 
Spinning; Preparation, of Yarn for Weaving; 
Weaving; Loom Supplies; Cloth Room; Prepara¬ 
tion of Yarn for Market; Organization of, Ma¬ 
chinery, and Equipment of Mills. 


Tompkins, D. A. Cotton Values in Tex¬ 
tile Fabrics. A collection of cloth sam¬ 
ples arranged to show the value of cot¬ 
ton when converted into various kinds 
of cloth. Charlotte, 1900. net, $2.50 

Trotman, S. R., and Thorp, E. L. Prin¬ 
ciples of Bleaching and Finishing of 
Cotton. 131 illustrations. 6^x9. cloth. 
359 pp. London, 1911. $6.00 

Contents: Structure of Cotton Fibre; Constit¬ 
uents of Cotton; Testing; Carbohydrates; Water; 
Bacteria in Bleaching; Cotton Piece Goods; 
Steeping; Transmission, Impregnation, and Plait¬ 
ing of Cloth; Alkali Boiling-Materials Used in 
Lye Boiling; Soap; S( ap Making; Organic Sol¬ 
vents; Kiers; Washing Machines; Bleaching and 
Bleaching Powder; Chemisrng and Souring Ap¬ 
paratus; Sodium Hypochlorite and Electrolytic 
Bleaching Solutions; Other Bleaching Agents; 
Acid Souring; Processes; Colored Goods; Stains 
and Discolorations; Finishing and Materials 
Used; Mangling, Drying, and Conditioning; 
Stiffening; Auxiliary Machines and Processes; 
Beetling; Calendering; Combined Finishing Proc¬ 
esses. 

Von Georgievics, G. The Chemical Tech¬ 
nology of Textile Fibres. Their origin, 
structure, preparation, washing, bleach¬ 
ing, dyeing, printing and dressing. 
Second Edition , revised. 47 illustra¬ 
tions. . 5J4 x 8 ^ 4 - cloth. 414 pp. Lon¬ 
don, 1920. $7.00 

Contents: The Textile Fibres. Washing, 
Bleaching, Carbonising. Mordants and Mordant¬ 
ing. Dyeing. Theory of Color; Theory of Dye¬ 
ing; Classification of Dyestuffs; Dyeing on a 
Manufacturing Scale; Sample Dyeings. Print¬ 
ing. Reproductions of Patterns by Direct Print¬ 
ing; Combined Printing and Dyeing; Discharge 
Style Printing; Reserve Style Printing; Topping 
Printing. Dressing and Finishing. Starch, Gum, 
Fatty Substances; Hydroscopic Materials; Load¬ 
ing Ingredients; Coloring for the Dressing Prep¬ 
arations; Metals or Their Sulphites; Waterproof, 
ing; Fireproofing Antiseptics for Prevention of 
Mould. 

Watt, George. Wild and Cultivated Cot¬ 
ton Plants of the World. 53 plates, 9 
colored, cloth. 420 pp. New York, 
1907. $10.50 

Wilson, G. B. Air-Conditioning. Being 
a short treatise on the humidification, 
ventilation, cooling and the hygiene of 
textile factories, especially with relation 
to those in the U. S. A. Illustrated. 
5x7. cloth. 143 pp. New York, 1908. 

net, $1.50 

Zerr, George. Tests for Coal-Tar Colors 
in Aniline Lakes: a review of the coal- 
tar coloring matters generally used in 
the lake, industry and their behavior 
with distinct chemical reagents. Trans¬ 
lated by Charles Mayer. 6 l A x 9. cloth. 
230 pp. London, 1910. $0.09 



CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


129 


SOCIETY PUBLICATIONS 


American Institute of Chemical Engi¬ 
neers. Transactions. Issued annually. 
Illustrated. 6 yixg l / 2 . cloth. Twelve 
volumes now ready. 

Record the advance of many important chem¬ 
ical industries, giving details of manufacturing 
processes, diagrams and layouts of machinery 
employed, and indicate in a broad way the lines 
along which improvement may be anticipated. 


Vol. I., 1908. 41 illustrations, 5 folding 
plates. 212 pp. N, Y., 1909. net, $6.00 


Contents: Steam Power Plant Economies, 
by William Miller Booth; Testing and Perform¬ 
ance of Steam Generating Apparatus, by A. 
Bement; The Examination of Flue Gases in 
Boiler Tests, by H. August Hunicke; Heating 
of Industrial Furnaces with Pulverized Fuel, by 
Richard K. Meade; Modern Electrical Resist¬ 
ance Pyrometry, by Edwin T. Northrup; Chemi¬ 
cal Specifications for Sulphite Pulp, by J. A. 
DeCew; Purity of Commercial Liquefied Am¬ 
monia Gas and Apparati for Testing It, by F. 
W, Frerichs; The Sanitary Conditions of the 
Southern End of Lake Michigan, by J. Herbert 
Brewster; The Ferric Iron Contact Process of 
Making Sulphuric Acid from Smelter Fumes, 
by Thorn Smith; Calculations for Dryer Design, 
by Wm. M. Grosvenor. Charts accompanying 
this paper (in pocket in back cover): Table 
la. Density, Humid Volume, etc., of Air Under 
Various Conditions; Table Ic, Rate of Cooling 
of Water-Saturated Air; Table Ub, Rate of Con¬ 
vection in Pipes; Humidity Chart; Loss of Heat 
from Pipes. 


Vol. II., 1909. 50 illustrations, 1 folding 
plate. 312 pp. N. Y., 1910. net, $6.00 

Contents: The Centering of Great. Industries in 
the New York Metropolitan District, by Chas. 
F. McKenna; Chemical Industries of America,, oy 
Chas. E. Munroe; Conservation and the Chemical 
Engineer, by Samuel P. Sadtler; Efficiency Limits 
in the Power-Gas Producer, by W. D. Ennis; 
Utilization of Low Grade Fuels in the United 
States, by O. K. Zwingenberger; Heat Efficiency 
of Smokeless Combustion and Heat Absorbing 
Capacity of Boilers, by A. Bement; Chemical 
Composition of Illinois Coal and the Relation 
of Heating Value to composition, by A. Bement; 
Creosote Oil from Water Gas Tar, by S. P. 
.Sadtler; Some Experiments on the Case Harden¬ 
ing of Steel by Gases, by John C. Olsen, J. S. 
Wiffenback and J. R. Brierly; An Automatic 
Acid Egg, by R. K. Meade; A Method of Clay 
Control for the Manufacture of Cement, by J. G. 
Dean; Colloids and the Ultra-microscope, by J. 
Alexander; The Utilization of Waste India Rub¬ 
ber, by S. P. Sharpies; On the Permanence and 
Acidity of Hydrogen Peroxide Solution, by L. 
W Andrews; Commercial Extraction of Grease 
and Oils by William Booth; Glycerine Refining 
in Multiple Effect Stills, by F. J. Wood; f he 
Advantages of Multiple-Effect Distillation of Glyc¬ 
erine and Other Products, by A. C. Langmuir; 
Electric Furnace for the Smelting of Iron Ore, 
by Edward R. Taylor; Waterways and Water 
Power, by E. R. Taylor. 

Vol. III., 1910. 59 illustrations, 2 fold- 

ingplates. 411pp. N. Y., 1911. net, $6.00 

Contents: Evolution of Portland Cement. Proc¬ 
esses, Chas. F. McKenna; Study of Materials in 
Chemical Engineering, Chas I\. McKenna r f ne 
port of the Committee on Chemical Engineering 
Education presented at New York Meeting,. F. 
W Frerichs; Remarks on Chemical Engineering 


Education, F. W. Frerichs; Development of the 
Chemist as an Engineer, F. W. Atkinson. The 
Training of Chemical Engineers which Meets 
the Requirements of Manufacturers, M. C. 
Whitaker; Teaching Industrial Chemistry, A. II. 
Sabin; Commercial Manipulation of Refractory 
Elements for Incandescent Lamp Purposes, 
Ralph E. Meyers; The Manufacture and Indus¬ 
trial Applications of Ozone, Oscar Linder; The 
Changes in Industrial Chemistry caused by Elec¬ 
tricity, E. R. Taylor; Notes on the Corrosion of 
Iron & Steel and Its Prevention, G. W. Thomp¬ 
son; Protal; A New Product for Use in the 
Arts, F. G. Wiechmann; Chemical Industries of 
Canada, J. C. De Cew; Underground Waters for 
Manufacturing Purposes, Wm. M. Booth; Loss 
in Coal Due to Storage, A. Bement; Nitric and 
Mixed Acids, Schuyler Frazier; Plant Design; 
Wm. M. Grosvenor; The Fitzgibbon Boiler, J. 
Alexander; Manufacture of Hydrated Lime, R. 
K. Meade; Bleaching Oils with Fuller’s Earth, 
David Wesson. Symposium on Sewage Disposal: 
Principles of Sewage Disposal, G. C. Whipple; 
Sewage Disposal in Europe, Rudolph Hering, 
Sewage Disposal in New York City and Vicin¬ 
ity, G. A. Soper; Sanitary Conditions .in Their 
Relations to Water Supplies in the Vicinity of 
New York, N. S. Hill, Jr.; Unsolved Problems 
of Sewage Disposal, C. E. A. Winslow. 

Vol. IV., 1911. 78 illustrations, 6 fold¬ 
ing plates. 525 pp. N. Y., 1912. net, $6.00 

Contents: Some Problems in Chemical Engi¬ 
neering Practice: Extraction oi Bismuth from 
Carbonaceous Ores; The Classen Lignum Com¬ 
pany; The Plant of the Kentucky Soda Ash 
Company; Introduction to Washington Ad¬ 
dress; The Manufacture of Chloroform from 
Bleaching Powder and Ethyl Alcohol: Construc¬ 
tion of Laboratory Apparatus; Manufacture and 
Testing of Shipping Cylinders for Anhydrous 
Ammonia, F. W. Frerichs; The Manufacture 
and Testing of Carbonic Acid Cylinders, John 
C. Minor, Jr.; Report of the Committee on 
Chemical Engineering Education, Samuel P. 
Sadtler; The Four-Year Course in Chemical En¬ 
gineering, Jos. H. James; The Question of 
Five-Year Engineering Courses at Ohio State 
University, Jas. R. Withrow; A Course in 
Chemical Engineering Education, J. C. Olsen; 
Industrial Chemical Calculations, Jos. W. Rich¬ 
ards; The Practical Value of Determination of 
British Thermal Units of Anthracite Coal, S. 
F. Peckham; Two Methods of Testing Asphalt, 
S. F. Peckham; Explosives Used in Engineering 
and Mining Operations, Clarence Hall; Prob¬ 
lems in the Manufacture of C. P. Acids, J. T. 
Baker; Combustion of Pulverized Coal, L. S. 
Hughes; Distribution of Power in Portland Ce¬ 
ment Manufacture, Richard K. Meade; Harden¬ 
ing of Plasters and Cements and a Simple 
Chronographic Apparatus f*r Recording Set, 
Chas. F. McKenna; The Manufacture of Gela¬ 
tine, Ludwig A. Thiele; The Adaption of the 
Centrifugal Pump to Chemical Problems, F. G. 
Wheeler. Symposium of the United States 
Patent System. The Institute and the United 
States Patent System, Wm. M. Grosvenor; Pa¬ 
pers Read at Washington Meeting; The United 
States Patent Office, E. B. Moore. Protection 
of Inventions by Patents; Existing Defects and 
Remedies, Walter D. Edmonds; The United 
States Patent System, Robt. N. Kenyon; Report 
of Committee on Patents. 

Vol. V., TQ12. 61 illustrations, 2 folding 
plates. 288 pp. N. Y., 1913. net, $6.00 

Contents: Phenol-Formaldehyde Condensatio* 
Products, L. IT. Baekeland; Protection of In- 




130 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY’S 


tellectiial Property in Relation to Chemical In¬ 
dustry, L. H. Baekeland; Notes on a Study of 
the Temperature Gradients of Setting Portland 
Cement, A. S. Cushman; Production of Avail¬ 
able Potash from the Natural Silicates, A. W. 
Cushman and G. W. Coggeshall; Potash, Silica 
and Alumina from Feldspar, Edward Hart; 
Chemical Investigation of Asiatic Rice, A. S. 
Cushman and H. C. Fuller; United States Bee¬ 
hive Coke Oven Industry, A. W. Belden; Action 
of Disinfectants on Sugar Solutions, G. P. 
Meade; Linseed Oil Decomposition During Dry¬ 
ing* J. C. Olsen and A. E. Ratner; Tests on 
the Opacity and Hiding Power of Pigments, G. 
W. Thompson; Initial Setting Time of Portland 
Cement Control, E. E. Ware; Effect on the Eye¬ 
sight of “Lime Sulphur” Spray Manufacture, 
James R. Withrow; Acetylene Solvents, J. H. 
James; Columbia University’s New Chemical En¬ 
gineering Course and Laboratories, M. C. Whit¬ 
aker; Need of Standard Specifications in Oils 
for Paving Block Impregnation, J. H. Campbell; 
Presence of Oxygen in Petroleums and Asphalts, 

S. P. Sadtler; Chemical Engineer and Industrial 
Efficiency, Wm. M. Booth; Water for Industrial 
Purposes, Wm. M. Booth; Availability of Blast 
Furnace Slag as a Material for Building Brick, 
Albert E. White; Technical Accounting and 
Chemical Control in Sugar Manufacture, David 
L. Davoll, Jr.; Bituminous Rocks of the U. S. 
and Their Use for Street Surfaces, S. F. Peck- 
ham; Code of Ethics; List. 

Vol. VI., 1913. 30 illustrations. 272 pp. 
New York, 1914. net, $6.00 

Contents: Efficiency in Chemical Industries, 
The Corn Products Industry. T. B. Warner; 
Effect of Legislation upon Chemical Industries, 

T. B. Wagner; Distribution of Heat in the 
Operation of Steam Boilers, Perry Barker; 
General Efficiency in Dye Houses and Bleach 
Works, L. J. Matos; Depreciation and Obso¬ 
lescence, R. K. Meade; Legal Control of Dan¬ 
gers to Health in Factories, C. F. McKenna; 
Low and Mixed Pressure Turbines, J. G. Cal- 
ian; Import Duties on Chemicals and Their 
Influence on Chemical Industries, F. W. 
Frerichs; Drying of Linseed Oil with Red Lead 
and White Lead, J. C. Olsen and A. H. Cal¬ 
laghan; A Peculiar Form of Lake Pollution, 
Wm. P. Mason; Relation of the Manufacturer 
to the Patent System, Wm. M. Grosvenor; Ef¬ 
fect of Climate on Plant Location, Wm. M. 
Booth; Recent Developments in Commercial Ex¬ 
plosives, A A. LeSueur; Electrolysis, Using 
Supported Mercury Kathode, E. A. LeSueur; 
A Self-Dumping Filter Press, E. J. Sweetland; 
A New Filter Press, A. Burger; Ozone; Its 
Manufacture and Use. A Vosmaer; Apparatus 
for Determining Non-Condensing Gases in Am¬ 
monia, F. W. Frerichs; The Present Status of 
the Wood Turpentine Industry, E. H. French 
and Jas. R. Withrow; Code of Ethics; Consti¬ 
tution; Officers and Committees for 1914 ; Mem¬ 
bership List. 

Vol. VII., 1914. 79 illustrations, 2 fold¬ 
ing plates. 614x914. 313 PP- New 

York, 1915. net, $6.00 

Contents: Some Professional Obligations, M. 
C. Whitaker; Distribution of Industrial Oppor¬ 
tunities. Geo. O. Smith; Report of the Com¬ 
mittee on Chemical Engineering Education; 
Present Status of Chemical Engineering Work 
of the American Institute of Chemical Engi¬ 
neers; The Need of Revised Chemical Statistics, 
Bernard C. Hesse; Application of Physical 
Chemistry to Industrial Processes, Walter F. 
Rittman;' Use of Hydrometnllurgical Apparatus 
in Chemical Engineering, John V. N. Dorr; 
Studies on Filtration, J. W. Bain and A. E. 


/ 

/ 


Wigle; Scrubber for Chemical Laboratory Vac. 
uum System, Charles Baskerville; Shoddy and 
Carbonized Waste, Louis J. Matos; Chemistry 
of the Bleaching of Cotton Cloth, John C. Heb- 
den; Ozone in Ventilation, J. C. Olsen and Wm. 
H. Ulrich; The Present Paten Situation, Max¬ 
imilian Toch; Development of the Rotary Kiln 
and Its Application to Various Chemical and 
Metallurgical Processes, Richard K. Meade; A 
Combination Water Softener and Storage Tank, 
L. M. Booth; Feldspar as a Possible Source of 
American Potash, Allerton S. Cushman and 
George W. Coggeshall; The Hardwood Distilla¬ 
tion Industry in America, Edward H. French 
and James R. Withrow; Painting Defects: Their 
Causes and Prevention, G. W. Thompson; Code 
of Ethics; Constitution; Officers and Committees 
for 1915 . 

Vol. VIII., 1915. 44 illustrations, 4 

folding plates. 312 pp. New York, 
1916. net, $6.00 

Contents: Resources and Possibilities of Chem¬ 
ical Industry in the Southwest, Edgar Baruch; 
The Chemical Evidence of Smelter Smoke In¬ 
jury to Vegetation, J. P. Mitchell; Cottrell 
Processes of Electrical Precipitation, Walter A. 
Schmidt; The Fleming Patent Duct-Collecting 
System, W. C. Hanna; The Thiogen Process 
for Removing Sulphur Fumes, S. W. Young; 
The Manufacture of Cream of Tartar, Otto 
Best; Engineering Features of Wine Making, 
Arthur Lachman; The Treatment of Sewage by 
Aeration in the Presence of Activated Sludge, 
Edward Bartow; A New Electrolytic Method of 
Sewage Disposal, J. C. Olsen; Costs as Applied 
to Professional Business. Ralph A. Gould; The 
Improvement of High Boiling Petroleum Oils, 
and the Manufacture of Gasolene as a By- 
Product Therefrom, by the Action of Aluminum 
Chloride, A. M. McAfee; Some American Con¬ 
tributions to Industrial Chemistry, Samuel P. 
Sadtler; The Development in the United States 
of the Manufacture of Products Derived from 
Coal, H. W. Jordan; Notes on a New Process 
of Bleaching, S. F. Peckham; Lutew and Ce¬ 
ments, S. S. Sadtler; The Design and Operation 
of Ozone Water Purification Systems, Sheppard 
T. Powell; Changes in the Volume and Specific 
Gravity of Linseed Oil Films on Drying, G. W. 
Thompson; The Utilization of Wood Waste, 
Arthur D. Little; The Production of Ammonia 
from Cyanamid, W. S. Landis. 

Vol. IX., 1916. 81 illustrations, folding 
plate. 614x9^4. cloth. 482 pp. New 
York, 1917. net, $6.00 

Contents: Unpreparedness, Geo. D. Rosengar- 
ten; The Human Side of the Development of 
Chemical Industry, G. W Thompson; Report 
of Committee on Chemical Engineering Educa¬ 
tion at San Francisco Meeting, Jas. R. Withrow; 
Report of Committee on Chemical Engineering 
Education at Baltimore Meeting, Jas. R- With¬ 
row; Report of Committee on Chemical Engi¬ 
neering Education at Cleveland Meeting, Jas. R. 
Withrow; Report of Committee on Chemical En¬ 
gineering Education at New York Meeting, Tas. 
R. Withrow; The Metallurgy of the Rarer Met¬ 
als; J. W. Richards; Acid Resisting Alloys, 
W. C. Carnell; A Study of the Effect of Storage 
on Mixed Paints, E. E. Ware and R. E. Christ¬ 
man; Water Powers of the Western United 
States, Herman Stabler; The Treatment of Sew¬ 
age by Aeration in the Presence of Activated 
Sludge, II. Edw. Bartow; The Recovery of Ben¬ 
zol from Gas, F. W. Sperr, Jr.; Development in 
Chemical Engineering Equipment, H- D. Miles; 
The Effect of Centrifugal Force on Colloidal 
Solutions, Eugene E. Ayres, Jr.; Corrosion of 




CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 131 


Ingot Iron Containing Cobalt, Nickel or Copper, 
H. T. Kalmus and K. B. Blake; Nitric Acid 
Sophistication, Jas. R. Withrow; A New Method 
for the Control for the Chamber Process for 
Making Sulphuric Acid, Andrew M. Fairlie; The 
Fixation of Nitrogen; John E. Bucher. 

Volume X., 1917. Illustrated, 6^x9 . 
cloth. 484 pp. New York, 1918. $6.00 

Contents: Our Resources, G. W. Thompson; 
Report of Committee on Chemical Engineering 
Education at Buffalo Meeting, Jas. R. Withrow; 
Report of Committee on Chemical Engineering 
Education at St. Louis Meeting, Jas. R. With¬ 
row; Intensive Preparatory Chemistry, Chas. S- 
Palmer; The Possibilities of Developing an 
American Potash Industry, Richard K. Meade; 
A New Method for the Recovery of Salts of 
Potassium and Aluminum from Mineral Sili¬ 
cates, J. C. W. Frazer, W. W. Holland, E. 
Miller; The Recovery of Potash from Beet-sugar 
House Waste Liquors, H. E. Zitkowski; The 
Potash Industry of Canada, E. B. Biggar; Some 
Machinery Employed in the Manufacture of 
Glue, A. Lowenstein; The Manufacture of Lin¬ 
seed Oil', Glenn H. Pickard; Industrial Wastes 
Disposal, H. P. Eddy; The Treatment of Sew¬ 
age by Aeration in the Presence of Activated 
Sludge, Edward Bartow; Chemical Engineering 
Aspect of Renovating a Sulphite Mill, Hugh K. 
Moore; Wasite Heat Utilization, H. D.. Baylor; 
Relation Between Efficiency of Refrigerating 
Plants and the Purity of Their Ammonia 
Charge, F. W. Frerichs; Distilled Water, Wm. 
M, Booth; Engineering in Chemical Works, Gas¬ 
ton DuBois; Organization in Chemical Indus¬ 
tries, Frank Hemingway \ Some General Aspects 
of Evaporation and Drying, P. B. Sadtler, F. 
M. deBeers; Drying Chestnut Extract by the 
Cardem Process, Harry McCormack. 

Vol. XI., 1918. Illustrated. 6 * 4 x 9 T / 4 - 
cloth. 432 pp. N. Y., 1919. $6.00 

Contents: The Human Elements in the Mill, 
Hugh K. Moore: Maintenance and Construction 
Organization of Sulphite Mill, W. E. Taft ^Man¬ 
ufacture of Alcohol from Sulphite Waste Liquor, 
Ralph H. McKee; The Manufacture of Fuel 
Situation, Wm. M. Booth; The Leading Methods 
of Graining Sugar, H. E. Zitkowski; War Pyro¬ 
technics, G. A. Richter; Some Phases of Chem¬ 
ical Manufacture in Japan, A. Hirsch; Chemical 
Stoneware, A. Malinovzsky; Expansion of the 
Coal Tar Chemical Industry in the United States, 
F. E. Dodge; Opportunity of Expansion of By- 
Products Industry of Coal and. Water Gas Plants, 
Walter M. Russell; Synthetic Phenol, A. G. 
Peterkin; The Multiple Tangent System for the 
Manufacture of Sulphuric Acid, L. A. Thiele; 
Fused Silicia, Its Properties and a Few of Its 
Uses, Stephen L. Tyler; Storage Tanks Made of 
Reinforced Concrete, F. F. Frerichs; Concrete 
as a Chemical Engineering Material, Maximilian 
Toch; Report of the Committee on Chemical En¬ 
gineering Education; Some Wild Engineering T 
Have Known, David Wesson; Belting for Power 
Transmission, Ernest D. Wilson; Symposium on 
Maintenance and Preservation of Our Chemical 
Industry, Maximilian Toch; Recommendation of 
the Tariff Commission in Regard to Dyes and 
Coal Tar Industry, Grinell Jones; U. S. Tariff; 
The Maintenance and Preservation of Our Chem¬ 
ical Industry, Robert Hilton; Development in the 
Production of Dyes and Intermediates, Edward 
Holton; The Importance of the Research Chem¬ 
ist and Team Work in Developing Our Chem¬ 
ical Industry, Colby Dill; The Enameled Steel 
Industry, Wm. Zimerli; Future of the Barium 
Industry, Hugh Hollin; Reconstruction Aspects 
of Some Chemical Industries in the United States 


To-day, Edward Gudeman; The Present Status 
of Nitrogen Fixation, Lt.-Col. Alfred H. White; 
Synthetic Pharmaceuticals and the Patent Law, 
Julius Stieglitz. 

Vol. XII., Part I., 1919. Illustrated. 
6/4 x 9 l A. cloth. 275 pp. New York, 
1920. $5.00 

Contents: The Future of the Electric Furnace, 
C. T. Bragg; Utilization of Electric Brass Fur¬ 
naces, H. W. Gillett; Problems Encountered in 
Electric Furnace Practice, P. E. McKinney; 
Electrical Considerations of the Electric Furnace 
Installation, N. L. Tole; Electric Furnaces of the 
Resistance Type for Melting Non-Ferrous Alloys, 
T. F. Baily; Ajax-Wyatt Electric Furnace, G. H. 
Clamer; The Booth Electric Rotating Brass Fur¬ 
nace, Carl H. Booth; The Detroit Rocking Elec¬ 
tric Furnace for Melting Brass and Bronze, H. 
M. St. John; Results Obtained with High Fre¬ 
quency induction, E. F. Northrup; Wool Scour¬ 
ing Wastes, Charles S. Palmer; The Manufac¬ 
ture of Castor Oil, J. H. Shrader; The Flash 
and Burning Points of Gasoline-Kerosene Mix¬ 
tures, James T. Robson and James R. Withrow; 
Should Chemists be Registered and Licensed, 
Edward Gudeman; Chemical Engineers and State 
Laws for Licensing Engineers and Chemists, 
James R. Withrow; Chemists Should Not be 
Licensed, A. W. Smith; Some Objections to the 
Licensing of Chemical Engineers, David Wesson; 
Report of Committee on Chemical Engineering 
Education; James R. Withrow; Energy in the 
Realm of Reconstruction, Chester G. Gilbert; 
Manufacturing Plant of the Providence Gas 
Company, Walter M. Russell. 

The Chemical Society JLondon,) Annual 
Reports on the Progress of Chemistry. 
Issued annually. Fifteen volumes now 
ready. 524 x § 24 - cloth. 

Comprehensive reports written by noted Eng¬ 
lish authorities on the progress of the various 
branches of the science. The list of sections in 
each volume varying from year to year in order 
to keep pace with developments. 

Vol. XV. 249 pp. London, 1918. $3.00 

Contents: General and Physical Chemistry, by 
H. M. Dawson; Inorganic Chemistry, by E. C. C. 
Baly; Organic Chemistry; Part I.—Aliphatic Di¬ 
vision by J. C. Irvine; Part II.—Homocyclic 
Division by F. L. Pyman; Part III.—Hetero¬ 
cyclic Division by A. W. Stewart; Analytical 
Chemistry, by C. A. Mitchell;. Physiological 
Chemistry, by F. G. Hopkins; Agricultural Chem¬ 
istry and Vegetable Physiology, by E. J. Rus¬ 
sell; Radioactivity, by Frederick Soddy. 


Previous Volumes 


Vol.- 

I. 280 pp. 1904. London, 1905. 

$3.00 

Vol. 

II. 

339 PP- 

1905. 

London, 

1906. 

$3.00 

Vol. 

III. 

387 PP- 

1906. 

London, 

1907. 

$3.00 

Vol. 

IV. 

362 pp. 

1907. 

London, 

1908. 

$3.00 

Vol. 

V. 

295 pp. 

1908. 

London, 

1909. 

$3.00 

Vol. 

VI. 

293 pp. 

1909. 

London, 

1910. 

$3.00 

Vol. 

VII. 

303 PP- 

1910. 

London, 

1911. 

$300 





I3 2 


D. VAN NO STRAND COMPANY’S 


Vol. VIII. 329 pp. 1911. London, 1912. 

$300 

Vol. IX. 356 pp. 1912. London, 1913. 

$3.00 

Vol. X. 312 pp. 1913. London, 1914. 

$3.00 

Vol. XI. 312 pp. 1914. London, 1915. 

$3 00 

Vol. XII. 268 pp. 1915. London, 1916. 

$3.00 


Vol. XIII. 292 pp. 

1917. 

Vol. XIV. 273 PP* 

1918. 


1916. London, 

$3.00 

1917. London, 

$3.00 


Society of Chemical Industry, London. 
Reports of the Progress of Applied 
Chemistry. Issued annually. 5 ? 4 x 8 y 2 . 
cloth. 

Vol. I. 1916. 335 PP- London, 1917. 

$2.50 

Contents: Fuel and Heating; Gas-Destructive 
Distillation; Mineral Oils; Colouring Matters 
and Dyes; Acids, Alkalis, Salts; Glass and 
Ceramics; Building Materials; Oils, Fats, and 
Waxes; Paint Pigments, Varnishes, and Resins; 
India Rubber; Leather and Glue; Fermentation 
Industries; Water Purification and Sanitation; 
Fine Chemicals; Medicinal Substances; Photo¬ 
graphic Processes. 


DICTIONARIES AND LANGUAGES 


Chemical Dictionary. The Condensed 
Chemical Dictionary, compiled and ed¬ 
ited by F. M. Turner, Jr., D. D. 
Berolzheimer, W. P. Cutter and John 
Helfrich. Thumb indexed. 6^4 xg^. 
cloth. 525 pp. New York, 1919. $5.00 
flexible fabrikoid, $6.00 
A reference volume for all requiring quick 
access to a large amount of essential data re¬ 
garding chemicals, and other substances used 
in manufacturing and laboratory work. 

Couch, James F. Dictionary of Chem¬ 
ical Terms. 5x7. flexible fabrikoid. 
214 pp. New York, 1920. $3.00 

A collection of definitions of chemical terms 
which includes practically every term which anyone 
consulting chemical literature would meet with, 
including terms long obsolete, and terms which 
are of historical interest chiefly. It is wholly dif¬ 
ferent from anything put out up to the present, 
and that it contains material which cannot be 
found grouped in any other one volume. All 
phases of chemistry are exhaustively covered, 
and special attention has been given to the un¬ 
common terms which are not likely to be familiar 
to the ordinary chemist. The author is fully 
qualified to compile this work, having been prom¬ 
inently engaged in industrial chemistry for a 
number of years. 

Darling, Elton R. Inorganic Chemical 
Synonyms and Other Useful Chemical 
Data. 4 Y 2 XJ 14 ' cloth. 109 pp. New 
York, 1919. $1.00 

Contents: Introduction; The Elements; Specific 
Gravity and Temperature Comparison; Standards 
of Weights and Measures; Chemical Synonyms: 
Aluminum, Antimony, Arsenic, Barium, Bismuth, 
Cadmium, Calcium, Chromium, Cobalt. Copper, 
Iron, Lead (Plumbum), Magnesium, Manganese, 
Mercury (Hydrargyrum), Nickel, Potassium, Sil¬ 


ver, Sodium, Zinc, Miscellaneous Synonyms, Fly. 
drogen Compounds; Cross Index of Chemical 
Terms. 

Dolt, Maurice L. Chemical French. An 
introduction to the study of French 
chemical literature. Second Edition. 
6x9. cloth. 406 pp. Easton, Fa., 
1920. $4.00 

Greenfield, E. V. An Introduction to 
Chemical German. 5 x 7 ^ 4 . cloth. 384 
pp. New York, 1918. $1.40 

Kingzett, C. T. Popular Chemical Dic¬ 
tionary. Illustrated. 5 j£x 8 j 4 - c l°th. 
374 pp. London, 1920. $4.00 

Gives in simple language descriptions of all 
subjects of chemistry, its laws and processes, the 
chemical elements, the more important inorganic 
and organic compounds and their preparation or 
manufacture and applications, together with il¬ 
lustrated descriptions of chemical apparatus. 

Patterson, Austin M. A German-English 
Dictionary for Chemists. 5x7. leather. 
332 pp. New York, 1917. $2.50 

Phillips, Francis C. Chemical German. 
An introduction to the study of Ger¬ 
man chemical literature. Including 
rules of nomenclature, exercises for 
practice, and a collection of extracts 
from the writings of German chemists 
and other scientists, and a vocabulary 
of German chemical terms and others 
used in technical literature. Second 
Edition. 6 J 4 x 9. cloth. 252 pp. Eas¬ 
ton, Pa., 1917, $2.co 






CATALOG OF CHEMICAL BOOKS 


*33 


CHEMICAL PERIODICALS 


Our subscription service is maintained so as to be helpful to our cus¬ 
tomers. We keep, up to date, the data concerning the periodicals of the 
world—in all languages—and are in a position to quote especially low figures 
on foreign publications. Our service does not end with merely having your 
subscription entered. We keep you informed of its approaching expiration 
and arrange for its renewal without interruption. We look after all the 
details incident to entering subscriptions, making changes of address, and 
give careful and prompt attention to complaints concerning non-delivery. 
We are always ready to submit lists of periodicals covering the various fields 
of engineering, industry or science. 

The prices indicated for journals published in the United 
States do not include postage to foreign countries, for which 
an additional charge must be made. 


The following list does not include all chemical and allied journals. 
We shall be glad to quote on any others you may require. 

All prices are subject to change without notice. 


Chemical Abstracts, U. S., semi-monthly. 

$6.00 

Journal of the American Chemical So¬ 
ciety, U. S., monthly. $6.00 

Journal of Industrial & Engineering 
Chemistry, U. S., monthly. $6.00 

Any two of above sent to one address. 

$10.20 

If all three are taken. $12.60 

Metallurgical & Chemical Engineering, U. 
S., semi-monthly. $5.00 

Chemical Age, U. S., monthly. $3.00 
Science, U. S-, weekly. $5.00 

Chemical News, London, weekly. $6.00 

Chemical Trade Journal, London, weekly. 

$7.20 

Journal of the London Chemical Society, 
London, monthly. $18.00 

Chemist & Druggist, London, weekly. 

$4.50 

Analyst, London, monthly. $9.00 

Journal of the Society of Chemical In¬ 
dustry, London, semi-monthly. $13.00 

India Rubber World, U. S., monthly. 

$300 

Pharmaceutical Era, U. S., monthly. $1.25 


American Perfumer & Essential Oil Re¬ 
view, U. S., monthly. $2.00 

Drugs, Oils & Paints, U. S., monthly. 

$2.00 

Oil, Paint & Drug Reporter, U. S., week¬ 
ly- $5.00 

Paint, Oil & Drug Review, U. S., weekly. 

$3.00 

Leather Manufacturer, U. S., monthly. 


$3-oo 

Hide and Leather, U. S., weekly. $5.00 

Textile Colorist, U. S., monthly. $5.00 

Pure Products, U. S., monthly. $3.00 

Glassworker, U. S., weekly. $2.00 

Journal of Physical Chemistry, U. S., 
monthly. $4.00 

Paper Trade Journal, U. S., weekly. $4.00 
American Perfumer, U. S., monthly. $2.00 
Sugar, U. S., monthly. $2.00 

Rubber Age, U. S., semi-monthly. $1.00 
Paper, U. S., weekly. $5.00 


Textile World Journal, U. S., weekly. 

$4.00 

American Fertilizer, U. S., bi-monthly. 

$3.00 

dolor Trade Journal, U. S., monthly. $5.00 





PRACTICAL — RELIABLE — COMPLETE — UP-TO-DATE 
400 Pages 6 x 9 Cloth Postpaid $ 3.00 


STANDARDS AND TESTS FOR 

Reagent Chemicals 


BY 

BENJAMIN L. MURRAY 

Ph. C., B. S., A. M. 

Member American Chemical Society, Chemical Society (Lon¬ 
don), American Electrochemical Society, Societe de Chimie In- 
dustrielle. Society of Chemical Industry. 

A new text filled with the latest and most trustworthy 
standards of purity for chemicals used in research, an¬ 
alytical and control laboratories. They are practical 
standards, adapted to the new conditions surrounding 
our chemical industries of today. The methods of test¬ 
ing also have been thoroughly tried out in a practical 
way and are reliable. 


The reagents are taken up in 
alphabetical order and for each 
one the following points are 
covered in the text: 


1. Name and common syno¬ 
nyms. 

2. Chemical formulas. 

3. Molecular weight. 

4. Physical properties, such as 
color, odor, form, melting 
point, boiling point, con- 


5 . 


6 . 

7. 

8 . 


9. 

10 . 

11 . 


gealing point, specific grav¬ 
ity, solubility and reaction. 
Standard of purity. 

Uses as a Reagent. 

Storage precautions. 
Tabular statement of maxi¬ 
mum of allowable impuri¬ 
ties. 

Methods of testing. 
Quantitative methods. 
References to literature. 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY 

Publishers and Booksellers 


8 WARREN STREET 


NEW YORK 






Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged 


508 Pages 6x9 


Cloth 


Postpaid $5.00 


CHEMISTRY 

OF THE 

Coal-Tar 

Dyes 

BY 

Irving W. Fay, Ph. D. 

Professor of Chemistry, Polytechnic 
Institute, Brooklyn, N. Y. 


f 


A careful presentation of this 
difficult and interesting subject 
giving the origin and history of 
coal-tar production, intermediate 
production, method of making the 
dyes, relations between the dyes, 
development of one color from 
another, changes of color from 
change of composition. Many pro¬ 
cesses of manufacture are introd¬ 
uced in detail giving clear con¬ 
ceptions of the industrial phases of 
the subject. 

CONTENTS 

Coal-Tar and its Products. The Hydrocarbons 
and their Derivatives. The Nitro and Nitroso 
Dyes. The Triphenylmethane Dyes. Classi¬ 
fication of the Coal-Tar Dyes. Azo Dyes. Seven 
Food Colors. Pyronines. Indomines, Indoph- 
enols, Thiazines, Oxazines, Eurhodines, and Saf- 
ranines. Quinoxiline, Quinoline and Acridine 
Dyes. Aniline Black. Alizarine Dyestuffs. In¬ 
digo. Sulphur Dyes. Mordants. Vat Dyes. 
Thiazol Dyes. Experimental Work. 

D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY 

PUBLISHERS AND BOOKSELLERS 

8 WAREEN STREET NEW YORK 







The Cumulated Experience 
of Forty Three Experts 

The work of America's chemists will have a far reaching 
effect upon the future development, not only of this country, 
but of the world. The data on the latest American practice 
has been gathered by forty three prominent experts of ack¬ 
nowledged, wide experience for the new 

Third Thoroughly Revised and Enlarged Edition 

OF 


Industrial Chemistry 

A MANUAL FOR THE 

STUDENT AND MANUFACTURER 


EDITED BY 

ALLEN ROGERS 

In charge of Industrial Chemistry, Pratt Institute, Brooklyn, N. Y. 
At one time Major, Chief Industrial Relations Branch, U. S. Army. 


1255 Pages 6 x 9 377 Illustrations Postpaid $7.50 

Flexible Fabrikoid 


The scope of the new edition has been enlarged by the 
introduction of new chapters on industries of timely interest. 
Particular care was exercised to cover the most modern 
developments in the various industries, and many chapters 
were revised and enlarged in order to make them thoroughly 
reliable and up-to-date. 

For Contents See Page 25 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY 

Publishers and Booksellers 


8 WARREN STREET 


NEW YORK 








Cloth. 


Postpaid $2.5# 


220 Pages. 5^x8^. 


Chemical Reactions 

Their Theory and Mechanism 


By 

K. GEORGE FALK, Ph.D. 

Harriman Research Laboratory, Roosevelt Hospital, New York 


The purpose of this book is to classify chemical reactions by means of 
general principles which involve the more recent conceptions of chemical 
structures. A general theory of reactions, including both inorganic and 
organic compounds is developed, and all reactions and formulas are con¬ 
sidered from one point of view, based on the same fundamental relations. 
The first three chapters are preliminary, in that they treat of the underlying 
theoretical conceptions applied in the later chapters. 

-- CONTENTS:- -—- 

Introduction; Valence; Co-ordination Number; Acids and Bases; Cat¬ 
alysis; Chemical Reactions, General Considerations; Some Chemical Re¬ 
actions ; Olefins and Their Reaction Products; Oxidation-Reduction; Some 
Oxidation-Reduction Reactions. 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY 

PUBLISHERS AND BOOKSELLERS 

8 WARREN STREET 


NEW YORK 







TWO IMPORTANT OIL BOOKS 

mi.....niiiiiiiiinninmmnnm HmuM 

THE HYDROGENATION OILS 

\ ■ 

CATALYZERS AND CATALYSIS 

- AND THE —- 

GENERATION OF HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN 

By CARLETON ELLIS, S.B. 

Consulting Chemist 

Member of American Chemical Society, American Institute of Chem • 
ical Engineers, American Electrochemical Society, Franklin Institute, 

New Jersey Chemical Society, Inventors’ Guild, Society of Chemical 
Industry (London), Fellow of Chemical Society and President of 
New Jersey Chemical Society. 

"'The chemical and legal professions, at least those among them interested in the 
subject, owe Carleton Ellis a debt of gratitude for his painstaking work in bringing 
together so many facts pertaining to the art of hydrogenation. The book is one 
which chemists and others connected with fat industries can hardly afford to be 
without.”— DAVID WESSON, in Chemical and Metallurgical Engineering. 

SECOND EDITION REVISED AND ENLARGED 
With More Than 350 Pages of New Up-To-Date Matter 
700 Pages, 6x9. 240 Illustrations. Postpaid, $7.50 
FOR CONTENTS, SEE PAGE 86 


GASOLINE AND OTHER MOTOR FUES 

By 

CARLETON ELLIS 
and 

JOSEPH V. MEIGS, S.B. 

Member of American Chemical Society, New Jersey Chemical Society 
and Society of Chemical Industry 

This book will be very complete and extensive, and will interest the members of 
the petroleum industry, the natural gas industry, the coke oven industries, the illumi¬ 
nating gas and associate industries, the alcohol industry, and the manufacturer of 
automobiles. 

—IN PRESS- 

About 500 Pages, 6x9. Illustrated 


l»llllll»l»l»H»»ll»Mini»»«»»HH»»H»»»»» >l><tll>lllllllllll>llllllllllllllll>ltillllllllllllllllilllllllll,lllliil>llllltlllll>lllilllllllil>illlllllllllllll>llllllltlllllllinltllllllllllllll>l> » lllll><<ll<l 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY 

PUBLISHERS AND BOOKSELLERS 


8 Warren Street 


New York 











SOLUBILITIES 


O F 

Inorganic and Organic Compounds 

A compilation of qualitative solubility 
data from the periodical literature 

BY 

ATHERTON SEIDEL, Ph. D. 

Hygienic Laboratory, U. S. Public Health Service, Washington, D. C. 


During the eleven years since the first edition of this book was com¬ 
pleted, the publication of solubility data has increased at a very rapid rate. 
The amount of new material which has been gathered for the present 
edition is approximately equal to that contained in the first issue of the 
book, resulting, therefore, in a volume of more than double the number of 


pages contained in the first edition. 

The material has been collected in all cases 
where possible directly from the original 
sources, and all available quantitative solubility 
data upon inorganic and organic compounds 
included. Wherever possible all solubility de¬ 
terminations have been calculated to the weight 
percentage basis and the interpolated values 
for regular intervals of temperature given. 
When determinations of the solubility of the 
same substance are reported differently by 
two or more investigators, the results are 
calculated to a common basis, and if a reason¬ 
able degree of concordance is found, the aver¬ 
age results alone are given, otherwise both or 
all determinations are included and a note 
made of the reason therefor. The arrange¬ 
ment of the material is alphabetical according 
to the customary English name by which the 


substance is known. An index is provided for 
those cases where a doubt appears as to which 
name is preferable, and also to furnish cross 
references to the tables containing results upon 
more than one substance. For the benefit of 
those who need quantitative solubility data only 
rarely, and are more or less unfamiliar with 
the usual methods of expressing such data, 
a detailed description is given of the various 
forms of stating solubilities and of the meth¬ 
ods of calculating results from one form to 
another. The principles followed in construct¬ 
ing the tables are described and the exact 
meaning of the results contained in a number 
of typical tables explained. Finally, there is 
given a chapter on methods for the quantitative 
determination of solubility. 


Second Edition, Enlarged and Thoroughly Revised. 

867 Pages. 6x9yi. Cloth. Postpaid, $7.50 

D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY 

‘Publishers and booksellers 

8 WARREN STREET NEW YORK 






A Handy 
Guide to 
Chemical 
Reading 


109 Pages 


Cloth Postpaid, $ 1.00 
Pocket Size 


INORGANIC 

CHEMICAL SYNONYMS 

And Other Useful Chemical Data 

By 

ELTON R. DARLING, M. S., Ph. D. 

-CONTENTS - 

Introduction; The Elements; Specific Gravity and Temperature Com¬ 
parison; Standards of Weights and Measures; Chemical Synonyms: 
Aluminum, Antimony, Arsenic, Barium, Bismuth, Cadmium, Calcium, 
Chronium, Cobalt, Copper, Iron, Lead (Plumbum), Magnesium, Man¬ 
ganese, Mercury (Hydrargyrum), Nickel, Potassium, Silver, Sodium, 
Zinc, Miscellaneous Synonyms, Hydrogen Compounds; Cross Index of 
Chemical Terms. 


Variations in nomenclature are of common occurrence in chemical literature, and this 
little volume attempts to give all of the various names under which the inorganic chemi¬ 
cal substances met with in commercial work are known. To the list of synonyms is 
added a number of tables that will be found useful, and a cross index of chemical 
terms which will be an aid in finding true chemical names and other synonyms 
of compounds. A useful handbook for those who read "trade” literature. 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY 

‘Publishers and {Booksellers 

8 WARREN STREET 


NEW YORK 










Chemical Analysis 


6#x9# 450 pp. $4.00 

A TEXT-BOOK OF 

QUANTITATIVE 

Chemical Analysis 

By 

Gravimetric, Electrolytic, Volu¬ 
metric and Gasometric 
Methods 

With Seventy-four Laboratory 
Exercises 
giving 

The Analysis of Pure Salts, 
Alloys, Minerals and Technical 
Products 

By 

J. C. OLSEN, A.M., Ph.D., 

Professor of Chemistry in Charge of the 
Dept., Cooper Union, NewYork, formerly 
Fellow of the Johns Hopkins University, 
Member American Institute of Chemical 
Engineers. 

FIFTH EDITION 
REVISED AND ENLARGED 

In the preparation of this edi¬ 
tion, all atomic and molecular 
weights, as well as factors of 
weigh able precipitates, have 
been recalculated by the 1916 
atomic weights. The quantita¬ 
tive methods described have 
been revised where recent in¬ 
vestigations have indicated im¬ 
provement in the procedure, and 
where trial in the laboratory 
has demonstrated the advantage 
over older methods. 


6Xx9X 576 pp. 74 ill. $4.00 

QUALITATIVE 

Chemical Analysis 

% 

A Guide in Qualitative Work, 
with Data for Analytical Opera¬ 
tions and Laboratory Methods 
in Organic Chemistry. 

By 

ALBERT B. PRESCOTT 

and 

OTIS C. JOHNSON, 

Professors in the University of 
Michigan. 

SEVENTH EDITION 
THOROUGHLY REVISED 

By 

JOHN C. OLSEN, A.M., Ph.D. 

This new edition retains all 
of the excellent features which 
have given this book such ex¬ 
tended use in the past, both as 
a classroom and as a reference 
text, while adding the results of 
recent progress in the science. 
All data and tables have been 
brought up to date. 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY 

PUBLISHERS AND BOOKSELLERS 

8 Warren Street New York 









SECOND EDITION, REVISED 


929 Pages 6x9 Inches Cloth Postpaid $7 50 

142 Illustrations and 3 Colored Plates 


Standard Methods of Chemical Analysis 

A Manual of Analytical Methods and General Reference 
for the Analytical Chemist and for the Advanced Student 

EDITED BY 

WILFRED W. SCOTT 

Research Chemist, General Chemical Company; formerly Chief Chemist, 

Baldwin Locomotive Works, Author of “Qualitative 
Chemical Analysis; A Laboratory Guide.” 


Table of 



Contents 


Aluminium; Antimony; Arsenic; Barium; Bismuth; 
Boron; Bromine; Cadmium; Calcium; Carbon; Cer¬ 
ium and Other Rare Earths; Chlorine; Chromium; 
Cobalt; Copper; Fluorine; Glucinum; (Berryllium); 
Gold; Iodine; Iron; Lead; Magnesium; Manganese; 
Mercury; Molybdenum; Nickel; Nitrogen; Phos¬ 
phorus; Platinum; Rarer Elements of the Allied 
Platinum Metals; Potassium; Sodium and Other 
Alkalies; Selenium and Tellurium; Silicon; Silver; 
Strontium; Sulphur; Thorium; Tin; Titanium; Tung¬ 
sten; Tantalum and Columbium; Uranium; Vana¬ 
dium, Zinc; Zirconium; Acids; Water Analysis; Oils, 
Fats and Waxes; Paints; Cement; Special Alloys; 
Coal; Gas; Assaying of Gold, Silver, etc.; Useful 
Data; Conversion Tables; Table of Melting Points; 
Acid Tables; Books of Reference. 


These 17 Eminent 
Chemists Collaborated 
in Making this Book 


H. A. Baker 
L. C. Barton 
F. G. Breyer 
B. S. Clark 
W. G. Derby 
W. F. Doerflinger 
D. K. French 
H. A. Gardner 
A. H. Gill 
F. E. Hale 
R. E. Hickman 
W. B. Hicks 
R. K. Meade 
J. C. Olsen 
R. S. Owens 
W. L. Saveli 
J. A. Schaeffer 


A Complete , Thorough and Accurate Compilation of Selected Standard Methods 


D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY 

PUBLISHERS AND BOOKSELLERS 

8 Warren street«. l • - New York 























THE KEY TO CHEMICAL LITERATURE 


va 1 






\9S 




(CataiV®^ 

-utysvs. - ct \otO /ol 

u cV c \' c t’Vv'^ h °AA aff 100 ^ 
^tVon 

As <<* CU 

3 r-fC--~ 

&«** S“ 

etis®- 


*** 

.««$•«£**** c-» 


Va» &< 


Vana* 0US - .- fa \VO 
Aovis- , nt tad' ca 

TVve^ v e VO CU ' 




X"Si«' 


tVve 


-p 

V#\e* ce * 

fcoM- 

Vaiett ce * 

c \vvct- 

Vaieo 0 ®’ 
•\\varV- 


K i e bond 5 - (. 

A° ub * e svd^ 


Sec 


coti^- 


Sovn et ’ vttV ®A\i' cH 

l ” \ S a3 ' t Hose 6 ase * * Yii<* 

«^ui %$&£*'** 

V apot* a TVve unWfc 

- €§P?§£ 

vaV’ */e*$*A c<l ua ^ s 


valence. 


a u%" 


«lem e 




'• «.heval^wticc- *tSu***X v^^ted- 


^be 


t used 

Nn ^ften*^ a \co* 

w«Sf«JSS «, 


ss^sl 

no^bicVv *°* 

^fomo^ 3 - . Sec 
* uA ° -^Hons. 

WE 

*-** to*** 

TS< A o£v S^nfoT^^SS 

40 win* 10 Sse.f^a ^ olcen 

apP ^,‘ vC pic® vo-wefin®. ^ 0 tv9 a ® 

I 

« «V nl,tl ^V-' 0f -| O lsV- nrt ' e ct'J- aWV n'd^ ore 

^SSSbsSs&tsSS. 


JSS&B&^SrtOi Y 3 J&*, 

•V**° C V ^, 0 ^« OflS i to V'^on 


eudo- 

_ vAvick 
So'n u °t a \ la'*'* 

i to* 

at® 


puscle 9 - ;-;icVi ate^; enao^nation*- cn-. taU ou. 'q tt b e “ ’ Into 

**■- ■tsftsssgssstf’saf 


fff©£.'C=»-r., nt 

beat 
one 


ti0 0- \„nuited 


b°n d ,^to°n eaa - isotn' 
• b ° W -<&%**** 


,oV':;Sk« c " 

a u%d iar/ svee?' oS ‘ 

^ Vol^ eS u^H^ 


live 

2S»*“ 




ivalent. 


*f H 

h^fass^i 


tb^t. 

Jluds °L a \ent, aS ..*«»$• 


>^V* 4 *V*' b 

as a 


e ndo- 


a at e 
b b &°*%> t^ e 

v,bic\ 0 ^ r^On^tbUV 


*ws&***** 




A DICTIONARY 
of CHEMICAL TERMS 

By JAMES F. COUCH 

Chemist, Bureau of Animal Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. 


A carefully compiled and efficiently edited collection of definitions ot chemical 
terms. It includes practically every term which anyone consulting chemical 
literature would be likely to meet. This book is wholly different from any¬ 
thing at present available in that it contains material which cannot be found 
grouped in any one volume. All phases or chemistry are exhaustively covered 
and special attention is given to the uncommon words and the words adopted 
from the apparently unrelated science which are not likely to be familiar to the 
chemist. 214 pp. 5 x 7 in. Flexible fabrikoid Postpaid $ 2.50 

D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY, 8 Warren Street, New York 




In Our New Home 

we shall continue to put forth our best 
efforts in your service. The entire building 
above the street floor is devoted to publish¬ 
ing and selling, TECHNICAL, INDUST¬ 
RIAL, ENGINEERING & SCIENTIFIC 

BOOKS 

# 

of all publishers throughout the world. 

In the retail department, located on the 
first floor, is displayed the largest and most 
diversified stock of such books ever gathered 
for sale in one place in this country. A 
visit to it will be worth while. You will be 
made welcome and receive intelligent and 
courteous attention without being impor¬ 
tuned to buy. Whether you are near New 
York or far from it all our facilities are at 
your disposal. We are no farther from you 
than your express or post office. Address us at 

8 Warren Street 




































































SUBJECT INDEX—Continued 


Glass . 101 

Glues... 79 

Glycerine . 82 

Gums. . 87 

Handbooks and Receipt Books 32 

History of Chemistry . 1 

Hops . 115 

Hydrochloric Acid. 30 

Hydrogen . 31 

Indicators . 31 

Industrial Analysis.. 36 

Industrial Chemistry. 21 

Industrial Gases .. 96 

Infection . 113 

inks . 80 

Inorganic Chemistry. 7 

Insecticides . 114 

Intermediates .. . 72 

Iron Corrosion .. 74 

Laboratory Manuals. 39 

Leather .. 80 

Leavening Agents. 57 

Legal Chemistry. 50 

L-bricants .81, 84 

Medical Chemistry . 49 

Metallography .47, 53 

Metallurgical Analysis ....... 45 

Microbiology .. 54 

Micrography .. 54 

Microscopy . 53 

Milk .. ,. 118 

Mineral Waters .. 56 

Nitric Acid . 29 

Nitrogen . . 29 

Oils . 84 

Organic Analysis. 36 

Organic Chemistry . 10 

Paints . 74 

Paper . 70 

Peat . 92 

Perfumes . 83 

Periodicals and Journals .... 133 

Petroleum . 89 

Pharmaceutical Chemistry ... 52 

Pharmacy . 52 

Photo-Engraving.. 107 


Photography . 107 

Physical Chemistry. 14 

Physiological Chemistry. 49 

Poisons . 50 

Pottery . 102 

Printing Ink . 80 

Producer Gas . 96 

Proteins ... . 19 

Qualitative Analysis .. 41 

Quantitative Analysis . /. 42 

Ramie . 125 

Reactions . 31 

Reagents . 31 

Recipes . 32 

Refractory Materials ........ 105 

Rubber . 98 

Salts .. 28 

Sanitation . 113 

Silica . 101 

Silk . 123 

Soaps . 82 

Society Proceedings and Trans¬ 
actions . 129 

Solubilities. 31 

Sugar . 63 

Sulphuric Acid .. . 29 

Synthetic Dyes .. 72 

Table Books. 33 

Tanning . 80 

Tea . 115 

Technical Chemical Analysis. . 36 

Textiles . 123 

Theoretical Chemistry ...... 14 

Thermodynamics... 14 

Tobacco. 117 

Toxicology. 50 

Trades Waste . 112 

Varnishes .. 74 

Vinegar. 57 

Waste Utilization. 112 

Water Analysis ... . 55 

Water Purification.. 55 

Waxes . 84 

Wood Preservation. 113 

Wood Pulp .. 70 

Wool .123 



D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY 

Publishers and Booksellers 

8 WARREN STREET NEW YORK 



























































































library of congress 


VAN NOSTRAND’ 

CHEMICAL ANN 


0 033 261 066 1 


A HANDBOOK OF USEFUL DATA 

For Analytical, Manufacturing and Investi¬ 
gating Chemists and Chemical Students 

EDITED BY 

JOHN C. OLSEN, A. M., Ph. D. 

Member of American Institute of Chemical Engineers; 

Professor of Analytical ('hemistry, Polytechnic Institute, 


Brooklyn; formerly Fellow Johns Hopkins University; 
Author of “Quantitative Chemical Analysis.” 


FOURTH ISSUE -1918 - ENLARGED 
785 Pages 5 x 7 y 2 In. Flexible Binding Postpaid $3.00 


D. Van Nostrand Company 


‘Publishers 


booksellers 


8 Warren Street 


New York 











































